As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 5, 2015.
Registration No. 333-198654
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
Amendment No. 4
to
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
Performance Food Group Company
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)
Delaware | 5141 | 43-1983182 | ||
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) |
(Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number) |
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) |
12500 West Creek Parkway
Richmond, Virginia 23238
(804) 484-7700
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrants principal executive offices)
Michael L. Miller, Esq.
Senior Vice President, General Counsel, and Secretary
Performance Food Group Company
12500 West Creek Parkway
Richmond, Virginia 23238
(804) 484-7700
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)
Copies to:
Igor Fert, Esq. Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP 425 Lexington Avenue New York, NY 10017 Telephone: (212) 455-2000 Facsimile: (212) 455-2502 |
Marc Jaffe, Esq. Cathy Birkeland, Esq. Latham & Watkins LLP 885 Third Avenue New York, NY 10017 Telephone: (212) 906-1200 Facsimile: (212) 751-4864 |
Approximate date of commencement of the proposed sale of the securities to the public: As soon as practicable after the Registration Statement is declared effective.
If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box. ¨
If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨
If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨
If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of large accelerated filer, accelerated filer and smaller reporting company in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer | ¨ | Accelerated filer | ¨ | |||
Non-accelerated filer | x (Do not check if a smaller reporting company) | Smaller reporting company | ¨ |
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
|
||||
Title Of Each Class Of Securities To Be Registered |
Proposed
Offering Price(1)(2) |
Amount of Registration Fee(3) |
||
Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share |
$100,000,000 | $12,880 | ||
|
||||
|
(1) | Estimated solely for the purpose of determining the amount of the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933. |
(2) | Includes shares of common stock subject to the underwriters option to purchase additional shares of common stock. |
(3) | Previously paid. |
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We and the selling stockholders may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.
Subject to Completion. Dated August 5, 2015.
PROSPECTUS
Shares
Performance Food Group Company
Common Stock
This is an initial public offering of shares of common stock of Performance Food Group Company.
We are selling of the shares to be sold in the offering, and the selling stockholders identified in this prospectus are selling shares. Performance Food Group Company will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of the shares being sold by the selling stockholders.
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the common stock. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price per share will be between $ and $ . We intend to list our common stock on The New York Stock Exchange (the NYSE) under the symbol PFGC.
After the completion of this offering, affiliates of The Blackstone Group L.P. will continue to own a majority of the voting power of all outstanding shares of the common stock. As a result, we will be a controlled company within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of the NYSE. See Principal and Selling Stockholders.
have granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to additional shares at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discount and commissions.
Investing in our common stock involves risk. See Risk Factors beginning on page 17 to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of our common stock.
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
Per Share |
Total |
|||
Initial public offering price |
$ | $ | ||
Underwriting discounts and commissions(1) |
$ | $ | ||
Proceeds, before expenses, to us |
$ | $ | ||
Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling stockholders |
$ | $ |
(1) | See Underwriting for additional information regarding underwriting compensation. |
Delivery of the shares of common stock will be made on or about , 2015.
Credit Suisse |
Barclays |
Wells Fargo Securities |
Morgan Stanley |
Prospectus dated , 2015
Page | ||||
ii | ||||
ii | ||||
ii | ||||
1 | ||||
17 | ||||
36 | ||||
38 | ||||
39 | ||||
40 | ||||
42 | ||||
44 | ||||
M ANAGEMENT S D ISCUSSION AND A NALYSIS OF F INANCIAL C ONDITION AND R ESULTS OF O PERATIONS |
46 | |||
74 |
Page | ||||
75 | ||||
92 | ||||
128 | ||||
131 | ||||
133 | ||||
139 | ||||
147 | ||||
149 | ||||
152 | ||||
156 | ||||
156 | ||||
156 | ||||
F-1 |
Through and including , 2015 (the 25 th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealers obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.
Unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires, financial data in this prospectus reflects the consolidated business and operations of Performance Food Group Company and its consolidated subsidiaries.
We have not authorized anyone to provide any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses we have prepared. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date.
i
Market data and industry statistics and forecasts used throughout this prospectus are based on the good faith estimates of management, which in turn are based upon managements reviews of independent industry publications, reports by market research firms, and other independent and publicly available sources. Unless we indicate otherwise, market data and industry statistics used throughout this prospectus are for the year ended December 31, 2014. All references to our industry share refer to our net sales as compared to aggregate revenues for the U.S. foodservice distribution industry.
Although we are not aware of any misstatements regarding the industry data that we present in this prospectus, our estimates involve risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under Risk Factors, Forward-Looking Statements, and Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in this prospectus.
TRADEMARKS, SERVICE MARKS AND TRADENAMES
This prospectus contains some of our trademarks, trade names, and service marks, including the following: Performance Foodservice, PFG Customized, Vistar, West Creek, Silver Source, Braveheart 100% Black Angus, Empires Treasure, Brilliance, Heritage Ovens, Village Garden, Guest House, Piancone, Luigis, Ultimo, Corazo, and Assoluti. Each one of these trademarks, trade names, or service marks is either (i) our registered trademark, (ii) a trademark for which we have a pending application, (iii) a trade name or service mark for which we claim common law rights, or (iv) a registered trademark or application for registration which we have been licensed by a third party to use.
Solely for convenience, the trademarks, service marks, and trade names referred to in this prospectus are without the ® and symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the rights of the applicable licensors to these trademarks, service marks, and trade names. This prospectus contains additional trademarks, service marks, and trade names of others, which are the property of their respective owners. All trademarks, service marks, and trade names appearing in this prospectus are, to our knowledge, the property of their respective owners.
As used in this prospectus, unless otherwise noted or the context otherwise requires, (i) references to the Company, we, our, or us refer to Performance Food Group Company and its consolidated subsidiaries; (ii) references to the Issuer refer to Performance Food Group Company exclusive of its subsidiaries; (iii) references to Blackstone refer to certain investment funds affiliated with The Blackstone Group L.P.; (iv) references to Wellspring Capital are to investment funds affiliated with Wellspring Capital Management LLC; (v) references to the Sponsors are to Blackstone and Wellspring Capital; (vi) references to the Investor Group are, collectively, to the Sponsors, certain other investors, and certain members of our management; and (vii) references to the underwriters are to the firms listed on the cover page of this prospectus.
References to fiscal 2015 are to the 52-week period ending June 27, 2015, references to fiscal 2014 are to the 52-week period ended June 28, 2014, references to fiscal 2013 are to the 52-week period ended June 29, 2013, references to fiscal 2012 are to the 52-week period ended June 30, 2012, references to fiscal 2011 are to the 52-week period ended July 2, 2011, and references to fiscal 2010 are to the 53-week period ended July 3, 2010.
ii
This summary highlights certain significant aspects of our business and this offering. This is a summary of information contained elsewhere in this prospectus, is not complete, and does not contain all of the information that you should consider before making your investment decision. You should carefully read the entire prospectus, including the information presented under the section entitled Risk Factors and the consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto, before making an investment decision. This summary contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ significantly from future results contemplated in the forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors such as those set forth in Risk Factors and Forward-Looking Statements. When making an investment decision, you should also read the discussion under Basis of Presentation for the definition of certain terms used in this prospectus and other matters described in this prospectus.
Our Company
We are the third largest player by revenue in the growing $240 billion U.S. foodservice distribution industry, which supplies the diverse $640 billion U.S. food-away-from-home industry. We market and distribute approximately 150,000 food and food-related products from 68 distribution centers to over 150,000 customer locations across the United States. We serve a diverse mix of customers, from independent and chain restaurants to schools, business and industry locations, hospitals, vending distributors, office coffee service distributors, big box retailers, and theaters. We source our products from over 5,000 suppliers and serve as an important partner to our suppliers by providing them access to our broad customer base. In addition to the products we offer to our customers, we provide value-added services by allowing our customers to benefit from our industry knowledge, scale, and expertise in the areas of product selection and procurement, menu development, and operational strategy. Our more than 12,000 employees work across three segments: Performance Foodservice, PFG Customized, and Vistar.
We plan to continue executing the strategies that have successfully delivered net sales, industry share, and profit growth. In the fiscal year ended June 28, 2014, we generated $13.7 billion in net sales and $286.1 million in Adjusted EBITDA, representing compound annual growth rates of 8% and 10%, respectively, since fiscal 2010. In the fiscal year ended June 28, 2014, we generated $15.5 million in net income. During the first nine months of fiscal 2015, we generated $11.3 billion in net sales and $226.1 million in Adjusted EBITDA, representing growth rates of 12% and 17%, respectively, compared to the first nine months of fiscal 2014. During the first nine months of fiscal 2015, we generated $22.3 million in net income. In calendar year 2014 we had an estimated industry share of 6.0% and our sales growth rate since calendar year 2010 is over three times the growth rate of the foodservice distribution industry in that same time frame. We believe that our current industry share, the large size of the U.S. foodservice distribution industry, and our track record of growing industry share provide us a significant opportunity for continued sales growth. See Summary Historical Consolidated Financial Data for our definition of Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income, which we believe is the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP.
We attribute our sales growth primarily to our customer-centric business model. For us, that means understanding our customers business operations and economics so that we can help them be successful; placing our decision-making on how best to serve customers at the local level; and partnering with our suppliers to develop our high quality proprietary brands, which are a key driver for us in winning, retaining, and developing customers. We believe that our customer-centric business model differentiates us from our competitors who make customer-facing decisions outside of the local market and also from competitors who often do not have the scale to develop proprietary brands, provide value-added services, and distribute as effectively as we do.
1
Since fiscal 2010, our profit growth has outpaced our sales growth as a result of shifting towards a more profitable mix of products and customers, capturing operating efficiencies from our sales growth, and delivering productivity initiatives. Our mix shift is primarily attributable to increased sales of our proprietary brands and sales to independent restaurants, which represent our highest margin products and customers, respectively. In addition, we have established a set of productivity initiatives in the areas of procurement and operations called Winning Together, which, together with increased net sales, has driven meaningful profit growth through the first nine months of fiscal 2015, and we continue to benefit from this program.
Our Segments
We believe that we are well positioned to serve our customers from our three business segments, which are distinguished by their diverse distribution models, the inventory they carry, and the customers they serve: Performance Foodservice, PFG Customized, and Vistar.
Performance Food Group: Fiscal 2014
Net sales mix by operating segment
|
Key statistics |
|||
|
Net sales |
$13.7 billion |
||
Adjusted EBITDA |
$286.1 million |
|||
Distribution Centers |
67 |
|||
Customer Locations |
150,000+ |
|||
Products |
150,000+ |
|||
Suppliers |
5,000+ |
|||
Vehicles |
2,500+ |
|||
Employees
|
11,000+
|
Performance Foodservice . Performance Foodservice is a leading U.S. foodservice distributor with substantial scale along the Eastern Seaboard and in the Southeast. Performance Foodservice operates a network of 25 broadline distribution centers, which supply a broad line of products, and 10 Roma distribution centers, which specialize in supplying independent pizzerias and other Italian-themed restaurants. Each of these distribution centers, which we refer to as operating companies or OpCos, is run by a business team who understands the local markets and the needs of its particular customers and who is empowered to make decisions on how best to serve them. For fiscal 2014, Performance Foodservice generated $8.1 billion in net sales. For the first nine months of fiscal 2015, Performance Foodservice generated $6.7 billion in net sales. Over three quarters of Performance Foodservices sales during both periods was to restaurants. This segment serves over 85,000 customer locations with over 125,000 food and food-related products.
We offer our customers a broad product assortment that ranges from center-of-the-plate items (such as beef, pork, poultry, and seafood), frozen foods, refrigerated products, and dry groceries to disposables, cleaning and kitchen supplies, and related products used by our customers. In addition to the products we offer, we provide value-added services by enabling our customers to benefit from our industry knowledge, scale, and expertise in the areas of product selection and procurement, menu development, and operational strategy.
We classify our customers under two major categories: Street and multi-unit Chain. Street customers predominantly consist of independent restaurants. Chain customers are multi-unit restaurants with five or more
2
locations, which include fine dining, family and casual dining, fast casual, and quick serve restaurants, as well as hotels, healthcare facilities, and other multi-unit institutional customers. Street customers utilize more of our value-added services, particularly in the areas of product selection and procurement, market trends, menu development, and operational strategy. Street customer purchases typically generate greater gross profit per case compared to sales to Chain customers. Sales to Street customers in fiscal 2014 accounted for 43% of Performance Foodservice sales compared to 37% in fiscal 2010. Sales to Street customers in the first nine months of fiscal 2015 grew by 15.6% as compared to the first nine months of fiscal 2014 and accounted for 43.2% of Performance Foodservice sales during the period.
Our products consist of our proprietary-branded products, or Performance Brands, as well as nationally- branded products and products bearing our customers brands. Our Performance Brands typically generate higher gross profit per case than other brands. In fiscal 2014, Performance Brands accounted for 39% of the case volume sold to Street customers, up from 37% in fiscal 2010. In the first nine months of fiscal 2015, Performance Brands sold to Street customers grew by 19.0% as compared to the first nine months of fiscal 2014 and accounted for 41.0% of the case volume during the period.
Performance Foodservice net sales for fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2013 were $8.1 billion and $7.5 billion, respectively, representing year-over-year growth of 8.0%. Performance Foodservice segment EBITDA for the same time period was $207.5 million and $173.9 million, representing year-over-year growth of 19.3%. Performance Foodservice net sales in the first nine months of fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2014 were $6.7 billion and $5.9 billion, respectively, representing year-over-year growth of 13.6%. Performance Foodservice segment EBITDA for the same time period was $172.5 million and $142.0 million, respectively, representing year-over-year growth of 21.5%.
Performance Foodservice: Fiscal 2014 Net Sales | ||
|
|
PFG Customized . PFG Customized is a leading national distributor to the family and casual dining channel. We serve over 5,000 customer locations across the United States from nine distribution centers that provide tailored supply chain solutions to our customers. Our network of distribution centers was developed around our customers and is strategically positioned to provide an efficient supply chain across both inbound and outbound logistics. PFG Customizeds product offerings are determined by each of our customers specific menu requirements. We also provide customers with value-added services, such as expertise in fresh product distribution, logistics management, procurement management, and information system interfaces, which enable our customers to run their businesses efficiently.
We serve many of the most recognizable family and casual dining restaurant chains, including Bonefish Grill, Carrabbas Italian Grill, Cracker Barrel, Joes Crab Shack, Logans Roadhouse, Max and Ermas,
3
Macaroni Grill, OCharleys, Outback Steakhouse, Ruby Tuesday, and TGI Fridays. PFG Customizeds five largest family and casual dining customers have been with us for an average of more than 15 years. Cracker Barrel was PFG Customizeds first customer and grew from a substantial regional account served by Performance Foodservice to an account whose needs are best served by customized distribution. PFG Customized recently began to utilize its distribution platform to serve fast casual chains such as Fuzzys Taco Shop, PDQ, and Zaxbys, as well quick serve chains including Churchs Chicken, Wendys, and Yum! Brands.
PFG Customized net sales for fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2013 were $3.3 billion and $3.2 billion, respectively, representing year-over-year growth of 4.3%. PFG Customized segment EBITDA for the same time period was $37.5 million and $37.3 million, representing year-over-year growth of 0.5%. PFG Customized net sales in the first nine months of fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2014 were $2.8 billion and $2.4 billion, respectively, representing year-over-year growth of 14.0%. The majority of the increase in sales was attributable to the expansion of services provided to a single existing customer. PFG Customized segment EBITDA for the same time periods was $25.6 million and $26.2 million, representing a year-over-year decline of 2.3%.
PFG Customized: Fiscal 2014 Net Sales | ||
|
|
Vistar . Vistar is a leading national distributor of candy, snacks, and beverages to vending and office coffee service distributors, big box retailers, and theaters. The segment provides national distribution of approximately 20,000 different SKUs of candy, snacks, beverages, and other items to approximately 60,000 customer locations from our network of 24 Vistar OpCos and 10 Merchants Marts locations. Merchants Marts are cash-and-carry operators where customers generally pick up orders rather than having them delivered. Vistars scale in these channels enhances our ability to procure a broad variety of products for our customers. Vistar OpCos deliver to vending and office coffee service distributors and directly to most theaters and some other locations. The distribution model also includes a pick and pack capability, which utilizes third-party carriers and Vistars SKU variety to sell to customers whose order sizes are too small to be served effectively by our distribution network. We believe these capabilities, in conjunction with the breadth of our inventory, are differentiating and allow us to serve many distinct customer types. Vistar has successfully built upon our national platform to broaden the channels we serve to include hospitality venues, concessionaires, airport gift shops, college book stores, corrections facilities, and impulse locations in big box retailers such as Lowes, Home Depot, Dollar Tree, Staples, and others.
Vistar net sales for fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2013 were $2.3 billion and $2.1 billion, respectively, representing year-over-year growth of 6.0%. Vistar segment EBITDA for the same time period was $88.3 million and $81.4 million, respectively, representing year-over-year growth of 8.5%. Vistar net sales in the first nine months of
4
fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2014 were $1.8 billion and $1.7 billion, respectively, representing year-over-year growth of 6.1%. Vistar segment EBITDA for the same time period was $79.2 million and $62.9 million, respectively, representing year-over-year growth of 25.9%.
Vistar: Fiscal 2014 Net Sales | ||
|
|
Our Industry
We distribute to the food-away-from-home industry, a large industry with attractive underlying growth trends. According to the U.S. Department of Commerce, consumer spending on food-away-from-home in the United States totaled $640 billion in 2014, making it one of the largest industries in the country. The industry grew from $331 billion in sales in 1999 to over $640 billion in sales in 2014, representing a compound annual growth rate of approximately 4.5%. Macroeconomic drivers of growth include increases in U.S. gross domestic product, employment levels, and personal consumption expenditures. Microeconomic drivers include increases in the number of restaurants, a continued shift toward value-added products and desire for convenience, smaller sized households, an aging population that spends more per capita at food-away-from-home establishments, and a rebound in the number of dual income households.
We operate in the U.S. foodservice distribution industry, which supplies the food-away-from-home industry and which totaled $240 billion in sales in 2014 according to Technomic. The U.S. foodservice distribution industry consists of four categories of distributors:
| Broadline distributors carry a broad line of products to serve the needs of many different types of food-away-from-home establishments; |
| System distributors carry products that are typically specified by large national and regional chains; |
| Specialized distributors carry a variety of products within specific categories, such as produce, meats, or seafood, or they focus on particular customer types, such as schools, vending operations, or fine dining; and |
| Cash-and-carry centers where customers come to pick-up their orders. |
We are distinguished from most of our competitors by operating in each of the four categories of distributors mentioned above.
5
Broadline distribution is the largest segment in the U.S. foodservice distribution industry. According to Technomic, the Power Distributors, which they define as the 21 companies with annual sales greater than $250 million, grew sales by 6% from 2012 to 2013, or approximately twice the growth rate for the overall foodservice distribution industry, which we believe is representative of the benefits of scale.
We benefit from being one of the leading companies in the U.S. foodservice distribution industry. We believe that our current industry share, the large size of the U.S. foodservice distribution industry, and our track record of growing industry share provide us a significant opportunity for continued sales growth.
On December 8, 2013, the two largest companies in our industry, Sysco Corporation (Sysco) and US Foods, Inc. (US Foods), announced that they entered into an agreement and plan of merger. On February 2, 2015, we reached an agreement to purchase 11 US Foods facilities relating to the proposed merger. On February 19, 2015, the Federal Trade Commission filed suit seeking an injunction to prevent the proposed merger and, on June 23, 2015, the United States District Court for the District of Columbia granted the injunction. In June 2015, the proposed merger was terminated. As a result, our agreement to purchase the facilities was also terminated and we received a termination fee of $25 million.
We had an estimated industry share of 6.0% for each of calendar 2013 and calendar 2014. According to the most recent Technomic Power Distributor report, Sysco and US Foods had an estimated industry share of 17.0% and 10.0%, respectively, in calendar 2013.
Our Strengths
Leading Market Positions
We believe that our leading market positions within each of our business segments allow us to compete effectively in attracting new customers, to attract and retain industry talent, and to drive our growth as we execute our business strategy. We have a diverse business model that operates in three segments, allowing us to capitalize on the growth in food-away-from-home consumption. We believe our leading market positions are exhibited in the following way:
| Performance Foodservice. We are the third largest broadline distributor by revenue in the United States after Sysco and US Foods, according to Technomic. We have significant scale in markets along the Eastern Seaboard and in the Southeast. Within Performance Foodservice, we believe that our Roma products make us the leading distributor to independent pizzerias in the United States. |
| PFG Customized. PFG Customized is a leading national distributor to family and casual dining restaurants, and we believe benefits from longstanding relationships with our customers, strong customer loyalty, and a network that is optimized to serve our customer base efficiently. |
| Vistar. Vistar is a leading national distributor of candy, snacks, and beverages to vending and office coffee service distributors, big box retailers, and theater customers, whom we believe benefit from substantial product variety sold at competitive prices. |
Scale Distribution Platforms
We believe we have a competitive advantage over smaller regional and local broadline distributors through economies of scale in purchasing and procurement, which allow us to offer a broad variety of products (including our proprietary Performance Brands) at competitive prices to our customers. Our customers benefit from our ability to provide them with extensive geographic coverage as they continue to grow. We believe we also benefit from supply chain efficiency, including a growing inbound logistics backhaul network that uses our collective
6
distribution network to deliver inbound products across business segments; best practices in warehousing, transportation, and risk management; the ability to benefit from the scale of our purchases of items not for resale, such as trucks, construction materials, insurance, banking relationships, healthcare, and material handling equipment; and the ability to optimize our networks so that customers are served from the most efficient OpCo, which minimizes the cost of delivery. We believe these efficiencies and economies of scale will lead to continued improvements in our operating margins when combined with incremental fixed-cost advantage.
Customer-Centric Business Model
Our customer-centric business model is based on understanding our customers business operations and economics so that we can help them be successful, partnering with our suppliers to develop high quality proprietary brands specifically tailored to our customers needs, and placing our decision making on how best to serve customers at the local level so that we remain nimble at the point of transaction. The model embodies how we organize the Company, how our business processes work, and how we design our information systems. Over 12,000 PFG employees share our mission to grow sales by providing excellent service that is locally tailored to each customer. Over 5,000 of our employees interact with customers daily, either in sales or in making deliveries. Our sales associates receive extensive and ongoing product training and earn incentives primarily based on how effectively they grow our business with customers. Our customer-facing employees are supported by hundreds of employees who develop, source, and market over 150,000 food and related products from over 5,000 suppliers and by several thousand warehouse workers focused on filling customer orders accurately, efficiently, and in a timely manner. We believe that our customer-centric business model differentiates us from our competitors who make customer-facing decisions outside the local market and also from competitors who often do not have the scale to develop proprietary brands, provide value-added services, and distribute as effectively as we do.
Proven Ability to Increase Sales to Street Customers and Market our Proprietary Brands
We maintain a strong focus on growing sales to Street customers (our highest profit margin customers), growing sales of Performance Brands (our highest profit margin products), and attracting, retaining, and developing a more effective Street sales force. We believe that offering our Performance Brands enhances customer loyalty and attracts new customers, particularly Street customers. These Performance Brands include exclusive products offered across a wide variety of approximately 10,000 SKUs, which are developed in partnership with our suppliers and customers in order to satisfy the specific needs of our customer base.
From fiscal 2010 through fiscal 2014, we have grown the number of Street customers, case sales to Street customers, and case sales of Performance Brands to Street customers at compound annual growth rates of over 8%, 11%, and 12%, respectively. In fiscal 2014, Performance Brands accounted for 39% of the case volume sold to Street customers, up from 37% in fiscal 2010. In the first nine months of fiscal 2015, Performance Brands sold to Street customers grew by 19.0% as compared to the first nine months of fiscal 2014 and accounted for 41.0% of the case volume during the period.
Disciplined and Proven Acquirer
We have made 13 acquisitions over the past seven years, beginning with the merger of PFG and Vistar in 2008, when management integrated the two companies with significant synergies. Acquisitions have typically been completed at attractive valuation multiples and have been accretive to our Adjusted EBITDA margins on both a pre- and post-synergy basis.
In recent years, we have made four acquisitions in our Performance Foodservice business, which expanded our footprint in North and South Carolina, Kentucky, Illinois, and northern coastal California. Synergies from these acquisitions typically include introducing Performance Brands to the customers of the acquired company, reducing network mileage, implementing operational best practices, and achieving cost savings, such as expenses associated with insurance and benefit programs.
7
In our Vistar segment, we entered the hotel pantry business through an acquisition, which we are using as a platform to expand further into the hospitality channel. Vistar also used an acquisition to better develop our small drop fulfillment technology to serve big box retailers with candy, snacks, beverages, and other items, a capability that we believe has application in other channels.
Experienced and Invested Management Team
Our senior management team has extensive experience and proven success in the foodservice industry. With 250 years of combined experience (over 20 years on average for the executive leadership team), we believe that our senior management teams experience in all parts of the industry has enabled us to grow and diversify our business while improving operational efficiency. Members of management have previous experience at other leading foodservice distributors, including Sysco, US Foods, PYA Monarch, and Alliant Foodservice. Other management team members have experience elsewhere in the food industry, ranging from manufacturers and marketers to retailers and contract feeders. Management has invested over $28 million in the equity of the Company and substantially all of managements incentive compensation is tied to our financial performance. We believe managements investment and incentive structure align its interests with those of our stockholders.
Our Strategy
We intend to continue to expand our industry share and to grow sales and profits by executing on the following key elements of our strategy.
Continue to Grow Street and Performance Brand Sales
We believe that there is a significant and ongoing opportunity to grow sales to Street customers (our highest profit margin customers) and to expand sales of our Performance Brands (our highest profit margin products). We believe that providing customers with proprietary distributor brands such as Performance Brands has been a key driver for us in winning, retaining, and developing customers, especially Street customers. In addition, we believe that our ability to build and retain an increasingly effective sales force has complemented these results. Street business momentum facilitates further development of our Performance Brand portfolio, which in turn enables us to win and develop more Street customers. Smaller regional competitors often do not have the scale to develop their own distinctive brands, and we believe this is a key reason why our Performance Foodservice segment has increased its sales to Street customers. By continuing to focus on increasing sales to our Street customers and sales of our Performance Brands, we believe that we can continue to drive profitable growth.
Continue to Grow our Customers and Channels
We intend to increase penetration within our existing channels, enter new channels, and continue to win new customers in all three business segments by using our scale, operational excellence, geographic presence, and customer-centric business model.
| Performance Foodservice . In addition to our success in growing our Street business, we believe significant opportunity remains to expand our customer base. For example, in the past two years we have won the fast-growing distribution business of Chuys, Flying Foods, Habit Burger, Hwy 55 Burgers Shakes & Fries, and Taco Cabana. We believe significant opportunity remains to continue expanding our customer base through new multi-unit restaurant chains and other channels such as schools, hospitals, and commercial locations. |
|
PFG Customized . We intend to continue to grow our traditional customer base and to expand sales to new customer channels. For example, we have successfully won customers such as Macaroni Grill and Max |
8
and Ermas in our traditional family and casual dining business. We have recently expanded our customer base to include select fast casual customers including Fuzzys Taco Shop and PDQ and quick serve customers including Wendys and Yum! Brands. |
| Vistar . We have utilized Vistars combination of inventory variety, distribution methods, and national scale to diversify our channel mix. This has enabled Vistar to serve new customers and channels including concessionaires (such as Minor League Baseball), corrections facilities, college bookstores, and hospitality, among others. Additionally, Vistar continues to grow within vending and office coffee service distribution, big box retailers, and theaters. |
Expand Margins through Continuous Productivity Improvements
We are committed to expanding margins through operating efficiencies and specific productivity programs, which will complement the effect of selling a more profitable mix of customers and brands. We have established a program called Winning Together, which complements our sales growth with ongoing initiatives that take advantage of our scale and drive productivity in non-customer facing areas. Winning Together is led by teams whose primary responsibility is to improve our business processes, capture best practices, and maintain a continuous improvement culture in our procurement and operations functions.
The two key components of Winning Together are Winning Together Through Procurement and Winning Together Through Operations. Winning Together Through Procurement uses structured negotiations with selected national, regional, and local suppliers to develop the mutual profitability of the relationship and to encourage suppliers to invest in our growth. Winning Together Through Operations seeks to accelerate efficiencies in our warehouses and our inbound and outbound logistics functions. This program leverages best practices and scale, implements new productivity software, and establishes a model OpCo as a proving ground for new technologies and business processes.
Winning Together has driven meaningful cost-saving benefits through the first nine months of fiscal 2015, and we continue to benefit from this program.
Continue to Pursue Opportunistic Acquisitions
We have a strong track record of sourcing, executing, and integrating accretive acquisitions. We intend to continue pursuing selective acquisitions in order to further our competitive position in the industry and to allow us both to enter into new geographies and channels as well as to expand in existing ones.
Over the past seven years, we have made 13 acquisitions, including acquiring five broadline locations in Kentucky, North and South Carolina, Illinois, and northern coastal California. These acquisitions have expanded our broadline geographic reach, and we believe further meaningful opportunities exist that would enable us to reach additional customers. In Vistar, our acquisition focus remains on companies in adjacent channels that can benefit from the strength of our inventory and delivery method variety or that can add capabilities or technologies to our portfolio. We believe that there are a number of attractive potential acquisition opportunities in our industry.
Risks Related to Our Business and Our Industry
Investing in our common stock involves substantial risks, and our ability to successfully operate our business and execute our growth plan is subject to numerous risks, including those that are generally associated with operating in the foodservice distribution industry. Some of the more significant challenges and risks include the following:
| competition in our industry is intense, and we may not be able to compete successfully; |
9
| our industry has low margins, which may increase the volatility of our results of operations; |
| we may not realize anticipated benefits from our operating cost reduction and productivity improvement efforts, including Winning Together; |
| our profitability is directly affected by cost inflation or deflation and other factors; |
| many of our customers are not obligated to continue purchasing products from us; |
| group purchasing organizations may become more active in our industry and increase their efforts to add our customers as members of these organizations; |
| changes in consumer eating habits could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, or results of operations; |
| extreme weather conditions and natural disasters may interrupt our business, or our customers businesses, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations; |
| our substantial indebtedness could adversely affect our ability to raise additional capital to fund our operations, limit our ability to react to changes in the economy or in our industry, expose us to interest rate risk to the extent of our variable rate debt, and prevent us from meeting our obligations under our indebtedness; |
| affiliates of our Sponsors control us and have the ability to elect all of the members of our Board of Directors; the Sponsors interests may conflict with ours or yours in the future; |
| we will be a controlled company within the meaning of the rules of the NYSE and the rules of the SEC; as a result, we will qualify for, and intend to rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements that would otherwise provide protection to stockholders of other companies; and |
| other factors set forth under Risk Factors in this prospectus. |
Before you participate in this offering, you should carefully consider all of the information in this prospectus, including matters set forth under the heading Risk Factors.
Corporate History and Information
The issuer was formed under the laws of the state of Delaware on September 23, 2002. Our principal executive office is located at 12500 West Creek Parkway, Richmond VA 23238. Our main telephone number is 804-484-7700.
Our Sponsors
Blackstone (NYSE: BX) is one of the worlds leading investment firms. Blackstones asset management businesses, with approximately $310.5 billion in assets under management as of March 31, 2015, include investment vehicles focused on private equity, real estate, public debt and equity, non-investment grade debt and secondary funds, all on a global basis. Blackstone also provides various financial advisory services, including financial and strategic advisory, restructuring and reorganization advisory, and fund placement services.
Wellspring Capital Management, a leading middle-market private equity firm, was founded in 1995. By teaming with strong management, Wellspring unlocks underlying value and pursues new growth opportunities through strategic initiatives, operating improvements, and add-on acquisitions. The firm functions as a strategic rather than tactical partner, providing management teams with top-line support, M&A experience, and financial expertise. Wellspring has approximately $3 billion of private equity capital under management.
10
Immediately after the offering of our common stock, affiliates of Blackstone and Wellspring will beneficially own approximately % and % of our common stock, respectively, or approximately % and %, respectively, if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares.
11
THE OFFERING
Common stock offered by us |
shares. |
Common stock offered by the selling stockholders |
shares. |
Option to purchase additional shares |
The underwriters have an option to purchase up to additional shares of our common stock from . The underwriters can exercise this option at any time within 30 days from the date of this prospectus. |
Common stock outstanding after giving effect to this offering |
shares ( shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full). |
Use of proceeds |
We estimate that the net proceeds to us from this offering, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, will be approximately $ , based on an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. |
We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to repay $ million of our outstanding indebtedness, with any remaining balance to be used for general corporate purposes. See Use of Proceeds. |
We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock offered by the selling stockholders, including upon the sale of shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares from the selling stockholders in this offering. See Use of Proceeds. |
Dividend policy |
We have no current plans to pay dividends on our common stock. Any decision to declare and pay dividends in the future will be made at the sole discretion of our board of directors and will depend on, among other things, our results of operations, cash requirements, financial condition, contractual restrictions in our ABL and term loan facilities, and other factors that our Board of Directors may deem relevant. |
Risk factors |
See Risk Factors beginning on page 17 for a discussion of risks you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our common stock. |
Proposed NYSE trading symbol |
PFGC. |
The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding immediately after the consummation of this offering is based on shares of common stock outstanding as of March 28, 2015, and does not give effect to shares of common stock, with a weighted average exercise price of $ per share outstanding under
12
our 2007 Management Option Plan (the 2007 Stock Option Plan) or shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under the Performance Food Group Company 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan).
Unless we indicate otherwise or the context otherwise requires, all information in this prospectus:
| assumes (1) no exercise of the underwriters option to purchase additional shares and (2) an initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus; |
| reflects a for one stock split of our common stock, to be effected prior to the consummation of this offering; and |
| assumes the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation immediately prior to the consummation of this offering, which will give effect to a reclassification of our Class A common stock and our Class B common stock into a single class. |
13
SUMMARY HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
The following tables set forth our summary historical consolidated financial data for the periods and as of the dates indicated.
We derived the summary consolidated statement of operations data and the summary consolidated statement of cash flows data for the years ended June 28, 2014, June 29, 2013, and June 30, 2012 and the summary consolidated balance sheet data as of June 28, 2014 and June 29, 2013 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived the consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2012 from our unaudited financial statements not included in this prospectus. We derived the summary consolidated statement of operations data and the summary consolidated statement of cash flows data for the nine months ended March 28, 2015 and March 29, 2014 and the summary consolidated balance sheet data as of March 28, 2015 from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The results from any interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the full year. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results expected for any future period.
The consolidated balance sheet data as of March 28, 2015 is presented:
| on an actual basis; and |
| on an as adjusted basis to reflect the issuance and sale of shares of our common stock by us in this offering based on the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us and the application of the net proceeds from this offering as described under Use of Proceeds. |
The summary historical consolidated financial data set forth below should be read in conjunction with Capitalization, Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, and the consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.
For the nine months ended | For the fiscal year ended | |||||||||||||||||||
March 28,
2015 |
March 29,
2014 |
June 28, 2014 | June 29, 2013 | June 30, 2012 | ||||||||||||||||
(unaudited) | ||||||||||||||||||||
(dollars in millions, except per share data) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Statement of Operations Data: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Net sales |
$ | 11,285.6 | $ | 10,043.2 | $ | 13,685.7 | $ | 12,826.5 | $ | 11,505.9 | ||||||||||
Cost of goods sold |
9,927.3 | 8,793.9 | 11,988.5 | 11,243.8 | 10,101.9 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Gross profit |
1,358.3 | 1,249.3 | 1,697.2 | 1,582.7 | 1,404.0 | |||||||||||||||
Operating expenses |
1,251.4 | 1,179.4 | 1,581.6 | 1,468.0 | 1,293.1 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Operating profit |
106.9 | 69.9 | 115.6 | 114.7 | 110.9 | |||||||||||||||
Interest expense, net(1) |
64.6 | 65.4 | 86.1 | 93.9 | 76.3 | |||||||||||||||
Loss on extinguishment of debt |
| | | 2.0 | | |||||||||||||||
Other, net |
3.2 | (0.5 | ) | (0.7 | ) | (0.7 | ) | 0.7 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Other expense, net |
67.8 | 64.9 | 85.4 | 95.2 | 77.0 | |||||||||||||||
Income before taxes |
39.1 | 5.0 | 30.2 | 19.5 | 33.9 | |||||||||||||||
Income tax expense(2) |
16.8 | 1.9 | 14.7 | 11.1 | 12.9 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Net income |
$ | 22.3 | $ | 3.1 | $ | 15.5 | $ | 8.4 | $ | 21.0 | ||||||||||
Per Share Data: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Basic net income per share |
$ | 0.12 | $ | 0.02 | $ | 0.09 | $ | 0.05 | $ | 0.12 | ||||||||||
Diluted net income per share |
0.12 | 0.02 | 0.09 | 0.05 | 0.12 | |||||||||||||||
Pro forma basic earnings per share |
||||||||||||||||||||
Pro forma diluted earnings per share |
||||||||||||||||||||
Weighted-average number of shares used in per share amounts |
||||||||||||||||||||
Basic |
179,121,857 | 179,107,540 | 179,110,211 | 179,102,280 | 179,025,738 | |||||||||||||||
Diluted |
180,751,990 | 180,385,899 | 180,481,081 | 180,326,867 | 179,881,094 | |||||||||||||||
Other Financial Data: |
||||||||||||||||||||
EBITDA(3) |
$ | 195.4 | $ | 169.0 | $ | 249.0 | $ | 233.4 | $ | 212.5 | ||||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA(3) |
226.1 | 193.2 | 286.1 | 271.3 | 240.9 | |||||||||||||||
Capital expenditures |
63.7 | 67.0 | 90.6 | 66.5 | 68.9 | |||||||||||||||
Summary Statement of Cash Flows Data: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Net cash provided by (used in) continuing operations: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Operating activities |
$ | 28.4 | $ | 59.3 | $ | 119.8 | $ | 140.7 | $ | 97.6 | ||||||||||
Investing activities |
(66.3 | ) | (71.8 | ) | (93.4 | ) | (150.0 | ) | (388.2 | ) | ||||||||||
Financing activities |
39.4 | 10.4 | (35.1 | ) | 12.3 | 286.7 |
14
As of March 28, 2015 | As of | |||||||||||||||||
Actual | As adjusted |
June 28,
2014 |
June 29,
2013 |
June 30,
2012 |
||||||||||||||
(unaudited) | ||||||||||||||||||
(dollars in millions) | ||||||||||||||||||
Balance Sheet Data: |
||||||||||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 6.8 | $ | 5.3 | $ | 14.1 | $ | 11.1 | ||||||||||
Total assets |
3,377.3 | 3,239.8 | 3,055.4 | 2,946.6 | ||||||||||||||
Total debt |
1,501.6 | 1,459.5 | 1,483.0 | 1,208.3 | ||||||||||||||
Total shareholders equity |
457.4 | 434.1 | 420.0 | 625.1 |
(1) | Interest expense, net includes $6.6 million, $11.1 million, $12.5 million, $6.0 million, and $6.0 million of reclassification adjustments for changes in fair value of interest rate swaps for fiscal 2014, fiscal 2013, fiscal 2012, the nine months ended March 28, 2015, and the nine months ended March 29, 2014, respectively. |
(2) | Income tax expense includes $2.6 million, $4.3 million, $4.9 million, $2.3 million, and $2.3 million tax benefit from reclassification adjustments for fiscal 2014, fiscal 2013, fiscal 2012, the nine months ended March 28, 2015, and the nine months ended March 29, 2014, respectively, related to the reclassification adjustments for changes in fair value of interest rate swaps referred to in note (1). |
(3) | Management measures operating performance based on our EBITDA, defined as net income (loss) before interest expense (net of interest income), income taxes, and depreciation and amortization. EBITDA is not defined under U.S. GAAP and is not a measure of operating income, operating performance, or liquidity presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP and is subject to important limitations. Our definition of EBITDA may not be the same as similarly titled measures used by other companies. |
We believe that the presentation of EBITDA enhances an investors understanding of our performance. We believe this measure is a useful metric to assess our operating performance from period to period by excluding certain items that we believe are not representative of our core business. We use this measure to evaluate the performance of our segments and for business planning purposes. We believe that EBITDA will provide investors with a useful tool for assessing the comparability between periods of our ability to generate cash from operations sufficient to pay taxes, to service debt, and to undertake capital expenditures because it eliminates depreciation and amortization expense. We present EBITDA in order to provide supplemental information that we consider relevant for the readers of our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, and such information is not meant to replace or supersede U.S. GAAP measures.
In addition, our management uses Adjusted EBITDA, defined as net income (loss) before interest expense (net of interest income), income and franchise taxes, and depreciation and amortization, further adjusted to exclude certain unusual, non-cash, non-recurring, cost reduction, and other adjustment items permitted in calculating covenant compliance under our credit agreements (other than certain pro forma adjustments permitted under our credit agreements relating to the Adjusted EBITDA contribution of acquired entities or businesses prior to the acquisition date). Under our credit agreements, our ability to engage in certain activities such as incurring certain additional indebtedness, making certain investments, and making restricted payments is tied to ratios based on Adjusted EBITDA (as defined in the credit agreements). Our definition of Adjusted EBITDA may not be the same as similarly titled measures used by other companies.
Adjusted EBITDA is not defined under U.S. GAAP, and is subject to important limitations. We believe that the presentation of Adjusted EBITDA is useful to investors because it is frequently used by securities analysts, investors, and other interested parties in their evaluation of the operating performance of companies in industries similar to ours. In addition, targets based on Adjusted EBITDA are among the measures we use to evaluate our managements performance for purposes of determining their compensation under our incentive plans as further described under ManagementExecutive Compensation.
We believe that the most directly comparable GAAP measure to Adjusted EBITDA is net income (loss). The following table reconciles net income to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA for the periods presented:
For the nine months ended | For the fiscal year ended | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
March 28,
2015 |
March 29,
2014 |
June 28,
2014 |
June 29,
2013 |
June 30,
2012 |
July 2,
2011 |
July 3,
2010 |
||||||||||||||||||||||
(unaudited) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(dollars in millions) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net income |
$ | 22.3 | $ | 3.1 | $ | 15.5 | $ | 8.4 | $ | 21.0 | $ | 13.7 | $ | 0.9 | ||||||||||||||
Interest expense, net |
64.6 | 65.4 | 86.1 | 93.9 | 76.3 | 78.9 | 84.7 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Income tax expense |
16.8 | 1.9 | 14.7 | 11.0 | 12.9 | 10.9 | 8.1 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Depreciation |
57.1 | 53.2 | 73.5 | 58.8 | 46.4 | 43.2 | 44.4 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Amortization of intangible assets |
34.6 | 45.4 | 59.2 | 61.3 | 55.9 | 55.8 | 55.2 | |||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
EBITDA |
195.4 | 169.0 | 249.0 | 233.4 | 212.5 | 202.5 | 193.3 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Non-cash items(i) |
2.3 | 1.9 | 4.8 | 1.8 | 3.8 | 0.3 | (2.0 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Acquisition, integration and reorganization(ii) |
16.2 | 8.6 | 11.3 | 22.9 | 12.9 | 8.2 | 2.4 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Non-recurring items(iii) |
| 0.1 | 0.4 | 0.4 | 1.5 | 4.5 | (1.4 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Productivity initiatives(iv) |
6.8 | 10.2 | 16.3 | 3.1 | 1.5 | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Multiemployer plan withdrawal(v) |
2.8 | 0.4 | 0.4 | 3.9 | (0.1 | ) | 0.8 | | ||||||||||||||||||||
Other adjustment items(vi) |
2.6 | 3.0 | 3.9 | 5.8 | 8.8 | 3.7 | 1.0 | |||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | 226.1 | $ | 193.2 | $ | 286.1 | $ | 271.3 | $ | 240.9 | $ | 220.0 | $ | 193.3 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15
(i) | Includes adjustments for interest rate swap hedge ineffectiveness, adjustments to reflect certain assets held for sale to their net realizable value, non-cash charges arising from employee stock options, and changes in fair value of fuel collar instruments. In addition, this includes a decrease in the LIFO reserve of $0.4 million for the first nine months of fiscal 2015 and an increase of $0.1 million for the first nine months of fiscal 2014. For fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2013, this includes increases in the LIFO reserve of $3.0 million and $0.8 million, respectively. |
(ii) | Includes professional fees and other costs related to completed and abandoned acquisitions, costs of integrating certain of our facilities, facility closing costs, legal fees related to our legal entity reorganization, and advisory fees paid to the Sponsors. For fiscal 2013, this also includes $11.2 million for the impact of the initial fair value of inventory that was acquired as part of acquisitions. |
(iii) | Consists primarily of transition costs related to IT outsourcing, certain severance costs, and the impact of business interruption due to hurricane and other weather related events. |
(iv) | Consists primarily of professional fees and related expenses associated with the Winning Together program. |
(v) | Includes amounts related to the withdrawal from multiemployer pension plans. For the first nine months of fiscal 2015, the first nine months of fiscal 2014, fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2013, this amount includes $2.8 million, $0.4 million, $0.4 million and $3.7 million, respectively, for the expense related to the withdrawal from the Central States Southeast and Southwest Areas Pension Fund. See Note 15 to the audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus. |
(vi) | Consists primarily of costs related to certain financing transactions, lease amendments, and franchise tax expense and other adjustments permitted by our credit agreements. |
16
Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully the risks and uncertainties described below and the other information contained in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes, before you decide whether to purchase our common stock.
Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry
Competition in our industry is intense, and we may not be able to compete successfully.
The foodservice distribution industry is highly competitive. Certain of our competitors have greater financial and other resources than we do. Furthermore, there are two larger broadline distributors, Sysco and US Foods, with national footprints. On December 8, 2013, these competitors entered into an agreement and plan of merger, which was later terminated as described under SummaryOur Industry. In addition, there are numerous smaller regional, local, and specialty distributors. These smaller distributors often align themselves with other smaller distributors through purchasing cooperatives and marketing groups to enhance their geographic reach, private label offerings, overall purchasing power, cost efficiencies, and ability to try to meet customer requirements for national or multi-regional distribution. We often do not have exclusive service agreements with our customers and our customers may switch to other distributors if those distributors can offer lower prices, differentiated products, or customer service that is perceived to be superior. We believe that most purchasing decisions in the foodservice business are based on the quality and price of the product and a distributors ability to completely and accurately fill orders and provide timely deliveries. We cannot assure you that our current or potential competitors will not provide products or services that are comparable or superior to those provided by us or adapt more quickly than we do to evolving trends or changing market requirements. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that we will be able to compete effectively against current and future competitors, and increased competition may result in price reductions, reduced gross margins, and loss of market share, any of which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, or results of operations.
We operate in a low margin industry, which could increase the volatility of our results of operations.
Similar to other resale-based industries, the foodservice distribution industry is characterized by relatively low profit margins. These low profit margins tend to increase the volatility of our reported net income since any decline in our net sales or increase in our costs that is small relative to our total net sales or costs may have a large impact on our net income (loss).
We may not realize anticipated benefits from our cost reduction and productivity improvement efforts, including our Winning Together program.
We have implemented a number of cost reduction and productivity improvement initiatives that we believe are necessary to position our business for future success and growth, including our Winning Together program. Our future success and earnings growth depend upon our ability to achieve a lower cost structure and operate efficiently in the highly competitive foodservice distribution industry, particularly in an environment of increased competitive activity and reduced profitability. A variety of factors could cause us not to realize some of the expected cost savings and productivity enhancements, including, among other things, difficulties in implementation, delays in the anticipated timing of activities related to our cost savings initiatives, lack of sustainability in cost savings over time, and unexpected costs associated with operating our business. If we are unable to realize the anticipated benefits from our cost cutting and productivity improvement efforts, including our Winning Together program, we could become cost disadvantaged in the marketplace, which could adversely affect our competitiveness and our profitability. Furthermore, even if we realize the anticipated benefits of our cost reduction and productivity improvement efforts, we may experience an adverse impact on our employees and customers which could adversely affect our sales and profits.
17
Cost inflation or deflation could affect the value of our inventory and our financial results.
We make a significant portion of our sales at prices that are based on the cost of products we sell, plus a percentage markup. As a result, volatile food costs may have a direct impact upon our profitability. Our profit levels may be negatively affected during periods of product cost deflation, even though our gross profit percentage may remain relatively constant. Prolonged periods of product cost inflation also may have a negative impact on our profit margins and earnings to the extent such product cost increases are not passed on to customers because of their resistance to higher prices. Furthermore, our business model requires us to maintain an inventory of products, and changes in price levels between the time that we acquire inventory from our suppliers and the time we sell the inventory to our customers could lead to unexpected shifts in demand for our products or could require us to sell inventory at a loss. In addition, product cost inflation may negatively impact consumer discretionary spending decisions within our customers establishments, which could impact our sales. Our inability to quickly respond to inflationary and deflationary cost pressures could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, or results of operations.
Many of our customers are not obligated to continue purchasing products from us.
Many of our customers buy from us pursuant to individual purchase orders, and we often do not enter into long-term agreements with these customers. Because such customers are not obligated to continue purchasing products from us, we cannot assure you that the volume and/or number of our customers purchase orders will remain constant or increase or that we will be able to maintain our existing customer base. Significant decreases in the volume and/or number of our customers purchase orders or our inability to retain or grow our current customer base may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations.
Group purchasing organizations may become more active in our industry and increase their efforts to add our customers as members of these organizations.
Some of our customers, particularly our larger customers, purchase their products from us through group purchasing organizations, or GPOs, in an effort to lower the prices paid by these customers on their foodservice orders, and we have experienced some pricing pressure from these purchasers. These GPOs have recently increased their efforts to include smaller, independent restaurants. If these GPOs are able to add a significant number of our customers as members, we may be forced to lower the prices we charge these customers in order to retain the business, which would negatively affect our business, financial condition, or results of operations. Additionally, if we were unable or unwilling to lower the prices we charge for our products to a level that was satisfactory to the GPOs, we may lose the business of those of our customers that are members of these organizations, which could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, or results of operations
Changes in consumer eating habits could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, or results of operations.
Changes in consumer eating habits (such as a decline in consuming food away from home, a decline in portion sizes, or a shift in preferences toward restaurants that are not our customers) could reduce demand for our products. Consumer eating habits could be affected by a number of factors, including changes in attitudes regarding diet and health or new information regarding the health effects of consuming certain foods. If consumer eating habits change significantly, we may be required to modify or discontinue sales of certain items in our product portfolio, and we may experience higher costs associated with the implementation of those changes. Changing consumer eating habits may reduce the frequency with which consumers purchase meals outside of the home. Additionally, changes in consumer eating habits may result in the enactment of laws and regulations that impact the ingredients and nutritional content of our food products, or laws and regulations requiring us to disclose the nutritional content of our food products. Compliance with these laws and regulations, as well as others regarding the ingredients and nutritional content of our food products, may be costly and time-consuming. We cannot make any assurances regarding our ability to effectively respond to changes in consumer health perceptions or resulting new laws or regulations or to adapt our menu offerings to trends in eating habits.
18
Extreme weather conditions and natural disasters may interrupt our business, or our customers businesses, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations.
Many of our facilities and our customers facilities are located in areas that may be subject to extreme, and occasionally prolonged, weather conditions, including, but not limited to, hurricanes, blizzards, and extreme cold. Such extreme weather conditions may interrupt our operations and reduce the number of consumers who visit our customers facilities in such areas. Furthermore, such extreme weather conditions may interrupt or impede access to our customers facilities, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations.
We rely on third-party suppliers, and our business may be affected by interruption of supplies or increases in product costs.
We obtain substantially all of our foodservice and related products from third-party suppliers. We typically do not have long-term contracts with our suppliers. Although our purchasing volume can sometimes provide an advantage when dealing with suppliers, suppliers may not provide the foodservice products and supplies needed by us in the quantities and at the prices requested. Our suppliers may also be affected by higher costs to source or produce and transport food products, as well as by other related expenses that they pass through to their customers, which could result in higher costs for the products they supply to us. Because we do not control the actual production of most of the products we sell, we are also subject to material supply chain interruptions, delays caused by interruption in production, and increases in product costs, including those resulting from product recalls or a need to find alternate materials or suppliers, based on conditions outside our control. These conditions include work slowdowns, work interruptions, strikes, or other job actions by employees of suppliers, weather conditions or more prolonged climate change, crop conditions, water shortages, transportation interruptions, unavailability of fuel or increases in fuel costs, competitive demands, contamination with mold, bacteria or other contaminants, and natural disasters or other catastrophic events, including, but not limited to, the outbreak of e. coli or similar food borne illnesses or bioterrorism in the United States. Our inability to obtain adequate supplies of foodservice and related products as a result of any of the foregoing factors or otherwise could mean that we could not fulfill our obligations to our customers and, as a result, our customers may turn to other distributors. Our inability to anticipate and react to changing food costs through our sourcing and purchasing practices in the future could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations.
We face risks relating to labor relations, labor costs, and the availability of qualified labor.
As of March 28, 2015, we had more than 12,000 employees of whom approximately 775 were members of local unions associated with the International Brotherhood of Teamsters or other unions. Although our labor contract negotiations have in the past generally taken place with the local union representatives, we may be subject to increased efforts to engage us in multi-unit bargaining that could subject us to the risk of multi-location labor disputes or work stoppages that would place us at greater risk of being materially adversely affected by labor disputes. In addition, labor organizing activities could result in additional employees becoming unionized, which could result in higher labor costs. Although we have not experienced any significant labor disputes or work stoppages in recent history, and we believe we have satisfactory relationships with our employees, including those who are union members, increased unionization or a work stoppage because of our failure to renegotiate union contracts could have a material adverse effect on us.
Further, potential changes in labor legislation, including the Employee Free Choice Act, or EFCA, could result in portions of our workforce, such as our delivery personnel, being subjected to greater organized labor influence. The EFCA could impact the nature of labor relations in the United States and how union elections and contract negotiations are conducted. The EFCA aims to facilitate unionization, and employers of unionized employees may face mandatory, binding arbitration of labor scheduling, costs, and standards, which could
19
increase the costs of doing business. EFCA or similar labor legislation could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations by imposing requirements that could potentially increase costs and reduce our operating flexibility.
We are subject to a wide range of labor costs. Because our labor costs are, as a percentage of net sales, higher than many other industries, we may be significantly harmed by labor cost increases. In addition, labor is a significant cost of many of our customers in the U.S. food-away-from-home industry. Any increase in their labor costs, including any increases in costs as a result of increases in minimum wage requirements, could reduce the profitability of our customers and reduce demand for our products.
We rely heavily on our employees, particularly drivers, and any shortage of qualified labor could significantly affect our business. Our recruiting and retention efforts and efforts to increase productivity may not be successful and we could encounter a shortage of qualified drivers in future periods. Any such shortage would decrease our ability to serve our customers effectively. Such a shortage would also likely lead to higher wages for employees and a corresponding reduction in our profitability.
Further, we continue to assess our healthcare benefit costs. Despite our efforts to control costs while still providing competitive healthcare benefits to our staff members, significant increases in healthcare costs continue to occur, and we can provide no assurance that our cost containment efforts in this area will be effective. Due to the breadth and complexity of federal healthcare legislation and the staggered implementation of its provisions and corresponding regulations, it is difficult to predict the overall impact of the healthcare legislation on our business over the coming years. These changes may require us to change the health benefits that we offer to our employees or may increase the cost of healthcare in general. If we are unable to raise our prices or cut other costs to cover this expense, such increases in expenses could materially reduce our operating profit. Our distributors and suppliers also may be affected by higher minimum wage and benefit standards, which could result in higher costs for goods and services supplied to us.
Fluctuations in fuel costs and other transportation costs could harm our business.
The high cost of fuel can negatively affect consumer confidence and discretionary spending and, as a result, reduce the frequency and amount spent by consumers within our customers establishments for food away from home. The high cost of fuel and other transportation related costs, such as tolls, fuel taxes, and license and registration fees, can also increase the price we pay for products as well as the costs incurred by us to deliver products to our customers. Furthermore, both the price and supply of fuel are unpredictable and fluctuate based on events outside our control, including geopolitical developments, supply and demand for oil and gas, actions by the Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries and other oil and gas producers, war and unrest in oil producing countries and regions, regional production patterns, and environmental concerns. These factors in turn could have a material adverse effect on our sales, margins, operating expenses, or results of operations.
From time to time, we may enter into arrangements to hedge our exposure to fuel costs. Such hedges, however, may not be effective and may result in us paying higher than market costs for a portion of our fuel. In addition, while we have been successful in the past in implementing fuel surcharges to offset fuel cost increases, we may not be able to do so in the future.
In addition, compliance with current and future environmental laws and regulations relating to carbon emissions and the effects of global warming can be expected to have a significant impact on our transportation costs and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations.
If one or more of our competitors implements a lower cost structure, they may be able to offer lower prices to customers and we may be unable to adjust our cost structure in order to compete profitably.
Over the last several decades, the retail food industry has undergone significant change as companies such as Wal-Mart and Costco have developed a lower cost structure to provide their customer base with an everyday
20
low-cost product offering. As a large-scale foodservice distributor, we have similar strategies to remain competitive in the marketplace by reducing our cost structure. However, if one or more of our competitors in the foodservice distribution industry adopted an everyday low price strategy, we would potentially be pressured to lower prices to our customers and would need to achieve additional cost savings to offset these reductions. We may be unable to change our cost structure and pricing practices rapidly enough to successfully compete in such an environment.
If we fail to increase our sales in the highest margin portions of our business, our profitability may suffer.
Foodservice distribution is a relatively low margin industry. The most profitable customers within the foodservice distribution industry are Street customers. In addition, our most profitable products are our Performance Brands. We typically provide a higher level of services to our Street customers and are able to earn a higher operating margin on sales to Street customers. Street customers are also more likely to purchase our Performance Brands. Our ability to continue to penetrate this key customer type is critical to achieving increased operating profits. Changes in the buying practices of Street customers or decreases in our sales to Street customers or a decrease in the sales of our Performance Brands could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations.
Changes in pricing practices of our suppliers could negatively affect our profitability.
Foodservice distributors have traditionally generated a significant percentage of their gross margins from promotional allowances paid by their suppliers. Promotional allowances are payments from suppliers based upon the efficiencies that the distributor provides to its suppliers through purchasing scale and through marketing and merchandising expertise. Promotional allowances are a standard practice among suppliers to foodservice distributors and represent a significant source of profitability for us and our competitors. Any change in such practices that results in the reduction or elimination of promotional allowances could be disruptive to us and the industry as a whole and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations.
Our growth strategy may not achieve the anticipated results.
Our future success will depend on our ability to grow our business, including through increasing our Street sales, expanding our Performance Brands, making strategic acquisitions, and achieving improved operating efficiencies as we continue to expand our customer base. Our growth and innovation strategies require significant commitments of management resources and capital investments and may not grow our net sales at the rate we expect or at all. As a result, we may not be able to recover the costs incurred in developing our new projects and initiatives or to realize their intended or projected benefits, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations.
We may not be able to realize benefits of acquisitions or successfully integrate the businesses we acquire.
From time to time, we opportunistically pursue acquisitions that broaden our customer base and/or geographic reach. If we are unable to integrate acquired businesses successfully or to realize anticipated economic, operational, and other benefits and synergies in a timely manner, our profitability could be adversely affected. Integration of an acquired business may be more difficult when we acquire a business in a market in which we have limited expertise, or with a company culture different from ours. A significant expansion of our business and operations, in terms of geography or magnitude, could strain our administrative and operational resources. Additionally, we may be unable to retain qualified management and other key personnel employed by acquired companies and may fail to build a network of acquired companies in new markets. We could face significantly greater competition from broadline foodservice distributors in these markets than we face in our existing markets.
21
We also regularly evaluate opportunities to acquire other companies. To the extent our future growth includes acquisitions, we cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain any necessary financing for such acquisitions, consummate such potential acquisitions effectively, effectively and efficiently integrate any acquired entities, or successfully expand into new markets.
Our business is subject to significant governmental regulation, and costs or claims related to these requirements could adversely affect our business.
Our operations are subject to regulation by state and local health departments, the U.S. Department of Agriculture, and the Food and Drug Administration, or the FDA, which generally impose standards for product quality and sanitation and are responsible for the administration of recent bioterrorism legislation affecting the foodservice industry. These government authorities regulate, among other things, the processing, packaging, storage, distribution, advertising, and labeling of our products. In late 2010, the FDA Food Safety Modernization Act, or the FSMA, was enacted. The FSMA represents a significant expansion of food safety requirements and FDA food safety authorities and, among other things, requires that the FDA impose comprehensive, prevention-based controls across the food supply, further regulates food products imported into the United States, and provides the FDA with mandatory recall authority. Our seafood operations are also specifically regulated by federal and state laws, including those administered by the National Marine Fisheries Service, established for the preservation of certain species of marine life, including fish and shellfish. Our processing and distribution facilities must be registered with the FDA biennially and are subject to periodic government agency inspections. State and/or federal authorities generally inspect our facilities at least annually. The Federal Perishable Agricultural Commodities Act, which specifies standards for the sale, shipment, inspection, and rejection of agricultural products, governs our relationships with our fresh food suppliers with respect to the grading and commercial acceptance of product shipments. We are also subject to regulation by state authorities for the accuracy of our weighing and measuring devices. Additionally, the Surface Transportation Board and the Federal Highway Administration regulate our trucking operations, and interstate motor carrier operations are subject to safety requirements prescribed by the U.S. Department of Transportation and other relevant federal and state agencies. Our suppliers are also subject to similar regulatory requirements and oversight. The failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements could result in, among other things, administrative, civil, or criminal penalties or fines; mandatory or voluntary product recalls; warning or untitled letters; cease and desist orders against operations that are not in compliance; closure of facilities or operations; the loss, revocation, or modification of any existing licenses, permits, registrations, or approvals; or the failure to obtain additional licenses, permits, registrations, or approvals in new jurisdictions where we intend to do business, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations. These laws and regulations may change in the future and we may incur material costs in our efforts to comply with current or future laws and regulations or in any required product recalls.
In addition, our operations are subject to various federal, state, and local laws and regulations relating to the protection of the environment, including those governing the discharge of pollutants into the air, soil, and water; the management and disposal of solid and hazardous materials and wastes; employee exposure to hazards in the workplace; and the investigation and remediation of contamination resulting from releases of petroleum products and other regulated materials. In the course of our operations, we operate, maintain, and fuel fleet vehicles; store fuel in on-site above and underground storage tanks; operate refrigeration systems, and use and dispose of hazardous substances and food wastes. We could incur substantial costs, including fines or penalties and third-party claims for property damage or personal injury, as a result of any violations of environmental or workplace safety laws and regulations or releases of regulated materials into the environment. In addition, we could incur investigation, remediation, or other costs related to environmental conditions at our currently or formerly owned or operated properties. Additionally, concern over climate change, including the impact of global warming, has led to significant U.S. and international legislative and regulatory efforts to limit greenhouse gas emissions. Increased regulation regarding greenhouse gas emissions, especially diesel engine emissions, could impose substantial costs upon us. These costs include an increase in the cost of the fuel and other energy we purchase and capital costs associated with updating or replacing our vehicles prematurely.
22
If the products we distribute are alleged to cause injury or illness or fail to comply with governmental regulations, we may need to recall our products and may experience product liability claims.
The products we distribute may be subject to product recalls, including voluntary recalls or withdrawals, if they are alleged to cause injury or illness or if they are alleged to have been mislabeled, misbranded, or adulterated or to otherwise be in violation of governmental regulations. We may also voluntarily recall or withdraw products that we consider do not meet our quality standards, whether for taste, appearance, or otherwise, in order to protect our brand and reputation. If there is any future product withdrawal that could result in substantial and unexpected expenditures, destruction of product inventory, damage to our reputation, and lost sales due to the unavailability of the product for a period of time, our business, financial condition, or results of operations may be materially adversely affected.
We also may be subject to product liability claims if the consumption or use of our products is alleged to cause injury or illness. While we carry product liability insurance, our insurance may not be adequate to cover all liabilities we may incur in connection with product liability claims. For example, punitive damages may not covered by insurance. In addition, we may not be able to continue to maintain our existing insurance, obtain comparable insurance at a reasonable cost, if at all, or secure additional coverage, which may result in future product liability claims being uninsured. If there is a product liability judgment against us or a settlement agreement related to a product liability claim, our business, financial condition, or results of operations may be materially adversely affected.
We rely heavily on technology in our business and any technology disruption or delay in implementing new technology could adversely affect our business.
The foodservice distribution industry is transaction intensive. Our ability to control costs and to maximize profits, as well as to serve customers effectively, depends on the reliability of our information technology systems and related data entry processes. We rely on software and other technology systems, some of which are managed by third-party service providers, to manage significant aspects of our business, including making purchases, processing orders, managing our warehouses, loading trucks in the most efficient manner, and optimizing the use of storage space. The failure of our information technology systems to perform as we anticipate could disrupt our business and could result in transaction errors, processing inefficiencies, and the loss of sales and customers, causing our business and results of operations to suffer. In addition, our information technology systems may be vulnerable to damage or interruption from circumstances beyond our control, including fire, natural disasters, power outages, systems failures, security breaches, cyber attacks, and viruses. While we have invested and continue to invest in technology security initiatives and disaster recovery plans, these measures cannot fully insulate us from technology disruption that could result in adverse effects on our operations and profits.
Information technology systems evolve rapidly and in order to compete effectively we are required to integrate new technologies in a timely and cost effective manner. If competitors implement new technologies before we do, allowing such competitors to provide lower priced or enhanced services of superior quality compared to those we provide, this could have an adverse effect on our operations and profits.
A cyber-security incident and other technology disruptions could negatively affect our business and our relationships with customers.
We rely upon information technology networks and systems to process, transmit, and store electronic information, and to manage or support virtually all of our business processes and activities. We also use mobile devices, social networking, and other online activities to connect with our employees, suppliers, business partners, and customers. These uses give rise to cybersecurity risks, including security breach, espionage, system disruption, theft, and inadvertent release of information. Our business involves the storage and transmission of numerous classes of sensitive and/or confidential information and intellectual property, including customers and suppliers personal information, private information about employees, and financial and strategic information
23
about us and our business partners. Additionally, while we have implemented measures to prevent security breaches and cyber incidents, our preventative measures and incident response efforts may not be entirely effective. The theft, destruction, loss, misappropriation, or release of sensitive and/or confidential information or intellectual property, or interference with our information technology systems or the technology systems of third parties on which we rely, could result in business disruption, negative publicity, brand damage, violation of privacy laws, loss of customers, potential liability, and competitive disadvantage.
We may be subject to or affected by product liability claims relating to products we distribute.
We, like any other seller of food, may be exposed to product liability claims in the event that the use of products we sell causes injury or illness. We believe we have sufficient primary and excess umbrella liability insurance with respect to product liability claims. However, we cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain replacement insurance on comparable terms, and any replacement insurance or our current insurance may not continue to be available at a reasonable cost, or, if available, may not be adequate to cover all of our liabilities. We generally seek contractual indemnification and insurance coverage from parties supplying products to us, but this indemnification or insurance coverage is limited, as a practical matter, to the creditworthiness of the indemnifying party and the insured limits of any insurance provided by suppliers. If we do not have adequate insurance or contractual indemnification available, product liability relating to defective products could adversely affect our profitability.
Adverse judgments or settlements resulting from legal proceedings in which we may be involved in the normal course of our business could reduce our profits or limit our ability to operate our business.
In the normal course of our business, we are involved in various legal proceedings. The outcome of these proceedings cannot be predicted. If any of these proceedings were to be determined adversely to us or a settlement involving a payment of a material sum of money were to occur, it could materially and adversely affect our profits or ability to operate our business. Additionally, we could become the subject of future claims by third parties, including our employees, our investors, or regulators. Any significant adverse judgments or settlements would reduce our profits and could limit our ability to operate our business. Further, we may incur costs related to claims for which we have appropriate third-party indemnity, but such third parties fail to fulfill their contractual obligations.
Adverse publicity about us, lack of confidence in our products, and other risks could negatively affect our reputation and affect our business.
Maintaining a good reputation and public confidence in the safety of the products we distribute is critical to our business, particularly to selling our Performance Brands products. Anything that damages our reputation, or the publics confidence in our products, whether or not justified, including adverse publicity about the quality, safety, or integrity of our products, could quickly affect our net sales and profits. Reports, whether true or not, of food-borne illnesses or harmful bacteria (such as e. coli, bovine spongiform encephalopathy, hepatitis A, trichinosis, listeria, or salmonella) and injuries caused by food tampering could also severely injure our reputation or negatively affect the publics confidence in our products. We may need to recall our products if they become adulterated. If patrons of our restaurant customers become ill from food-borne illnesses, our customers could be forced to temporarily close restaurant locations and our sales would be correspondingly decreased. In addition, instances of food-borne illnesses, food tampering, or other health concerns, such as flu epidemics or other pandemics, even those unrelated to the use of our products, or public concern regarding the safety of our products, can result in negative publicity about the foodservice distribution industry and cause our sales to decrease dramatically. In addition, a widespread health epidemic or food-borne illness, whether or not related to the use of our products, may cause consumers to avoid public gathering places, like restaurants, or otherwise change their eating behaviors. Health concerns and negative publicity may harm our results of operations and damage the reputation of, or result in a lack of acceptance of, our products or the brands that we carry.
24
Our participation in a multiemployer pension plan could give rise to significant expenses and liabilities in the future.
We participate in a multiemployer pension plan administered by a labor union representing some of our employees. We make periodic contributions to the plan to allow the plan to meet its pension benefit obligations to its participants. In the ordinary course of our renegotiation of collective bargaining agreements with the labor union that maintains the plan, we could decide to discontinue participation in the plan, and in that event we could face withdrawal liability. We could be treated as withdrawing from participation in the plan if the number of our employees participating in the plan is reduced to a certain degree over certain periods of time. Such reductions in the number of our employees participating in the plan could occur as a result of changes in our business operations, such as facility closures or consolidations. In the event that we withdraw from participation in the plan, applicable law could require us to make withdrawal liability contributions to the plan, and we would have to reflect that on our balance sheet. Our withdrawal liability for the multiemployer plan would depend on the extent of the plans funding of vested benefits. If the multiemployer pension plan in which we participate has significant underfunded liabilities, such underfunding will increase the size of our potential withdrawal liability.
Our earnings will be reduced by amortization charges associated with any future acquisitions.
After we complete an acquisition, we must amortize any identifiable intangible assets associated with the acquired company over future periods. We also must amortize any identifiable intangible assets that we acquire directly. Our amortization of these amounts reduce our future earnings in the affected periods.
We have experienced losses due to the inability to collect accounts receivable in the past and could experience increases in such losses in the future if our customers are unable to timely pay their debts to us.
Certain of our customers have from time to time experienced bankruptcy, insolvency and/or an inability to pay their debts to us as they come due. If our customers suffer significant financial difficulty, they may be unable to pay their debts to us timely or at all, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. It is possible that customers may contest their contractual obligations to us under bankruptcy laws or otherwise. Significant customer bankruptcies could further adversely affect our net sales and increase our operating expenses by requiring larger provisions for bad debt expense. In addition, even when our contracts with these customers are not contested, if customers are unable to meet their obligations on a timely basis, it could adversely affect our ability to collect receivables. Further, we may have to negotiate significant discounts and/or extended financing terms with these customers in such a situation. If we are unable to collect upon our accounts receivable as they come due in an efficient and timely manner, our business, financial condition, or results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.
Periods of difficult economic conditions and heightened uncertainty in the financial markets affect consumer confidence, which can adversely affect our business.
The foodservice industry is sensitive to national and regional economic conditions. From 2008 through the beginning of 2010, deteriorating economic conditions and heightened uncertainty in the financial markets negatively affected consumer confidence and discretionary spending. This led to reductions in the frequency of dining out and the amount spent by consumers for food-away-from-home purchases. These conditions, in turn, negatively affected our results during these periods. The development of similar economic conditions in the future or permanent changes in consumer dining habits as a result of such conditions would likely negatively affect our operating results. In addition, the vending portion of our Vistar business is sensitive to, and closely correlated with, the level of employment in the U.S. domestic manufacturing sector, which has experienced significant declines in employment over the past several years. Any declines in the level of employment, and any related declines in Vistar sales to the vending channel, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations.
25
We are highly dependent upon senior management. Our failure to attract and retain key members of senior management could have a material adverse effect on us.
We are highly dependent on the performance and continued efforts of our senior management team. Our future success depends on our ability to continue to attract and retain qualified executive officers and senior management. Any inability to manage our operations effectively could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations. Although we have an employment agreement with our Chief Executive Officer, we cannot prevent him from terminating employment with us. Most of our other executives are not bound by employment agreements with us. Losing the services of any of these individuals could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations, and it may be difficult to replace them quickly with executives of equal experience and capabilities.
Federal, state, and local tax rules may adversely impact our business, financial condition, or results of operations.
We are subject to federal, state, and local taxes in the United States. Although we believe that our tax estimates are reasonable, if the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) or any other taxing authority disagrees with the positions we have taken on our tax returns, we could face additional tax liability, including interest and penalties. If material, payment of such additional amounts upon final adjudication of any disputes could have a material impact upon our business, financial condition, or results of operations. In addition, complying with new tax rules, laws, or regulations could impact our business, financial condition, or results of operations, and increases to federal or state statutory tax rates and other changes in tax laws, rules, or regulations may increase our effective tax rate. Any increase in our effective tax rate could have a material impact on our business, financial condition, or results of operations.
Insurance and claims expenses could significantly reduce our profitability.
Our future insurance and claims expenses might exceed historic levels, which could reduce our profitability. We maintain high-deductible insurance programs covering portions of general and vehicle liability and workers compensation. The amount in excess of the deductibles is insured by third-party insurance carriers, subject to certain limitations and exclusions. We also maintain self-funded group medical insurance.
We reserve for anticipated losses and expenses and periodically evaluate and adjust our claims reserves to reflect our experience. However, ultimate results may differ from our estimates, which could result in losses over our reserved amounts.
Although we believe our aggregate insurance limits should be sufficient to cover reasonably expected claims costs, it is possible that the amount of one or more claims could exceed our aggregate coverage limits. Insurance carriers have raised premiums for many businesses in our industry, including ours. As a result, our insurance and claims expense could increase. Our results of operations and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected if (1) total claims costs significantly exceed our coverage limits, (2) we experience a claim in excess of our coverage limits, (3) our insurance carriers fail to pay on our insurance claims, or (4) we experience a claim for which coverage is not provided.
Risks Relating to Our Indebtedness
Our substantial leverage could adversely affect our ability to raise additional capital to fund our operations, limit our ability to react to changes in the economy or in our industry, expose us to interest rate risk to the extent of our variable rate debt, and prevent us from meeting our obligations under our indebtedness.
Following this offering, we will continue to be highly leveraged. As of March 28, 2015, on an as adjusted basis giving effect to this offering, the use of proceeds therefrom as described under Use of Proceeds, we
26
would have had $ million of indebtedness. In addition, we would have had $ million of availability under our ABL facility after giving effect to $102.3 million of outstanding letters of credit. See Use of Proceeds.
Our high degree of leverage could have important consequences for us, including:
| requiring us to utilize a substantial portion of our cash flows from operations to make payments on our indebtedness, reducing the availability of our cash flows to fund working capital, capital expenditures, development activity, and other general corporate purposes; |
| increasing our vulnerability to adverse economic, industry, or competitive developments; |
| exposing us to the risk of increased interest rates because substantially all of our borrowings are at variable rates of interest; |
| making it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to our indebtedness, and any failure to comply with the obligations of any of our debt instruments, including restrictive covenants and borrowing conditions, could result in an event of default under the agreements governing our indebtedness; |
| restricting us from making strategic acquisitions or causing us to make non-strategic divestitures; |
| limiting our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures, product development, debt service requirements, acquisitions, and general corporate or other purposes; and |
| limiting our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business or market conditions and placing us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors who are less highly leveraged and who, therefore, may be able to take advantage of opportunities that our leverage prevents us from exploiting. |
Our total interest expense, net was $86.1 million, $93.9 million, $76.3 million, $64.6 million, and $65.4 million for fiscal 2014, fiscal 2013, fiscal 2012, the nine months ended March 28, 2015, and the nine months ended March 29, 2014, respectively.
Substantially all of our indebtedness is floating rate debt. We may elect to enter into swaps to reduce our exposure to floating interest rates as described under We may utilize derivative financial instruments to reduce our exposure to market risks from changes in interest rates on our variable rate indebtedness and we will be exposed to risks related to counterparty creditworthiness or non-performance of these instruments.
Servicing our indebtedness will require a significant amount of cash. Our ability to generate sufficient cash depends on many factors, some of which are not within our control.
Our ability to make payments on our indebtedness and to fund planned capital expenditures will depend on our ability to generate cash in the future. To a certain extent, this is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory, and other factors that are beyond our control. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow to service our debt and meet our other commitments, we may need to restructure or refinance all or a portion of our debt, sell material assets or operations, or raise additional debt or equity capital. We may not be able to effect any of these actions on a timely basis, on commercially reasonable terms, or at all, and these actions may not be sufficient to meet our capital requirements. In addition, any refinancing of our indebtedness could be at a higher interest rate, and the terms of our existing or future debt arrangements may restrict us from effecting any of these alternatives. Our failure to make the required interest and principal payments on our indebtedness would result in an event of default under the agreement governing such indebtedness, which may result in the acceleration of some or all of our outstanding indebtedness.
27
Despite our high indebtedness level, we and our subsidiaries will still be able to incur significant additional amounts of debt, which could further exacerbate the risks associated with our substantial indebtedness.
We and our subsidiaries may be able to incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future. Although the agreements governing our indebtedness contain restrictions on the incurrence of additional indebtedness, these restrictions are subject to a number of significant qualifications and exceptions and, under certain circumstances, the amount of indebtedness that could be incurred in compliance with these restrictions could be substantial.
Our credit agreements contain restrictions that limit our flexibility in operating our business.
The agreements governing our outstanding indebtedness contain various covenants that limit our ability to engage in specified types of transactions. These covenants limit the ability of our subsidiaries to, among other things:
| incur, assume, or permit to exist additional indebtedness or guarantees; |
| incur liens; |
| make investments and loans; |
| pay dividends, make payments, or redeem or repurchase capital stock; |
| engage in mergers, liquidations, dissolutions, asset sales, and other dispositions (including sale leaseback transactions); |
| amend or otherwise alter terms of certain indebtedness; |
| enter into agreements limiting subsidiary distributions or containing negative pledge clauses; |
| engage in certain transactions with affiliates; |
| alter the business that we conduct; |
| change our fiscal year; or |
| engage in any activities other than permitted activities. |
A breach of any of these covenants could result in a default under one or more of these agreements, including as a result of cross default provisions, and, in the case of our ABL facility, permit the lenders to cease making loans to us.
We may utilize derivative financial instruments to reduce our exposure to market risks from changes in interest rates on our variable rate indebtedness and we will be exposed to risks related to counterparty credit worthiness or non-performance of these instruments.
We may enter into pay-fixed interest rate swaps to limit our exposure to changes in variable interest rates. Such instruments may result in economic losses should interest rates decline to a point lower than our fixed rate commitments. We will be exposed to credit-related losses, which could impact the results of operations in the event of fluctuations in the fair value of the interest rate swaps due to a change in the credit worthiness or non-performance by the counterparties to the interest rate swaps.
Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock
No market currently exists for our common stock, and an active, liquid trading market for our common stock may not develop, which may cause our common stock to trade at a discount from the initial offering price and make it difficult for you to sell the common stock you purchase.
Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our common stock. We cannot predict the extent to which investor interest in the Company will lead to the development of an active trading market on the
28
NYSE or otherwise or how active and liquid that market may become. If an active and liquid trading market does not develop or continue, you may have difficulty selling any of our common stock that you purchase. The initial public offering price for the shares will be determined by negotiations between us, the selling stockholders, and the underwriters and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the open market following this offering. The market price of our common stock may decline below the initial offering price, and you may not be able to sell your shares of our common stock at or above the price you paid in this offering, or at all.
You will incur immediate and substantial dilution in the net tangible book value of the shares you purchase in this offering.
Prior stockholders have paid substantially less per share of our common stock than the price in this offering. The initial public offering price of our common stock will be substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share of outstanding common stock prior to completion of the offering. Based on our net tangible book value as of March 28, 2015 and upon the issuance and sale of shares of common stock by us at an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, if you purchase our common stock in this offering, you will pay more for your shares than the amounts paid by our existing stockholders for their shares and you will suffer immediate dilution of approximately $ per share in net tangible book value. Dilution is the amount by which the offering price paid by purchasers of our common stock in this offering will exceed the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock upon completion of this offering. A total of shares of common stock has been reserved for future issuance under the 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan. A total of shares may be issued pursuant to stock options outstanding under the 2007 Stock Option Plan. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares, you will experience additional dilution. You may experience additional dilution upon future equity issuances or the exercise of stock options to purchase common stock granted to our employees, executive officers, and directors under our current and future stock incentive plans, including our 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan. See Dilution.
Our stock price may change significantly following the offering, and you may not be able to resell shares of our common stock at or above the price you paid or at all, and you could lose all or part of your investment as a result.
The trading price of our common stock is likely to be volatile. The stock market recently has experienced extreme volatility. This volatility often has been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of particular companies. We, the selling stockholders and the underwriters will negotiate to determine the initial public offering price. You may not be able to resell your shares at or above the initial public offering price due to a number of factors such as those listed in Risks Related to Our Business and Industry and the following:
| results of operations that vary from the expectations of securities analysts and investors; |
| results of operations that vary from those of our competitors; |
| changes in expectations as to our future financial performance, including financial estimates and investment recommendations by securities analysts and investors; |
| declines in the market prices of stocks generally, particularly those of foodservice distribution companies; |
| strategic actions by us or our competitors; |
| announcements by us or our competitors of significant contracts, new products, acquisitions, joint marketing relationships, joint ventures, other strategic relationships, or capital commitments; |
| changes in general economic or market conditions or trends in our industry or markets; |
| changes in business or regulatory conditions; |
| future sales of our common stock or other securities; |
29
| investor perceptions or the investment opportunity associated with our common stock relative to other investment alternatives; |
| the publics response to press releases or other public announcements by us or third parties, including our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the SEC); |
| announcements relating to litigation; |
| guidance, if any, that we provide to the public, any changes in this guidance, or our failure to meet this guidance; |
| the development and sustainability of an active trading market for our stock; |
| changes in accounting principles; |
| occurrences of extreme or inclement weather; and |
| other events or factors, including those resulting from natural disasters, war, acts of terrorism, or responses to these events. |
These broad market and industry fluctuations may adversely affect the market price of our common stock, regardless of our actual operating performance. In addition, price volatility may be greater if the public float and trading volume of our common stock is low.
In the past, following periods of market volatility, stockholders have instituted securities class action litigation. If we were involved in securities litigation, it could have a substantial cost and divert resources and the attention of executive management from our business regardless of the outcome of such litigation.
Because we have no current plans to pay cash dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future, you may not receive any return on investment unless you sell your common stock for a price greater than that which you paid for it.
We intend to retain future earnings, if any, for future operations, expansion, and debt repayment and have no current plans to pay any cash dividends for the foreseeable future. The declaration, amount, and payment of any future dividends on shares of common stock will be at the sole discretion of our Board of Directors. Our Board of Directors may take into account general and economic conditions, our financial condition, and results of operations, our available cash and current and anticipated cash needs, capital requirements, contractual, legal, tax, and regulatory restrictions, implications on the payment of dividends by us to our stockholders or by our subsidiaries to us, and such other factors as our Board of Directors may deem relevant. In addition, our ability to pay dividends is limited by covenants of our existing and outstanding indebtedness and may be limited by covenants of any future indebtedness we or our subsidiaries incur. As a result, you may not receive any return on an investment in our common stock unless you sell our common stock for a price greater than that which you paid for it.
If securities analysts do not publish research or reports about our business or if they downgrade our stock or our sector, our stock price and trading volume could decline.
The trading market for our common stock will rely in part on the research and reports that industry or financial analysts publish about us or our business. We do not control these analysts. Furthermore, if one or more of the analysts who do cover us downgrades our stock or our industry, or the stock of any of our competitors, or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, the price of our stock could decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of the Company or fails to publish reports on us regularly, we could lose visibility in the market, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.
30
Future sales, or the perception of future sales, by us or our existing stockholders in the public market following this offering could cause the market price for our common stock to decline.
After this offering, the sale of shares of our common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales could occur, could harm the prevailing market price of shares of our common stock. These sales, or the possibility that these sales may occur, also might make it more difficult for us to sell equity securities in the future at a time and at a price that we deem appropriate.
Upon consummation of this offering we will have a total of shares of common stock outstanding. All shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable without registration under the Securities Act, and without restriction by persons other than our affiliates (as defined under Rule 144 of the Securities Act (Rule 144)), including our directors, executive officers, and other affiliates (including affiliates of Blackstone and Wellspring), whose shares may be sold only in compliance with the limitations described in Shares Eligible for Future Sale.
The remaining shares, representing % of our total outstanding shares of common stock following this offering based on the number of shares outstanding as of March 28, 2015, will be restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 and subject to certain restrictions on resale following the consummation of this offering. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if they are registered under the Securities Act or are sold pursuant to an exemption from registration such as Rule 144, as described in Shares Eligible for Future Sale.
In connection with this offering, we, our directors and executive officers, and holders of substantially all of our common stock have each agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any of our or their common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of the representatives of the underwriters. See Underwriting for a description of these lock-up agreements.
Upon the expiration of the lock-up agreements described above, shares held by Blackstone, Wellspring, and certain of our directors, officers, and employees will be eligible for resale, subject to volume, manner of sale, and other limitations under Rule 144. In addition, pursuant to a registration rights agreement, Blackstone and Wellspring will have the right, subject to certain conditions, to require us to register the sale of their shares of our common stock under the Securities Act. By exercising their registration rights and selling a large number of shares, our existing owners could cause the prevailing market price of our common stock to decline. Following completion of this offering, the shares covered by registration rights would represent approximately % of our outstanding common stock (or %, if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares). Registration of any of these outstanding shares of common stock would result in such shares becoming freely tradable without compliance with Rule 144 upon effectiveness of the registration statement. See Shares Eligible for Future Sale.
As restrictions on resale end or if these stockholders exercise their registration rights, the market price of our shares of common stock could drop significantly if the holders of these shares sell them or are perceived by the market as intending to sell them. These factors could also make it more difficult for us to raise additional funds through future offerings of our shares of common stock or other securities.
In addition, shares of common stock will be eligible for sale upon exercise of options granted under 2007 Stock Option Plan. Furthermore, the shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under the 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan will become eligible for sale in the public market once those shares are issued, subject to provisions relating to various vesting agreements, lock-up agreements, and Rule 144, as applicable. A total of shares of common stock has been reserved for future issuance under the 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan.
31
In the future, we may also issue our securities in connection with investments or acquisitions. The amount of shares of our common stock issued in connection with an investment or acquisition could constitute a material portion of our then-outstanding shares of our common stock. Any issuance of additional securities in connection with investments or acquisitions may result in additional dilution to you.
Anti-takeover provisions in our organizational documents could delay or prevent a change of control.
Certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may have an anti-takeover effect and may delay, defer, or prevent a merger, acquisition, tender offer, takeover attempt, or other change of control transaction that a stockholder might consider in its best interest, including those attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares held by our stockholders.
These provisions provide for, among other things:
| a classified Board of Directors with staggered three-year terms; |
| the ability of our Board of Directors to issue one or more series of preferred stock; |
| advance notice for nominations of directors by stockholders and for stockholders to include matters to be considered at our annual meetings; |
| certain limitations on convening special stockholder meetings; |
| the removal of directors only for cause and only upon the affirmative vote of holders of at least 66 2 ⁄ 3 % of the shares of common stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors if Blackstone and its affiliates hold less than 30% of our outstanding shares of common stock; and |
| that certain provisions may be amended only by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2 ⁄ 3 % of the shares of common stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors if Blackstone and its affiliates hold less than 30% of our outstanding shares of common stock. |
These anti-takeover provisions could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us, even if the third-partys offer may be considered beneficial by many of our stockholders. As a result, our stockholders may be limited in their ability to obtain a premium for their shares. See Description of Capital Stock.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will designate the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the sole and exclusive forum for certain types of actions and proceedings that may be initiated by our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers, employees or stockholders.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that, subject to limited exceptions, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for any (i) derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of our Company, (ii) action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or stockholder of our Company to the Company or the Companys stockholders, (iii) action asserting a claim against the Company or any director, officer or stockholder of the Company arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws, or (iv) action asserting a claim against the Company or any director, officer or stockholder of the Company governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation described above. This choice of forum provision may limit a stockholders ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and employees. Alternatively, if a court were to find these provisions of our amended and restated certificate of
32
incorporation inapplicable to, or unenforceable in respect of, one or more of the specified types of actions or proceedings, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such matters in other jurisdictions, which could adversely affect our business and financial condition.
Affiliates of the Sponsors control us and their interests may conflict with ours or yours in the future.
Immediately following this offering of common stock, affiliates of Blackstone and Wellspring will beneficially own approximately % and % of our common stock, respectively, or approximately % and %, respectively, if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares. As a result, investment funds associated with or designated by affiliates of the Sponsors will have the ability to elect all of the members of our Board of Directors and thereby control our policies and operations, including the appointment of management, future issuances of our common stock or other securities, the payment of dividends, if any, on our common stock, the incurrence or modification of debt by us, amendments to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, and the entering into of extraordinary transactions, and their interests may not in all cases be aligned with your interests. In addition, the Sponsors may have an interest in pursuing acquisitions, divestitures, and other transactions that, in their respective judgment, could enhance their investment, even though such transactions might involve risks to you. For example, the Sponsors could cause us to make acquisitions that increase our indebtedness or cause us to sell revenue-generating assets. Additionally, in certain circumstances, acquisitions of debt at a discount by purchasers that are related to a debtor can give rise to cancellation of indebtedness income to such debtor for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
Blackstone and Wellspring are in the business of making investments in companies and may from time to time acquire and hold interests in businesses that compete directly or indirectly with us.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that none of Blackstone, Wellspring, any of their affiliates, or any director who is not employed by us (including any non-employee director who serves as one of our officers in both his director and officer capacities) or his or her affiliates will have any duty to refrain from engaging, directly or indirectly, in the same business activities or similar business activities or lines of business in which we operate. Our Sponsors also may pursue acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business, and, as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us. So long as either of our Sponsors continue to own a significant amount of our combined voting power, even if such amount is less than 50%, such Sponsor will continue to be able to strongly influence or effectively control our decisions and, so long as such Sponsor and its affiliates collectively own at least 5% of all outstanding shares of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, such Sponsor will be able to appoint individuals to our Board of Directors under a stockholders agreement which we expect to adopt in connection with this offering. In addition, our Sponsors will be able to determine the outcome of all matters requiring stockholder approval and will be able to cause or prevent a change of control of the Company or a change in the composition of our Board of Directors and could preclude any unsolicited acquisition of the Company. The concentration of ownership could deprive you of an opportunity to receive a premium for your shares of common stock as part of a sale of the Company and ultimately might affect the market price of our common stock.
We will be a controlled company within the meaning of the rules of the NYSE and the rules of the SEC. As a result, we will qualify for, and intend to rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements that would otherwise provide protection to stockholders of other companies.
After completion of this offering, Blackstone will continue to control a majority of the voting power of our outstanding common stock. As a result, we will be a controlled company within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of the NYSE. Under these rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, group, or another company is a controlled company and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including:
| the requirement that a majority of our Board of Directors consist of independent directors as defined under the rules of the NYSE; |
33
| the requirement that we have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committees purpose and responsibilities; |
| the requirement that we have a nominating and corporate governance committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committees purpose and responsibilities; and |
| the requirement for an annual performance evaluation of the compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees. |
Following this offering, we intend to utilize these exemptions. As a result, we may not have a majority of independent directors, our nominating/corporate governance committee, if any, and compensation committee may not consist entirely of independent directors, and such committees will not be subject to annual performance evaluations. Accordingly, you may not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of the NYSE.
In addition, on June 20, 2012, the SEC passed final rules implementing provisions of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 pertaining to compensation committee independence and the role and disclosure of compensation consultants and other advisers to the compensation committee. The SECs rules direct each of the national securities exchanges (including the NYSE on which we intend to list our common stock) to develop listing standards requiring, among other things, that:
| compensation committees be composed of fully independent directors, as determined pursuant to new independence requirements; |
| compensation committees be explicitly charged with hiring and overseeing compensation consultants, legal counsel, and other committee advisors; and |
| compensation committees be required to consider, when engaging compensation consultants, legal counsel, or other advisors, certain independence factors, including factors that examine the relationship between the consultant or advisors employer and us. |
As a controlled company, we will not be subject to these compensation committee independence requirements.
We will incur increased costs and obligations as a result of being a public company.
As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting, insurance, and other expenses that we have not incurred as a private company, including costs associated with public company reporting requirements. We also will incur costs associated with complying with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and related rules implemented by the SEC and NYSE. The expenses incurred by public companies generally for reporting and corporate governance purposes have been increasing. We expect these rules and regulations to increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make certain activities more time-consuming and costly, although we are currently unable to estimate these costs with any degree of certainty. These laws and regulations could also make it more difficult or costly for us to obtain certain types of insurance, including director and officer liability insurance, and we may be forced to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. These laws and regulations could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our Board of Directors, our board committees, or as our executive officers. Furthermore, if we are unable to satisfy our obligations as a public company, we could be subject to delisting of our common stock, fines, sanctions, other regulatory action, and potentially civil litigation.
34
We may be unsuccessful in implementing required internal controls over financial reporting.
We are not currently required to comply with the SECs rules implementing Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, and are therefore not required to make a formal assessment of the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting for that purpose. Our auditors have identified two significant deficiencies in our internal controls over financial reporting relating to information technology controls and depreciable lives of fixed assets. We have taken measures to remediate these deficiencies, but these deficiencies have not been fully remediated. Upon becoming a public company, our management will be required to report on, and our independent registered public accounting firm to attest to, the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting. If we are unable to remedy past deficiencies, or if we identify additional deficiencies in the future, we may be unable to conclude that our internal controls over financial reporting are effective.
35
This prospectus contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the federal securities laws. All statements, other than statements of historical facts included in this prospectus, including statements concerning our plans, objectives, goals, beliefs, business strategies, future events, business conditions, our results of operations, financial position and our business outlook, business trends and other information referred to under Prospectus Summary, Risk Factors, Dividend Policy, Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, and Business are forward-looking statements. When used in this prospectus, the words estimates, expects, contemplates, anticipates, projects, plans, intends, believes, forecasts, may, should, and variations of such words or similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. The forward-looking statements are not historical facts, and are based upon our current expectations, beliefs, estimates, and projections, and various assumptions, many of which, by their nature, are inherently uncertain and beyond our control. Our expectations, beliefs and projections are expressed in good faith and we believe there is a reasonable basis for them. However, there can be no assurance that managements expectations, beliefs, estimates, and projections will result or be achieved and actual results may vary materially from what is expressed in or indicated by the forward-looking statements.
There are a number of risks, uncertainties, and other important factors, many of which are beyond our control, that could cause our actual results to differ materially from the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus. Such risks, uncertainties, and other important factors include, among others, the risks, uncertainties, and factors set forth above under Risk Factors, and the following risks, uncertainties, and factors:
| competition in our industry is intense, and we may not be able to compete successfully; |
| we operate in a low margin industry, which could increase the volatility of our results of operations; |
| we may not realize anticipated benefits from our operating cost reduction and productivity improvement efforts, including Winning Together; |
| our profitability is directly affected by cost inflation or deflation and other factors; |
| lack of long-term contracts with certain of our customers; |
| group purchasing organizations may become more active in our industry and increase their efforts to add our customers as members of these organizations; |
| changes in eating habits of consumers; |
| extreme weather conditions; |
| our reliance on third-party suppliers; |
| labor risks and availability of qualified labor; |
| volatility of fuel costs; |
| changes in pricing practices of our suppliers; |
| inability to adjust cost structure where one or more of our competitors successfully implement lower costs; |
| risks relating to any future acquisitions; |
| environmental, health, and safety costs; |
| reliance on technology and risks associated with disruption or delay in implementation of new technology; |
| difficult economic conditions affecting consumer confidence; |
36
| product liability claims relating to the products we distribute and other litigation; |
| negative media exposure and other events that damage our reputation; |
| anticipated multiemployer pension related liabilities and contributions to our multiemployer pension plan; |
| impact of uncollectibility of accounts receivable; and |
| departure of key members of senior management. |
37
We estimate that the net proceeds from our sale of shares of common stock in this offering based on an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, will be approximately $ million (or $ million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares). We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock by the selling stockholders.
We intend to use $ million of the net proceeds received by us from this offering to repay $ million principal amount under our term loan facility. Our term loan facility matures on November 14, 2019 and bears interest at the borrowers option, at a rate equal to a margin over either (a) a base rate determined by reference to the higher of (1) the rate of interest published by Credit Suisse (AG), Cayman Islands Branch, as its prime lending rate, (2) the federal funds rate plus 0.50%, and (3) one-month LIBOR rate plus 1.00% or (b) a LIBOR rate determined by reference to the service selected by Credit Suisse (AG), Cayman Islands Branch that has been nominated by the British Bankers Association (or any successor thereto). The applicable margin for borrowings is 5.25% for loans based on a LIBOR rate and 4.25% for loans based on the base rate as of March 28, 2015. The LIBOR rate for term loans is subject to a 1.00% floor and the base rate for term loans is subject to a floor of 2.00%. See Description of Certain IndebtednessSecond Lien Term Loan.
We intend to use the remaining proceeds received by us from this offering for other general corporate purposes. A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share would increase or decrease, as applicable, the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $ million (or $ million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares), assuming the number of shares offered by us remains the same as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
38
We have no current plans to pay dividends on our common stock. Any decision to declare and pay dividends in the future will be made at the sole discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend on, among other things, our results of operations, cash requirements, financial condition, contractual restrictions, and other factors that our Board of Directors may deem relevant. Because we are a holding company and have no direct operations, we will only be able to pay dividends from funds we receive from our subsidiaries. In addition, our ability to pay dividends will be limited by covenants in our existing indebtedness and may be limited by the agreements governing other indebtedness we or our subsidiaries incur in the future. See Description of Certain Indebtedness.
In fiscal 2013, we paid dividends of $220.0 million to our stockholders. We did not pay any dividends in fiscal 2014 or the nine months ended March 28, 2015.
39
The following table sets forth our consolidated cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of March 28, 2015:
| on an actual basis reflecting a -for-one stock split of our common stock and an increase in our authorized capital stock to 1,000,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, effected on ; and |
| on an as adjusted basis to give effect to: |
| the sale by us of shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus; and |
| the application of net proceeds from this offering as described under Use of Proceeds, as if this offering and the application of the net proceeds therefrom had occurred on March 28, 2015. |
You should read this table in conjunction with the information contained in Use of Proceeds, Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data, Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and Description of Certain Indebtedness, as well as our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.
As of March 28, 2015 | ||||||||
Actual | As Adjusted(1) | |||||||
(In millions, except share
and per share data) |
||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 6.8 | $ | |||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Debt: |
||||||||
ABL facility(2) |
$ | 725.3 | $ | |||||
Term loan facility(3) |
736.1 | |||||||
Capital lease obligations |
35.2 | |||||||
Other(4) |
5.0 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total debt |
1,501.6 | |||||||
Shareholders equity: |
||||||||
Class A common stock, $0.01 par value, 250,000,000 shares authorized, actual; 179,093,943 shares issued and outstanding, actual; none authorized, issued or outstanding, as adjusted(5) |
1.8 | |||||||
Class B common stock, $0.01 par value, 25,000,000 shares authorized, actual; 27,914 shares issued and outstanding, actual; none authorized, issued or outstanding, as adjusted(5) |
| | ||||||
Common stock, $0.01 par value, none authorized, issued, or outstanding, actual; shares authorized, as adjusted; and issued and outstanding, as adjusted(5) |
| |||||||
Additional paid-in capital |
592.8 | |||||||
Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax benefit |
(5.5 | ) | ||||||
Accumulated deficit |
(131.7 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total shareholders equity |
457.4 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total capitalization |
$ | 1,959.0 | $ | |||||
|
|
|
|
(1) |
Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share would increase or decrease, as applicable, cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, and total shareholders equity by approximately $ million, assuming the number of shares offered by us remains |
40
the same as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses that we must pay. |
(2) | Our ABL facility provides for aggregate borrowings of up to $1,400.0 million and the option to increase the amount available under our ABL facility by up to $400.0 million, subject to certain conditions. As of March 28, 2015, we had $725.3 million of outstanding borrowings under our ABL facility. As of the same date, there were also $102.3 million in letters of credit outstanding under the ABL facility and excess availability was $572.3 million, net of $19.9 million of lenders reserves, subject to compliance with customary borrowing conditions. See Description of Other IndebtednessSenior Secured Asset-Based Revolving Credit Facility. |
(3) | Does not reflect $2.7 million of unamortized original issue discount. |
(4) | Does not reflect $1.0 million of fair value discount related to an unsecured subordinated promissory note. |
(5) | The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding immediately after the consummation of this offering is based on shares of common stock outstanding as of March 28, 2015, plus shares of common stock to be sold by the Company in this offering, and does not give effect to shares of common stock, with a weighted average exercise price of $ per share outstanding under the 2007 Stock Option Plan or shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under the 2015 Incentive Plan or shares of common stock issued in connection with our long-term incentive compensation program after March 28, 2015. In connection with this offering, we intend to reclassify our shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock into a single class. |
41
If you invest in shares of our common stock in this offering, your investment will be immediately diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of common stock and the net tangible book value per share of common stock after this offering. Dilution results from the fact that the per share offering price of the shares of common stock is substantially in excess of the net tangible book value per share attributable to the shares of common stock held by existing owners.
Our net tangible book value as of March 28, 2015 was approximately $ , or $ per share of common stock. We calculate net tangible book value per share by taking the amount of our total tangible assets, reduced by the amount of our total liabilities, and then dividing that amount by the total number of shares of common stock outstanding.
Dilution is determined by subtracting as adjusted net tangible book value per share of common stock, as adjusted to give effect to this offering, from the initial public offering price per share of common stock.
After giving effect to our sale of the shares in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, the midpoint range described on the cover of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses payable by us, our net tangible book value as of June 28, 2014 would have been $ , or $ per share of common stock. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $ per share of common stock to our existing owners and an immediate and substantial dilution in net tangible book value of $ per share of common stock to investors in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price.
The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share of common stock basis assuming the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares of common stock:
Assumed initial public offering price per share of common stock |
$ | |||||||
Net tangible book value per share of common stock as of March 28, 2015 |
$ | |||||||
Increase in net tangible book value per share of common stock attributable to investors in this offering |
$ | |||||||
|
|
|||||||
As adjusted net tangible book value per share of common stock after the offering |
$ | |||||||
|
|
|||||||
Dilution per share of common stock to investors in this offering |
$ | |||||||
|
|
A $1.00 increase in the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share of our common stock would increase our net tangible book value after giving to the offering by $ million, or by $ per share of our common stock, assuming the number of shares offered by us remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discount and the estimated offering expenses payable by us. A $1.00 decrease in the assumed initial public offering price per share would result in equal changes in the opposite direction.
42
The following table summarizes, as of March 28, 2015, the total number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total cash consideration paid to us, and the average price per share paid by existing owners and by new investors. As the table shows, new investors purchasing shares in this offering will pay an average price per share substantially higher than our existing owners paid. The table below assumes an initial public offering price of $ per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, for shares purchased in this offering and excludes underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us:
Each $1.00 increase in the assumed offering price of $ per share would increase total consideration paid by investors in this offering and total consideration paid by all stockholders by $ million, assuming the number of shares offered by us remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discount and the estimated offering expenses payable by us. A $1.00 decrease in the assumed initial public offering price per share would result in equal changes in the opposite direction.
The dilution information above is for illustration purposes only. Our as adjusted net tangible book value following the consummation of this offering is subject to adjustment based on the actual initial public offering price of our shares and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.
43
SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
We derived the selected statement of operations data for the years ended June 28, 2014, June 29, 2013, and June 30, 2012 and the selected balance sheet data as of June 28, 2014 and June 29, 2013 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived the selected statement of operations data for the years ended July 2, 2011 and July 3, 2010 and the selected balance sheet data as of June 30, 2012, July 2, 2011, and July 3, 2010 from our unaudited consolidated financial statements, which are not included in this prospectus. We derived the selected consolidated statement of operations data and the selected consolidated statement of cash flows data for the nine months ended March 28, 2015 and March 29, 2014 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of March 28, 2015 from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The results from any interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the full year. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results expected for any future period.
You should read the selected consolidated financial data below together with our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus including the related notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, as well as Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and Description of Certain Indebtedness, and the other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus.
For the nine months ended | For the fiscal year ended(1) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
March 28,
2015 |
March 29,
2014 |
June 28,
2014 |
June 29,
2013 |
June 30,
2012 |
July 2, 2011 | July 3, 2010 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
(unaudited) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(dollars in millions, except per share data) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Statement of Operations Data: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net sales |
$ | 11,285.6 | $ | 10,043.2 | $ | 13,685.7 | $ | 12,826.5 | $ | 11,505.9 | $ | 10,594.1 | $ | 10,057.7 | ||||||||||||||
Cost of goods sold |
9,927.3 | 8,793.9 | 11,988.5 | 11,243.8 | 10,101.9 | 9,276.3 | 8,822.7 | |||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Gross profit |
1,358.3 | 1,249.3 | 1,697.2 | 1,582.7 | 1,404.0 | 1,317.8 | 1,235.0 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Operating expenses |
1,251.4 | 1,179.4 | 1,581.6 | 1,468.0 | 1,293.1 | 1,215.3 | 1,145.9 | |||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Operating profit |
106.9 | 69.9 | 115.6 | 114.7 | 110.9 | 102.5 | 89.1 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Interest expense, net(2) |
64.6 | 65.4 | 86.1 | 93.9 | 76.3 | 78.9 | 84.7 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Loss on extinguishment of debt |
| | | 2.0 | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Other, net |
3.2 | (0.5 | ) | (0.7 | ) | (0.7 | ) | 0.7 | (1.0 | ) | (4.6 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Other expense, net |
67.8 | 64.9 | 85.4 | 95.2 | 77.0 | 77.9 | 80.1 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Income before taxes |
39.1 | 5.0 | 30.2 | 19.5 | 33.9 | 24.6 | 9.0 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Income tax expense(3) |
16.8 | 1.9 | 14.7 | 11.1 | 12.9 | 10.9 | 8.1 | |||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Net income |
$ | 22.3 | $ | 3.1 | $ | 15.5 | $ | 8.4 | $ | 21.0 | $ | 13.7 | $ | 0.9 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Per Share Data: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Basic net income per share |
$ | 0.12 | $ | 0.02 | $ | 0.09 | $ | 0.05 | $ | 0.12 | $ | 0.08 | $ | 0.01 | ||||||||||||||
Diluted net income per share |
0.12 | 0.02 | 0.09 | 0.05 | 0.12 | 0.08 | 0.01 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Weighted-average number of shares used in per share amounts |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Basic |
179,121,857 | 179,107,540 | 179,110,211 | 179,102,280 | 179,025,738 | 178,886,196 | 178,854,069 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Diluted |
180,751,990 | 180,385,899 | 180,481,081 | 180,326,867 | 179,881,094 | 179,325,447 | 180,344,318 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Other Financial Data: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
EBITDA(4) |
$ | 195.4 | $ | 169.0 | $ | 249.0 | $ | 233.4 | $ | 212.5 | $ | 202.5 | $ | 193.3 | ||||||||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA(4) |
226.1 | 193.2 | 286.1 | 271.3 | 240.9 | 220.0 | 193.3 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Capital expenditures |
63.7 | 67.0 | 90.6 | 66.5 | 68.9 | 56.1 | 31.1 | |||||||||||||||||||||
As of
March 28, 2015 |
As of | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
June 28,
2014 |
June 29,
2013 |
June 30,
2012 |
July 2, 2011 | July 3, 2010 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
(unaudited) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(dollars in millions) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Balance Sheet Data: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 6.8 | $ | 5.3 | $ | 14.1 | $ | 11.1 | $ | 14.9 | $ | 21.0 | ||||||||||||||||
Total assets |
3,377.3 | 3,239.8 | 3,055.4 | 2,946.6 | 2,529.9 | 2,426.3 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Total debt |
1,501.6 | 1,459.5 | 1,483.0 | 1,208.3 | 800.2 | 847.8 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Total shareholders equity |
457.4 | 434.1 | 420.0 | 625.1 | 697.1 | 680.2 |
44
(1) | The fiscal year ended July 3, 2010 was a 53 week year consisting of 371 days. All other fiscal years contained 52 weeks consisting of 364 days. |
(2) | Interest expense, net includes $6.6 million, $11.1 million, $12.5 million, $13.0 million, $14.5 million, $6.0 million, and $6.0 million of reclassification adjustments for changes in fair value of interest rate swaps for fiscal 2014, fiscal 2013, fiscal 2012, fiscal 2011, fiscal 2010, the nine months ended March 28, 2015 and the nine months ended March 29, 2014, respectively. |
(3) | Income tax expense includes $2.6 million, $4.3 million, $4.9 million, $5.1 million, $5.6 million, $2.3 million, and $2.3 million tax benefit from reclassification adjustments for fiscal 2014, fiscal 2013, fiscal 2012, fiscal 2011, and fiscal 2010, the nine months ended March 28, 2015 and the nine months ended March 29, 2014, respectively, related to the reclassification adjustments for change in fair value of interest rate swaps referred to in note (2). |
(4) | See SummarySummary Historical Consolidated Financial Data for our definitions of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA. |
We believe that the most directly comparable GAAP measure to Adjusted EBITDA is net income (loss). The following table reconciles net income to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA for the periods presented:
For the nine months ended | For the fiscal year ended | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
March 28,
2015 |
March 29,
2014 |
June 28,
2014 |
June 29,
2013 |
June 30,
2012 |
July 2,
2011 |
July 3,
2010 |
||||||||||||||||||||||
(unaudited) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(dollars in millions) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net income |
$ | 22.3 | $ | 3.1 | $ | 15.5 | $ | 8.4 | $ | 21.0 | $ | 13.7 | $ | 0.9 | ||||||||||||||
Interest expense, net |
64.6 | 65.4 | 86.1 | 93.9 | 76.3 | 78.9 | 84.7 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Income tax expense |
16.8 | 1.9 | 14.7 | 11.0 | 12.9 | 10.9 | 8.1 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Depreciation |
57.1 | 53.2 | 73.5 | 58.8 | 46.4 | 43.2 | 44.4 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Amortization of intangible assets |
34.6 | 45.4 | 59.2 | 61.3 | 55.9 | 55.8 | 55.2 | |||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
EBITDA |
195.4 | 169.0 | 249.0 | 233.4 | 212.5 | 202.5 | 193.3 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Non-cash items(i) |
2.3 | 1.9 | 4.8 | 1.8 | 3.8 | 0.3 | (2.0 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Acquisition, integration and reorganization(ii) |
16.2 | 8.6 | 11.3 | 22.9 | 12.9 | 8.2 | 2.4 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Non-recurring items(iii) |
| 0.1 | 0.4 | 0.4 | 1.5 | 4.5 | (1.4 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Productivity initiatives(iv) |
6.8 | 10.2 | 16.3 | 3.1 | 1.5 | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Multiemployer plan withdrawal(v) |
2.8 | 0.4 | 0.4 | 3.9 | (0.1 | ) | 0.8 | | ||||||||||||||||||||
Other adjustment items(vi) |
2.6 | 3.0 | 3.9 | 5.8 | 8.8 | 3.7 | 1.0 | |||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | 226.1 | $ | 193.2 | $ | 286.1 | $ | 271.3 | $ | 240.9 | $ | 220.0 | $ | 193.3 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(i) | Includes adjustments for interest rate swap hedge ineffectiveness, adjustments to reflect certain assets held for sale to their net realizable value, non-cash charges arising from employee stock options, and changes in fair value of fuel collar instruments. In addition, this includes a decrease in the LIFO reserve of $0.4 million for the first nine months of fiscal 2015 and an increase of $0.1 million for the first nine months of fiscal 2014. For fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2013, this includes increases in the LIFO reserve of $3.0 million and $0.8 million, respectively. |
(ii) | Includes professional fees and other costs related to completed and abandoned acquisitions, costs of integrating certain of our facilities, facility closing costs, legal fees related to our legal entity reorganization, and advisory fees paid to the Sponsors. For fiscal 2013, this also includes $11.2 million for the impact of the initial fair value of inventory that was acquired as part of acquisitions. |
(iii) | Consists primarily of transition costs related to IT outsourcing, certain severance costs, and the impact of business interruption due to hurricane and other weather related events. |
(iv) | Consists primarily of professional fees and related expenses associated with the Winning Together program. |
(v) | Includes amounts related to the withdrawal from multiemployer pension plans. For the first nine months of fiscal 2015, the first nine months of fiscal 2014, fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2013, this amount includes $2.8 million, $0.4 million, $0.4 million and $3.7 million, respectively, for the expense related to the withdrawal from the Central States Southeast and Southwest Areas Pension Fund. See Note 15 to the audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus. |
(vi) | Consists primarily of costs related to certain financing transactions, lease amendments, and franchise tax expense and other adjustments permitted by our credit agreements. |
45
MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read together with SummarySummary Historical Consolidated Financial Data, Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data, and our historical consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition to historical consolidated financial information, this discussion contains forward-looking statements that reflect our plans, estimates, and beliefs and involve numerous risks and uncertainties, including but not limited to those described in the Risk Factors section of this prospectus. Actual results may differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include those discussed below and elsewhere in this prospectus, particularly in Risk Factors.
Our Company
We market and distribute approximately 150,000 food and food-related products to customers across the United States from 68 distribution facilities. We serve over 150,000 customer locations in the food-away-from-home industry. We offer our customers a broad assortment of products including our proprietary-branded products, nationally-branded products, and products bearing our customers brands. Our product assortment ranges from center-of-the-plate items (such as beef, pork, poultry, and seafood), frozen foods, and groceries to candy, snacks, and beverages. We also sell disposables, cleaning and kitchen supplies, and related products used by our customers. In addition to the products we offer to our customers, we provide value-added services by allowing our customers to benefit from our industry knowledge, scale, and expertise in the areas of product selection and procurement, menu development, and operational strategy.
We have three reportable segments: Performance Foodservice, PFG Customized, and Vistar. Our Performance Foodservice segment distributes a broad line of our proprietary-branded food and food-related products, or Performance Brands. Performance Foodservice sells to independent, or Street, and multi-unit, or Chain, restaurants and other institutions such as schools, healthcare facilities, and business and industry locations. Our PFG Customized segment has provided longstanding service to some of the most recognizable family and casual dining restaurant chains and recently expanded service to fast casual and quick service restaurant chains. Our Vistar segment specializes in distributing candy, snacks, beverages, and other items nationally to the vending, office coffee service, theater, retail, hospitality, and other channels. We believe that there are substantial synergies across our segments. Cross-segment synergies include procurement, operational best practices such as the use of new productivity technologies, and supply chain and network optimization, as well as shared corporate functions such as accounting, treasury, tax, legal, information systems, and human resources.
Recent Trends and Initiatives
Our case volume grew in each quarter over the comparable prior fiscal year quarter, starting in the second quarter of fiscal 2010 and continuing through the most recent quarter. We believe that we gained industry share during fiscal 2014 and the first nine months of fiscal 2015 given that we have grown our sales more rapidly than reported by the industrys largest competitor. Our Adjusted EBITDA grew 17.0% from the first nine months of fiscal 2014 to the first nine months of fiscal 2015 and 5.5% from fiscal 2013 to fiscal 2014, driven by case growth of 6.6% and 5.2%, respectively, and improved profit per case, primarily as a result of shifting our channel mix toward higher gross margin customers and shifting our product mix toward sales of Performance Brands. Our operating expenses for the first nine months of fiscal 2015 compared to the first nine months of fiscal 2014 rose more slowly than sales, as a result of initiatives undertaken to reduce operating expenses. Our operating expenses in fiscal 2014 compared to fiscal 2013 rose faster than sales, as a result of increased costs of serving higher gross margin channels, unusually severe weather in the third quarter of fiscal 2014, and other expenses partially offset by initiatives undertaken to reduce operating expenses.
46
We have established a program called Winning Together, which complements our sales focus with specific initiatives to take advantage of our scale and to drive productivity in non-customer facing areas on an ongoing basis. We have recognized some of the cost-saving benefits from this program and believe that we will realize further benefits in this and later fiscal years. Winning Together is led by teams whose primary responsibility is to improve our business processes, capture best practices, and maintain a continuous improvement culture in our procurement and operations functions.
Key Factors Affecting Our Business
We believe that our performance is principally affected by the following key factors:
| Changing demographic and macroeconomic trends. The share of consumer spending captured by the food-away-from-home industry increased steadily for several decades and paused during the recession that began in 2008. Following the recession, the share has again increased as a result of increasing employment, rising disposable income, increases in the number of restaurants, and favorable demographic trends, such as smaller household sizes, an increasing number of dual income households, and an aging population base that spends more per capita at foodservice establishments. The foodservice distribution industry is also sensitive to national and regional economic conditions, such as changes in consumer spending, changes in consumer confidence, and changes in the prices of certain goods. |
| Food distribution market structure. We are the third largest foodservice distributer by revenue in the United States behind Sysco and US Foods, who are both national broadline distributors. The balance of the market consists of a wide spectrum of companies ranging from businesses selling a single category of product (e.g., produce) to large regional broadline distributors with many distribution centers and thousands of products across all categories. We believe our scale enables us to invest in our Performance Brands, to benefit from economies of scale in purchasing and procurement, and to drive supply chain efficiencies that enhance our customers satisfaction and profitability. We believe that the relative growth of larger foodservice distributors will continue to outpace that of smaller, independent players in our industry. |
| Our ability to successfully execute our segment strategies and implement our initiatives. Our performance will continue to depend on our ability to successfully execute our segment strategies and to implement our current and future initiatives, particularly our Winning Together program. The key strategies include focusing on Street sales and Performance Brands, pursuing new customers for all three of our business segments, utilizing our infrastructure to gain further operating and purchasing efficiencies, and making strategic acquisitions. |
How We Assess the Performance of Our Business
In assessing the performance of our business, we consider a variety of performance and financial measures. The key measures used by our management are discussed below.
Net Sales
Net sales is equal to gross sales minus sales returns as well as any sales incentives that we offer to our customers, such as rebates and discounts that are offsets to gross sales, and certain other adjustments. Our net sales are driven by changes in case volumes, product inflation prior to pricing of our products, and mix of products sold.
Gross Profit
Gross profit is equal to our net sales minus our cost of goods sold. Cost of goods sold primarily includes inventory costs (net of supplier consideration) and inbound freight. Cost of goods sold generally changes as we incur higher or lower costs from our suppliers and as our customer and product mix changes.
47
EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA
Management measures operating performance based on our EBITDA, defined as net income (loss) before interest expense (net of interest income), income taxes, and depreciation and amortization. EBITDA is not defined under U.S. GAAP and is not a measure of operating income, operating performance, or liquidity presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP and is subject to important limitations. Our definition of EBITDA may not be the same as similarly titled measures used by other companies.
We believe that the presentation of EBITDA enhances an investors understanding of our performance. We believe this measure is a useful metric to assess our operating performance from period to period by excluding certain items that we believe are not representative of our core business. We use this measure to evaluate the performance of our segments and for business planning purposes. We believe that EBITDA will provide investors with a useful tool for assessing the comparability between periods of our ability to generate cash from operations sufficient to pay taxes, to service debt and to undertake capital expenditures because it eliminates depreciation and amortization expense. We present EBITDA in order to provide supplemental information that we consider relevant for the readers of our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, and such information is not meant to replace or supersede U.S. GAAP measures.
In addition, our management uses Adjusted EBITDA, defined as net income (loss) before interest expense (net of interest income), income and franchise taxes, and depreciation and amortization, further adjusted to exclude certain unusual, non-cash, non-recurring, cost reduction, and other adjustment items permitted in calculating covenant compliance under our credit agreements (other than certain pro forma adjustments permitted under our credit agreements relating to the Adjusted EBITDA contribution of acquired entities or businesses prior to the acquisition date). Under our credit agreements, our ability to engage in certain activities such as incurring certain additional indebtedness, making certain investments, and making restricted payments is tied to ratios based on Adjusted EBITDA (as defined in the credit agreements). Our definition of Adjusted EBITDA may not be the same as similarly titled measures used by other companies.
Adjusted EBITDA is not defined under U.S. GAAP and is subject to important limitations. We believe that the presentation of Adjusted EBITDA is useful to investors because it is frequently used by securities analysts, investors, and other interested parties in their evaluation of the operating performance of companies in industries similar to ours. In addition, targets based on Adjusted EBITDA are among the measures we use to evaluate our managements performance for purposes of determining their compensation under our incentive plans as further described under ManagementExecutive Compensation.
EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA have important limitations as analytical tools and you should not consider them in isolation or as substitutes for analysis of our results as reported under U.S. GAAP. For example, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA:
| exclude certain tax payments that may represent a reduction in cash available to us; |
| do not reflect any cash capital expenditure requirements for the assets being depreciated and amortized that may have to be replaced in the future; |
| do not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs; and |
| do not reflect the significant interest expense, or the cash requirements, necessary to service our debt. |
In calculating Adjusted EBITDA, we add back certain non-cash, non-recurring, and other items that are included in EBITDA and net income as permitted or required by our credit agreements. Adjusted EBITDA among other things:
| does not include non-cash stock-based employee compensation expense and certain other non-cash charges; |
| does not include cash and non-cash restructuring, severance, and relocation costs incurred to realize future cost savings and enhance our operations; and |
| does not reflect management fees paid to the Sponsors. |
We have included the calculations of Adjusted EBITDA for the periods presented.
48
Results of Operations, EBITDA, and Adjusted EBITDA
The following table sets forth a summary of our results of operations, EBITDA, and Adjusted EBITDA for the periods indicated (dollars in thousands, except per share data):
Nine
Months Ended |
Fiscal Year Ended |
Fiscal 2014
vs. Fiscal 2013 |
Fiscal 2013
vs. Fiscal 2012 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
March 28,
2015 |
March 29,
2014 |
Change | % |
June 28,
2014 |
June 29,
2013 |
June 30,
2012 |
Change | % | Change | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(unaudited) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net sales |
$ | 11,285,639 | $ | 10,043,264 | $ | 1,242,375 | 12.4 | $ | 13,685,704 | $ | 12,826,512 | $ | 11,505,892 | $ | 859,192 | 6.7 | $ | 1,320,620 | 11.5 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cost of goods sold |
9,927,322 | 8,793,918 | 1,133,404 | 12.9 | 11,988,485 | 11,243,809 | 10,101,919 | 744,676 | 6.6 | 1,141,890 | 11.3 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Gross profit |
1,358,317 | 1,249,346 | 108,971 | 8.7 | 1,697,219 | 1,582,703 | 1,403,973 | 114,516 | 7.2 | 178,730 | 12.7 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Operating expenses |
1,251,377 | 1,179,411 | 71,966 | 6.1 | 1,581,639 | 1,468,036 | 1,293,091 | 113,603 | 7.7 | 174,945 | 13.5 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Operating profit |
106,940 | 69,935 | 37,005 | 52.9 | 115,580 | 114,667 | 110,882 | 913 | 0.8 | 3,785 | 3.4 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other expense (income) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest expense, net |
64,553 | 65,492 | (939 | ) | (1.4 | ) | 86,096 | 93,871 | 76,330 | (7,775 | ) | (8.3 | ) | 17,541 | 23.0 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loss on extinguishment of debt |
| | | N/A | | 2,039 | | (2,039 | ) | N/A | 2,039 | N/A | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other, net |
3,256 | (530 | ) | 3,786 | N/A | (731 | ) | (697 | ) | 664 | (34 | ) | 4.9 | (1,361 | ) | N/A | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Other expense, net |
67,809 | 64,962 | 2,847 | 4.3 | 85,365 | 95,213 | 76,994 | (9,848 | ) | (10.3 | ) | 18,219 | 23.7 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Income before income taxes |
39,131 | 4,973 | 34,158 | 686.9 | 30,215 | 19,454 | 33,888 | 10,761 | 55.3 | (14,434 | ) | (42.6 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Income tax expense |
16,881 | 1,880 | 15,001 | 797.9 | 14,711 | 11,059 | 12,869 | 3,652 | 33.0 | (1,810 | ) | (14.1 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Net income |
$ | 22,250 | $ | 3,093 | $ | 19,157 | 619.4 | $ | 15,504 | $ | 8,395 | $ | 21,019 | $ | 7,109 | 84.7 | $ | (12,624 | ) | (60.1 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
EBITDA |
$ | 195,366 | $ | 169,008 | $ | 26,358 | 15.6 | $ | 249,011 | $ | 233,390 | $ | 212,520 | $ | 15,621 | 6.7 | $ | 20,870 | 9.8 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | 226,078 | $ | 193,222 | $ | 32,856 | 17.0 | $ | 286,069 | $ | 271,270 | $ | 240,941 | $ | 14,799 | 5.5 | $ | 30,329 | 12.6 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Nine
Months Ended |
Fiscal Year Ended | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
March 28,
2015 |
March 29,
2014 |
June 28,
2014 |
June 29,
2013 |
June 30,
2012 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(unaudited) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Weighted-average common shares outstanding: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Basic |
179,121,857 | 179,107,540 | 179,110,211 | 179,102,280 | 179,025,738 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Diluted |
180,751,990 | 180,385,899 | 180,481,081 | 180,326,867 | 179,881,094 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Earnings per common share: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Basic |
$ | 0.12 | $ | 0.02 | $ | 0.09 | $ | 0.05 | $ | 0.12 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Diluted |
0.12 | 0.02 | $ | 0.09 | $ | 0.05 | $ | 0.12 |
49
We believe that the most directly comparable GAAP measure to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA is net income (loss). The following table reconciles EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA to net income for the periods presented:
Nine Months Ended | Fiscal Year Ended | |||||||||||||||||||
March 28, 2015 | March 29, 2014 | June 28, 2014 | June 29, 2013 | June 30, 2012 | ||||||||||||||||
(unaudited) |
||||||||||||||||||||
(dollars in thousands) |
||||||||||||||||||||
Net income |
$ | 22,250 | $ | 3,093 | $ | 15,504 | $ | 8,395 | $ | 21,019 | ||||||||||
Interest expense, net |
64,553 | 65,492 | 86,096 | 93,871 | 76,330 | |||||||||||||||
Income tax expense |
16,881 | 1,880 | 14,711 | 11,059 | 12,869 | |||||||||||||||
Depreciation |
57,107 | 53,190 | 73,549 | 58,764 | 46,400 | |||||||||||||||
Amortization of intangible assets |
34,575 | 45,353 | 59,151 | 61,301 | 55,902 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
EBITDA |
195,366 | 169,008 | 249,011 | 233,390 | 212,520 | |||||||||||||||
Non-cash items(1) |
2,322 | 1,939 | 4,754 | 1,802 | 3,784 | |||||||||||||||
Acquisition, integration and reorganization charges(2) |
16,168 | 8,597 | 11,279 | 22,928 | 12,952 | |||||||||||||||
Non-recurring items(3) |
(46 | ) | 78 | 430 | 378 | 1,470 | ||||||||||||||
Productivity initiatives(4) |
6,856 | 10,177 | 16,310 | 3,041 | 1,513 | |||||||||||||||
Multiemployer plan withdrawal(5) |
2,808 | 402 | 402 | 3,887 | (99 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Other adjustment items(6) |
2,604 | 3,021 | 3,883 | 5,844 | 8,801 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | 226,078 | $ | 193,222 | $ | 286,069 | $ | 271,270 | $ | 240,941 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) | Includes adjustments for interest rate swap hedge ineffectiveness, adjustments to reflect certain assets held for sale to their net realizable value, non-cash charges arising from employee stock options, and changes in fair value of fuel collar instruments. In addition, this includes a decrease in the LIFO reserve of $0.4 million for the first nine months of fiscal 2015 and an increase of $0.1 million for the first nine months of fiscal 2014. For fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2013, this includes increases in the LIFO reserve of $3.0 million and $0.8 million, respectively. |
(2) | Includes professional fees and other costs related to ongoing, completed and abandoned acquisitions, costs of integrating certain of our facilities, facility closing costs, legal fees related to our legal entity reorganization, and advisory fees paid to the Sponsors. For fiscal 2013, this also includes $11.2 million for the impact of the initial fair value of inventory that was acquired as part of acquisitions. |
(3) | Consists primarily of transition costs related to IT outsourcing, certain severance costs, and the impact of business interruption due to hurricane and other weather related events. |
(4) | Consists primarily of professional fees and related expenses associated with the Winning Together program. |
(5) | Includes amounts related to the withdrawal from multiemployer pension plans. For the first nine months of fiscal 2015, the first nine months of fiscal 2014, fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2013, this amount includes $2.8 million, $0.4 million, $0.4 million and $3.7 million, respectively, for the expense related to the withdrawal from the Central States Southeast and Southwest Areas Pension Fund. See Note 15 to the audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus. |
(6) | Consists primarily of costs related to certain financing transactions, lease amendments, and franchise tax expense and other adjustments permitted under our credit agreements. |
Consolidated Results of Operations
Nine months ended March 28, 2015 compared to nine months ended March 29, 2014
Net Sales
Net sales increased $1.2 billion, or 12.4%, for the first nine months of fiscal 2015 compared to the first nine months of fiscal 2014. This increase is primarily attributable to securing new, and expanding business with, Street customers, which experienced approximately 15% growth for the first nine months of fiscal 2015 compared to the first nine months of fiscal 2014. The balance of the total net sales increase was attributable to growth in Chain customers.
50
We grew case volume by 6.6% in the first nine months of fiscal 2015, which contributed to the increase in net sales. Inflation during the first nine months of fiscal 2015 increased at an estimated annual rate of 3.2% compared to an estimated annual rate of 1.1% during the first nine months of fiscal 2014. We calculate inflation and deflation by reference to the weighted average of changes in prices experienced by our product classes over the same relevant periods. Net sales growth is a function of case growth, product inflation, and a changing mix of customers, channels, and product categories sold.
Gross Profit
Gross profit increased $109.0 million, or 8.7%, for the first nine months of fiscal 2015 compared to the first nine months of fiscal 2014. This increase in gross profit was the result of growth in cases sold and a higher gross profit per case. Net sales as a percentage of total net sales from Performance Foodservice increased from 58.8% for the first nine months of fiscal 2014 to 59.4% for the first nine months of fiscal 2015. We earn higher gross profit per case in Performance Foodservice than Vistar and PFG Customized. Within Performance Foodservice, case growth to Street customers positively affected gross profit per case. Street customers typically receive more services from us, cost more to serve, and pay a higher gross profit per case than other customers. Also, within Performance Foodservice, we were able to grow our Performance Brand sales, which have higher gross profit per case compared to other brands, from the first nine months of fiscal 2014 to the first nine months of fiscal 2015. See Segment ResultsPerformance Foodservice below for additional discussion.
Operating Expenses
Operating expenses increased $72.0 million, or 6.1%, for the first nine months of fiscal 2015 compared to the first nine months of fiscal 2014. The increase in operating expenses was primarily caused by the 6.6% increase in case volume and an increase in bonus expenses, professional fees, and IT expenses, partially offset by a decrease in fuel expense and amortization as discussed in the segment results below. Moreover, we believe that, during the first nine months of 2015, the operating expense reduction initiatives within our Winning Together program approximately offset operating expense inflation associated with employees salaries and benefits, rent, utilities, and other operating expenses. In addition, our estimated withdrawal liability was increased by $2.8 million during the first nine months of fiscal 2015 to reserve the full value of the withdrawal liability related to a multiemployer pension plan from which we had withdrawn during fiscal 2013. The estimated withdrawal liability for this multiemployer pension plan had increased by $0.4 million during the first nine months of fiscal 2014. All of these factors resulted in a net increase in operating expenses for the first nine months of fiscal 2015 compared to the first nine months of fiscal 2014.
Depreciation and amortization of intangible assets decreased from $98.6 million in the first nine months of fiscal 2014 to $91.7 million in the first nine months of fiscal 2015, a decrease of 7.0%. The decrease in amortization of intangible assets, as certain intangibles are now fully amortized, more than offset the increases in depreciation in fixed assets resulting from capital outlays to support our growth.
Net Income
Net income increased to $22.3 million for the first nine months of fiscal 2015 compared to $3.1 million for the first nine months of fiscal 2014. This increase in net income was attributable to a $37.0 million increase in operating profit, partially offset by a $2.8 million increase in other expense and a $15.0 million increase in income tax expense. The increase in operating profit was a result of the increase in gross profit discussed above, partially offset by an increase in operating expenses. The increase in other expense, net related primarily to $2.9 million less non-cash income related to the change in fair value of our derivatives and $0.5 million of expense during the first nine months of fiscal 2015 related to settlements on our derivatives, partially offset by a lower interest expense in the amount of $0.8 million for the first nine months of fiscal 2015. The decrease in interest expense was primarily a result of lower average interest rates partially offset by an increase in average borrowings during the first nine months of fiscal 2015 compared to the first nine months of fiscal 2014.
51
The increase in income tax expense was primarily a result of the increase in income before taxes and an increase in the effective tax rate. The effective tax rate was 43.1% for the first nine months of fiscal 2015 compared to 37.8% for the first nine months of fiscal 2014. The increase in the effective tax rate was primarily a result of the release of FIN 48 liabilities because of statute expirations in the prior year.
Fiscal year ended June 28, 2014 compared to fiscal year ended June 29, 2013
Net Sales
Net sales increased $859.2 million, or 6.7%, for fiscal 2014 compared to fiscal 2013. This increase is primarily attributable to securing new Street customers and further penetrating existing customers. Net sales from acquisitions contributed approximately $158.1 million to the growth in fiscal 2014. We also secured new Chain customers. These increases were partially offset by the loss of some Chain customers and the effect on restaurant traffic from the severe weather in several parts of the country during the third quarter of fiscal 2014.
We grew case volume by 5.2% in fiscal 2014, which contributed to the increase in net sales. Inflation during fiscal 2014 increased at an estimated annual rate of 1.7% compared to an estimated annual rate of 1.3% in fiscal 2013. We calculate inflation and deflation by reference to the weighted average of changes in prices experienced by our product classes over the same relevant periods. Acquisitions accounted for approximately 140 basis points of case volume growth in fiscal 2014. Net sales growth is a function of case growth, product inflation, and a changing mix of customers, channels, and product categories sold.
Gross Profit
Gross profit increased $114.5 million, or 7.2%, for fiscal 2014 compared to fiscal 2013. This increase in gross profit was the result of growth in cases sold and a higher gross profit per case. Net sales from Performance Foodservice increased as a percentage of total net sales from 58.5% for fiscal 2013 to 59.2% for fiscal 2014. Net sales from Vistar and PFG Customized decreased as a percentage of total net sales from 16.7% and 24.7%, respectively, for fiscal 2013 to 16.6% and 24.1%, respectively, for fiscal 2014. We earn higher gross profit per case in Performance Foodservice than Vistar and PFG Customized. Within Performance Foodservice, case growth to Street customers positively affected gross profit per case. Street customers typically receive more services from us, cost more to serve, and pay a higher gross profit per case than other customers. Also, within Performance Foodservice, we were able to grow our Performance Brand sales, which have higher gross profit per case compared to other brands, from fiscal 2013 to fiscal 2014. See Segment ResultsPerformance Foodservice below for additional discussion. Gross profit for fiscal 2013 was negatively affected by $11.2 million because of the initial fair value placed on the acquired inventory from the two acquisitions that closed during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2012 and the acquisition that closed during the second quarter of fiscal 2013.
Operating Expenses
Operating expenses increased $113.6 million, or 7.7%, for fiscal 2014 compared to fiscal 2013. The increase in operating expenses caused by the addition of a distribution center resulting from the acquisition that closed during the second quarter of fiscal 2013 was approximately $27.2 million. Other factors contributing to the increase were the increase in case volume and the resulting impact on variable costs, the severe weather in several parts of the country during the third quarter of fiscal 2014 that primarily affected delivery and warehouse costs, and an increase in professional fees and headcount largely associated with our Winning Together program, bonus expense, depreciation, and IT expenses, as discussed in the segment results below.
These increases were partially offset by a decrease in benefit costs related to withdrawal from a multiemployer pension plan. In fiscal 2013, we recorded an estimated withdrawal liability of $3.7 million for one of our multiemployer pension plans after it was determined that it was probable that we would withdraw from the plan. The estimated withdrawal liability for this multiemployer pension plan was increased by $0.4 million during fiscal 2014. All of these factors resulted in a net increase in operating expenses for fiscal 2014 compared to fiscal 2013.
52
Depreciation and amortization of intangible assets increased from $120.1 million in fiscal 2013 to $132.7 million in fiscal 2014, an increase of 10.5%. Increased depreciation in fixed assets resulting from larger capital outlays to support our growth more than offset decreases in amortization of intangible assets.
Net Income
Net income increased by $7.1 million to $15.5 million for fiscal 2014 compared to fiscal 2013. This increase in net income was attributable to a $0.9 million increase in operating profit and a $9.8 million decrease in other expense, partially offset by a $3.7 million increase in income tax expense. The increase in operating profit was a result of the increase in gross profit discussed above, partially offset by an increase in operating expenses. The decrease in other expense, net related primarily to lower interest expense in the amount of $7.8 million for fiscal 2014 and a $2.0 million loss on extinguishment of debt related to our senior notes in fiscal 2013. These were partially offset by $0.4 million less non-cash income related to the change in fair value of our derivatives for fiscal 2014 compared to fiscal 2013. The decrease in interest expense was primarily a result of lower average interest rates mainly attributable to the refinancing in May 2013 of our senior notes with a new term loan facility, partially offset by an increase in average borrowings during fiscal 2014 compared to fiscal 2013.
The increase in income tax expense was primarily a result of the increase in income before taxes, partially offset by a decrease in the effective tax rate. The effective tax rate was 48.7% for fiscal 2014 compared to 56.8% for fiscal 2013. The decrease in the effective tax rate was a result of the reduction of non-deductible expenses and state income taxes as a percentage of income before taxes. Since non-deductible expenses tend to be relatively constant, there is a favorable rate impact as income before taxes increases.
Fiscal year ended June 29, 2013 compared to fiscal year ended June 30, 2012
Net Sales
Net sales increased $1.3 billion, or 11.5%, for fiscal 2013 compared to fiscal 2012. Net sales from acquisitions contributed approximately $980.1 million to the growth in fiscal 2013. The remainder of the growth is attributable to securing new Street and Chain customers, and further penetrating existing customers. These increases were partially offset by the loss of some Chain customers.
Case volume grew 9.8% from fiscal 2012 to fiscal 2013, approximately 800 basis points of which was from acquisitions, which also contributed to the increase in net sales. Inflation during fiscal 2013 increased at an estimated annual rate of 1.3% compared to an estimated annual rate of 4.6% in fiscal 2012. Net sales growth is a function of case growth, product inflation, and a changing mix of customers, channels, and product categories sold.
Gross Profit
Gross profit increased $178.7 million, or 12.7%, for fiscal 2013 compared to fiscal 2012. This increase in gross profit was the result of growth in cases sold and a higher gross profit per case. Net sales from Performance Foodservice and Vistar increased as a percentage of total net sales from 58.3% and 16.3%, respectively, for fiscal 2012 to 58.5% and 16.7%, respectively, for fiscal 2013. Net sales from PFG Customized decreased as a percentage of total net sales from 25.3% for fiscal 2012 to 24.7% for fiscal 2013. We earn higher gross margins and higher gross margins per case in Performance Foodservice and Vistar than PFG Customized. Within Performance Foodservice, case growth to Street customers positively affected gross profit per case. Street customers typically receive more services from us, cost more to serve, and pay a higher gross profit per case than other customers. Also, within Performance Foodservice, we were able to grow our Performance Brand sales, which have higher gross margins compared to other brands, from fiscal 2012 to the fiscal 2013. See Segment ResultsPerformance Foodservice below for additional discussion. Gross profit for fiscal 2013 was negatively affected by $11.2 million because of the initial fair value placed on the inventory that was acquired as part of the two acquisitions that closed during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2012 and the acquisition that closed during the second quarter of fiscal 2013.
53
Operating Expenses
Operating expenses increased $174.9 million, or 13.5%, for fiscal 2013 compared to fiscal 2012 $142.2 million of the increase in operating expenses was caused by the addition of distribution centers resulting from recent acquisitions. Operating expenses also increased from the start-up of one distribution center and the conversion of a Performance Foodservice distribution center to a PFG Customized distribution center to handle a major new account, an increase in case volume and the resulting impact on variable costs, and an increase in fuel expense, as discussed in the segment results below. Also, during fiscal 2013, we recorded an estimated withdrawal liability of $3.7 million for one of our multiemployer pension plans after it was determined that it was probable that we would withdraw from the plan. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in bonus expense. These factors resulted in a net increase in operating expenses for fiscal 2013 compared to fiscal 2012.
Depreciation and amortization of intangible assets increased from $102.3 million in fiscal 2012 to $120.1 million in fiscal 2013, an increase of 17.4%, primarily due to capital expenditures, as well as our acquisitions, which contributed an additional $21.0 million in depreciation and amortization.
Net Income
Net income decreased by $12.6 million to $8.4 million for fiscal 2013 compared to fiscal 2012. This decrease in net income was attributable to an $18.2 million increase in other expense, net for fiscal 2013, partially offset by a $3.8 million increase in operating profit and a $1.8 million decrease in income tax expense. The increase in other expense, net related primarily to higher interest expense in the amount of $17.5 million for fiscal 2013 and a $2.0 million loss on extinguishment of debt related to the senior notes in fiscal 2013 discussed below. These were partially offset by $1.3 million more non-cash income related to the change in fair value of our derivatives for fiscal 2013. The higher interest expense relates to the increase in debt levels from June 30, 2012 to June 29, 2013 to support recent acquisitions in the business.
The decrease in income tax expense was primarily because of the decrease in income before taxes, partially offset by an increase in the effective tax rate. The effective tax rate was 56.8% for fiscal 2013 compared to 38.0% for fiscal 2012. The increase in the effective tax rate was a result of favorable changes in uncertain tax positions in fiscal 2012 compared to fiscal 2013 and the increase in non-deductible expenses as a percentage of income before taxes in fiscal 2013.
Segment Results
We have three segments as described abovePerformance Foodservice, PFG Customized, and Vistar. Management evaluates the performance of these segments based on their respective sales growth and EBITDA. For PFG Customized, EBITDA includes certain allocated corporate expenses that are included in operating expenses. The allocated corporate expenses are determined based on a percentage of total sales. This percentage is reviewed on a periodic basis to ensure that the allocation reflects a reasonable rate of corporate expenses based on their use of corporate services.
Corporate & All Other is comprised of corporate overhead and certain operations that are not considered separate reportable segments based on their size. This includes the operations of our internal logistics unit responsible for managing and allocating inbound logistics revenue and expense.
54
The following tables set forth net sales and EBITDA by segment for the periods indicated (dollars in thousands):
Net Sales
Segment ResultsPerformance Foodservice
Nine months ended March 28, 2015 compared to nine months ended March 29, 2014
Net Sales
Net sales for Performance Foodservice increased 13.6%, or $803.9 million, to $6.7 billion from the first nine months of fiscal 2014 to the first nine months of fiscal 2015. This increase in net sales was attributable primarily to securing new Street and Chain customers, further penetrating existing customers, and inflation. Securing new, and expanded business with, Street customers resulted in sales growth of approximately 15% for the first nine months of fiscal 2015 compared to the first nine months of fiscal 2014. The balance of the total net sales increase was attributable to growth in Chain customers.
EBITDA
EBITDA for Performance Foodservice increased $30.5 million, or 21.5%, from the first nine months of fiscal 2014 to the first nine months of fiscal 2015. This increase was the result of an increase in gross profit, partially offset by an increase in operating expenses excluding depreciation and amortization. Gross profit increased by 10.2% in the first nine months of fiscal 2015, compared to the prior fiscal year. The increase in gross profit is a result of increased sales to Street customers. As a percentage of total segment sales, the business from Street customers increased from 42.8% in the first nine months of fiscal 2014 to 43.2% in the first nine months of fiscal 2015. Street business has higher gross margins than Chain customers within this segment. Also, sales of Performance Brands to Street customers, which have higher gross margins compared to other brands,
55
increased by 19.0% in the first nine months of fiscal 2015. We believe that some of the key factors that contributed to the growth in EBITDA for Performance Foodservice for the first nine months of fiscal 2015, including growth in accounts and growth in sales of Performance Brands, will continue to persist in the remainder of fiscal 2015.
Operating expenses excluding depreciation and amortization for Performance Foodservice increased by 7.9% from the first nine months of fiscal 2014 to the first nine months of fiscal 2015. Operating expenses increased as a result of an increase in case volume and the resulting impact on variable costs along with an increase in bonus expense and increased investment in our Street sales force. In addition, our estimated withdrawal liability was increased by $2.8 million during the first nine months of fiscal 2015 related to a multiemployer pension plan that we had withdrawn from during fiscal 2013. The estimated withdrawal liability for this multiemployer pension plan had increased by $0.4 million during the first nine months of fiscal 2014. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in fuel expense and a gain recognized on the sale of a vacant facility at one of our Performance Foodservice locations.
Depreciation and amortization of intangible assets recorded in this segment decreased from $61.7 million in the first nine months of fiscal 2014 to $49.7 million in the first nine months of fiscal 2015, a decrease of 19.5%. This decrease was a result of a decrease in amortization of intangible assets, which accounted for substantially all of this decrease, since certain intangibles are now fully amortized.
Fiscal year ended June 28, 2014 compared to fiscal year ended June 29, 2013
Net Sales
Net sales for Performance Foodservice increased 8.0%, or $599.5 million, to $8.1 billion from fiscal 2013 to fiscal 2014. This increase in net sales was attributable primarily to the carryover impact of an acquisition of approximately $158.1 million, securing new Street and Chain customers, further penetrating existing customers, and inflation. There will be no carryover impact to sales in fiscal 2015 for previously completed acquisitions. These increases were partially offset by the loss of Chain customers and severe weather in several parts of the country during the third quarter of fiscal 2014.
EBITDA
EBITDA for Performance Foodservice increased $33.6 million, or 19.3%, from fiscal 2013 to fiscal 2014. This increase was the result of an increase in gross profit, partially offset by an increase in operating expenses excluding depreciation and amortization. Gross profit increased by 8.9% in fiscal 2014, compared to the prior fiscal year. The increase in gross profit is a result of increased net sales from increased sales to Street customers as well as the carryover impact of integrating new customers from a prior fiscal year acquisition which accounted for approximately 250 basis points of the total gross profit increase. As a percentage of total segment sales, the business from Street customers increased from 41.3% in fiscal 2013 to 43.4% for fiscal 2014. Street business has higher gross margins than Chain customers within this segment. Also, sales of Performance Brands, which have higher gross margins compared to other brands, increased by 14.0% in fiscal 2014. Gross profit for fiscal 2013 was negatively affected by $10.0 million because of the initial fair value of inventory that was acquired as part of two acquisitions. We believe that some of the key factors that contributed to the growth in EBITDA for Performance Foodservice in fiscal 2014, including growth in accounts and growth in sales of Performance Brands, continue to persist in the current fiscal year.
Operating expenses excluding depreciation and amortization for Performance Foodservice increased by 6.9% from fiscal 2013 to fiscal 2014. This increase in operating expenses was related to the addition of a distribution center resulting from a recent acquisition accounting for 290 basis points of the operating expense increase. In addition, operating expenses increased as a result of the higher percentage of business from Street customers mentioned above, which cost more to serve, the severe weather in several parts of the country during the third quarter of fiscal 2014 that affected delivery and warehouse costs, and an increase in bonus expense. These increases
56
were partially offset by the estimated withdrawal liability of $3.7 million recorded during fiscal 2013 for a multiemployer pension plan after we determined that it was probable that we would withdraw from the plan. The estimated withdrawal liability for this multiemployer pension plan increased by $0.4 million during fiscal 2014.
Depreciation and amortization of intangible assets recorded in this segment increased from $74.7 million in fiscal 2013 to $81.7 million in fiscal 2014, an increase of 9.3%. Increases of depreciation of fixed assets from our increased capital investments, which should continue in the future, were partially offset by decreases in amortization of intangible assets as certain intangibles have now been fully amortized.
Fiscal year ended June 29, 2013 compared to fiscal year ended June 30, 2012
Net Sales
Net sales for Performance Foodservice increased 11.9%, or $801.0 million, to $7.5 billion from fiscal 2012 to fiscal 2013. Approximately $797.2 million, of this increase in net sales was attributable to acquisitions. There were also increases in net sales from securing new Street and Chain customers, further penetrating existing customers, and inflation. These increases were partially offset by the loss of Chain customers.
EBITDA
EBITDA decreased $4.5 million, or 2.5%, from fiscal 2012 to fiscal 2013. This decrease was the result of an increase in operating expenses excluding depreciation and amortization partially offset by an increase in gross profit. Gross profit increased by 12.2% in fiscal 2013, compared to the prior year. Gross profit for fiscal 2013 was negatively affected by $10.0 million because of the initial fair value of inventory that was acquired as part of two acquisitions. Removing the impact of this adjustment, gross profit increased by 13.3% in fiscal 2013. Substantially all of the increase in gross profit is a result of an increase in net sales from the integration of new customers from our recent acquisitions. There was also an increase in sales to Street customers offset by the loss of Chain customers. As a percentage of total segment sales, the business from Street customers increased from 38.2% in fiscal 2012 to 41.3% for fiscal 2013. Street business has higher gross margins than Chain customers within this segment. Also, sales of Performance Brands, which have higher gross margins compared to other brands, increased by 16.7% in fiscal 2013, compared to the prior year.
Operating expenses excluding depreciation and amortization for Performance Foodservice increased by 15.7% from fiscal 2012 to fiscal 2013. Approximately 1,250 basis points of the increase in operating expenses was related to the addition of distribution centers resulting from our recent acquisitions. In addition, operating expenses increased as a result of the higher percentage of business from Street customers mentioned above, which cost more to serve, as well as an increase in personnel costs related to benefits. Also, during the first quarter of fiscal 2013, we determined that it was probable that we would withdraw from one of our multiemployer plans and reserved for the estimated withdrawal liability. These increases were offset partially by a decrease in bonus expense. Operating expenses for fiscal 2012 also included expenses related to the transition associated with transferring business at a certain location from Vistar to Performance Foodservice.
Depreciation and amortization of intangible assets recorded in this segment increased from $65.2 million in fiscal 2012 to $74.7 million in fiscal 2013, an increase of 14.7%, primarily because of capital expenditures, as well as our recent acquisitions, which contributed an additional $16.6 million in depreciation and amortization.
Segment ResultsPFG Customized
Nine months ended March 28, 2015 compared to nine months ended March 29, 2014
Net Sales
Net sales for PFG Customized increased $341.6 million, or 14.0%, from the first nine months of fiscal 2014 to the first nine months of fiscal 2015. The increase in net sales over this period was a result of an amended agreement with an existing customer, the addition of new customers, and inflation.
57
Based on an evaluation of the amended agreement relating to a certain product, we now recognize the revenue for this product on a gross basis because we now serve as the principal. Under the amended agreement, we will purchase the product and resell it to our customer. Previously, the Company was only responsible to deliver the product that the customer had ordered from its vendor. This factor accounted for approximately 10% of the total sales increase and will continue to affect sales growth throughout the remainder of fiscal 2015 and into the first quarter of fiscal 2016. This change has no effect on our case growth rates cited above.
EBITDA
EBITDA for PFG Customized decreased $0.6 million, or 2.3%, from $26.2 million in the first nine months of fiscal 2014 to $25.6 million in the first nine months of fiscal 2015. This decrease was primarily attributable to an increase in operating expenses excluding depreciation and amortization, partially offset by an increase in gross profit. Gross profit for PFG Customized increased 1.7% from the first nine months of fiscal 2014 to the first nine months of fiscal 2015, primarily as a result of increased sales from the addition of new customers during fiscal 2015.
Operating expenses, excluding depreciation and amortization, increased by 2.5% in the first nine months of fiscal 2015 compared to the first nine months of fiscal 2014. The increase in operating expenses was primarily because of higher case sales, an increase in bonus expense, allocated corporate charges, and insurance related to workers compensation and auto liability, partially offset by a decrease in fuel and other expenses.
Depreciation and amortization of intangible assets recorded in this segment increased from $11.2 million for the first nine months of fiscal 2014 to $11.7 million for the first nine months of fiscal 2015, an increase of 4.6%. Depreciation of fixed assets increased while amortization of intangible assets remained consistent.
Fiscal year ended June 28, 2014 compared to fiscal year ended June 29, 2013
Net Sales
Net sales for PFG Customized increased $136.6 million, or 4.3%, from fiscal 2014 to fiscal 2013. The increase in net sales over this period was driven by the addition of new customers and inflation, which was partially offset by the effect on restaurant traffic from the severe weather in several parts of the country during the third quarter of fiscal 2014.
EBITDA
EBITDA for PFG Customized increased $0.2 million, or 0.5%, from $37.3 million in fiscal 2013 to $37.5 million in fiscal 2014. This increase was primarily attributable to an increase in gross profit, partially offset by an increase in operating expenses excluding depreciation and amortization. Gross profit for PFG Customized increased 3.3% from fiscal 2013 to fiscal 2014. This increase in gross profit is primarily a result of increased sales.
Operating expenses, excluding depreciation and amortization, increased by 3.9% in fiscal 2014, compared to the prior year. The increase in operating expenses was primarily because of an increase in insurance related to workers compensation and auto liability, personnel costs, and allocated corporate charges, along with the severe weather experienced in several parts of the country during the third quarter of fiscal 2014 that affected delivery and warehouse costs. In addition, during the third quarter of fiscal 2014 a distribution center experienced a partial roof collapse when the facility was experiencing adverse weather, damaging the refrigeration systems and temporarily shutting that facility down. As a result, PFG Customizeds operating expenses increased as other, more remote distribution centers served the customers of the damaged facility. Insurance recoveries partially offset these added expenses. These increases in operating expenses were partially offset by the absence of transition costs associated with a distribution facility that it had taken over from Performance Foodservice in fiscal 2012.
58
Depreciation and amortization of intangible assets recorded in this segment increased from $15.0 million for fiscal 2013 to $15.1 million for fiscal 2014, an increase of 0.6%. Increases of depreciation in fixed assets were partially offset by decreases in amortization of intangible assets.
Fiscal year ended June 29, 2013 compared to fiscal year ended June 30, 2012
Net Sales
Net sales for PFG Customized increased $251.4 million, or 8.6%, from fiscal 2012 to fiscal 2013. The increase in net sales over this period was primarily driven by the addition of new customers. As of April 1, 2012, PFG Customized took over a distribution center previously operated by Performance Foodservice. This distribution center was primarily established to serve a new customer in the Southeast.
EBITDA
EBITDA for PFG Customized decreased 5.3% from $39.5 million in fiscal 2012 to $37.3 million in fiscal 2013. This decrease was attributable to a 12.6% increase in operating expenses excluding depreciation and amortization, partially offset by a 9.3% increase in gross profit. The increase in operating expenses excluding depreciation and amortization relates primarily to the transition of a Performance Foodservice distribution center to a PFG Customized distribution center and the costs associated with transitioning a new customer into that facility, as well as an increase in fuel expense, personnel costs related to benefits, and allocated corporate charges.
The increase in gross profit was primarily the result of adding new customers during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2012.
Depreciation and amortization of intangible assets recorded in this segment increased from $14.9 million for fiscal 2012 to $15.0 million for fiscal 2013, an increase of 0.5%.
Segment ResultsVistar
Nine months ended March 28, 2015 compared to nine months ended March 29, 2014
Net Sales
Net sales for Vistar increased 6.1%, or $102.7 million, from the first nine months of fiscal 2014 to the first nine months of fiscal 2015. This increase in sales related primarily to an increase in sales to the segments theater, retail and hospitality channels and inflation during both periods, along with an increase in the vending channel during the first nine months of fiscal 2015.
EBITDA
EBITDA for Vistar increased $16.3 million, or 25.9%, for the first nine months of fiscal 2015 compared to the first nine months of fiscal 2014. This increase in EBITDA was the result of an increase in gross profit, partially offset by an increase in operating expenses excluding depreciation and amortization. Gross profit increased by 10.7% in the first nine months of fiscal 2015 compared to the first nine months of fiscal 2014. The increase in gross profit relates primarily to increased sales, the benefits of Winning Together and other programs, plus a change in the mix of business generated by the various channels within the Vistar segment. Net sales from the retail channels increased as a percentage of total Vistar net sales in the first nine months of fiscal 2015 compared to the first nine months of fiscal 2014, while the percent of net sales from the vending channel declined as a percentage of total Vistar net sales during the same time period. The retail channel has a higher gross margin than the vending channel within this segment.
Operating expenses excluding depreciation and amortization increased 4.6% for the first nine months of fiscal 2015 compared to the first nine months of fiscal 2014. The increase in operating expenses was primarily
59
the result of higher case sales, a channel mix shift toward the retail channel, which costs more to serve, and an increase in bonus expense. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in fuel and other expenses. In addition, operating expenses for the first nine months of fiscal 2014 also included additional expenses related to a prior acquisition that partially offset these increases.
Depreciation and amortization of intangible assets recorded in this segment increased from $10.0 million for the first nine months of fiscal 2014 to $12.2 million for the first nine months of fiscal 2015, an increase of 22.0%. Depreciation of fixed assets increased while amortization of intangible assets remained consistent.
Fiscal year ended June 28, 2014 compared to fiscal year ended June 29, 2013
Net Sales
Net sales for Vistar increased 6.0%, or $127.9 million, from fiscal 2013 to fiscal 2014. This increase in sales related primarily to an increase in sales to the segments retail, theater, vending, and hospitality channels and inflation. This was partially offset by the impact of severe weather in several parts of the country during the third quarter of fiscal 2014.
EBITDA
EBITDA for Vistar increased $6.9 million, or 8.5%, from fiscal 2013 to fiscal 2014. This increase in EBITDA was the result of an increase in gross profit, partially offset by an increase in operating expenses excluding depreciation and amortization. Gross profit increased by 6.3% in fiscal 2014 compared to the prior year. The increase in gross profit relates primarily to increased sales plus a change in the mix of business generated by the various channels within the Vistar segment. Net sales from the retail and hospitality channels increased as a percentage of total Vistar net sales in fiscal 2014 compared to the prior year, while the percent of net sales from the vending channel, which represents the largest channel within Vistar, declined as a percentage of total Vistar net sales during the same time period. The retail and hospitality channels have a higher gross margin than the vending channel within this segment. Gross profit for fiscal 2013 was negatively affected by $1.2 million because of the initial fair value of inventory from the acquisition that closed during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2012.
Operating expenses excluding depreciation and amortization increased 5.4% for fiscal 2014 compared to fiscal 2013. The increase in operating expenses was primarily the result of higher case sales and a channel mix shift toward the retail and hospitality channels, which cost more to serve. Operating expenses for fiscal 2014 were also affected by expenses related to the relocation of three facilities and additional expenses related to a prior acquisition.
Depreciation and amortization of intangible assets recorded in this segment decreased from $13.9 million for fiscal 2013 to $13.8 million for fiscal 2014, a decrease of less than 0.1%. Increases of depreciation in fixed assets were offset by decreases in amortization of intangible assets.
Fiscal year ended June 29, 2013 compared to fiscal year ended June 30, 2012
Net Sales
Net sales for Vistar increased 14.1%, or $264.2 million, from fiscal 2012 to fiscal 2013. Net sales from integrating new customers from an acquisition contributed slightly over $182.9 million to the growth in fiscal 2013. Additionally, there were increases from securing new customers in the segments retail and vending businesses, further penetrating existing customers, and inflation.
60
EBITDA
EBITDA for Vistar increased $23.5 million, or 40.6%, from fiscal 2012 to fiscal 2013. This increase in EBITDA was the result of an increase in gross profit, partially offset by an increase in operating expenses excluding depreciation and amortization. Gross profit increased by 19.3% in fiscal 2013 compared to the prior fiscal year. The increase in gross profit relates primarily to increased sales, including sales from an acquisition that closed during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2012 which accounted for approximately 1,560 basis points of the total gross profit increase, plus a change in the mix of business generated by the various channels within the Vistar segment. Net sales from the retail channel increased as a percentage of total Vistar net sales in fiscal 2013 compared to the prior year, while the percent of net sales from the vending channel, which represents the largest channel within Vistar, declined as a percentage of total Vistar net sales during the same time period. The retail channel has a higher gross margin than the vending channel. Gross profit for fiscal 2013 was negatively affected by $1.2 million because of the initial fair value placed on the inventory that was acquired as part of the acquisition that closed during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2012.
Operating expenses excluding depreciation and amortization increased 12.3% for fiscal 2013 compared to fiscal 2012. The increase in operating expenses was primarily related to the addition of distribution centers resulting from the acquisition that closed during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2012 and accounted for substantially all of this increase. In addition, operating expense increased as the result of higher sales and a channel mix shift toward the retail channel, which costs more to serve, and an increase in personnel costs related to benefits. Offsetting these increases were operating expenses incurred in fiscal 2012 related to the relocation of two of its facilities and the transfer of business at a certain location from Vistar to Performance Foodservice.
Depreciation and amortization of intangible assets recorded in this segment increased from $9.2 million for fiscal 2012 to $13.9 million for fiscal 2013, an increase of 50.5%, primarily because of the acquisition.
Segment ResultsCorporate & All Other
Nine months ended March 28, 2015 compared to nine months ended March 29, 2014
Net Sales
Net sales for Corporate & All Other increased $25.2 million for the first nine months of fiscal 2015 compared to the first nine months of fiscal 2014. The increase in sales was primarily attributable to an increase in logistics services provided to our other segments.
EBITDA
EBITDA for Corporate & All Other decreased from a negative $62.2 million for the first nine months of fiscal 2014 to a negative $82.0 million for the first nine months of fiscal 2015. The decreased EBITDA was primarily driven by increased investment in headcount primarily associated with Winning Together, higher corporate overhead associated with personnel costs related to benefits, and an increase in bonus expense, IT expenses, and professional fees.
Depreciation and amortization of intangible assets recorded in this segment increased from $15.6 million in the first nine months of fiscal 2014 to $18.1 million in the first nine months of fiscal 2015. Depreciation of fixed assets increased, primarily because of IT capital expenditures, while amortization of intangible assets remained consistent.
Fiscal year ended June 28, 2014 compared to fiscal year ended June 29, 2013
Net Sales
Net sales for Corporate & All Other increased $11.6 million from fiscal 2013 to fiscal 2014. The increase in sales was primarily attributable to an increase in logistics services provided to our other segments.
61
EBITDA
EBITDA for Corporate & All Other decreased from a negative $59.3 million for fiscal 2013 to a negative $84.4 million for fiscal 2014. The decreased EBITDA was primarily driven by an increase of $16.3 million in professional and consulting fees and an increase in headcount primarily associated with Winning Together, along with an increase in IT expenses and bonus expense. We expect that professional fees associated with our Winning Together program will be slightly lower in fiscal 2015.
Depreciation and amortization of intangible assets recorded in this segment increased from $16.5 million in fiscal 2013 to $22.1 million in fiscal 2014. Increases in depreciation in fixed assets, primarily because of IT capital expenditures, were partially offset by a decrease in amortization of intangible assets.
Fiscal year ended June 29, 2013 compared to fiscal year ended June 30, 2012
Net Sales
Net sales for Corporate & All Other increased $34.7 million from fiscal 2012 to fiscal 2013. The increase in sales was primarily attributable to an increase in logistics services provided to our other segments.
EBITDA
EBITDA for Corporate & All Other increased from a negative $63.3 million for fiscal 2012 to a negative $59.3 million for fiscal 2013. The increased EBITDA was primarily driven by a decrease in bonus expense, lower corporate overhead related to personnel expenses, and a decrease in professional fees. These decreases were partially offset by an increase in IT expenses.
Depreciation and amortization of intangible assets recorded in this segment increased from $13.0 million in fiscal 2012 to $16.5 million in fiscal 2014. Increases in depreciation in fixed assets, primarily because of IT capital expenditures, were partially offset by a decrease in amortization of intangible assets.
Quarterly Results and Seasonality
Historically, the food-away-from-home and foodservice distribution industries are seasonal, with lower profit in the first and third quarters of each calendar year. Consequently, we typically experience lower operating profit during our first and third fiscal quarters, depending on the timing of acquisitions.
62
Financial information for each quarter for the first nine months of fiscal 2015, fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2013 is set forth below:
Fiscal Year Ending June 27, 2015 |
||||||||||||
(In thousands) |
Q1 | Q2 | Q3 | |||||||||
(unaudited) |
||||||||||||
Net sales |
$ | 3,697,675 | $ | 3,792,485 | $ | 3,795,479 | ||||||
Cost of goods sold |
3,248,226 | 3,335,208 | 3,343,888 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Gross profit |
449,449 | 457,277 | 451,591 | |||||||||
Operating expenses |
416,725 | 410,168 | 424,484 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Operating profit |
32,724 | 47,109 | 27,107 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Other expense: |
||||||||||||
Interest expense |
21,268 | 21,817 | 21,468 | |||||||||
Other, net |
184 | 2,730 | 342 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Other expense, net |
21,452 | 24,547 | 21,810 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Income before taxes |
11,272 | 22,562 | 5,297 | |||||||||
Income tax expense |
4,670 | 9,790 | 2,421 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net income |
$ | 6,602 | $ | 12,772 | $ | 2,876 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Weighted-average common shares outstanding: |
||||||||||||
Basic |
179,121,857 | 179,121,857 | 179,121,857 | |||||||||
Diluted |
180,618,915 | 180,695,124 | 180,837,929 | |||||||||
Earnings per common share: |
||||||||||||
Basic |
$ | 0.04 | $ | 0.07 | $ | 0.02 | ||||||
Diluted |
$ | 0.04 | $ | 0.07 | $ | 0.02 | ||||||
Dividends declared per common share: |
| | |
Fiscal Year Ended June 28, 2014 |
||||||||||||||||
(dollars in thousands, except per share data) |
Q1 | Q2 | Q3 | Q4 | ||||||||||||
(unaudited) | ||||||||||||||||
Net sales |
$ | 3,342,709 | $ | 3,327,427 | $ | 3,373,128 | $ | 3,642,440 | ||||||||
Cost of goods sold |
2,930,447 | 2,907,285 | 2,956,186 | 3,194,567 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Gross profit |
412,262 | 420,142 | 416,942 | 447,873 | ||||||||||||
Operating expenses |
391,666 | 389,133 | 398,612 | 402,228 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Operating profit |
20,596 | 31,009 | 18,330 | 45,645 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Other expense: |
||||||||||||||||
Interest expense |
22,866 | 21,925 | 20,701 | 20,604 | ||||||||||||
Other, net |
(312 | ) | (80 | ) | (138 | ) | (201 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Other expense, net |
22,554 | 21,845 | 20,563 | 20,403 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Income (loss) before taxes |
(1,958 | ) | 9,164 | (2,233 | ) | 25,242 | ||||||||||
Income tax (benefit) expense |
(717 | ) | 4,191 | (1,594 | ) | 12,831 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Net income (loss) |
$ | (1,241 | ) | $ | 4,973 | $ | (639 | ) | $ | 12,411 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Weighted-average common shares outstanding: |
||||||||||||||||
Basic |
179,104,458 | 179,106,973 | 179,111,190 | 179,118,223 | ||||||||||||
Diluted |
180,420,281 | 180,458,121 | 180,442,998 | 180,801,777 | ||||||||||||
Earnings (loss) per common share: |
||||||||||||||||
Basic |
$ | (0.01 | ) | $ | 0.03 | $ | 0.00 | $ | 0.07 | |||||||
Diluted |
$ | (0.01 | ) | $ | 0.03 | $ | 0.00 | $ | 0.07 | |||||||
Dividends declared per common share: |
| | | |
63
Fiscal Year Ended June 29, 2013 |
||||||||||||||||
(dollars in thousands, except per share) |
Q1 | Q2 | Q3 | Q4 | ||||||||||||
(unaudited) | ||||||||||||||||
Net sales |
$ | 3,109,301 | $ | 3,095,572 | $ | 3,245,152 | $ | 3,376,487 | ||||||||
Cost of goods sold |
2,734,587 | 2,705,272 | 2,849,777 | 2,954,173 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Gross profit |
374,714 | 390,300 | 395,375 | 422,314 | ||||||||||||
Operating expenses |
365,407 | 357,465 | 368,640 | 376,524 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Operating profit |
9,307 | 32,835 | 26,735 | 45,790 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Other expense: |
||||||||||||||||
Interest expense |
22,506 | 23,189 | 24,456 | 23,720 | ||||||||||||
Loss on extinguishment of debt |
| | | 2,039 | ||||||||||||
Other, net |
(809 | ) | 116 | (89 | ) | 85 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Other expense, net |
21,697 | 23,305 | 24,367 | 25,844 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Income (loss) before taxes |
(12,390 | ) | 9,530 | 2,368 | 19,946 | |||||||||||
Income tax (benefit) expense |
(4,916 | ) | 3,930 | 1,125 | 10,920 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Net income (loss) |
$ | (7,474 | ) | $ | 5,600 | $ | 1,243 | $ | 9,026 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Weighted-average common shares outstanding: |
||||||||||||||||
Basic |
179,101,958 | 179,101,958 | 179,101,958 | 179,103,249 | ||||||||||||
Diluted |
180,155,862 | 180,254,328 | 180,306,550 | 180,347,335 | ||||||||||||
Earnings (loss) per common share: |
||||||||||||||||
Basic |
$ | (0.04 | ) | $ | 0.03 | $ | 0.01 | $ | 0.05 | |||||||
Diluted |
$ | (0.04 | ) | $ | 0.03 | $ | 0.01 | $ | 0.05 | |||||||
Dividends declared per common share: |
| | | $ | 1.2283 |
Liquidity and Capital Resources
We have historically financed our operations and growth primarily with cash flows from operations, borrowings under our credit facilities, operating and capital leases, and normal trade credit terms. We have typically funded our acquisitions with additional borrowings under our credit facilities. During fiscal 2013, we increased the amount of indebtedness outstanding under our senior notes because of acquisition activity. The senior notes were redeemed in full in May 2013 with the proceeds from a new term loan facility. Proceeds from this new term loan facility were also used to pay a dividend to our stockholders. Our working capital and borrowing levels are subject to seasonal fluctuations, typically with the lowest borrowing levels in third and fourth fiscal quarters and the highest borrowing levels in the first and second fiscal quarters. We believe that our cash flows from operations and available borrowing capacity will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash requirements over at least the next twelve months while maintaining sufficient liquidity for normal operating purposes.
At March 28, 2015, our cash balance totaled $6.8 million, while our cash balance totaled $5.3 million at June 28, 2014, $14.1 million at June 29, 2013 and $11.1 million at June 30, 2012. This increase in cash during the first nine months of fiscal 2015 was attributable to net cash provided by operating activities and financing activities of $28.4 million and $39.4 million, respectively, partially offset by net cash used in investing activities of $66.3 million. The decrease in cash during fiscal 2014 was attributable to net cash used in investing activities and financing activities of $93.4 million and $35.1 million, respectively, partially offset by net cash provided by operating activities of $119.8 million. This increase in cash during fiscal 2013 was attributable to net cash provided by operating activities and financing activities of $140.7 million and $12.3 million, respectively, partially offset by net cash used in investing activities of $150.0 million. We borrow under our ABL facility or pay it down regularly based on our cash flows from operating and investing activities. Our practice is to minimize interest expense while maintaining reasonable liquidity.
64
As market conditions warrant, we and our major stockholders, including our Sponsors, may from time to time, depending upon market conditions, seek to repurchase our securities or loans in privately negotiated or open market transactions, by tender offer or otherwise.
Operating Activities
Nine months ended March 28, 2015 compared to the nine months ended March 29, 2014
During the first nine months of fiscal 2015, our operating activities provided cash flow of $28.4 million, while during the first nine months of fiscal 2014 our operating activities provided cash flow of $59.3 million, a decrease of $30.9 million, or 52.1%.
The decrease in cash flows provided by operating activities in the first nine months of fiscal 2015 compared to the first nine months of fiscal 2014 was largely caused by an increase in cash used for accrued expenses and other liabilities that was primarily associated with higher bonus payments made during the first nine months of fiscal 2015, which were associated with the results of fiscal 2014. Additionally, the net working capital investment increased slightly compared to the prior year period.
Fiscal year ended June 28, 2014 compared to the fiscal year ended June 29, 2013
During fiscal 2014, our operating activities provided cash flow of $119.8 million, while during fiscal 2013 our operating activities provided cash flow of $140.7 million, a decrease of $20.9 million, or 14.9%.
The decrease in cash flows provided by operating activities in fiscal 2014 compared to fiscal 2013 was due largely to the continued growth in our sales and the corresponding impact that has on our accounts receivable from customers. Primarily this is attributable to expanded sales volume; however, on average, the number of days sales outstanding increased by approximately 2.1 days in fiscal 2014 as compared to a decline of 1.7 days in fiscal 2013. The fluctuation in the days sales outstanding is largely driven by the timing of acquisitions, which determines the point at which acquired working capital is included in the balance sheet and also driven by the mix of customers and their related payment terms. The increase in accounts receivable was partially offset by the amount that the increase in accounts payable and outstanding checks in excess of deposits exceeded the increase in inventory that it supported and by an increase in accrued expenses and other liabilities that was primarily associated with lower bonus payments made during the fiscal 2014, which were associated with the results for fiscal 2013.
Fiscal year ended June 29, 2013 compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2012
During fiscal 2013, our operating activities provided cash flow of $140.7 million, while during fiscal 2012 our operating activities provided cash flow of $97.6 million, an increase of $43.1 million, or 44.1%.
The increase in cash flows provided by operating activities in fiscal 2013 compared to fiscal 2012 was due largely to the continued growth in our business and the related growth in payables (including accounts payable and outstanding checks in excess of deposits) to vendors from which we purchase the products we sell. This increase was because of the increase in the volume of purchases from our vendors and was partially offset by a decline in the average days payable. The decline in days payable was largely associated with the timing of acquisitions, which determines the point at which acquired working capital is included in the balance sheet and impacts the calculation of average days. The increase in accounts payable and outstanding checks in excess of deposit was partially offset by the increase in accounts receivable associated with our sales growth and by the reduction in accrued expenses and other liabilities because of the increase in bonus payments made during fiscal 2013, which were associated with the results for fiscal year 2012.
Investing Activities
Cash used in investing activities totaled $66.3 million in the first nine months of fiscal 2015 compared to $71.8 million in the first nine months of fiscal 2014. These investments consisted primarily of capital purchases
65
of property, plant, and equipment of $63.7 million and $67.0 million for the first nine months of fiscal 2015 and the first nine months of fiscal 2014, respectively. For the first nine months of fiscal 2015, purchases of property, plant, and equipment primarily consisted of information technology and leasehold improvements, as well as the purchase of warehouse, transportation, and building assets.
Cash used in investing activities totaled $93.4 million in fiscal 2014 compared to $150.0 million in fiscal 2013 and $388.2 million in fiscal 2012. These investments consisted primarily of capital purchases of property, plant, and equipment of $90.6 million, $66.5 million, and $68.9 million for fiscal years 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively, and new business acquisitions of $0.9 million, $86.0 million, and $319.8 million for fiscal years 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively. In fiscal 2014, purchases of property, plant, and equipment primarily consisted of warehouse expansions and improvements, as well as the purchase of warehouse, transportation, and information technology.
The following table presents the capital purchases of property, plant, and equipment by segment:
(Dollars in thousands) |
Nine Months Ended | Fiscal Year Ended | ||||||||||||||||||
March 28, 2015 | March 29, 2014 | June 28, 2014 | June 29, 2013 | June 30, 2012 | ||||||||||||||||
Performance Foodservice |
$26,545 | $ | 29,855 | $ | 38,782 | $ | 27,281 | $ | 34,718 | |||||||||||
PFG Customized |
6,357 | 10,472 | 12,166 | 4,857 | 5,995 | |||||||||||||||
Vistar |
6,665 | 13,824 | 20,677 | 12,971 | 15,720 | |||||||||||||||
Corporate & All Other |
24,163 | 12,859 | 19,000 | 21,374 | 12,493 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total capital purchases of property, plant and equipment |
$63,730 | $ | 67,010 | $ | 90,625 | $ | 66,483 | $ | 68,926 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financing Activities
During the first nine months of fiscal 2015, our financing activities provided cash flow of $39.4 million, which consisted primarily of $45.7 million in net proceeds under our ABL facility and $3.5 million in proceeds from our sale-leaseback transaction, partially offset by payments of $5.6 million on our term loan facility.
During the first nine months of fiscal 2014, our financing activities provided cash flow of $10.4 million, which consisted primarily of $20.0 million in net proceeds related to our ABL facility partially offset by a $2.8 million of payment related to an acquisition, a $3.8 million payment on our Term Facility, and a $1.5 million payment for fees associated with issuing, extinguishing, or modifying our debt.
During fiscal 2014, our financing activities used cash flow of $35.1 million, which consisted primarily of $21.2 million in net payments on our ABL facility, $5.6 million in payments on our term loan facility, $2.8 million in payments related to acquisitions, and $1.8 million in payments on financed property, plant, and equipment.
During fiscal 2013, our financing activities provided cash flow of $12.3 million, which consisted primarily of $746.3 million in net proceeds related to the inception of our term loan facility and the issuance of $50.0 million of additional senior notes, partially offset by a payment of $500.0 million to redeem the senior notes in full, a payment of a $220.0 million dividend to our stockholders, net payments on our ABL facility of $30.5 million, $5.1 million in payments related to acquisitions, and $27.2 million of fees associated with issuing, extinguishing, or modifying our debt.
During fiscal 2012, our financing activities provided cash flow of $286.7 million, which consisted primarily of $258.6 million in net borrowings on our ABL facility and the issuance of $150.0 million of additional senior notes, partially offset by a payment of a $100.0 million dividend to our stockholders, $4.1 million in payments related to acquisitions, $18.4 million of fees associated with modifying our debt, and $1.2 million in proceeds related to the issuance of stock.
66
The following describes our financing arrangements as of March 28, 2015:
ABL Facility . PFGC, Inc. (PFGC), our wholly-owned subsidiary, entered into an Asset Based Revolving Loan Credit Agreement (the ABL facility) on May 23, 2008, which was amended and restated on May 8, 2012. The $1.4 billion ABL facility matures in May 2017. The ABL facility is secured by the majority of the tangible assets of PFGC and its subsidiaries. Performance Food Group, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of PFGC, is the lead borrower under the ABL facility, which is jointly and severally guaranteed by PFGC and all domestic direct and indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries of PFGC (other than captive insurance subsidiaries). Availability for loans and letters of credit under the ABL facility is governed by a borrowing base, determined by the application of specified advance rates against eligible assets, including trade accounts receivable, inventory, owned real properties, and owned transportation equipment. The borrowing base is reduced quarterly by a cumulative fraction of the real properties and transportation equipment values. Advances on accounts receivable and inventory are subject to change based on periodic commercial finance examinations and appraisals, and the real property and transportation equipment values included in the borrowing base are subject to change based on periodic appraisals. Audits and appraisals are conducted at the direction of the administrative agent for the benefit and on behalf of all lenders.
The ABL facility was amended in February 2015 to include changes with respect to the borrowing base related to owned real properties and transportation equipment, to increase the indebtedness basket for financing the construction, repair, acquisition, or improvement of fixed assets, and to amend certain financial covenant calculations. The February 2015 amendment also included certain other amendments to take effect only if we completed the acquisition of US Foods facilities in connection with the proposed merger of Sysco and US Foods. As described under SummaryOur Industry, the proposed merger was terminated. Accordingly, these additional amendments will not take effect.
Borrowings under the ABL facility bear interest, at Performance Food Group, Inc.s option, at (a) the Base Rate (defined as the greater of (1) the Federal Funds Rate in effect on such date plus 0.5%, (2) the Prime Rate on such day, or (3) one-month LIBOR plus 1.0%) plus a spread or (b) LIBOR plus a spread. The ABL facility also provides for an unused commitment fee ranging from 0.25% to 0.375%. As of March 28, 2015, aggregate borrowings outstanding were $725.3 million. There were also $102.3 million in letters of credit outstanding under the facility, and excess availability was $572.3 million, net of $21.6 million of lenders reserves, subject to compliance with customary borrowing conditions. As of June 28, 2014, aggregate borrowings outstanding were $679.6 million. There were also $108.7 million in letters of credit outstanding under the facility, and excess availability was $587.8 million, net of $19.9 million of lenders reserves, subject to compliance with customary borrowing conditions. As of June 29, 2013, aggregate borrowings outstanding were $700.8 million. There were also $111.2 million in letters of credit outstanding under the facility, and excess availability was $458.7 million, net of $14.7 million of lenders reserves, subject to compliance with customary borrowing conditions.
The ABL facility contains covenants requiring the maintenance of a minimum consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio if excess availability falls below (a) the greater of (1) $130.0 million and (2) 10% of the lesser of the borrowing base and the revolving credit facility amount for five consecutive business days or (b) 7.5% of the revolving credit facility amount at any time. The ABL facility also contains customary restrictive covenants that include, but are not limited to, restrictions on PFGCs ability to incur additional indebtedness, pay dividends, create liens, make investments or specified payments, and dispose of assets. The ABL facility provides for customary events of default, including payment defaults and cross-defaults on other material indebtedness. If an event of default occurs and is continuing, amounts due under such agreement may be accelerated and the rights and remedies of the lenders under such agreement available under the ABL facility may be exercised, including rights with respect to the collateral securing the obligations under such agreement.
Term Loan Facility. Performance Food Group, Inc. entered into a new credit agreement providing for the term loan facility on May 14, 2013. Performance Food Group, Inc. borrowed an aggregate principal amount of $750.0 million under the term loan facility which is jointly and severally guaranteed by PFGC and all domestic direct and indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries of Performance Food Group, Inc. Net proceeds to Performance Food Group, Inc. were $746.3 million. The proceeds from the term loan facility were used to redeem all
67
outstanding senior notes in full; to pay the fees, premiums, expenses, and other transaction costs incurred in connection with the term loan facility and the ABL amendment discussed above; and to pay the $220.0 million dividend. As discussed above, a portion of the term loan facility was considered a modification of the senior notes and resulted in a charge of $1.4 million and $0.3 million related to third-party fees paid for the modified debt, which was reported in operating expenses in fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2014, respectively.
The term loan facility matures in 2019 and bears interest, at Performance Food Group, Inc.s option, at a rate equal to a margin over either (a) a base rate determined by reference to the higher of (1) the rate of interest published by Credit Suisse (AG), Cayman Islands Branch, as its prime lending rate, (2) the federal funds rate plus 0.50%, and (3) one-month LIBOR rate plus 1.00%, or (b) a LIBOR rate determined by reference to the service selected by Credit Suisse (AG), Cayman Islands Branch that has been nominated by the British Bankers Association (or any successor thereto). The applicable margin for the term loans under the term loan facility may be reduced subject to attaining a certain total net leverage ratio. The applicable margin for borrowings will be 5.25% for loans based on a LIBOR rate and 4.25% for loans based on the base rate, as of June 28, 2014. The LIBOR rate for term loans is subject to a 1.00% floor and the base rate for term loans is subject to a floor of 2.00%. Interest is payable quarterly in arrears in the case of Base Rate loans, and at the end of the applicable interest period (but no less frequently than quarterly) in the case of the LIBOR loans. Performance Food Group, Inc. can incur additional loans under the term loan facility with the aggregate amount of the incremental loans not exceeding the sum of (1) $140.0 million plus (2) additional amounts so long as the Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio (as defined in the credit agreement governing the term loan facility) for PFGC does not exceed 5.90:1.00 and so long as the proceeds are not used to finance restricted payments that include any dividend or distribution payments. PFGC is required to repay an aggregate principal amount equal to 0.25% of the aggregate principal amount of $750.0 million on the last business day of each calendar quarter, beginning September 30, 2013. The term loan facility is prepayable at a redemption price of 101% if such prepayment occurs prior to the second anniversary of the closing date (through May 14, 2015) declining to par thereafter. As of March 28, 2015, aggregate borrowings outstanding were $738.8 million with unamortized original issue discount of $2.7 million. Original issue discount is being amortized as additional interest expense on a straight-lined basis over the life of the term loan facility. For fiscal 2014, fiscal 2013, the first nine months of fiscal 2015, and the first nine months of fiscal 2014, interest expense included $0.6 million, $0.1 million, $0.4 million, and $0.4 million, respectively, related to the amortization of original issue discount.
The ABL facility and the term loan facility contain customary restrictive covenants under which all of the net assets of PFGC and its subsidiaries were restricted from distribution to Performance Food Group Company, except for approximately $94.1 million of restricted payment capacity available under such debt agreements, as of March 28, 2015.
As of March 28, 2015, we were in compliance with all of the covenants under the term loan facility and the ABL facility.
Unsecured Subordinated Promissory Note . In connection with an acquisition, Performance Food Group, Inc. issued a $6.0 million interest only, unsecured subordinated promissory note on December 21, 2012, bearing an interest rate of 3.5%. Interest is payable quarterly in arrears. The $6.0 million principal is due in a lump sum in December 2017. All amounts outstanding under this promissory note become immediately due and payable upon the occurrence of a change in control, which includes the sale, lease, or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of PFGC and its subsidiaries. This promissory note was initially recorded at its fair value of $4.2 million. The difference between the principal and the initial fair value of the promissory note is being amortized as additional interest expense on a straight-lined basis over the life of the promissory note. For fiscal 2014, fiscal 2013, the first nine months of fiscal 2015, and the first nine months of fiscal 2014, interest expense included $0.3 million, $0.2 million, $0.3 million, and $0.3 million, respectively, related to this amortization. As of March 28, 2015, the carrying value of the promissory note was $5.0 million.
68
Senior Notes. On May 14, 2013, PFGC redeemed its outstanding $500.0 million of senior notes in full, at a redemption price equal to 102% of the principal amount of the senior notes, using the proceeds from the term loan facility discussed above. A portion of this redemption was considered an extinguishment of indebtedness, resulting in a $2.0 million loss on extinguishment of debt, which is comprised of $1.0 million of redemption premium paid and $1.0 million to write off the pro-rata portion of the unamortized issuance costs related to the debt extinguishment recorded in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2013. The remaining portion of this redemption was considered a modification of indebtedness in accordance with FASB ASC 470-50, Debt-Modifications and Extinguishments , and as a result, $6.9 million of unamortized issuance costs for the senior notes and $9.0 million of the redemption premium are deferred as issuance costs of the term loan facility.
Contractual Cash Obligations
The following table sets forth our significant contractual cash obligations as of June 28, 2014. The years below represent our fiscal years.
(Dollars in thousands) |
Payments Due by Period | |||||||||||||||||||
Total | < 1 Year | 1-3 Years | 3-5 Years |
More than
5 Years |
||||||||||||||||
Long-term debt |
$ | 1,430,000 | $ | 7,500 | $ | 696,500 | $ | 21,000 | $ | 705,000 | ||||||||||
Capital lease obligations(1) |
58,393 | 5,596 | 8,772 | 7,737 | 36,288 | |||||||||||||||
Unrecognized tax benefits and interest(2) |
742 | | | | | |||||||||||||||
Interest payments related to long-term debt(3) |
310,239 | 65,054 | 137,912 | 90,275 | 16,998 | |||||||||||||||
Long-term operating leases |
411,622 | 78,770 | 137,165 | 102,607 | 93,080 | |||||||||||||||
Purchase obligations(4) |
9,528 | 7,278 | 1,500 | 750 | | |||||||||||||||
Multiemployer pension plan(5) |
3,680 | 3,680 | | | | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total contractual cash obligations |
$ | 2,224,204 | $ | 167,878 | $ | 981,849 | $ | 222,369 | $ | 851,366 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) | The amounts reflected in the table include the interest component of the lease payments. |
(2) | Unrecognized tax benefits relate to uncertain tax positions recorded under accounting standards related to uncertain tax positions. As of June 28, 2014, we had a liability of $0.7 million for unrecognized tax benefits for all tax jurisdictions and less than $0.1 million for related interest that could result in cash payments. We are not able to reasonably estimate the timing of payments of the amount by which the liability will increase or decrease over time. Accordingly, the related balances have not been reflected in Payments Due by Period section of the table. |
(3) | Includes payments on our floating rate debt based on rates as of June 28, 2014, assuming the amount remains unchanged until maturity. The impact of our outstanding floating-to-fixed interest rate swap on the floating rate debt interest payments is included as well based on the floating rates in effect as of June 28, 2014. |
(4) | For purposes of this table, purchase obligations include agreements for purchases of non-inventory products or services in the normal course of business, for which all significant terms have been confirmed. The amounts included above are based on estimates. Purchase obligations also include amounts committed to various capital projects in process or scheduled to be completed in the coming year, as well a minimum amounts due for various Company meetings and conferences. |
(5) | Represents the voluntary withdrawal liability recorded related to the withdrawal from the Central States Southeast and Southwest Areas Pension Fund (Central States Pension Fund) and excludes normal contributions required under our collective bargaining agreements. We have no final agreement with the Central States Pension Fund regarding our withdrawal liability and, as such, the amount of our withdrawal liability could differ from the amount recorded. See Note 15 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for further discussion. |
69
Total Assets by Segment
Total assets by segment discussed below exclude intercompany receivables between segments.
Total assets for Performance Foodservice increased $66.0 million from $1,856.5 million as of March 29, 2014 to $1,922.5 million as of March 28, 2015. This segment increased its accounts receivable and inventory during this time period, which was partially offset by a decline in intangible assets.
Total assets for Performance Foodservice increased $72.2 million from $1,781.4 million as of June 29, 2013 to $1,853.6 million as of June 28, 2014. This segment increased its accounts receivable, inventory, and property, plant, and equipment during this time period, which was partially offset by a decline in goodwill and intangible assets.
Total assets for PFG Customized increased $13.4 million from $662.4 million at March 29, 2014 to $675.8 million at March 28, 2015. This segment increased its accounts receivable, which was partially offset by a decline in inventory, intangible assets, and property, plant, and equipment.
Total assets for PFG Customized increased $68.5 million from $572.5 million at June 29, 2013 to $641.0 million at June 28, 2014. This segment increased its accounts receivable, inventory, and property, plant, and equipment during fiscal 2014, which was partially offset by declines in intangible assets.
Total assets for Vistar increased $22.5 million from $499.7 million as of March 29, 2014 to $522.2 million as of March 28, 2015. This segment increased its accounts receivable and property, plant, and equipment during this time period, which was partially offset by a decline in intangible assets and inventory.
Total assets for Vistar increased $45.2 million from $456.1 million as of June 29, 2013 to $501.3 million as of June 28, 2014. This segment increased its accounts receivable, inventory, and property, plant, and equipment during this time period, which was partially offset by a decline in intangible assets.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
We are exposed to interest rate risk related to changes in interest rates for borrowings under our ABL and term loan facilities. Although we hedge a portion of our interest rate risk through interest rate swaps, any borrowings under our credit facilities in excess of the notional amount of the swaps will be subject to floating interest rates.
As of March 28, 2015, our subsidiary, Performance Food Group, Inc., had five interest rate swaps with a combined value of $750 million notional amount that were designated as cash flow hedges of interest rate risk. See Note 9 to our audited consolidated financial statements and Note 6 to our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
Performance Food Group, Inc. enters into costless collar arrangements to hedge its exposure to variability in cash flows expected to be paid for forecasted purchases of diesel fuel. As of March 28, 2015, Performance Food Group, Inc. was a party to three such arrangements, with a combined 7.2 million gallon notional amount, to hedge its exposure to variability in cash flows expected to be paid for forecasted purchases of diesel fuel. See Note 9 to our audited consolidated financial statements and Note 6 to our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
Critical accounting policies and estimates are those that are most important to portraying our financial position and results of operations. These policies require our most subjective or complex judgments, often employing the use of estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain. Our most critical accounting policies and estimates include those that pertain to the allowance for doubtful accounts receivable,
70
inventory valuation, insurance programs, income taxes, vendor rebates and promotional incentives, and goodwill and other intangible assets.
Accounts Receivable
Accounts receivable are primarily comprised of trade receivables from customers in the ordinary course of business, are recorded at the invoiced amount, and primarily do not bear interest. Receivables are recorded net of the allowance for doubtful accounts on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. We evaluate the collectability of our accounts receivable based on a combination of factors. We regularly analyze our significant customer accounts, and when we become aware of a specific customers inability to meet its financial obligations to us, such as a bankruptcy filing or a deterioration in the customers operating results or financial position, we record a specific reserve for bad debt to reduce the related receivable to the amount we reasonably believe is collectible. We also record reserves for bad debt for other customers based on a variety of factors, including the length of time the receivables are past due, macroeconomic considerations, and historical experience. If circumstances related to specific customers change, our estimates of the recoverability of receivables could be further adjusted.
Inventory Valuation
Our inventories consist primarily of food and non-food products. We primarily value inventories at the lower of cost or market using the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method. FIFO was used for approximately 92% of total inventories at March 28, 2015. The remainder of the inventory was valued using the last-in, first-out (LIFO) method using the link chain technique of the dollar value method. We adjust our inventory balances for slow-moving, excess, and obsolete inventories. These adjustments are based upon inventory category, inventory age, specifically identified items, and overall economic conditions.
Insurance Programs
We maintain high-deductible insurance programs covering portions of general and vehicle liability and workers compensation. The amounts in excess of the deductibles are insured by third-party insurance carriers, subject to certain limitations and exclusions. We also maintain self-funded group medical insurance. We accrue our estimated liability for these deductibles, including an estimate for incurred but not reported claims, based on known claims and past claims history. The estimated short-term portion of these accruals is included in Accrued expenses on our consolidated balance sheets, while the estimated long-term portion of the accruals is included in Other long-term liabilities. The provisions for insurance claims include estimates of the frequency and timing of claims occurrence, as well as the ultimate amounts to be paid. These insurance programs are managed by a third party, and the deductibles for general and vehicle liability and workers compensation are collateralized by letters of credit and restricted cash.
Income Taxes
We follow FASB ASC 740-10, Income TaxesOverall , which requires the use of the asset and liability method of accounting for deferred income taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts. Future tax benefits, including net operating loss carry-forwards, are recognized to the extent that realization of such benefits is more likely than not. Uncertain tax positions are reviewed on an ongoing basis and are adjusted in light of changing facts and circumstances, including progress of tax audits, developments in case law, and closing of statutes of limitations. Such adjustments are reflected in the tax provision as appropriate.
71
Vendor Rebates and Other Promotional Incentives
We participate in various rebate and promotional incentives with our suppliers, primarily including volume and growth rebates, annual and multi-year incentives, and promotional programs. Consideration received under these incentives is generally recorded as a reduction of cost of goods sold. However, in certain limited circumstances the consideration is recorded as a reduction of costs incurred by us. Consideration received may be in the form of cash and/or invoice deductions. Changes in the estimated amount of incentives to be received are treated as changes in estimates and are recognized in the period of change.
Consideration received for volume and growth rebates, annual incentives, and multi-year incentives are recorded as a reduction of cost of goods sold. We systematically and rationally allocate the consideration for these incentives to each of the underlying transactions that results in progress by the Company toward earning the incentives. If the incentives are not probable and reasonably estimable, we record the incentives as the underlying objectives or milestones are achieved. We record annual and multi-year incentives when earned, generally over the agreement period. We use current and historical purchasing data, forecasted purchasing volumes, and other factors in estimating whether the underlying objectives or milestones will be achieved. Consideration received to promote and sell the suppliers products is typically a reimbursement of marketing costs incurred by the Company and is recorded as a reduction of our operating expenses. If the amount of consideration received from the suppliers exceeds our marketing costs, any excess is recorded as a reduction of cost of goods sold. We follow the requirements of FASB ASC 605-50-25-10, Revenue RecognitionCustomer Payments and IncentivesRecognitionCustomers Accounting for Certain Consideration Received from a Vendor and ASC 605-50-45-16, Revenue RecognitionCustomer Payments and IncentivesOther Presentation MattersResellers Characterization of Sales Incentives Offered to Customers by Manufacturers .
Acquisitions, Goodwill, and Other Intangible Assets
We account for acquired businesses using the acquisition method of accounting. Our financial statements reflect the operations of an acquired business starting from the completion of the acquisition. Goodwill and other intangible assets represent the excess of cost of an acquired entity over the amounts specifically assigned to those tangible net assets acquired in a business combination. Other identifiable intangible assets typically include customer relationships, trade names, technology, non-compete agreements, and favorable lease assets. Goodwill and intangibles with indefinite lives are not amortized. Intangibles with definite lives are amortized on a straight-line basis over their useful lives, which generally range from two to eleven years. Certain assumptions, estimates, and judgments are used in determining the fair value of net assets acquired, including goodwill and other intangible assets, as well as determining the allocation of goodwill to the reporting units. Accordingly, we may obtain the assistance of third-party valuation specialists for significant tangible and intangible assets. The fair value estimates are based on available historical information and on future expectations and assumptions deemed reasonable by management, but are inherently uncertain. Significant estimates and assumptions inherent in the valuations reflect a consideration of other marketplace participants and include the amount and timing of future cash flows (including expected growth rates and profitability), economic barriers to entry, a brands relative market position, and the discount rate applied to the cash flows. Unanticipated market or macroeconomic events and circumstances may occur, which could affect the accuracy or validity of the estimates and assumptions.
We are required to test goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite lives for impairment annually or more often if circumstances indicate. Indicators of goodwill impairment include, but are not limited to, significant declines in the markets and industries that buy our products, changes in the estimated future cash flows of its reporting units, changes in capital markets, and changes in its market capitalization.
In fiscal 2013, we adopted FASB Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2011-08 IntangiblesGoodwill and OtherTesting Goodwill for Impairment, which provides entities with an option to perform a qualitative assessment (commonly referred to as step zero) to determine whether further quantitative analysis for impairment of goodwill is necessary. In performing step zero for our goodwill impairment test, we are required to make assumptions and judgments, including but not limited to the following: the evaluation of macroeconomic
72
conditions as related to our business, industry and market trends, and the overall future financial performance of our reporting units and future opportunities in the markets in which they operate. If impairment indicators are present after performing step zero, we would perform a quantitative impairment analysis to estimate the fair value of goodwill.
During fiscal 2013, we bypassed the step zero assessment for all reporting units and performed the first step of the two-step goodwill impairment test. During fiscal 2014, we performed the step zero analysis for our goodwill impairment test. As a result of our step zero analysis, no further quantitative impairment test was deemed necessary for fiscal 2014. There were no impairments of goodwill or intangible assets with indefinite lives for the fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2013.
73
We distribute to the food-away-from-home industry, a large industry with attractive underlying growth trends. According to the U.S. Department of Commerce, consumer spending on food-away-from-home in the United States totaled $640 billion in 2014, making it one of the largest industries in the country. The industry grew from $331 billion in sales in 1999 to over $640 billion in sales in 2014, representing a compound annual growth rate of approximately 4.5%. Macroeconomic drivers of growth include increases in U.S. gross domestic product, employment levels, and personal consumption expenditures. Microeconomic drivers include increases in the number of restaurants, a continued shift toward value-added products and desire for convenience, smaller sized households, an aging population that spends more per capita at food-away-from-home establishments, and a rebound in the number of dual income households.
We operate in the U.S. foodservice distribution industry, which supplies the food-away-from-home industry and which totaled $240 billion in sales in 2014 according to Technomic. The U.S. foodservice distribution industry consists of four categories of distributors:
| Broadline distributors carry a broad line of products to serve the needs of many different types of food-away-from-home establishments; |
| System distributors carry products that are typically specified by large national and regional chains; |
| Specialized distributors carry a variety of products within specific categories, such as produce, meats, or seafood, or they focus on particular customer types, such as schools, vending operations, or fine dining; and |
| Cash-and-carry centers where customers come to pick-up their orders. |
We are distinguished from most of our competitors by operating in each of the four categories of distributors mentioned above.
Broadline distribution is the largest segment in the U.S. foodservice distribution industry. According to Technomic, the Power Distributors, which they define as the 21 companies with annual sales greater than $250 million, grew sales by 6% from 2012 to 2013, or approximately twice the growth rate for the overall foodservice distribution industry, which we believe is representative of the benefits of scale.
We benefit from being one of the leading companies in the U.S. foodservice distribution industry. We believe that our current industry share, the large size of the U.S. foodservice distribution industry, and our track record of growing industry share provide us a significant opportunity for continued sales growth.
On December 8, 2013, the two largest companies in our industry, Sysco and US Foods, announced that they entered into an agreement and plan of merger. On February 2, 2015, we reached an agreement to purchase 11 US Foods facilities relating to the proposed merger. On February 19, 2015, the Federal Trade Commission filed suit seeking an injunction to prevent the proposed merger and, on June 23, 2015, the United States District Court for the District of Columbia granted the injunction. In June 2015, the proposed merger was terminated. As a result, our agreement to purchase the facilities was also terminated and we received a termination fee of $25 million.
We had an estimated industry share of 6.0% for each of calendar 2013 and calendar 2014. According to the most recent Technomic Power Distributor report, Sysco and US Foods had an estimated industry share of 17.0% and 10.0%, respectively, in calendar 2013. However, we believe that we will continue to be able to successfully differentiate ourselves from our competitors and compete in our industry as we continue to execute our business strategy.
74
We are the third largest player by revenue in the growing $240 billion U.S. foodservice distribution industry, which supplies the diverse $640 billion U.S. food-away-from-home industry. We market and distribute approximately 150,000 food and food-related products from 68 distribution centers to over 150,000 customer locations across the United States. We serve a diverse mix of customers, from independent and chain restaurants to schools, business and industry locations, hospitals, vending distributors, office coffee service distributors, big box retailers, and theaters. We source our products from over 5,000 suppliers and serve as an important partner to our suppliers by providing them access to our broad customer base. In addition to the products we offer to our customers, we provide value-added services by allowing our customers to benefit from our industry knowledge, scale, and expertise in the areas of product selection and procurement, menu development, and operational strategy. Our more than 12,000 employees work across three segments: Performance Foodservice, PFG Customized, and Vistar.
We plan to continue executing the strategies that have successfully delivered net sales, industry share, and profit growth. In the fiscal year ended June 28, 2014, we generated $13.7 billion in net sales and $286.1 million in Adjusted EBITDA, representing compound annual growth rates of 8% and 10%, respectively, since fiscal 2010. In the fiscal year ended June 28, 2014, we generated $15.5 million in net income. During the first nine months of fiscal 2015, we generated $11.3 billion in net sales and $226.1 million in Adjusted EBITDA, representing growth rates of 12% and 17%, respectively, compared to the comparable first nine months of fiscal 2014. During the first nine months of fiscal 2015, we generated $22.3 million in net income. In calendar year 2014 we had an estimated industry share of 6.0% and our sales growth rate since calendar year 2010 is over three times the growth rate of the foodservice distribution industry in that same time frame. We believe that our current industry share, the large size of the U.S. foodservice distribution industry, and our track record of growing industry share provide us a significant opportunity for continued sales growth. See Summary Historical Consolidated Financial Data for our definition of Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income, which we believe is the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP.
We attribute our sales growth primarily to our customer-centric business model. For us, that means understanding our customers business operations and economics so that we can help them be successful; placing our decision-making on how best to serve customers at the local level; and partnering with our suppliers to develop our high quality proprietary brands, which are a key driver for us in winning, retaining, and developing customers. We believe that our customer-centric business model differentiates us from our competitors who make customer-facing decisions outside of the local market and also from competitors who often do not have the scale to develop proprietary brands, provide value-added services, and distribute as effectively as we do.
Since fiscal 2010, our profit growth has outpaced our sales growth as a result of shifting towards a more profitable mix of products and customers, capturing operating efficiencies from our sales growth, and delivering productivity initiatives. Our mix shift is primarily attributable to increased sales of our proprietary brands and sales to independent restaurants, which represent our highest margin products and customers, respectively. In addition, we have established a set of productivity initiatives in the areas of procurement and operations called Winning Together, which, together with increased net sales, has driven meaningful profit growth through the first nine months of fiscal 2015 and we continue to benefit from this program.
75
Our Segments
We believe that we are well positioned to serve our customers from our three business segments, which are distinguished by their diverse distribution models, the inventory they carry, and the customers they serve: Performance Foodservice, PFG Customized, and Vistar.
Performance Food Group: Fiscal 2014
Net sales mix by operating segment
|
Key statistics |
|||
|
Net sales |
$13.7 billion |
||
Adjusted EBITDA |
$286.1 million |
|||
Distribution Centers |
67 |
|||
Customer Locations |
150,000+ |
|||
Products |
150,000+ |
|||
Suppliers |
5,000+ |
|||
Vehicles |
2,500+ |
|||
Employees
|
11,000+
|
Performance Foodservice . Performance Foodservice is a leading U.S. foodservice distributor with substantial scale along the Eastern Seaboard and in the Southeast. Performance Foodservice operates a network of 25 broadline distribution centers, which supply a broad line of products, and 10 Roma distribution centers, which specialize in supplying independent pizzerias and other Italian-themed restaurants. Each of these distribution centers, which we refer to as operating companies or OpCos, is run by a business team who understands the local markets and the needs of its particular customers and who is empowered to make decisions on how best to serve them. For fiscal 2014, Performance Foodservice generated $8.1 billion in net sales. For the first nine months of fiscal 2015, Performance Foodservice generated $6.7 billion in net sales. Over three quarters of Performance Foodservices sales during both periods was to restaurants. This segment serves over 85,000 customer locations with over 125,000 food and food-related products.
We offer our customers a broad product assortment that ranges from center-of-the-plate items (such as beef, pork, poultry, and seafood), frozen foods, refrigerated products, and dry groceries to disposables, cleaning and kitchen supplies, and related products used by our customers. In addition to the products we offer, we provide value-added services by enabling our customers to benefit from our industry knowledge, scale, and expertise in the areas of product selection and procurement, menu development, and operational strategy.
We classify our customers under two major categories: Street and multi-unit Chain. Street customers predominantly consist of independent restaurants. Chain customers are multi-unit restaurants with five or more locations, which include fine dining, family and casual dining, fast casual, and quick serve restaurants, as well as hotels, healthcare facilities, and other multi-unit institutional customers. Street customers utilize more of our value-added services, particularly in the areas of product selection and procurement, market trends, menu development, and operational strategy. Street customer purchases typically generate greater gross profit per case compared to sales to Chain customers. Sales to Street customers in fiscal 2014 accounted for 43% of Performance Foodservice sales compared to 37% in fiscal 2010. Sales to Street customers in the first nine months of fiscal 2015 grew by 15.6% as compared to the first nine months of fiscal 2014 and accounted for 43.2% of Performance Foodservice sales during the period.
Our products consist of our proprietary-branded products, or Performance Brands, as well as nationally-branded products and products bearing our customers brands. Our Performance Brands typically generate higher gross profit per case than other brands. In fiscal 2014, Performance Brands accounted for 39% of the case
76
volume sold to Street customers, up from 37% in fiscal 2010. In the first nine months of fiscal 2015, Performance Brands sold to Street customers grew by 19.0% as compared to the first nine months of fiscal 2014 and accounted for 41.0% of the case volume during the period.
Performance Foodservice net sales for fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2013 were $8.1 billion and $7.5 billion, respectively, representing year-over-year growth of 8.0%. Performance Foodservice segment EBITDA for the same time period was $207.5 million and $173.9 million, representing year-over-year growth of 19.3%. Performance Foodservice net sales in the first nine months of fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2014 were $6.7 billion and $5.9 billion, respectively, representing year-over-year growth of 13.6%. Performance Foodservice segment EBITDA for the same time period was $172.5 million and $142.0 million, respectively, representing year-over-year growth of 21.5%.
Performance Foodservice: Fiscal 2014 Net Sales | ||
|
|
PFG Customized . PFG Customized is a leading national distributor to the family and casual dining channel. We serve over 5,000 customer locations across the United States from nine distribution centers that provide tailored supply chain solutions to our customers. Our network of distribution centers was developed around our customers and is strategically positioned to provide an efficient supply chain across both inbound and outbound logistics. PFG Customizeds product offerings are determined by each of our customers specific menu requirements. We also provide customers with value-added services, such as expertise in fresh product distribution, logistics management, procurement management, and information system interfaces, which enable our customers to run their businesses efficiently.
We serve many of the most recognizable family and casual dining restaurant chains, including Bonefish Grill, Carrabbas Italian Grill, Cracker Barrel, Joes Crab Shack, Logans Roadhouse, Max and Ermas, Macaroni Grill, OCharleys, Outback Steakhouse, Ruby Tuesday, and TGI Fridays. PFG Customizeds five largest family and casual dining customers have been with us for an average of more than 15 years. Cracker Barrel was PFG Customizeds first customer and grew from a substantial regional account served by Performance Foodservice to an account whose needs are best served by customized distribution. PFG Customized recently began to utilize its distribution platform to serve fast casual chains such as Fuzzys Taco Shop, PDQ, and Zaxbys, as well quick serve chains including Churchs Chicken, Wendys, and Yum! Brands.
PFG Customized net sales for fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2013 were $3.3 billion and $3.2 billion, respectively, representing year-over-year growth of 4.3%. PFG Customized segment EBITDA for the same time period was $37.5 million and $37.3 million, representing year-over-year growth of 0.5%. PFG Customized net sales in the first nine months of fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2014 were $2.8 billion and $2.4 billion, respectively, representing year-over-year growth of 14.0%. The majority of the increase in sales was attributable to the expansion of services provided to a single existing customer. PFG Customized segment EBITDA for the same time periods was $25.6 million and $26.2 million, representing a year-over-year decline of 2.3%.
77
PFG Customized: Fiscal 2014 Net Sales | ||
|
|
Vistar . Vistar is a leading national distributor of candy, snacks, and beverages to vending and office coffee service distributors, big box retailers, and theaters. The segment provides national distribution of approximately 20,000 different SKUs of candy, snacks, beverages, and other items to approximately 60,000 customer locations from our network of 24 Vistar OpCos and 10 Merchants Marts locations. Merchants Marts are cash-and-carry operators where customers generally pick up orders rather than having them delivered. Vistars scale in these channels enhances our ability to procure a broad variety of products for our customers. Vistar OpCos deliver to vending and office coffee service distributors and directly to most theaters and some other locations. The distribution model also includes a pick and pack capability, which utilizes third-party carriers and Vistars SKU variety to sell to customers whose order sizes are too small to be served effectively by our distribution network. We believe these capabilities, in conjunction with the breadth of our inventory, are differentiating and allow us to serve many distinct customer types. Vistar has successfully built upon our national platform to broaden the channels we serve to include hospitality venues, concessionaires, airport gift shops, college book stores, corrections facilities, and impulse locations in big box retailers such as Lowes, Home Depot, Dollar Tree, Staples, and others.
Vistar net sales for fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2013 were $2.3 billion and $2.1 billion, respectively, representing year-over-year growth of 6.0%. Vistar segment EBITDA for the same time period was $88.3 million and $81.4 million, respectively, representing year-over-year growth of 8.5%. Vistar net sales in the first nine months of fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2014 were $1.8 billion and $1.7 billion, respectively, representing year-over-year growth of 6.1%. Vistar segment EBITDA for the same time period was $79.2 million and $62.9 million, respectively, representing year-over-year growth of 25.9%.
Vistar: Fiscal 2014 Net Sales | ||
|
|
78
Our Strengths
Leading Market Positions
We believe that our leading market positions within each of our business segments allow us to compete effectively in attracting new customers, to attract and retain industry talent, and to drive our growth as we execute our business strategy. We have a diverse business model that operates in three segments, allowing us to capitalize on the growth in food-away-from-home consumption. We believe our leading market positions are exhibited in the following way:
| Performance Foodservice. We are the third largest broadline distributor by revenue in the United States after Sysco and US Foods, according to Technomic. We have significant scale in markets along the Eastern Seaboard and in the Southeast. Within Performance Foodservice, we believe that our Roma products make us the leading distributor to independent pizzerias in the United States. |
| PFG Customized. PFG Customized is a leading national distributor to family and casual dining restaurants, and we believe benefits from longstanding relationships with our customers, strong customer loyalty, and a network that is optimized to serve our customer base efficiently. |
| Vistar. Vistar is a leading national distributor of candy, snacks, and beverages to vending and office coffee service distributors, big box retailers, and theater customers, whom we believe benefit from substantial product variety sold at competitive prices. |
Scale Distribution Platforms
We believe we have a competitive advantage over smaller regional and local broadline distributors through economies of scale in purchasing and procurement, which allow us to offer a broad variety of products (including our proprietary Performance Brands) at competitive prices to our customers. Our customers benefit from our ability to provide them with extensive geographic coverage as they continue to grow. We believe we also benefit from supply chain efficiency, including a growing inbound logistics backhaul network that uses our collective distribution network to deliver inbound products across business segments; best practices in warehousing, transportation, and risk management; the ability to benefit from the scale of our purchases of items not for resale, such as trucks, construction materials, insurance, banking relationships, healthcare, and material handling equipment; and the ability to optimize our networks so that customers are served from the most efficient OpCo, which minimizes the cost of delivery. We believe these efficiencies and economies of scale will lead to continued improvements in our operating margins when combined with incremental fixed-cost advantage.
Customer-Centric Business Model
Our customer-centric business model is based on understanding our customers business operations and economics so that we can help them be successful, partnering with our suppliers to develop high quality proprietary brands specifically tailored to our customers needs, and placing our decision making on how best to serve customers at the local level so that we remain nimble at the point of transaction. The model embodies how we organize the Company, how our business processes work, and how we design our information systems. Over 12,000 PFG employees share our mission to grow sales by providing excellent service that is locally tailored to each customer. Over 5,000 of our employees interact with customers daily, either in sales or in making deliveries. Our sales associates receive extensive and ongoing product training and earn incentives primarily based on how effectively they grow our business with customers. Our customer-facing employees are supported by hundreds of employees who develop, source, and market over 150,000 food and related products from over 5,000 suppliers and by several thousand warehouse workers focused on filling customer orders accurately, efficiently, and in a timely manner. We believe that our customer-centric business model differentiates us from our competitors who make customer-facing decisions outside the local market and also from competitors who often do not have the scale to develop proprietary brands, provide value-added services, and distribute as effectively as we do.
79
Our customer-centric business model spans all of our business units. The model embodies how we organize the company, how our business processes work, and how we design our information systems. Our organizational structure decentralizes customer-facing decisions to the OpCo level, where empowered managers are responsible for an extensive range of customer-facing tasks, ranging from designing delivery routes to determining which SKU variety best satisfies local consumer tastes and specific customer needs. We believe our information systems enhance our ability to serve customers with a best-in-class order management system and other information tools for employees and customers.
Proven Ability to Increase Sales to Street Customers and Market our Proprietary Brands
We maintain a strong focus on growing sales to Street customers (our highest profit margin customers), growing sales of Performance Brands (our highest profit margin products), and attracting, retaining, and developing a more effective Street sales force. We believe that offering our Performance Brands enhances customer loyalty and attracts new customers, particularly Street customers. These Performance Brands include exclusive products offered across a wide variety of approximately 10,000 SKUs, which are developed in partnership with our suppliers and customers in order to satisfy the specific needs of our customer base.
From fiscal 2010 through fiscal 2014, we have grown the number of Street customers, case sales to Street customers, and case sales of Performance Brands to Street customers at compound annual growth rates of over 8%, 11%, and 12%, respectively. In fiscal 2014, Performance Brands accounted for 39% of the case volume sold to Street customers, up from 37% in fiscal 2010. In the first nine months of fiscal 2015, Performance Brands sold to Street customers grew by 19.0% as compared to the first nine months of fiscal 2014 and accounted for 41.0% of the case volume during the period.
Disciplined and Proven Acquirer
We have made 13 acquisitions over the past seven years, beginning with the merger of PFG and Vistar in 2008, when management integrated the two companies with significant synergies. Acquisitions have typically been completed at attractive valuation multiples and have been accretive to our Adjusted EBITDA margins on both a pre- and post-synergy basis.
In recent years, we have made four acquisitions in our Performance Foodservice business, which expanded our footprint in North and South Carolina, Kentucky, Illinois, and northern coastal California. Synergies from these acquisitions typically include introducing Performance Brands to the customers of the acquired company, reducing network mileage, implementing operational best practices, and achieving cost savings, such as expenses associated with insurance and benefit programs.
In our Vistar segment, we entered the hotel pantry business through an acquisition, which we are using as a platform to expand further into the hospitality channel. Vistar also used an acquisition to better develop our small drop fulfillment technology to serve big box retailers with candy, snacks, beverages, and other items, a capability that we believe has application in other channels.
Experienced and Invested Management Team
Our senior management team has extensive experience and proven success in the foodservice industry. With 250 years of combined experience (over 20 years on average for the executive leadership team), we believe that our senior management teams experience in all parts of the industry has enabled us to grow and diversify our business while improving operational efficiency. Members of management have previous experience at other leading foodservice distributors, including Sysco, US Foods, PYA Monarch, and Alliant Foodservice. Other management team members have experience elsewhere in the food industry, ranging from manufacturers and marketers to retailers and contract feeders. Management has invested over $28 million in the equity of the Company and substantially all of managements incentive compensation is tied to our financial performance. We believe managements investment and incentive structure align its interests with those of our stockholders.
80
Our Strategy
We intend to continue to expand our industry share and to grow sales and profits by executing on the following key elements of our strategy.
Continue to Grow Street and Performance Brand Sales
We believe that there is a significant and ongoing opportunity to grow sales to Street customers (our highest profit margin customers) and to expand sales of our Performance Brands (our highest profit margin products). We believe that providing customers with proprietary distributor brands such as Performance Brands has been a key driver for us in winning, retaining, and developing customers, especially Street customers. In addition, we believe that our ability to build and retain an increasingly effective sales force has complemented these results. Street business momentum facilitates further development of our Performance Brand portfolio, which in turn enables us to win and develop more Street customers. Smaller regional competitors often do not have the scale to develop their own distinctive brands, and we believe this is a key reason why our Performance Foodservice segment has increased its sales to Street customers. By continuing to focus on increasing sales to our Street customers and sales of our Performance Brands, we believe that we can continue to drive profitable growth.
Continue to Grow our Customers and Channels
We intend to increase penetration within our existing channels, enter new channels, and continue to win new customers in all three business segments by using our scale, operational excellence, geographic presence, and customer-centric business model.
| Performance Foodservice . In addition to our success in growing our Street business, we believe significant opportunity remains to expand our customer base. For example, in the past two years we have won the fast-growing distribution business of Chuys, Flying Foods, Habit Burger, Hwy 55 Burgers Shakes & Fries, and Taco Cabana. We believe significant opportunity remains to continue expanding our customer base through new multi-unit restaurant chains and other channels such as schools, hospitals, and commercial locations. |
| PFG Customized . We intend to continue to grow our traditional customer base and to expand sales to new customer channels. For example, we have successfully won customers such as Macaroni Grill and Max and Ermas in our traditional family and casual dining business. We have recently expanded our customer base to include select fast casual customers including Fuzzys Taco Shop and PDQ and quick serve customers including Wendys and Yum! Brands. |
| Vistar . We have utilized Vistars combination of inventory variety, distribution methods, and national scale to diversify our channel mix. This has enabled Vistar to serve new customers and channels including concessionaires (such as Minor League Baseball), corrections facilities, college bookstores, and hospitality, among others. Additionally, Vistar continues to grow within vending and office coffee service distribution, big box retailers, and theaters. |
Expand Margins through Continuous Productivity Improvements
We are committed to expanding margins through operating efficiencies and specific productivity programs, which will complement the effect of selling a more profitable mix of customers and brands. We have established a program called Winning Together, which complements our sales growth with ongoing initiatives that take advantage of our scale and drive productivity in non-customer facing areas. Winning Together is led by teams whose primary responsibility is to improve our business processes, capture best practices, and maintain a continuous improvement culture in our procurement and operations functions.
The two key components of Winning Together are Winning Together Through Procurement and Winning Together Through Operations. Winning Together Through Procurement uses structured negotiations with
81
selected national, regional, and local suppliers to develop the mutual profitability of the relationship and to encourage suppliers to invest in our growth. Winning Together Through Operations seeks to accelerate efficiencies in our warehouses and our inbound and outbound logistics functions. This program leverages best practices and scale, implements new productivity software, and establishes a model OpCo as a proving ground for new technologies and business processes.
Winning Together has driven meaningful cost-saving benefits through the first nine months of fiscal 2015 and we continue to benefit from this program.
Continue to Pursue Opportunistic Acquisitions
We have a strong track record of sourcing, executing, and integrating accretive acquisitions. We intend to continue pursuing selective acquisitions in order to further our competitive position in the industry and to allow us both to enter into new geographies and channels as well as to expand in existing ones.
Over the past seven years, we have made 13 acquisitions, including acquiring five broadline locations in Kentucky, North and South Carolina, Illinois, and northern coastal California. These acquisitions have expanded our broadline geographic reach, and we believe further meaningful opportunities exist that would enable us to reach additional customers. In Vistar, our acquisition focus remains on companies in adjacent channels that can benefit from the strength of our inventory and delivery method variety or that can add capabilities or technologies to our portfolio. We believe that there are a number of attractive potential acquisition opportunities in our industry.
Customers and Marketing
We serve different types of customers through each of our three business segments. Our Performance Foodservice segment serves two types of customersStreet customers and Chain customers. Our PFG Customized segment distributes to Chain customers, including family and casual dining, fast casual, and quick serve restaurants. Our Vistar segment distributes to vending and office coffee service distributors, big box retailers, and theaters, among others. We believe that customers select a distributor based on breadth of product offerings, consistent product quality, timely and accurate delivery of orders, value-added services, and price. In addition, we believe that some of our larger Street and Chain customers gain operational efficiencies by dealing with a limited number of foodservice distributors. No single customer accounted for more than 10% of our total net sales for fiscal 2014 or during the first nine months of fiscal 2015.
Street Customers . Our Performance Foodservice segment serves our Street customers, which predominantly include independent restaurants, along with hotels, cafeterias, schools, healthcare facilities, and other institutional customers. We seek to increase the mix of our total sales to Street customers because they typically generate higher gross profit per case that more than offsets the generally higher supply chain costs that we incur in serving these customers. Street customers use more value-added services, particularly in the areas of product selection and procurement, market trends, menu development, and operational strategy. In addition, Street customers also use more of our Performance Brands, which are our highest margin products. Our Performance Foodservice segment supports sales to Street customers with a team of sales and marketing representatives, customer service representatives, and product specialists. Our sales representatives serve customers in person, by telephone, and through the internet, accepting and processing orders, reviewing inventory and account balances, disseminating new product information, and providing business assistance and advice where appropriate. These representatives typically use laptop computers to assist customers by entering orders, checking product availability, and pricing and developing menu-planning ideas on a real-time basis.
Chain Customers . Both our Performance Foodservice and PFG Customized segments serve Chain customers. Chain customers are multi-unit restaurants with five or more locations and include fine dining, family and casual dining, fast casual, and quick serve restaurants, as well as hotels, healthcare facilities, and other
82
multi-unit institutional customers. Our Performance Foodservice segment Chain customers include various locations of Anthonys Coal Fired Pizza, Chuys, Pollo Tropical, Subway, Zaxbys, and many others. Our PFG Customized segment customers include many of the most recognizable family and casual dining restaurant chains including Bonefish Grill, Carrabbas Italian Grill, Cracker Barrel, Joes Crab Shack, Logans Roadhouse, Macaroni Grill, Max and Ermas, OCharleys, Outback Steakhouse, Ruby Tuesday, and TGI Fridays. PFG Customized recently began to leverage its distribution platform to serve fast casual chains such as Fuzzys Taco Shop, PDQ, and Zaxbys, as well as quick serve chains including Churchs Chicken, Wendys, Hwy 55 Burgers Shakes & Fries, and Yum! Brands. Sales to Chain customers are typically lower gross margin, but have larger deliveries than those to Street customers. Dedicated account representatives are responsible for managing the overall Chain customer relationship, including ensuring complete order fulfillment and customer satisfaction. Members of senior management assist in identifying potential new Chain customers and managing long-term account relationships.
Vistar Customers . Our Vistar segment distributes candy, snacks, beverages, health & beauty, and other products to a number of distinct channels. Vending operators are the largest Vistar channel. We distribute a broad selection of vending machine products to the operators depots, from which they distribute products and stock machines. We are a leading distributor of these products to theater chains, and Vistars customers include AMC, Cinemark, Galaxy Theaters, Regal Cinemas, and others. We typically deliver our orders directly to individual theater locations. We are a leading distributor to the office coffee service channel. Vistar also distributes to retailers, particularly for candy, snack, and beverage purchases in impulse buying locations. Our customers include retailers such as Dollar Tree, Lowes, Home Depot, Staples, and others. Vistar distributes to other channels with a heavy concentration of candy, snacks, and beverage products, including concessionaires, college book stores, hotel and airport gift shops, corrections facilities, and others. The distribution model also includes a pick and pack capability, which utilizes third-party carriers and Vistars SKU variety to sell to customers whose order sizes are too small to be served effectively by our distribution network. Vistar also operates Merchants Marts locations, which are cash-and-carry operators where customers generally pick up orders rather than having them delivered.
Products and Services
We distribute more than 150,000 food and food-related products. These products include a full line of frozen foods, such as meats, fully prepared appetizers and entrees, fruits, vegetables, and desserts; a full line of canned and dry foods; fresh meats; dairy products; beverage products; imported specialties; fresh produce; and candy, snack, and other products. We also supply a wide variety of non-food items including paper products such as pizza boxes, disposable napkins, plates and cups; tableware such as china and silverware; cookware such as pots, pans, and utensils; restaurant and kitchen equipment and supplies; and cleaning supplies. We also provide our customers with value-added services, as described below, in the normal course of providing full-service distribution services.
Performance Brands . We offer our customers an extensive line of proprietary-branded products. We provide umbrella brands for our broadline distribution operation. Ridgecrest provides discerning chefs with the highest levels of quality and consistency. West Creek provides a level of quality, consistency, and value that we believe meets or exceeds national brand offerings. Silver Source provides core products that are value priced while satisfying customers specifications. We also have a number of specialty brands, such as Braveheart 100% Black Angus beef, Empires Treasure seafood, Brilliance premium shortenings and oils, Heritage Ovens baked goods, Village Garden salad dressings, Guest House premium teas and cocoas, Peak Fresh Produce, Allegiance Premium Pork and Ascend Beverages, and others. We also have an extensive line of products for use in the pizzeria and Italian restaurant business under the names Piancone, Roma, and Assoluti. We believe that these products are a major source of competitive advantage. We intend to continue to enhance our product offerings based on supplier advice, customer preferences, and data analysis using our data warehouse. Our Performance Brands enable us to offer customers an alternative to comparable national brands across a wide range of products and price points, which we believe also promotes customer loyalty. Our Performance Brands products are
83
manufactured for us according to specifications that have been developed by our quality assurance team. In addition, our quality assurance team certifies the manufacturing and processing plants where these products are packaged, enforces our quality control standards, and identifies supply sources that satisfy our requirements.
National Brands . We offer our customers a broad selection of national brand products. We believe that these brands are attractive to Chain, Street, and other customers seeking recognized national brands in their operations. We believe that distributing national brands has strengthened our relationships with many national suppliers who provide us with important sales and marketing support. These sales complement sales of our Performance Brand products.
Customer Brands . Some of our Chain customers, particularly those with national distribution, develop exclusive SKU specifications directly with suppliers and brand these SKUs. We purchase these SKUs directly from suppliers and receive them into our distribution centers, where they are mixed with other SKUs and delivered to the Chain customers locations.
Value-Added Services . We believe that prompt and accurate delivery of orders, close contact with customers, and the ability to provide a full array of products and services to assist customers in their foodservice operations are of primary importance in foodservice distribution. Our operating companies offer multiple deliveries per week to certain customer locations and have the capability of delivering special orders on short notice. Through our sales and marketing representatives and support staff, we monitor the needs of our customers and acquaint them with new products and services. Our operating companies also provide ancillary services relating to foodservice distribution, such as providing customers with various reports and other data, menu planning advice, food safety training, and assistance in inventory control, as well as access to various third-party services designed to add value to our customers businesses.
Suppliers
We purchase from over 5,000 suppliers, none of which accounted for more than 3% of our aggregate purchases in fiscal 2014 or during the first nine months of fiscal 2015. Many of our suppliers provide products to all three business segments, while others sell to only one segment. Our supplier base consists principally of large corporations that sell their national brands, our Performance Brands, and sometimes both. We also buy, particularly on a regional basis, from smaller suppliers, particularly those who specialize in produce and other perishable commodities. Many of our suppliers provide sales material and sales call support for the products that they sell us.
84
Operations and Properties
As of March 28, 2015, we operated 68 distribution centers across our three business segments. Of our 68 facilities, we owned 29 facilities and leased the remaining 39 facilities. Our Performance Foodservice segment operated 35 distribution centers and had an average square footage of over 200,000 square feet per facility. Our PFG Customized segment operated nine distribution centers and had an average square footage of 200,000 square feet per facility. Our Vistar segment operated 24 distribution centers and had an average square footage of over 120,000 square feet per facility.
Our Performance Foodservice customers are generally located no more than 200 miles from one of our distribution facilities. Of the 35 Performance Foodservice distribution centers, six have meat cutting operations that provide custom-cut meat products to our customers and one has a seafood processing operation that provides custom-cut and packed seafood to its customers and our other distribution centers. Our PFG Customized customers are generally located no more than 450 miles from one of our distribution facilities. In addition to the 24 distribution centers operated by Vistar, Vistar has 10 cash-and-carry Merchants Mart facilities. Customer orders in all three segments are typically assembled in our distribution facilities and then sorted, placed on pallets, and loaded onto trucks and trailers in delivery sequence. Deliveries are generally made in large tractor-trailers that we usually lease. We use integrated computer systems to design and track efficient route sequences for the delivery of our products.
85
Our distribution center leases are on average 15.7 years in duration. Rent on our leases is typically set at a fixed annual rate, paid monthly.
Our properties also include a combined headquarters facility for our corporate offices and the Performance Foodservice segment that is located in Richmond, Virginia; a headquarters facility for PFG Customized that is located in Tennessee; and a headquarters facility for Vistar that is located in Colorado.
As of March 28, 2015, we operated a fleet of more than 2,750 vehicles of which approximately 73% are leased and 27% are owned. The fleet primarily consists of tractor and trailer combinations, most of which are either wholly or partially refrigerated for the transportation of frozen or perishable food.
Winning Together Program
We have established a program called Winning Together, which complements our sales growth with specific initiatives that take advantage of our scale and drive productivity in non-customer facing areas on an ongoing basis. Winning Together is led by teams whose primary responsibility is to improve our business processes, capture best practices, and maintain a continuous improvement culture in our procurement and operations functions. The two key components of Winning Together are Winning Together Through Procurement and Winning Together Through Operations.
Winning Together Through Procurement comprises four interwoven programs, including:
| Structured supplier negotiations rely on a data driven process to develop the mutual profitability of the relationship and to encourage national and regional suppliers to invest in our growth. Where appropriate, the agreements span our segments and OpCos. |
| e-Sourcing is a program that uses electronic sourcing of selected categories and SKUs to obtain the most favorable price for products with specifications rigorously determined by our category managers and quality assurance managers. |
| Enhanced marketing support encourages suppliers to invest resources with us to increase sales of their products to our customers in the form of special programs, training, joint sales calls, and other means. |
| Inbound logistics lowers the cost of shipping products from suppliers to our warehouses by expanding our backhaul network across our three segments and better managing third-party carriers. |
Winning Together Through Operations comprises three interwoven programs including:
| Best practices drive efficiencies in warehousing, transportation, and safety and risk management by gathering the operational practices and management routines from the best performing OpCos and deploying them in other facilities. |
| Not for resale leverages our purchasing scale to lower costs for items not resold to customers, including items such as trucks, material handling equipment, parts and supplies, construction materials, and services used in our operations. |
| Established a Model OpCo as a proving ground for operational best practices, technologies, and business processes that can be implemented across our entire organization. |
Pricing
Our pricing to customers is either set by contract with the customer or is priced at the time of order. If the price is by contract, then it is either based on a percentage markup over cost or a fixed markup per unit, and the unit may be expressed either in cases or pounds of product. If the pricing is set at time of order, the pricing is agreed to between our sales associate and the customer and is typically based on a product cost that fluctuates weekly or more frequently.
86
If contracts are based on a fixed markup per unit or pound, then our customers bear the risk of cost fluctuations during the contract life. In the case of a fixed markup percentage, we typically bear the risk of cost deflation or the benefit of cost inflation. If pricing is set at the time of order, we have the current cost of goods in our inventory and typically pass cost increases or decreases to our customers. We generally do not lock in or otherwise hedge commodity costs or other costs of goods sold except within certain customer contracts where the customer bears the risk of cost fluctuation. We believe that our pricing mechanisms provide us with significant insulation from fluctuations in the cost of goods that we sell. Our inventory turns, on average, approximately every three-and-a-half weeks, which further protects us from cost fluctuations.
We seek to minimize the effect of higher diesel fuel costs by both reducing fuel usage and by taking action to offset higher fuel prices. We reduce usage by designing more efficient truck routes and by increasing miles per gallon through on-board computers that monitor and adjust idling time and maximum speeds and through other technologies. In our Performance Foodservice and Vistar segments, we seek to offset higher fuel prices through diesel fuel surcharges to our customers and through the use of costless collars. As of March 28, 2015, we had collars in place for approximately 20% of the gallons we expect to use over the twelve months following March 28, 2015. These fuel collars do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment for reasons discussed in our financial statement footnotes. Therefore, these collars are recorded at fair value as either an asset or liability on the balance sheet. Any changes in fair value are recorded in the period of the change as unrealized gains or losses on fuel hedging instruments. In our PFG Customized segment, we have limited exposure to fuel costs since our sales contracts largely transfer fuel price volatility to our customers.
Competition
The foodservice distribution industry is highly competitive. Certain of our competitors have greater financial and other resources than we do. Furthermore, there are two larger broadline distributors with national footprints. On December 8, 2013, these competitors entered into an agreement and plan of merger, which was later terminated as described under SummaryOur Industry. In addition, there are numerous smaller regional, local, and specialty distributors. These smaller distributors often align themselves with other smaller distributors through purchasing cooperatives and marketing groups to enhance their geographic reach, private label offerings, overall purchasing power, cost efficiencies, and ability to try to meet customer requirements for national or multi-regional distribution. We often do not have exclusive service agreements with our customers and our customers may switch to other distributors if those distributors can offer lower prices, differentiated products, or customer service that is perceived to be superior. We believe that most purchasing decisions in the foodservice business are based on the quality and price of the product and a distributors ability to completely and accurately fill orders and provide timely deliveries.
Information Systems
We operate three core mainframe systems that are customized versions of commercial products. These systems span operational functions including procurement, receiving, warehouse and inventory management, and order processing. All three core systems feed financial systems that differ by segment. These financial systems in turn feed into a single consolidation system for financial and managerial reporting. In addition, we continue to invest into what we believe are best in breed systems to optimize our business performance. These systems include our sales force laptops and order entry systems, inbound logistics, and our pay for performance systems in warehouse stock replenishment and order selection, delivery loading, routing, driver performance, and sales force productivity.
Employees
As of March 28, 2015, we had more than 12,000 full-time employees. As of March 28, 2015, unions represented approximately 775 of our employees. We have entered into nine collective bargaining and similar
87
agreements with respect to our unionized employees. We believe that we have good relations with both union and non-union employees and we strive to be well regarded in the communities in which we operate. We have not had any material work stoppages or lockouts in the last five years. Our agreements with our union employees expire at various times to 2022. See Risk FactorsRisks Relating to Our Business and IndustryWe face risks relating to labor relations and the availability of qualified labor.
We have recently made investments to increase the size of our sales force and currently employ over 2,000 sales associates who are dedicated to serving our customers. Our typical sales representative calls on customers in their place of business on a periodic basis, usually weekly, to ascertain customer product needs, to help manage the customers inventory, and to discuss new products and other business. These sales representatives are supported by customer services representatives who work in the local market and assist customers in a variety of ways; business development managers, who help sales representatives prospect for new business; and category managers and specialists who asset sales representatives and customers with product specific knowledge. All of our segments have a multi-unit, or Chain, sales force who call on regional and national customers.
Insurance
We maintain high-deductible insurance programs covering portions of general and vehicle liability and workers compensation. The amounts in excess of the deductibles are insured by third-party insurance carriers, subject to certain limitations and exclusions. We also maintain self-funded group medical insurance. In addition, we maintain property, business and casualty insurance that we believe accords with customary foodservice industry practice. We cannot predict whether this insurance will be adequate to cover all potential hazards incidental to our business.
Regulation
Our operations are subject to regulation by state and local health departments, the USDA and the FDA, which generally impose standards for product quality and sanitation and are responsible for the administration of recent bioterrorism legislation affecting the foodservice industry. These government authorities regulate, among other things, the processing, packaging, storage, distribution, advertising, and labeling of our products. In late 2010, the FDA Food Safety Modernization Act, or the FSMA, was enacted. The FSMA represents a significant expansion of food safety requirements and FDA food safety authorities and, among other things, requires that the FDA impose comprehensive, prevention-based controls across the food supply chain, further regulates food products imported into the United States, and provides the FDA with mandatory recall authority. The FSMA requires the FDA to undertake numerous rulemakings and to issue numerous guidance documents, as well as reports, plans, standards, notices, and other tasks. As a result, implementation of the legislation is ongoing and likely to take several years. Our seafood operations are also specifically regulated by federal and state laws, including those administered by the National Marine Fisheries Service, established for the preservation of certain species of marine life, including fish and shellfish. Our processing and distribution facilities must be registered with the FDA biennially and are subject to periodic government agency inspections. State and/or federal authorities generally inspect our facilities at least annually. The Federal Perishable Agricultural Commodities Act, which specifies standards for the sale, shipment, inspection, and rejection of agricultural products, governs our relationships with our fresh food suppliers with respect to the grading and commercial acceptance of product shipments. We are also subject to regulation by state authorities for the accuracy of our weighing and measuring devices. Our suppliers are also subject to similar regulatory requirements and oversight.
The failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements could result in, among other things, administrative, civil, or criminal penalties or fines, mandatory or voluntary product recalls, warning or untitled letters, cease and desist orders against operations that are not in compliance, closure of facilities or operations, the loss, revocation, or modification of any existing licenses, permits, registrations, or approvals, or the failure to obtain additional licenses, permits, registrations, or approvals in new jurisdictions where we intend to do
88
business, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations. These laws and regulations may change in the future and we may incur material costs in our efforts to comply with current or future laws and regulations or in any required product recalls.
Our operations are subject to a variety of federal, state, and local laws and other requirements relating to the protection of the environment and the safety and health of personnel and the public. These include requirements regarding the use, storage, and disposal of solid and hazardous materials and petroleum products, including food processing wastes, the discharge of pollutants into the air and water, and worker safety and health practices and procedures. In order to comply with environmental, health, and safety requirements, we may be required to spend money to monitor, maintain, upgrade, or replace our equipment; plan for certain contingencies; acquire or maintain environmental permits; file periodic reports with regulatory authorities; or investigate and clean up contamination. We operate and maintain vehicle fleets, and some of our distribution centers have regulated underground and aboveground storage tanks for diesel fuel and other petroleum products. Some jurisdictions in which we operate have laws that affect the composition and operation of our truck fleet, such as limits on diesel emissions and engine idling. A number of our facilities have ammonia- or freon-based refrigeration systems, which could cause injury or environmental damage if accidentally released, and many of our distribution centers have propane or battery powered forklifts. Proposed or recently enacted legal requirements, such as those requiring the phase-out of certain ozone-depleting substances and proposals for the regulation of greenhouse gas emissions, may require us to upgrade or replace equipment, or may increase our transportation or other operating costs. To date, our cost of compliance with environmental, health, and safety requirements has not been material. The discovery of contamination for which we are responsible, any accidental release of regulated materials, the enactment of new laws and regulations, or changes in how existing requirements are enforced, could require us to incur additional costs or subject us to unexpected liabilities.
The Surface Transportation Board and the Federal Highway Administration regulate our trucking operations. In addition, interstate motor carrier operations are subject to safety requirements prescribed in the U.S. Department of Transportation and other relevant federal and state agencies. Such matters as weight and dimension of equipment are also subject to federal and state regulations. We believe that we are in substantial compliance with applicable regulatory requirements relating to our motor carrier operations. Failure to comply with the applicable motor carrier regulations could result in substantial fines or revocation of our operating permits.
Legal Proceedings
We are a party to various claims, lawsuits and other legal proceedings arising out of the ordinary course and conduct of our business. We have insurance policies covering certain potential losses where such coverage is cost effective. Although the outcomes of such matters (including the matters discussed below) are not determinable at this time, in our opinion, any liability that might be incurred by us upon the resolution of the claims and lawsuits (including those discussed below) is not expected, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.
U.S. Equal Employment Opportunity Commission Investigation . In March 2009, the Baltimore Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, or the EEOC, Field Office served us with company-wide (excluding, however, our Vistar and Roma Foodservice operations) subpoenas relating to alleged violations of the Equal Pay Act and Title VII of the Civil Rights Act, seeking certain information from January 1, 2004 to a specified date in the first fiscal quarter of 2009. In August 2009, the EEOC moved to enforce the subpoenas in federal court in Maryland, and we opposed the motion. In February 2010, the court ruled that the subpoena related to the Equal Pay Act investigation was enforceable company-wide but on a narrower scope of data than the original subpoena sought (the court ruled that the subpoena was applicable to the transportation, logistics, and warehouse functions of our broadline distribution centers only and not to our PFG Customized distribution centers). We cooperated with the EEOC on the production of information. In September 2011, the EEOC notified us that the EEOC was terminating the investigation into alleged violations of the Equal Pay Act.
89
In determinations issued in September 2012 by the EEOC with respect to the charges on which the EEOC had based its company-wide investigation, the EEOC concluded that we engaged in a pattern of denying hiring and promotion to a class of female applicants and employees into certain positions within the transportation, logistics, and warehouse functions within our broadline division and in June 2013, filed suit in federal court in Baltimore against us. The litigation concerns two issues: (1) whether we unlawfully engaged in an ongoing pattern and practice of failing to hire female applicants into operations positions; and (2) whether we unlawfully failed to promote one of the three individuals who filed charges with the EEOC because of her being female. We intend to vigorously defend ourselves.
Laumea v. Performance Food Group, Inc. In May 2014, a former employee of our Roma of Southern California distribution center filed a putative class action lawsuit in the San Bernardino County, California Superior Court against us. We removed the case to the United States District Court for the Central District of California. In September 2014, the plaintiff filed a first amended complaint. There are different counts for which the putative classes differ. The first class is proposed to be all former and current employees employed by us in California in non-exempt positions at any time during the period beginning May 30, 2010 to the present, or the California Class. With respect to the California Class, the lawsuit alleges that we (1) failed to pay overtime as required by California statute, (2) failed to provide meal periods and to pay compensation for such meal periods, (3) failed to provide accurate itemized wage statements, and (4) that we engaged in unfair trade practices by failing to pay overtime or to provide meal periods, or pay compensation in lieu thereof. The lawsuit further alleges the plaintiff is entitled to penalties and attorney fees pursuant to the California Private Attorney General Act. The second putative class is proposed to be all members of the California Class who separated from employment at any time during the period beginning May 30, 2011, or the California Subclass. With respect to the California Subclass, the lawsuit alleges that we failed to pay all compensation due upon termination of employment and within the period due. The third putative class is proposed to be all current or former employees employed by us in the United States in non-exempt positions at any time during the period beginning May 30, 2011 to the present, or the Nationwide Class. With respect to the Nationwide Class, the lawsuit alleges we willfully failed to pay overtime compensation required under the Fair Labor Standards Act. We intend to vigorously defend ourselves.
In June 2015, we engaged in mediation with the plaintiff, subject to the limitation that the interests of the Nationwide Class would not be mediated except to the extent members of the Nationwide Class worked in California during the applicable period. The mediator proposed the parties settle the lawsuit on the basis of a settlement fund of $1,350,000, on a claims-made basis with a floor of 60% payout net of attorney fees, administrative fees and enhancements. In July 2015, we indicated our non-binding agreement to the mediators proposal, subject to negotiation of a mutually agreeable settlement. The plaintiff also indicated its agreement to the mediators proposal. Therefore, this amount was accrued in June 2015. Should the parties fail to negotiate a mutually acceptable agreement, we intend to continue to vigorously defend ourselves.
Perez v. Performance Food Group, Inc., et al. In April 2015, a former employee of our Performance FoodserviceSouthern California distribution center filed a putative class action lawsuit in the Alameda County, California Superior Court against us. We removed the case to the United States District Court for the Northern District of California. In June 2015, the plaintiff filed a first amended complaint. The lawsuit alleges on behalf of a proposed class of all hourly employees in California (excluding drivers) that we failed to provide second meal periods and to pay compensation for such meal periods. The lawsuit further alleges on behalf of a proposed class of all employees in California (excluding drivers) who earned non-discretionary compensation that we failed to pay all overtime wages due, and to pay all premium wages for missed meal periods, by failing to include all compensation required in the regular rate of pay calculation, and failed to pay wages for all time worked. The lawsuit further alleges on behalf of a proposed class of all employees in California (excluding drivers) that we failed to pay out vested vacation time in the form of paid holidays. The lawsuit further alleges on behalf of a proposed class of all employees described above that the Company (1) failed to provide accurate itemized wage statements; (2) failed to pay all compensation due upon termination of employment and within the period due; and (3) that we engaged in unfair trade practices. Each of the proposed classes for the preceding claims are for the time period beginning April 20, 2011. The lawsuit further alleges on behalf of all of our hourly employees in the United States (excluding drivers) in non-exempt positions, that we failed to pay appropriate overtime
90
compensation pursuant to our compensation policy, and to keep records required under the Fair Labor Standards Act, for the period beginning April 20, 2012. Finally, the lawsuit alleges plaintiff is entitled to penalties and attorney fees pursuant to the California Private Attorney General Act. In July 2015, we filed a Motion to Dismiss or Strike the Complaint. The court has not ruled on this motion yet.
We believe that the exposure created by this lawsuit, if any, is largely duplicative of the exposure, if any, created by the Laumea litigation described above, and that settlement of the Laumea litigation will compromise all but one of the claims of the Perez litigation (failure to pay out vested vacation time in the form of paid holidays). Furthermore, like the Laumea litigation, the Perez litigation includes a nationwide Fair Labor Standards Act cause of action. Because compromise of that claim in the Laumea litigation would be limited to California employees, the same claim in the Perez litigation would not be compromised for non-California employees in the Perez litigation. Except as already stated, we are currently assessing our options.
Contreras v. Performance Food Group, Inc., et al. In June 2014, a former employee of our Roma of Southern California distribution center filed a putative class action lawsuit in the Alameda County, California Superior Court against us. The putative class is proposed to be all drivers employed in any of our California locations at any time during the period beginning June 17, 2010 to the present. In August 2014, the plaintiff filed a first amended complaint. The lawsuit alleges that we engaged in unfair trade practices and that we, with respect to the putative class, failed to (1) provide timely off-duty meal and rest breaks and to pay compensation for such breaks as required by California law, (2) pay compensation for all hours worked and to pay a minimum wage for such hours, (3) provide accurate itemized wage statements, (4) pay all compensation within the period due at the time of termination of employment, and (5) pay compensation in timely fashion. The lawsuit further alleges that the plaintiff is entitled to penalties and attorney fees pursuant to the California Private Attorney General Act and that failure to provide meal and rest breaks and to pay a minimum wage for all hours worked constitute unfair business practices.
In June 2015, we engaged in mediation with the plaintiff. The mediator proposed the parties settle the lawsuit on the basis of a fully paid settlement fund of $3,750,000. In July 2015, we indicated our non-binding agreement to the mediators proposal, subject to negotiation of a mutually agreeable settlement. The plaintiff also indicated its agreement to the mediators proposal. Therefore, this amount was accrued in June 2015. Should the parties fail to negotiate a mutually acceptable agreement, we intend to continue to vigorously defend ourselves.
Vengris v. Performance Food Group, Inc. In May 2015, an employee of our Performance FoodserviceNorthern California distribution center filed a putative class action lawsuit in the Alameda County, California Superior Court against us. In July 2015, the Company removed the case to the United States District Court for the Northern District of California. The putative class is proposed to be all current and former drivers employed in any of our, our subsidiaries or affiliated companies California locations since May 2, 2011. The lawsuit alleges that we (1) engaged in wage theft or time shaving by auto-deducting thirty minutes from class members work days even if the class members worked during some or all of such meal periods; (2) failed to pay class members for all time worked when class members worked during first or second meal periods; (3) failed to pay premium wages to class members for missed meal periods; (4) failed to provide class members the opportunity to take rest breaks of 10 minutes every four hours and failed to pay premium wage for such missed rest breaks; (5) provided inaccurate wage statements to the class members by failing to account for all hours worked; (6) failed to pay all compensation within the period due at the time of termination of employment; and (7) engaged in unlawful, unfair, fraudulent and deceptive business practices by failing to itemize and keep accurate time records and by failing to pay the class members in a lawful manner. In July 2015, we filed a Motion to Dismiss or Strike the Complaint. The court has not ruled on this motion yet.
We believe that the exposure created by this lawsuit, if any, is duplicative of the exposure, if any, created by the Contreras litigation described above, and that settlement of the Contreras litigation will compromise the claims of the members of the putative class in Vengris . Except as already stated, we are currently assessing our options regarding defense of this case.
91
Directors and Executive Officers
The following table sets forth the names, ages, and positions of our directors and the executive officers of Performance Food Group Company, as of June 1, 2015.
Name |
Age |
Position |
||
George L. Holm |
59 | President and Chief Executive Officer; Director | ||
David Flitman |
51 | Executive Vice President of the Company and President and Chief Executive Officer of Performance Foodservice | ||
James Hope |
55 | Executive Vice President, Operations | ||
Patrick T. Hagerty |
56 | Senior Vice President of the Company and President and Chief Executive Officer of Vistar | ||
Robert D. Evans |
55 | Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer | ||
Craig H. Hoskins |
54 | Senior Vice President of the Company and President and Chief Executive Officer of PFG Customized | ||
Michael L. Miller |
56 | Senior Vice President, General Counsel, and Secretary | ||
Carol A. Price |
55 | Senior Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer | ||
Terry A. West |
58 | Senior Vice President and Chief Information Officer | ||
Douglas M. Steenland |
63 | Chairman of the Board of Directors | ||
William F. Dawson Jr. |
50 | Director | ||
Bruce McEvoy |
38 | Director | ||
Prakash A. Melwani |
56 | Director | ||
Jeffrey Overly |
56 | Director | ||
Krishna Rao |
32 | Director | ||
Arthur B. Winkleblack |
58 | Director | ||
John J. Zillmer |
59 | Director |
George L. Holm has served as our President and Chief Executive Officer since September 2002, when he founded the Company and subsequently led the Company through its expansion into the broadline foodservice distribution industry with the PFG acquisition in May 2008. Mr. Holm has also served as a Director since 2002. Prior to joining the Company, he held various senior executive positions with Sysco, Alliant Foodservice, and US Foods.
David Flitman has served as our Executive Vice President and President and Chief Executive Officer of Performance Foodservice since January 2015. Prior to joining the Company, he was Chief Operating Officer and President USA & Mexico of Univar, a global chemical distributor, since January 2014. He joined Univar in December 2012 as President USA with additional responsibility for Univars Global Supply Chain & Export Services teams. From November 2011 to September 2012, he served as Executive Vice President and President Water and Process Services at Ecolab, the global leader in water, hygiene and energy technologies and services. From August 2008 to November 2011, Mr. Flitman served as Senior Executive Vice President of Nalco until it was acquired by Ecolab. He also served as President of Allegheny Power from February 2005 to July 2008. In his early career, Mr. Flitman spent nearly 20 years in operational, commercial, and global business leadership positions at DuPont.
James Hope has served as our Executive Vice President, Operations since July 2014. Prior to joining the Company, he was with Sysco for approximately 30 years. His last positions at Sysco were Executive Vice President, Business Transformation from January 2010 to June 2013, Senior Vice President, Business Transformation from January 2009 to December 2009, and Senior Vice President, Sales and Marketing from July 2007 to December 2008.
92
Patrick T. Hagerty has served as our Senior Vice President and President and Chief Executive Officer of Vistar since September 2008. From May 2006 to September 2008, he was Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of Vistar. From November 1994 to May 2006, he was Vice President, Merchandising with the Company and its predecessor.
Robert D. Evans has served as our Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since May 2009. Prior to joining the Company, he was President of Black Diamond Holdings, a start-up manufacturer and retailer of eco-friendly cleaning services from July 2005 to February 2009. From December 2000 to December 2004, he was Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President, Finance and Development of Giant Foods, a retail supermarket chain in the Baltimore/Washington, D.C. area. He has served as Vice President of Strategy and Corporate Development, Senior Vice President and General Manager of U.S. Ready to Eat Cereal, and Chief Financial Officer and Senior Vice President of Kellogg North America and held a series of finance positions at the Frito-Lay division of PepsiCo.
Craig H. Hoskins has served as our Senior Vice President and Chief Executive Officer and President of PFG Customized since January 2012. He served as Senior Vice President and President and Chief Operating Officer of PFG Customized from July 2011 to December 2011. Prior to that, he served as PFGs Senior Vice President, Sales from October 2007 to July 2011 and at its predecessor. Prior to that, he served in various operating and customer facing leadership roles with our predecessor since joining in August 1990 as Marketing Manager.
Michael L. Miller has served as our Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary since August 2010. Prior to joining the Company, he was with Northwest Airlines, Inc. from October 1995 to November 2008, last serving as Vice President, Law and Secretary from January 2001 through November 2008. From December 2008 through July 2010, he provided legal and consulting services from time to time to a private equity firm.
Carol A. Price has served as our Senior Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer since October 2011. Prior to joining the Company, she was Senior Vice President of Global Talent Management for Aramark from February 2008 to October 2011 and Vice President of Human Resources for Aramarks Business and Industry Group from April 2007 to February 2008. Prior to that, she held various HR leadership roles at General Electric Company from March 1989 to April 2007.
Terry A. West has served as our Senior Vice President and Chief Information Officer since February 2011. Prior to joining the Company, he was with ConAgra Foods, Inc. from May 2000 to February 2011, serving as a Vice President, Information Technology from July 2006 to February 2011. Prior to that, Mr. West served in the United States Army for over 20 years.
Douglas M. Steenland has served as a Director and as Chairman of the Board of Directors since 2010. Mr. Steenland served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Northwest Airlines from 2004 until its merger with Delta on October 29, 2008. Prior to this, Mr. Steenland served in a number of executive positions after joining Northwest Airlines in 1991, including President from 2001 to 2004 and Executive Vice President and Chief Corporate Officer from 1999 to 2001. Mr. Steenland is a director of American International Group, Digital River, Travelport Limited and Hilton Worldwide Holdings. Mr. Steenland received a B.A. from Calvin College and is a graduate from The George Washington University Law School.
William F. Dawson, Jr. , has served as a Director since 2002. Mr. Dawson is the Chief Executive Officer of Wellspring. He has served as the chair of Wellsprings investment committee since 2004. Mr. Dawson has led or co-sponsored several of Wellsprings most successful investments in distribution, consumer services, business services, healthcare, energy services and industrial companies. Mr. Dawson currently serves on the board of directors of Tradesmen International, API Heat Transfer, United Sporting Companies, Swift Worldwide Resources, National Seating & Mobility, Qualitor, Inc., Great Lakes Caring, Crosman Corporation and JW Aluminum. Prior to joining Wellspring, Mr. Dawson was a partner at Whitney & Co., where he was head of the middle-market buyout group. Prior to that, Mr. Dawson spent 14 years at Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation where he was most recently a managing director at DLJ Merchant Banking. He has served on the boards of more than twenty public and private companies during his career. Mr. Dawson received a Bachelor of Science degree from St. Francis College and an MBA from Harvard Business School.
93
Bruce McEvoy has served as a Director since 2007. Mr. McEvoy is a Managing Director at Blackstone. Before joining Blackstone in 2006, Mr. McEvoy worked as an Associate at General Atlantic from 2002 to 2004, and was a consultant at McKinsey & Company from 1999 to 2002. Mr. McEvoy graduated from Princeton University and received an MBA from Harvard Business School. Mr. McEvoy currently serves on the boards of directors of GCA Services, Catalent, RGIS Inventory Specialists, Vivint, and Vivint Solar.
Prakash A. Melwani has served as a Director since 2007. Mr. Melwani is a Senior Managing Director at Blackstone and is based in New York. He is the Chief Investment Officer of the Private Equity Group and chairs each of its Investment Committees. Since joining Blackstone in 2003, Mr. Melwani has led Blackstones investments in Kosmos Energy, Foundation Coal, Texas Genco, Ariel Re, Pinnacle Foods, RGIS Inventory Specialists, and Crocs. Before joining Blackstone, Mr. Melwani was a founding partner of Vestar Capital Partners and served as its Chief Investment Officer. Prior to that, he was with the management buyout group at The First Boston Corporation and with N.M. Rothschild & Sons in Hong Kong and London. Mr. Melwani received a First Class Honors degree in Economics from Cambridge University, England, and an MBA with High Distinction from the Harvard Business School, where he graduated as a Baker Scholar and a Loeb Rhodes Fellow. Mr. Melwani serves on the boards of directors of Acushnet Company, Crocs, Kosmos Energy, Pinnacle Foods, RGIS Inventory Specialists, and Blackstone strategic partner, Patria.
Jeffrey Overly has served as our Director since 2013. Mr. Overly is an Operating Partner at The Blackstone Group. Before joining Blackstone in 2008, Mr. Overly was Vice President of Global Fixture Operations at Kohler Company. Prior to that, he served 25 years at General Motors Corporation and Delphi Corporation in numerous operations and engineering positions. Mr. Overly has a BS in Industrial Management from the University of Cincinnati and a Masters in Business from Central Michigan University. Mr. Overly current serves on the board of directors of RGIS, LLC.
Krishna Rao has served as a Director since 2015. Mr. Rao is a Principal at Blackstone. Since joining Blackstone in 2011, Mr. Rao has been involved in Blackstones investments in GCA Services Group, Crocs, and Service King Collision Repair Centers. Before joining Blackstone, Mr. Rao worked at Bain & Company, where he was involved in private equity due diligence and other consulting engagements in both North America and India. Mr. Rao received a BA in Economics from Harvard College, where he graduated summa cum laude , and a J.D. from Yale Law School. Mr. Rao currently serves on the boards of directors of GCA Services Group and Service King.
Arthur B. Winkleblack has served as a Director since 2015. Mr. Winkleblack retired in June 2013 as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the HJ Heinz Company, a global packaged food manufacturer, where he had been employed as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since January 2002. From 1999 through 2001, Mr. Winkleblack was Acting Chief Operating Officer of Perform.com and Chief Executive Officer of Freeride.com at Indigo Capital. Earlier in his career, Mr. Winkleblack held senior management and finance positions at the C. Dean Metropoulos Group, Six Flags Entertainment Corporation, AlliedSignal, Inc. and PepsiCo, Inc. Mr. Winkleblack also provides financial and capital markets consulting services to Ritchie Brothers Auctioneers, an industrial auctioneer, where he serves as the Senior Advisor to the CEO. Mr. Winkleblack currently serves on the boards of directors of RTI International Metals, Inc. and Church & Dwight Co., Inc.
John J. Zillmer has served as a Director since 2015. Mr. Zillmer joined Univar Inc. in 2009 as President and Chief Executive Officer. In 2012, he stepped down as President and CEO and became Executive Chairman until December 2012 when he retired from Univar. Prior to joining Univar, Mr. Zillmer served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Allied Waste Industries, a solid waste management business, from 2005 until the merger of Allied Waste with Republic Services, Inc. in December 2008. Before Allied Waste, Mr. Zillmer spent 30 years in the managed services industry, most recently as Executive Vice President of ARAMARK Corporation, a provider of food, uniform and support services. During his eighteen-year career with ARAMARK, Mr. Zillmer served as President of ARAMARKs Business Services division, the International division and the Food and
94
Support Services group. Prior to joining ARAMARK, Mr. Zillmer was employed by Szabo Food Services until Szabo was acquired by ARAMARK in 1986. Mr. Zillmer currently serves on the boards of directors of Ecolab Inc., Reynolds American Inc., and Veritiv Corp.
Our Corporate Governance
We have structured our corporate governance in a manner we believe closely aligns our interests with those of our stockholders. Notable features of our corporate governance include:
| Our Board of Directors will be divided into three classes of directors, with the classes to be as nearly equal in number as possible, and with the directors serving three-year terms; |
| We will have independent director representation on our Audit, Compensation, and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committees immediately at the time of the offering, and our independent directors will meet regularly in executive sessions without the presence of our corporate officers or non-independent directors; |
| We anticipate that at least one of our directors will qualify as an audit committee financial expert as defined by the SEC; and |
| We will implement a range of other corporate governance best practices, including placing limits on the number of directorships held by our directors to prevent overboarding, and implementing a robust director education program. |
Composition of the Board of Directors after this Offering
Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our Board of Directors. In connection with this offering, we will amend and restate our certificate of incorporation to provide for a classified Board of Directors, with directors in Class I (expected to be ), directors in Class II (expected to be ) and directors in Class III (expected to be ). See Description of Capital StockAnti-Takeover Effects of our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws and Certain Provisions of Delaware LawClassified Board of Directors. In addition, we intend to enter into a stockholders agreement with certain affiliates of our Sponsors and other stockholders in connection with this offering. This agreement will grant our Sponsors the right to designate nominees to our board of directors subject to the maintenance of certain ownership requirements in us. See Certain Relationships and Related Party TransactionsStockholders Agreement.
Background and Experience of Directors
When considering whether directors and nominees have the experience, qualifications, attributes, or skills, taken as a whole, to enable our Board of Directors to satisfy its oversight responsibilities effectively in light of our business and structure, the Board of Directors focused primarily on each persons background and experience as reflected in the information discussed in each of the directors individual biographies set forth above. We believe that our directors provide an appropriate mix of experience and skills relevant to the size and nature of our business. Once appointed, directors serve until they resign or are terminated by the stockholders. In particular, the members of our Board of Directors considered the following important characteristics, among others:
| Douglas M. Steenlandwe considered Mr. Steenlands experience in managing large, complex, institutions. |
|
George L. Holmwe considered Mr. Holms experience as an executive in the U.S. foodservice distribution industry. Furthermore, we also considered how his additional role as our Chief Executive |
95
Officer and President would bring management perspective to board deliberations and provide valuable information about the status of our day-to-day operations. |
| William F. Dawson Jr.we considered Mr. Dawsons significant financial, investment, and operational experience from his involvement in Wellsprings investments in numerous portfolio companies, as well as his twelve years of experience as a director of the Company and its predecessor. |
| Bruce McEvoywe considered Mr. McEvoys knowledge and expertise based on his experiences at Blackstone coupled with his experience as a director of several companies, as well as his management consulting experience. |
| Prakash A. Melwaniwe considered Mr. Melwanis significant financial, investment and operational experience from his involvement in Blackstones investments in numerous portfolio companies and he has played active roles in overseeing those businesses. |
| Jeffrey Overlywe considered Mr. Overlys significant financial, investment and operational experience from his involvement in Blackstones investments in numerous portfolio companies and he has played active roles in overseeing those businesses. |
| Krishna Raowe considered Mr. Raos diverse professional background and his significant financial, investment and operational experience from his involvement in Blackstones investments in numerous portfolio companies. Mr. Rao has played an active role in overseeing those businesses. |
| Arthur B. Winkleblackwe considered Mr. Winkleblacks substantial executive experience across a broad range of industries. In addition, his nearly twelve years of experience as the Chief Financial Officer of a large, publicly-traded consumer goods company enables him to bring important perspectives to our Board of Directors on performance management, business analytics, compliance, risk management, public reporting, and investor relations. |
| Mr. Zillmerwe considered Mr. Zillmers extensive experience leading both public and private companies in various industries. |
Role of Board in Risk Oversight
The Board of Directors has extensive involvement in the oversight of risk management related to us and our business and accomplishes this oversight through the regular reporting to the Board of Directors by the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee represents the Board of Directors by periodically reviewing our accounting, reporting and financial practices, including the integrity of our financial statements, the surveillance of administrative and financial controls, and our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements. Through its regular meetings with management, including the finance, legal, internal audit, and information technology functions, the Audit Committee reviews and discusses all significant areas of our business and summarizes for the Board of Directors all areas of risk and the appropriate mitigating factors. In addition, our Board of Directors receives periodic detailed operating performance reviews from management.
Controlled Company Exception
After the completion of this offering, affiliates of Blackstone will continue to beneficially own shares representing more than 50% of the voting power of our shares eligible to vote in the election of directors. As a result, we will be a controlled company within the meaning of the NYSE corporate governance standards. Under these corporate governance standards, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, group, or another company is a controlled company and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance standards, including the requirements (1) that a majority of our board of directors consist of independent directors, (2) that our board of directors have a compensation committee that is comprised entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committees purpose and responsibilities,
96
and (3) that our board of directors have a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee that is comprised entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committees purpose and responsibilities. For at least some period following this offering, we may utilize these exemptions since our board has not yet made a determination with respect to the independence of any directors other than Messrs. . In the future, we expect that our board will make a determination as to whether other directors, including directors associated with Blackstone, are independent for purposes of the corporate governance standards described above. Pending such determination, you may not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of these corporate governance requirements. In the event that we cease to be a controlled company and our shares continue to be listed on the NYSE, we will be required to comply with these standards and, depending on the boards independence determination with respect to our then-current directors, we may be required to add additional directors to our board in order to achieve such compliance within the applicable transition periods.
Board Committees
After the completion of this offering, the standing committees of our Board of Directors will consist of an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee, and a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.
Our president and chief executive officer and other executive officers will regularly report to the non-executive directors and the Audit, the Compensation, and the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committees to ensure effective and efficient oversight of our activities and to assist in proper risk management and the ongoing evaluation of management controls. The director of internal audit will report functionally and administratively to our chief financial officer and directly to the Audit Committee. We believe that the leadership structure of our Board of Directors provides appropriate risk oversight of our activities given the controlling interests held by Blackstone.
Audit Committee
Upon the completion of this offering, we expect to have an Audit Committee, consisting of , who will be serving as the Chair, and . qualifies as an independent director under the NYSE corporate governance standards and the independence requirements of Rule 10A-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act). Following this offering, our Board of Directors will determine which member of our Audit Committee qualifies as an audit committee financial expert as such term is defined in Item 407(d)(5) of Regulation S-K.
The purpose of the Audit Committee will be to prepare the audit committee report required by the SEC to be included in our proxy statement and to assist our Board of Directors in overseeing and monitoring (1) the quality and integrity of our financial statements, (2) our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, (3) our independent registered public accounting firms qualifications and independence, (4) the performance of our internal audit function, and (5) the performance of our independent registered public accounting firm.
Our Board of Directors will adopt a written charter for the Audit Committee, which will be available on our website upon the completion of this offering.
Compensation Committee
Upon the completion of this offering, we expect to have a Compensation Committee, consisting of , who will be serving as the Chair, and .
The purpose of the Compensation Committee is to assist our Board of Directors in discharging its responsibilities relating to (1) setting our compensation program and compensation of our executive officers and
97
directors, (2) monitoring our incentive and equity-based compensation plans, and (3) preparing the compensation committee report required to be included in our proxy statement under the rules and regulations of the SEC.
Our Board of Directors will adopt a written charter for the Compensation Committee, which will be available on our website upon the completion of this offering.
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee
Upon the completion of this offering, we expect to have a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, consisting of , who will be serving as the Chair, and . The purpose of our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will be to assist our Board of Directors in discharging its responsibilities relating to (1) identifying individuals qualified to become new Board of Directors members, consistent with criteria approved by the Board of Directors, subject to the stockholders agreement with our Sponsors; (2) reviewing the qualifications of incumbent directors to determine whether to recommend them for reelection and selecting, or recommending that the Board of Directors select, the director nominees for the next annual meeting of stockholders; (3) identifying Board of Directors members qualified to fill vacancies on any Board of Directors committee and recommending that the Board of Directors appoint the identified member or members to the applicable committee, subject to the stockholders agreement with our Sponsors; (4) reviewing and recommending to the Board of Directors corporate governance principles applicable to us; (5) overseeing the evaluation of the Board of Directors and management; and (6) handling such other matters that are specifically delegated to the committee by the Board of Directors from time to time.
Our Board of Directors will adopt a written charter for the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, which will be available on our website upon completion of this offering.
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
None of the members of our Compensation Committee has at any time been one of our executive officers or employees. None of our executive officers currently serves, or has served during the last completed fiscal year, on the compensation committee or board of directors of any other entity that has one or more executive officers serving as a member of our Board of Directors or Compensation Committee. We are parties to certain transactions with the Sponsors described in the Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions section of this prospectus.
Code of Ethics
We will adopt a new Code of Business Conduct that applies to all of our directors, officers, and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, and principal accounting officer, which will be available on our website upon the completion of this offering. Our Code of Business Conduct is a code of ethics, as defined in Item 406(b) of Regulation S-K. Please note that our Internet website address is provided as an inactive textual reference only. We will make any legally required disclosures regarding amendments to, or waivers of, provisions of our code of ethics on our Internet website.
Executive Compensation
Compensation Discussion and Analysis
This section contains a discussion of the material elements of compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to our President and Chief Executive Officer, our Chief Financial Officer, and each of our three other most highly compensated executive officers who served in such capacities at the end of our fiscal year on June 27, 2015, collectively known as the Named Executive Officers or NEOs.
98
Our Named Executive Officers for fiscal 2015 were:
| George L. Holm, our President and Chief Executive Officer; |
| Robert D. Evans, our Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer; |
| David Flitman, our Executive Vice President of the Company and President and Chief Executive Officer of Performance Foodservice; |
| Patrick T. Hagerty, our Senior Vice President of the Company and President and Chief Executive Officer of Vistar; and |
| James Hope, our Executive Vice President, Operations. |
Executive Compensation Program Objectives and Overview
Our current executive compensation program is intended to achieve two fundamental objectives: (1) attract, motivate, and retain high caliber talent; and (2) align executive compensation with achievement of our overall business goals, adherence to our core values, and stockholder interests. In structuring our current executive compensation program, we are guided by the following basic philosophies:
Competitive Compensation. Our executive compensation program should provide a fair and competitive compensation opportunity that enables us to attract and retain high caliber executive talent. Executives should be appropriately rewarded for their contributions to our successful performance.
Pay for Performance. A significant portion of each executives compensation should be at risk and tied to overall company, business unit, and individual performance.
Alignment with Stockholder Interests. Executive compensation should be structured to include elements that link executives financial rewards to stockholder return.
As described in more detail below, the material elements of our executive compensation program for NEOs include base salary, cash bonus opportunities, a long-term equity incentive opportunity, and broad-based employee benefits. The NEOs may also receive severance payments and other benefits in connection with certain terminations of employment or a change in control of the Company. We believe that each element of our executive compensation program helps us to achieve one or more of our compensation objectives, as illustrated by the table below.
Compensation Element |
Compensation Objectives Designed to be Achieved |
|
Base Salary |
Attract, motivate, and retain high caliber talent | |
Cash Bonus Opportunity |
Compensation at risk and tied to achievement of business goals | |
Long-Term Equity Incentive Opportunity |
Align compensation with the creation of stockholder value, and achievement of business goals | |
Benefits and Perquisites |
Attract, motivate, and retain high caliber talent | |
Severance and other Benefits Potentially Payable Upon Certain Terminations of Employment or a Change in Control |
Attract, motivate and retain high caliber talent |
These individual compensation elements are intended to create a total compensation package for each NEO that we believe achieves our compensation objectives and provides competitive compensation opportunities.
99
Compensation Determination Process
The Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors (the Committee) is responsible for establishing, maintaining, and administering our compensation and benefit policies. The Committee takes into account our President and Chief Executive Officers recommendations regarding the compensatory arrangements for our executive officers other than himself. For fiscal 2015, our President and Chief Executive Officer provided the final compensation recommendations for our Named Executive Officers to the Committee for review and approval. The other NEOs do not have any role in determining or recommending the form or amount of compensation paid to our NEOs. Our President and Chief Executive Officer is not a member of the Committee and does not participate in deliberations regarding his compensation.
Other than with respect to Mr. Flitman as described below, in fiscal 2015, the Committee did not use any compensation consultants in making its compensation determinations and has not benchmarked any of its compensation determinations against a peer group.
To assist the Committee in determining the form and amount of compensation offered to Mr. Flitman in connection with his commencement of employment, Frederic W. Cook & Co., Inc. (FW Cook), an independent compensation consulting firm, provided the Committee with executive compensation data from a peer group composed of the following companies: Applied Industrial Technologies, Inc., Aramark, The Chefs Warehouse, Inc., Compass Group North America, Dean Foods Company, W.W. Grainger, Inc., The Hain Celestial Group, Inc., MRC Global Inc., Pilgrims Pride Corporation, Snyders-Lance, Inc., SpartanNash Company, Supervalu Inc., Sysco Corporation, United Natural Foods, Inc. and Wesco International, Inc. This peer group is composed of companies of appropriate size and similar stature in our industry. In determining Mr. Flitmans total target annual cash compensation (base salary and target annual bonus opportunity), the Committee reviewed the peer group data provided by FW Cook and used it as a reference point to understand compensation trends for executives who serve at a similar level. The Committee did not use this information to numerically benchmark Mr. Flitmans compensation against the peer group.
In addition, in connection with this offering, we intend to review, and the Committee has engaged FW Cook to assist us in evaluating, the elements and levels of our executive compensation and compensation of directors not employed by us or our Sponsors. In fiscal 2016, to assist the Committee in its review and evaluation of a new long-term equity incentive award program, FW Cook provided the Committee with the key structural features of the long-term equity incentive award programs of the peer group companies identified above. With input from FW Cook, the Committee utilized the peer group information to design the structure of our post-IPO long-term equity incentive award program. See Long-Term Equity Incentive Awards below for additional details on the new long-term equity incentive program.
Employment Agreements
We do not have formal employment agreements with any of our NEOs other than Mr. Holm. However, we typically enter into offer letters with our executive officers. In connection with the commencement of their employment in 2009, 2015, 1994, and 2014, respectively, we entered into offer letters with Messrs. Evans, Flitman, Hagerty and Hope, setting forth their initial compensation and benefits. A full description of the material terms of Mr. Holms employment agreement and Mr. Flitmans offer letter are presented below in the narrative section following the Grants of Plan Based Awards in Fiscal 2015 table.
Executive Compensation Program Elements
Base Salaries
Base salaries are an important element of compensation because they provide the Named Executive Officers with a base level of income. Generally our NEOs are eligible for an adjustment to their base salaries each year. Adjustments may occur earlier or later depending on performance and market competitiveness. During fiscal 2015, in recognition of their performance, we adjusted the salary of each of Mr. Evans (from $420,000 to
100
$441,000, effective September 1, 2014) and Mr. Hagerty (from $315,000 to $330,750, effective September 1, 2014). Each of Messrs. Flitmans and Hopes salary for fiscal 2015 was based on the terms of their respective offer letters. The Summary Compensation Table below shows the base salary paid to each NEO along with base salary adjustments during fiscal 2015 and reflect, as to each of Messrs. Flitman and Hope, the period of fiscal 2015 during which they were employed by the Company.
Cash Bonus Opportunities
Annual Cash Bonus Opportunity
We sponsor a management incentive plan (the MIP). All of our NEOs are eligible to participate in the MIP. The primary purpose of the MIP is to focus management on key measures that drive financial performance and provide competitive bonus opportunities tied to the achievement of our financial and strategic growth objectives.
Fiscal 2015 MIP
A target annual bonus, expressed as a percentage of base salary, is established within certain NEOs employment agreements or offer letters and may be adjusted from time to time by the Committee in connection with an NEOs promotion or performance. The target annual bonus for fiscal 2015 for each of the NEOs, other than Mr. Flitman, was 100% of their respective base salary. Mr. Flitman commenced employment with the Company in January 2015 and pursuant to the terms of his offer letter he is not eligible for a fiscal 2015 MIP award. For our NEOs at the corporate level, including Messrs. Holm, Evans and Hope, the MIP award, which is a cash bonus, is tied to our overall financial results as measured by our Adjusted EBITDA (excluding certain adjustments). For our NEOs at the segment level, including Messrs. Flitman and Hagerty, the MIP award is tied both to our overall financial results as measured by our Adjusted EBITDA and to Adjusted EBITDA for their respective segments (in each case, excluding certain adjustments). We believe that tying part or all of the NEOs bonuses to company-wide performance goals encourages collaboration across the executive leadership team while tying part of the bonuses of our NEOs at the segment level to Adjusted EBITDA for their respective segments also rewards these NEOs for achievements with respect to their business units. We use Adjusted EBITDA as a measure of financial performance because we believe that it provides a reliable indicator of our strategic growth and the strength of our cash flow and overall financial results.
Actual amounts paid to our NEOs at the corporate level under the fiscal 2015 MIP were calculated by multiplying each such NEOs target annual bonus for 2015 (which is 100% of base salary in effect at fiscal year-end, prorated as to Mr. Hope for the period in fiscal 2015 during which he was employed by the Company) by a payout percentage based on our actual achievement relative to our overall Adjusted EBITDA performance objective.
During fiscal 2015, in order to enhance retention incentives, the Committee determined it was appropriate to adjust the MIP scale for the corporate level by increasing the threshold payout percentage from 15% to 50% where overall Adjusted EBITDA achieved is 94% of the performance target (increased from 92% for the fiscal 2014 MIP) and by decreasing the Adjusted EBITDA achievement percentage required for the maximum level from 105% to 103%.
The payout percentage was determined by calculating our actual achievement against the overall Adjusted EBITDA performance target based on the pre-established scale set forth in the following table:
Performance Food GroupAll Segments |
||||
% Attainment of Performance Target |
Payout Percentage | |||
Less than 94% |
0.0 | % | ||
94% |
50.0 | % | ||
100% |
100.0 | % | ||
103% or above |
133.0 | % |
101
Based on the pre-established scale set forth above, no cash incentive award would have been paid to our NEOs at the corporate level unless our actual performance for fiscal 2015 was at or above 94% of our overall Adjusted EBITDA target. If our actual performance was 94% of target, they would have been entitled to 50% of their respective target bonus amounts. If our actual performance was 103% or more of target, they would have been entitled to 133.0% of their respective target bonus amounts, with the exception of Mr. Hope, as described below. For performance percentages between these levels, the resulting payout percentage would be adjusted on a linear basis. For example, if our actual performance was between 94% and 100% of target Adjusted EBITDA, a $1 million increase in Adjusted EBITDA would have resulted in a 2.5% increase in the payout percentage. If actual performance was between 100% and 133% of target Adjusted EBITDA, a $1 million increase in Adjusted EBITDA would have resulted in a 3.3% increase in the payout percentage. In addition, an incentive payment may be adjusted downward for documented performance-related reasons. The maximum bonus potential for our NEOs at the corporate level, other than Mr. Hope was capped at 133.0% of their respective target bonus amounts. For fiscal 2015, Mr. Hopes maximum bonus potential was capped at his target bonus amount. The overall Adjusted EBITDA performance target for fiscal 2015 was $340 million.
For fiscal 2015, the actual overall Adjusted EBITDA resulted in a payout percentage of % of the target bonus amounts of our NEOs at the corporate level under the fiscal 2015 MIP. The following table illustrates the calculation of the annual cash bonus payable to each of Messrs. Holm, Evans and Hope under the fiscal 2015 MIP in light of these performance results.
Name |
2015 Base
Salary |
Target
Bonus% |
Target
Bonus Amount |
Overall
Payout Percentage |
Actual
Bonus Paid |
|||||||||||||||
George L. Holm |
$ | 1,000,000 | 100 | % | $ | 1,000,000 | % | $ | ||||||||||||
Robert D. Evans |
$ | 441,000 | 100 | % | $ | 441,000 | % | $ | ||||||||||||
James Hope |
$ | 282,692 | 100 | % | $ | 282,692 | % | $ |
Actual amounts paid to Mr. Hagerty under the fiscal 2015 MIP were calculated by multiplying his target annual bonus for 2015 (which is 100% of base salary in effect at fiscal year-end) by a weighted achievement factor determined by the sum of (1) the applicable segment Adjusted EBITDA achievement factor (75% multiplied by the Vistar segment Adjusted EBITDA payout percentage) and (2) the overall Adjusted EBITDA achievement factor (25% multiplied by the overall Adjusted EBITDA payout percentage).
During 2015, as with the MIP scale for the corporate level, the Committee determined it was appropriate to adjust the MIP scale for the Vistar segment by reducing the threshold attainment percentage to 92.4% of target (reduced from 97.4% for the fiscal 2014 MIP) at which a payout would be made.
The overall Adjusted EBITDA achievement factor was determined by calculating our actual achievement against the overall Adjusted EBITDA performance target based on the pre-established scale set forth in the table above. The Adjusted EBITDA achievement factor for the Vistar segment was determined by Mr. Hagertys segment achievement against the applicable segment Adjusted EBITDA performance target based on the pre-established scale set forth in the following table:
Vistar Segment (Mr. Hagerty) | ||||
% Attainment of Performance Target |
Payout Percentage | |||
Less than 92.4% |
0.0 | % | ||
92.4% |
25.0 | % | ||
100.0% |
100.0 | % |
Based on the pre-established scales set forth above, no cash incentive award would have been paid to Mr. Hagerty at the corporate level unless our actual performance for fiscal 2015 was at or above 94% of our overall Adjusted EBITDA target or actual performance was at or above 92.4% of the target Adjusted EBITDA for our Vistar segment. For performance percentages between the levels set forth above, the resulting payout percentage
102
would be adjusted on a linear basis. Under the payout scale for our Vistar segment, an increase of $102,000 of the segments target Adjusted EBITDA would have resulted in a 1% increase in the payout percentage. The maximum bonus potential for Mr. Hagerty was capped at 108.3% of his target bonus amount. An incentive payment may be adjusted downward for documented performance-related reasons. For fiscal 2015, the Adjusted EBITDA performance target for our Vistar segment was $101 million.
For fiscal 2015, the actual Adjusted EBITDA achieved for our Vistar segment resulted in an achievement factor of % and a weighted achievement factor of % when combined with the overall Adjusted EBITDA payout percentage of %. The following table illustrates the calculation of the annual cash incentive awards payable to each of Mr. Hagerty under the fiscal 2015 MIP in light of these performance results.
Name |
2015 Base
Salary |
Target
Bonus % |
Target
Bonus Amount |
Segment
Payout Percentage |
Overall
Payout Percentage |
Weighted
Achievement Factor |
Actual
Bonus Paid |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Patrick T. Hagerty |
$ | 330,750 | 100 | % | $ | 330,750 | % | % | % | $ |
Sign-on Bonuses
From time to time, the Committee may award sign-on bonuses in connection with the commencement of an NEOs employment with us. Sign-on bonuses are used only when necessary to attract highly skilled officers to the Company. Generally they are used to provide an incentive to candidates to leave their current employers or may be used to offset the loss of unvested compensation that they may forfeit as a result of leaving their current employers. Sign-on bonuses are typically subject to a clawback obligation if the officer voluntarily terminates his employment with us within twelve months of the employment commencement date.
Pursuant to the terms of his offer letter, in February 2015, Mr. Flitman received a lump-sum sign-on bonus of $600,000, which bonus is subject to forfeiture if his employment is terminated by the Company for cause, voluntarily by Mr. Flitman other than for good reason or due to disability (as such terms are defined in the Companys Senior Management Severance Plan, as modified by Mr. Flitmans offer letter) before January 19, 2016. In addition to this sign-on bonus, Mr. Flitman also received a restricted cash award of $1,500,000 in consideration for amounts he would have otherwise been entitled to receive from his former employer. This restricted cash award vests in three equal installments on the first three anniversaries of his commencement of employment, subject to his continued employment through the applicable vesting date, and, if vested, is payable on the fourth anniversary of Mr. Flitmans commencement of employment. Additional information regarding this restricted cash award is described under Summary of Offer Letter of Mr. Flitman and Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control below.
Pursuant to the terms of his offer letter, Mr. Hope received a sign-on bonus of $400,000, less applicable taxes, payable in two equal installments, the first of which was paid in August 2014 and the second of which was paid in July 2015. If Mr. Hopes employment is terminated voluntarily or involuntarily with cause before July 14, 2016, Mr. Hope will be required to repay us the second installment of his sign-on bonus.
Long-Term Equity Incentive Awards
We believe that the NEOs long-term compensation should be directly linked to the value we deliver to our stockholders. Equity awards to the NEOs are designed to provide long-term incentive opportunities over a period of several years. Stock options have been our preferred equity award because the options will not have any value unless the underlying shares of common stock appreciate in value following the grant date. Accordingly, awarding stock options causes more compensation to be at risk and further aligns our executive compensation with our long-term profitability and the creation of shareholder value. Our 2007 Amended and Restated Management Option Plan (the 2007 Stock Option Plan) does not permit us to grant any type of equity-based award other than nonqualified stock options. See Description of Outstanding Equity-Based Awards and Amendments to 2007 Stock Option Plan below for a description of the material terms of the options that we have granted to our NEOs pursuant to the 2007 Stock Option Plan.
103
In connection with his commencement of employment, in fiscal 2015, we granted Mr. Hope 150,000 options under the 2007 Stock Option Plan, the material terms of which are consistent with the option awards previously granted under the 2007 Stock Option Plan and described under Description of Outstanding Equity-Based Awards below. No other NEO was granted options in fiscal 2015, however, in connection with his commencement of employment, and pursuant to the terms of his offer letter, Mr. Flitman was entitled to receive two equity awards, one buyout award in an amount of 184,502 restricted stock units (RSUs) in consideration for amounts he would have otherwise been entitled to receive from his former employer and another grant in an amount of 369,004 RSUs as part his fiscal 2015 compensation package. Each of these awards were granted in July 2015 under our 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan, which we adopted in July 2015, and the material terms of such awards are described under Summary of Offer Letter of Mr. Flitman. The initial grant of 369,004 RSUs is designed to provide sufficient long-term incentive such that the Company does not expect to grant Mr. Flitman another equity award until after the third anniversary of his start date, at which time Mr. Flitman will be eligible for annual long-term incentive grants as and when such awards are granted to other senior executives.
Another key component of our long-term equity incentive program is that NEOs and other eligible employees have been provided with the opportunity to invest in our common stock on the same general terms as our existing owners. We consider this investment opportunity an important part of our equity program because it encourages stock ownership and aligns the NEOs financial interests with those of our stockholders.
The amounts of each NEOs investment opportunity and equity award, as applicable, were determined based on several factors, including: (1) each NEOs position and expected contribution to our future growth; (2) dilution effects on our stockholders and the need to maintain the availability of an appropriate number of shares for option awards to less-senior employees; (3) ensuring that the NEOs were provided with appropriate and competitive total long-term equity compensation and total compensation amounts; and (4) as to Mr. Flitman, to make him whole with respect to amounts he would have been entitled to receive from his former employer.
In July 2015, we adopted a new incentive plan pursuant to which we will grant any future long-term equity incentive awards. See Equity Incentive Plans2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan below.
Benefits and Perquisites
We provide to all our employees, including our Named Executive Officers, broad-based benefits that are intended to attract and retain employees while providing them with retirement and health and welfare security. Broad-based employee benefits include:
| a 401(k) savings plan; |
| medical, dental, vision, life, and accident insurance, disability coverage, dependent care and healthcare flexible spending accounts; and |
| employee assistance program benefits. |
We maintain a qualified contributory retirement plan (the 401(k) plan) that is intended to qualify as a profit sharing plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code). Eligible employees, including our Named Executive Officers, may contribute up to 50% of their eligible compensation, subject to statutory limits imposed by the Code. We are also permitted to make profit sharing contributions and matching contributions, and currently provide for matching contributions equal to 100% of employee contributions up to 3.5% of eligible compensation. Our contributions to the plan are determined annually by the Board of Directors of the Company, subject to certain minimum requirements specified in the plan. All matching contributions by us become vested on the four-year anniversary of the participants hire date. As of January 1, 2009, the 401(k) plan merged with the Self-Directed Tax Advantaged Retirement (STAR) Plan of PFGC, Inc. Employees employed on or before December 31, 2008 are also eligible for an annual contribution based on the employees salary and years of service (a STAR Contribution). Messrs. Holm and Hagerty are eligible to receive the additional STAR Contributions.
104
In addition, at no cost to the employee, we provide an amount of basic life and accident insurance coverage valued at one times annual salary to a maximum of $1 million combined benefit.
We also provide our executive officers with limited perquisites and personal benefits that are not generally available to all employees, such as an annual auto allowance, reimbursement of relocation expenses and temporary housing allowances. We provide these limited perquisites and personal benefits in order to further our goal of attracting and retaining our executive officers. The benefits and perquisites not generally available to all employees provided to our NEOs in fiscal 2015 are reflected in the All Other Compensation column of the Summary Compensation Table and the accompanying footnote in accordance with SEC rules.
Severance and Other Benefits
We believe that severance protections can play a valuable role in attracting and retaining high caliber talent. In the competitive market for executive talent, we believe severance payments and other termination benefits are an effective way to offer executives financial security to offset the risk of foregoing an opportunity with another company. Consistent with our objective of using severance payments and benefits to attract and retain executives, our Senior Management Severance Plan (the Severance Plan) provides our executives with severance benefits that we believe will permit us to attract and/or continue to employ high caliber talent.
Each of our Named Executive Officers, other than Mr. Holm, whose employment agreement contains separate severance terms, is eligible for the Severance Plan benefits under the terms of the Severance Plan, as modified by Mr. Flitmans offer letter and the severance letter agreements we have entered into with Messrs. Evans, Hagerty and Hope (the Severance Letter Agreements). Mr. Holm is eligible for severance benefits under the terms of his employment agreement. See Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control for descriptions of these arrangements.
Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code
Following this offering, we expect to be able to claim the benefit of a special exemption rule that applies to compensation paid (or compensation in respect of equity awards such as stock options or restricted stock granted) during a specified transition period. This transition period may extend until the first annual stockholders meeting that occurs after the close of the third calendar year following the calendar year in which this offering occurs, unless the transition period is terminated earlier under the Section 162(m) of the Code post-offering transition rules. At such time as we are subject to the deduction limitations of Section 162(m) of the Code, we expect that the Committee will take the deductibility limitations of Section 162(m) of the Code into account in its compensation decisions; however, the Committee may, in its judgment, authorize compensation payments that are not exempt under Section 162(m) of the Code when it believes that such payments are appropriate to attract or retain talent.
Compensation Actions Taken in Fiscal 2016
Amendments to 2007 Stock Option Plan
In July 2015, our board of directors approved amendments to the 2007 Stock Option Plan to modify the vesting terms of all of the time and performance-vesting options granted pursuant to the 2007 Stock Option Plan. These time and performance vesting options will continue to vest based on a combination of time and performance vesting conditions. The time-based vesting condition did not change and will continue to be satisfied with respect to 20% of the shares underlying these options annually, based on the participants continued employment with the Company. The performance-based vesting condition will now be satisfied on the first to occur of any of the following events (prior to the amendments, the time and performance-vesting options only performance vested in the event that the criteria in the third and fourth bullets below were satisfied):
| the individual remains employed by the Company through March 12, 2019 (or the fourth anniversary of the grant date, if later), unless, prior to such date, both (1) the Sponsors have disposed of all of their equity securities in the Company and (2) the performance criteria set forth below are not satisfied; or |
105
| the individual remains employed by the Company on the date that both (1) all sponsor inflows and sponsor outflows result in an internal rate of return of at least 12% and (2) all sponsor inflows equal or exceed 200% (for one half of the options) or 250% (for the other half of the options) of the sponsor outflows (with sponsor inflows defined to include cash payments received by Blackstone and Wellspring (excluding management and transaction fees and expense reimbursements) for our equity securities (including securities that are convertible into equity securities)) from August 24, 2007 until the relevant measurement date and sponsor outflows defined to include Blackstone and Wellsprings cash payments for equity securities (including securities that are convertible into equity securities) from August 24, 2007 until the relevant measurement date; or |
| upon a change in control if, as of the relevant measurement date, both (1) all sponsor inflows and sponsor outflows result in an internal rate of return of at least 17.5% (for one half of the options) or 22.5% (for the other half of the options) and (2) all sponsor inflows equal or exceed 200% (for one half of the options) or 250% (for the other half of the options) of the sponsor outflows (with sponsor inflows in this case defined to treat any shares that have not yet been sold as cash in an amount equal to the value for such shares implied by such change in control); or |
| if, as of the 90 th consecutive trading day following this offering, both (1) all sponsor inflows and sponsor outflows result in an internal rate of return of at least 17.5% (for one half of the options) or 22.5% (for the other half of the options) and (2) all sponsor inflows equal or exceed 200% (for one half of the options) or 250% (for the other half of the options) of the sponsor outflows (with sponsor inflows in this case defined to treat any shares that have not yet been sold as cash in an amount equal to the weighted average (by dollar volume) of the closing trading price for each of the 90 trading days). |
The Early Exercise Offer
As part of the amendments to the 2007 Stock Option Plan, we further evaluated our outstanding options as part of a review of our executive compensation and employee benefit arrangements on behalf of and under the supervision of our Board of Directors, and in light of the fact that certain grants of options have performance targets that may not be met before the expiration of such options. In July 2015, we determined to allow eligible individuals holding unvested time and performance-vesting options, including all of the NEOs (other than Mr. Flitman, who has no outstanding option awards), the right to exercise such options into restricted shares of our common stock and receive a new grant of time and performance-vesting options to purchase shares of our common stock (collectively, the Early Exercise). We believe that the Early Exercise is better suited to meeting our objectives of promoting long-term profitability, will foster retention of our valuable employees and better aligns the interests of our employees and stockholders to maximize stockholder value.
Therefore, in August 2015, we expect to provide an opportunity to all eligible option holders, including Messrs. Holm, Evans, Hagerty and Hope, to exercise their unvested time and performance-vesting options into restricted shares of our common stock (pursuant to the terms of the 2007 Stock Option Plan) and to receive a grant of new time and performance-vesting options, each with the new vesting terms described above. Eligible option holders who elect to participate in the Early Exercise will receive the same number of total restricted shares and new options as the number of shares of our common stock currently underlying the eligible options. The number of restricted shares of our common stock issued and new time and performance-vesting options granted will be based on the fair market value of our common stock at the time of issuance and grant. In addition, each new option will have an exercise price equal to the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of grant.
Adoption of the Performance Food Group Company 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan
In July 2015, our board of directors adopted, and we expect that our stockholders will approve, an Omnibus Incentive Plan. See Equity Incentive Plans2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan below for a description of the material terms of the plan.
106
New Long-Term Equity Incentive Program
In connection with this offering, we also expect to make long-term equity incentive grants under the 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan to certain officers and employees, including all of our NEOs (other than Mr. Flitman), which will be structured the same way as the annual grants we expect to commence in fiscal 2017. After reviewing peer group market data provided by FW Cook, the Committee determined to provide a mix of performance shares, time-based stock options and time-based restricted stock with 33%, 33% and 33% value-based weightings. This new long-term equity incentive program is informed by the peer group and broader public company practice and is consistent with our compensation objective of providing a long-term equity incentive opportunity that aligns compensation with the creation of stockholder value and achievement of business goals. Subject to the recipients continued service with the Company through each applicable vesting date, one fourth of the shares subject to stock options and one fourth of the restricted stock will vest on each one-year anniversary following the date of grant. The performance shares will vest on the third anniversary of the start of the performance period, subject to the recipients continued service with the Company through the applicable vesting date, if the applicable performance goals, which are based on return on invested capital and relative total shareholder return, are attained.
On a change in control, any outstanding and unvested stock options and restricted stock will become fully vested to the extent the acquiring or successor entity does not assume, continue or substitute for the stock options and restricted stock. If the recipients employment is terminated by us without cause or the recipient resigns with good reason within eighteen (18) months following a change in control, any outstanding and unvested stock options and restricted stock will become fully vested (to the extent the acquiring or successor entity assumes, continues or substitutes for the stock options and restricted stock). On a change in control, any outstanding and unvested performance shares will be converted to time-based restricted stock that will vest on the third anniversary of the date of grant (Converted Awards). Such conversion will be based on the target award opportunity if the change in control occurs prior to the 18-month anniversary of the start of the performance period or after the 18-month anniversary of the start of the performance period if the actual performance is not measurable on the date of the change in control; otherwise, the conversion will be based on the actual performance at the time of the change in control. Vesting of the Converted Awards will be accelerated if the acquiring or successor entity does not assume, continue or substitute for the Converted Awards or if the recipients employment is terminated by us without cause or the recipient resigns with good reason within eighteen (18) months following a change in control (to the extent the acquiring or successor entity assumes, continues or substitutes for the stock options and restricted stock).
Any outstanding and unvested stock options and restricted stock will become fully vested in the event of the recipients termination of employment by the recipient due to death or disability. Any outstanding and unvested performance shares will payout pro-rata based on actual performance at the end of the performance period in the event of the recipients termination of employment by the recipient due to death or disability. Upon any other termination of employment, all unvested stock options, restricted stock and performance shares will be forfeited.
The following table illustrates the total grant value of the above described initial long-term incentive grants for each of our NEOs (other than Mr. Flitman), which will be translated into a number of performance shares, stock options, and restricted stock (in the proportions set forth above) by taking such dollar amount and dividing it by the per share fair value that will be used for reporting the compensation expense associated with the grant under applicable accounting guidance, which fair value will be based in part on the per share price to the public in this offering on the cover page of this prospectus:
Name |
Total
Grant Value |
33%
Performance Shares |
33%
Stock Options |
33%
Restricted Stock |
||||
George L. Holm |
$ | $ | $ | $ | ||||
Robert D. Evans |
$ | $ | $ | $ | ||||
Patrick T. Hagerty |
$ | $ | $ | $ | ||||
James Hope |
$ | $ | $ | $ |
107
Grants of Restricted Stock Units and Restricted Cash Awards to Mr. Flitman
In July 2015, pursuant to the terms of Mr. Flitmans offer letter, we granted him awards of restricted stock units and restricted cash pursuant to our 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan. See Summary of Offer Letter of Mr. Flitman below for a description of the material terms of the awards.
Summary Compensation Table
The following table provides summary information concerning the compensation of our Chief Executive Officer, our Chief Financial Officer, and each of our other NEOs.
Name and Principal Position |
Year |
Salary
($)(1) |
Bonus
($)(2) |
Option
Awards ($)(3) |
Non-Equity
Incentive Plan Compensation ($)(4) |
All Other
Compensation ($)(5) |
Total
($) |
|||||||||||||||||||||
George L. Holm |
2015 | 1,000,000 | | | 31,800 | 1,031,800 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
President and Chief Executive Officer |
2014 | 976,058 | | | 409,160 | 33,037 | 1,418,255 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Robert D. Evans |
2015 | 436,962 | | | 27,467 | 464,429 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer |
2014 | 418,077 | | | 171,847 | 27,697 | 617,621 | |||||||||||||||||||||
David Flitman |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Executive Vice President of the Company and President and Chief Executive Officer, Performance Foodservice |
2015 | 296,154 | 600,000 | | | 43,194 | 939,348 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Patrick T. Hagerty |
2015 | 327,721 | | | 40,376 | 368,097 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Senior Vice President of the Company and President and Chief Executive Officer, Vistar |
2014 | 312,115 | | | 268,459 | 40,383 | 620,957 | |||||||||||||||||||||
James Hope |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Executive Vice President, Operations |
2015 | 282,692 | 200,000 | 103,500 | 66,000 | 652,192 |
(1) | Our practice is to review executive compensation in the first quarter of each fiscal year. As a result of our annual review, effective September 1, 2014, Mr. Evanss base salary increased from $420,000 to $441,000 and Mr. Hagertys base salary increased from $315,000 to $330,750. |
(2) | Represents the sign-on bonuses paid in fiscal 2015 pursuant Messrs. Flitmans and Hopes respective offer letters. Each sign-on bonus is subject to a clawback obligation as described in further detail under Compensation Discussion and Analysis Executive Compensation Program ElementsCash Bonus OpportunitiesAnnual Cash Bonus OpportunitySign-on Bonuses above. |
(3) | Represents the grant date fair value of the options granted to Mr. Hope computed in accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Topic 718, using the assumptions discussed in Note 18, Stock Compensation, of the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The grant date fair value of the options that vest according time and performance criteria was computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718 based upon the probable outcome of the performance conditions as of the grant date. Achievement of the performance conditions for the options that vest according time and performance-vesting criteria was not deemed probable on the date of grant, and, accordingly, pursuant to the SECs disclosure rules, no value is included in this table for those awards. |
(4) | Reflects amounts earned under our MIP. |
108
(5) | Amounts reported under All Other Compensation for fiscal 2015 include contributions to our 401(k) plan on behalf of our Named Executive Officers, including annual STAR Contributions under our 401(k) plan, as follows: Mr. Holm, annual STAR Contribution of $7,800; Mr. Evans, matching contribution of $9,467; Mr. Hagerty, matching contribution of $9,376 and annual STAR Contribution of $13,000; and Mr. Hope, matching contribution of $7,673. Amounts reported for each Named Executive Officer also include annual auto allowances (except as to Mr. Flitman who receives no auto allowance), as well as amounts with respect to the payment of life insurance premiums. Amount reported for Mr. Flitman also includes reimbursement for attorneys fees incurred in connection with the negotiation of the terms of his offer letter, payment of relocation expenses and $15,158 in tax gross-up payments with respect to such fees and expenses. Amount reported for Mr. Hope also includes payment of $26,979 in relocation expenses and a $13,348 tax gross-up payment with respect to such expenses. |
Grants of Plan-Based Awards in Fiscal 2015
The following table provides supplemental information relating to grants of plan-based awards made during fiscal 2015 to help explain information provided above in our Summary Compensation Table. This table presents information regarding all grants of plan-based awards occurring during fiscal 2015.
Estimated Possible Payouts
Under Non-Equity Incentive Plan Awards(1) |
Estimated Possible Payouts
Under Equity Incentive Plan Awards(2) |
All Other
Stock Awards: Number of Shares of Stock or Units (#) |
All Other
Option Awards: Number of Securities Underlying Options (#) |
Exercise
or Base Price of Option Awards ($/Sh) |
Grant
Date Fair Value of Stock and Option Awards ($)(3) |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Name |
Grant Date |
Threshold
($) |
Target
($) |
Maximum
($) |
Threshold
(#) |
Target
(#) |
Maximum
(#) |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
George L. Holm |
$ | 500,000 | $ | 1,000,000 | $ | 1,330,000 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Robert D. Evans |
$ | 220,500 | $ | 441,000 | $ | 586,530 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
David Flitman |
| | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Patrick T. Hagerty |
$ | 103,360 | $ | 330,750 | $ | 358,037 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
James Hope |
$ | 141,346 | $ | 282,692 | $ | 282,692 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
3/12/2015 | 50,000 | 100,000 | 100,000 | | 50,000 | 8.13 | 103,500 |
(1) | Figures represent awards payable under our Management Incentive Plan (MIP). Mr. Flitman is not eligible for a fiscal 2015 MIP award and amounts reported for Mr. Hope reflect a prorated MIP award for the period in fiscal 2015 during which he was employed by the Company. See Compensation Discussion and Analysis Executive Compensation Program ElementsCash Bonus OpportunitiesAnnual Cash Bonus Opportunity above for a description of our MIP. |
(2) | As described in further detail under Compensation Discussion and AnalysisExecutive Compensation Program ElementsLong-Term Equity Incentive Awards above and Description of Equity-Based Awards below, one third of the options granted are subject solely to time-based vesting restrictions and two thirds of the options granted vest based on time and performance-vesting criteria. Threshold amount assumes that only one half of the time and performance-vesting options vest. |
(3) | Represents the grant date fair value of the time-vesting options computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, using the assumptions discussed in Note 18, Stock Compensation, of the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The grant date fair value of the options that vest based on time and performance-vesting criteria is based upon the probable outcome of the performance conditions at the date of grant. See footnote (3) to the Summary Compensation Table. |
Summary of Employment Agreement of Mr. Holm
This section describes the employment agreement in effect for Mr. Holm during fiscal 2015. In addition, the terms with respect to grants of stock options are described below for our NEOs in the section entitled Description of Equity-Based Awards. Severance agreements and arrangements are described below in the section entitled Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control.
109
Mr. Holms employment agreement, dated as of September 6, 2002, as amended effective January 2003, provides that he serves as President and Chief Executive Officer, for an initial term of three years that automatically extends for successive automatic one-year periods, unless we or Mr. Holm elect not to extend the term by providing 30 days advance notice.
Mr. Holms employment agreement establishes: (1) an initial base salary, subject to discretionary annual increases; (2) eligibility to receive an annual bonus, with a target amount equal to 100% of his base salary if performance targets set by the Committee are achieved, which he may elect to receive as shares of our common stock; and (3) a requirement that he purchase $2 million of our common stock. Mr. Holm is also entitled to participate in all employee benefit and fringe plans made available to our employees generally.
Mr. Holms employment agreement also contains restrictive covenants, including an indefinite covenant not to disclose confidential information and not to disparage us, and, during Mr. Holms employment and for the one-year period following the termination of his employment, covenants related to non-competition and non-solicitation of our employees, customers, or suppliers.
Mr. Holms letter agreement also provides for severance benefits following certain terminations of employment. See Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control for a description of these provisions.
Summary of Offer Letter of Mr. Flitman
This section describes the offer letter in effect for Mr. Flitman during fiscal 2015. Mr. Flitmans severance arrangements are described below in the section entitled Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control.
Mr. Flitmans commenced employment with the Company on January 19, 2015 and his offer letter, dated December 11, 2014, provides that he is to serve as Chief Executive Officer of Performance Food Service on an at-will basis. Mr. Flitmans offer letter provides for: (1) an initial base salary of $700,000; (2) eligibility to receive an annual cash bonus starting in fiscal 2016, with a target amount equal to 100% of his base salary, and a maximum equal to 133% of his base salary, the receipt of which is based on the achievement of performance targets; (3) a sign-on bonus of $600,000, which must be repaid in full if Mr. Flitmans employment is terminated by the Company for cause, voluntarily by Mr. Flitman other than for good reason or due to disability, prior to the first anniversary of his start date; (4) a Buyout Award consisting of a restricted cash award and a RSU award, each as described below; and (5) an Equity Award consisting of a RSU award. Mr. Flitmans Buyout Award and Equity Award were granted pursuant to the 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan, and are subject to the terms and conditions therein.
Mr. Flitmans restricted cash award equals $1,500,000 and will vest in three equal installments on each of the first three anniversaries of his start date, subject to Mr. Flitmans continued employment through each vesting date, and if vested, will be paid out on the fourth anniversary of his start date. Any unpaid amount of the restricted cash award will become fully vested and payable at the time of a consummation of a Change in Control (as defined in Mr. Flitmans offer letter) of the Company. The equity award portion of the Buyout Award consists of 184,502 RSUs (the Buyout RSUs) (plus any dividend equivalent units to which Mr. Flitman is entitled in connection with these RSUs) that vest in three substantially equal installments on each of the first three anniversaries of his start date, subject to Mr. Flitmans continued employment through each vesting date, and, if vested, will be settled on the fourth anniversary of his start date. Any unpaid amount of the restricted cash award and any unvested Buyout RSUs will become fully vested and payable at the time of a consummation of a Change in Control (as defined in Mr. Flitmans offer letter). In addition, if Mr. Flitmans employment is terminated by the Company without cause, by him for good reason or due to death or disability, the unvested portion of his restricted cash award and the unvested portion of his Buyout RSUs scheduled, in each case, to vest on the next anniversary of his start date will vest on a pro rata basis; provided, that if such termination occurs
110
prior to the first anniversary of his start date he will become vested in 100% of the first installment of the restricted cash award and the Buyout RSUs.
Mr. Flitmans Equity Award consists of 369,004 RSUs (plus any dividend equivalent units to which Mr. Flitman is entitled in connection with these RSUs) that will vest and be settled on the fourth anniversary of his start, subject to Mr. Flitmans continued employment through such date, provided that the Equity Award will vest and be settled earlier as follows: (1) 50% of the Equity Award will vest and be settled if and when The Blackstone Group L.P. and its affiliated investment funds receive cash proceeds in respect of its direct or indirect equity investment in us that represents at least (a) 2.0 times its aggregate investment in the Companys equity securities and (b) a 12% annual internal rate of return; and (2) 50% of the Equity Award will vest and be settled if and when The Blackstone Group L.P. and its affiliated investment funds receive cash proceeds in respect of its direct or indirect equity investment in us that represents at least (x) 2.5 times its aggregate investment in the Companys equity securities and (y) a 12% annual internal rate of return. See Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control below for a description of the potential vesting of the Mr. Flitmans Equity Award that may occur in connection with certain terminations of employment.
Mr. Flitman is eligible to participate in all employee health and wellness plans offered by the Company commensurate with his position, as well as the Companys 401(k) plan. Mr. Flitman was also eligible for reimbursement of relocation expenses and received reimbursement by the Company of $10,000 in connection with fees incurred to negotiate and prepare the terms of his offer letter.
Mr. Flitmans offer letter also contains restrictive covenants, including an indefinite covenant not to disclose confidential information, not to disparage us, and during Mr. Flitmans employment and for the one year period following the termination of his employment, covenants related to non-competition and non-solicitation or our employees, customers, or suppliers.
Mr. Flitmans offer letter also provides for severance benefits following certain terminations of employment. See Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control for a description of these provisions.
Description of Outstanding Equity-Based Awards
Each NEOs outstanding equity-based award was granted under, and is subject to the terms of, the 2007 Stock Option Plan. The material terms of the 2007 Stock Option Plan are described below under the heading Equity Incentive Plans2007 Stock Option Plan.
One third of the options granted to each of our NEOs are subject solely to time-based vesting criteria and two thirds of the options granted to each of our NEOs are subject to time and performance-vesting criteria. The time-based options are scheduled to vest based on a five-year vesting schedule and, subject to continued employment with us through the applicable vesting dates, 20% of the options subject to time-based vesting will vest and become exercisable on each of the first five anniversaries of either the date of grant or the vesting reference date, as applicable. The time and performance-vesting options will only be deemed vested when they have both time vested and performance vested, which vesting terms are discussed above in Compensation Actions Taken in Fiscal 2016Amendments to 2007 Stock Option Plan.
Any part of an NEOs stock option award that is not vested and exercisable upon his termination of employment will be immediately cancelled. Any part of an NEOs stock option award that is vested upon termination of employment will generally remain outstanding and exercisable for 30 days after termination of employment, although this period is extended to 90 days if the termination of employment is due to disability and to 180 days if the termination of employment is due to death, and vested options will immediately terminate if the NEOs employment is terminated by us for cause. Any vested options that are not exercised within the applicable post-termination exercise window will terminate. See Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control below for a description of the potential vesting of the NEOs stock option awards that may occur in connection with certain terminations of employment.
111
Executives receiving awards under the 2007 Stock Option Plan are subject to restrictive covenants, including an indefinite covenant not to disclose confidential information, and, during the executives employment and for the one-year period following the termination of his or her employment, covenants related to non-competition and non-solicitation of our employees, customers, or suppliers.
Under the terms of the 2007 Stock Option Plan, exercise by each NEO of any options will constitute agreement by such NEO to be bound by all the terms and conditions of our stockholders agreement and registration rights agreement with respect to the shares received upon such exercise or any other shares of our common stock issuable to or held by such NEO. These agreements generally govern the NEOs rights with respect to any shares of our common stock acquired on exercise of vested stock options, to the extent applicable.
The following table provides information regarding outstanding equity awards held by each NEO as of June 27, 2015.
Outstanding Equity Awards at 2015 Fiscal-Year End
Option Awards | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Name |
Grant Date
(a) |
Number
Securities Underlying Unexercised Options (#) Exercisable(1) (b) |
Number of
Securities Underlying Unexercised Options (#) Unexercisable (c) |
Equity
Incentive Plan Awards: Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Unearned Options (#) (d) |
Option
Exercise Price ($) (e) |
Option
Expiration Date(2) (f) |
||||||||||||||||||
George L. Holm |
12/11/2008 | 463,303.00 | | 926,606.00 | 3.72 | 12/11/2018 | ||||||||||||||||||
8/24/2007 | 382,513.66 | | 765,027.32 | 1.89 | 8/24/2017 | |||||||||||||||||||
Robert D. Evans |
1/8/2010 | 91,074.66 | | 182,149.33 | 3.72 | 1/8/2020 | ||||||||||||||||||
David Flitman |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Patrick T. Hagerty |
12/11/2008 | 16,666.67 | | 33,333.33 | 3.72 | 12/11/2018 | ||||||||||||||||||
8/24/2007 | 109,289.62 | | 218,579.23 | 1.89 | 8/24/2017 | |||||||||||||||||||
James Hope |
3/12/2015 | | 50,000.00 | 100,000.00 | 8.13 | 3/12/2025 |
(1) | The number of outstanding time-vesting options vested and exercisable are reported in column (b) above. Unvested outstanding time-vesting options are reported in column (c) above and ordinarily vest 20% a year over five years on each anniversary of the grant date or vesting reference date, as applicable, subject to continued employment through the applicable vesting dates as described in the Description of Outstanding Equity-Based AwardsFiscal Year 2015 section above. Other than with respect to the options granted on March 12, 2015 to Mr. Hope, which have a vesting reference date of September 3, 2014, the time-based options granted to each other NEO vest on the first five anniversaries of the respective grant date. Unvested outstanding time and performance-vesting options are reported in column (d) above and ordinarily become vested pursuant to the vesting schedule for time and performance-vesting options described in the Description of Equity-Based Awards section above. None of the outstanding time and performance-vesting options have vested. As described in the Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control section below, all or a portion of each option grant may vest earlier in connection with a change in control of the Company. |
(2) | The expiration date shown is the normal expiration date occurring on the tenth anniversary of the grant date. Options may terminate earlier in certain circumstances, such as in connection with an NEOs termination of employment or in connection with certain corporate transactions, including a change in control or initial public offering of the Company. |
112
Option Exercises and Stock Vested in Fiscal 2015
During fiscal 2015, the NEOs did not exercise any options or similar instruments or vest in any stock or similar instruments.
Pension Benefits
We have no pension benefits for our executive officers.
Non-qualified Deferred Compensation-Fiscal 2015
We have no non-qualified defined contribution or other nonqualified deferred compensation plans for our executive officers.
Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control
The following table describes the potential payments and benefits that would have been payable to our Named Executive Officers under existing plans assuming an eligible termination (as described below under Severance Arrangements and Restrictive Covenants) of their employment on June 26, 2015, the last business day of our fiscal 2015.
The amounts shown in the table do not include payments and benefits to the extent they are provided generally to all salaried employees upon termination of employment and do not discriminate in scope, terms, or operation in favor of the Named Executive Officers. These include accrued but unpaid salary and distributions of vested plan balances under our 401(k) savings plan.
Name |
Cash
Severance Payment ($)(1) |
Restricted
Cash Award Acceleration ($)(2) |
Continuation
of Group Health Plans ($)(3) |
Value of
Stock Option Acceleration ($)(4) |
Value of
401(k) Match Acceleration ($)(5) |
Total ($) | ||||||||||||||||||
George L. Holm |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Termination |
257,692 | | 18,197 | | | 275,889 | ||||||||||||||||||
Change in Control |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Robert D. Evans |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Termination |
466,442 | | 4,672 | | | 471,114 | ||||||||||||||||||
Change in Control |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
David Flitman |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Termination |
2,140,385 | 500,000 | 3,164 | | | 2,643,549 | ||||||||||||||||||
Change in Control |
| 1,500,000 | | | | 1,500,000 | ||||||||||||||||||
Patrick T. Hagerty |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Termination |
349,832 | | 16,848 | | | 366,680 | ||||||||||||||||||
Change in Control |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
James Hope |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Termination |
317,308 | | 10,919 | | 7,673 | 335,900 | ||||||||||||||||||
Change in Control |
| | | | | |
(1) | Cash severance payment includes the following: |
| Mr. Holmcontinued payment of his base salary through the expiration of his employment agreement ($200,000) plus the value of his accrued but unused vacation days ($57,692). |
| Mr. Evans52 weeks base salary ($441,000) plus the value of his accrued but unused vacation days ($25,442). |
113
| Mr. Flitman1.5 times the sum of his base salary ($700,000) plus his target annual cash bonus amount ($700,000) plus the value of his accrued but unused vacation days ($40,385). |
| Mr. Hagerty52 weeks base salary ($330,750) plus the value of his accrued but unused vacation days ($19,082). |
| Mr. Hope52 weeks base salary ($300,000) plus the value of his accrued but unused vacation days ($17,308). |
The amount of cash severance does not include amounts payable under the MIP because these amounts are accrued and payable as of the last day of the fiscal year regardless of whether an employee is employed on the applicable payment date.
(2) | Amount reported under Termination reflects 100% of the first installment of Mr. Flitmans restricted cash award that would have vested and become payable if Mr. Flitmans employment had been terminated by the Company without cause, by him for good reason or due to death or disability. Amount reported under Change in Control reflects the value of the full restricted cash award that remained unpaid as of June 26, 2015 and that would have fully vested had a Change in Control been consummated on such date. See Summary of Offer Letter of Mr. Flitman above. |
(3) | With respect to Mr. Holm, reflects the cost of providing the executive officer with continued health, dental, vision, prescription drug, and mental health coverage as enrolled at the time of his termination through the expiration of his employment agreement. With respect to Messrs. Evans, Flitman, Hagerty and Hope, reflects the cost of providing continued group health coverage (on the same basis such coverage was received at the time of the executives termination), subject to the executives electing to receive benefits under COBRA, for a period of 52 weeks. |
(4) | Upon a change in control, our Named Executive Officers unvested options subject solely to time-based vesting would become immediately vested. Other than with respect to Mr. Hope, all options held by our Named Executive Officers subject solely to time-based vesting were fully vested as of June 26, 2015. The amount reported for Mr. Hope reflects no spread value for his options subject solely to time-based vesting based on the Companys most recent valuation. Amounts reported assume that the time and performance-vesting options do not vest upon a change in control. |
(5) | The Companys contributions to our Named Executive Officers 401(k) accounts would be accelerated only upon termination because of death or disability. Each of our Named Executive Officers, other than Mr. Hope, is fully vested in his 401(k) plan account. Mr. Flitman did not have a 401(k) plan account at the end of fiscal 2015. |
Severance Arrangements and Restrictive Covenants
We have adopted the Severance Plan for the benefit of certain key employees. Each of the Named Executive Officers other than Mr. Holm, whose severance terms are contained in his employment agreement, is eligible for severance pay and benefits under the Severance Plan.
Mr. Holm
Under the terms of his employment agreement, if, prior to the expiration of the term of his employment agreement, (1) the Company terminates Mr. Holms employment other than for cause or other than by reason of his disability or (2) Mr. Holm terminates his employment for good reason, then, subject to his execution of a valid release and waiver of claims and his continued compliance with the restrictive and future cooperation covenants in his employment agreement, Mr. Holm will be entitled to receive:
| continued payment of his base salary for the remainder of the then-existing term of his employment agreement; |
| a lump sum payment equal to his annual bonus for the fiscal year in which the termination occurs, based on Company performance during such year through the date of his termination, prorated for the portion of the year actually worked; and |
114
| continued group health coverage (on the same basis such coverage was received at the time of his termination) for the remainder of the then-existing term of his employment agreement. |
For purposes of the severance provisions of Mr. Holms employment agreement:
| cause means a finding by the Company that he has (1) committed a felony or a crime involving moral turpitude, (2) committed any act of gross negligence or fraud, (3) failed, refused, or neglected to substantially perform his duties (other than by reason of a physical or mental impairment) or to implement the directives of the Company, or materially breached any provision of his employment agreement, where such failure, refusal, neglect, or breach continued for 30 days after he had received written notice thereof, or (4) engaged in conduct that is materially injurious to the Company, monetarily or otherwise. |
| disability means a finding by the Company that Mr. Holm has been unable to perform his job functions by reason of a physical or mental impairment for a period of 180 days within a period of 360 consecutive days. |
| good reason means (1) a material breach by the Company of any provision of Mr. Holms employment agreement that continues for 30 days after Mr. Holm has provided the Company with written notice thereof, or (2) the principal place of Mr. Holms employment is relocated more than 100 miles from his principal place of employment on the effective date of his employment agreement. |
Messrs. Evans, Hagerty and Hope
Under the terms of the Severance Plan, as modified by their Severance Letter Agreements, if any of Messrs. Evanss, Hagertys or Hopes employment terminates other than (1) for cause; (2) because of a layoff relating to which he has recall or rehire rights; (3) due to his or her voluntary retirement, voluntary resignation (other than for good reason), disability, or death; or (4) because of any cause beyond the reasonable control of the Company, including, but not limited to, inclement weather, war, riot, malicious or terrorist acts of damage, civil commotion, power failure, fire, or unforeseeable acts of third parties, upon proper execution and filing of a valid release agreement, the Named Executive Officer will be entitled to receive:
| continued payment of base salary at the level of the executives base salary immediately before his or her termination for 52 weeks; |
| the annual bonus, if any, that he would have been entitled to receive, if such termination of employment had not occurred, based on the Companys achievement of the applicable performance targets, in respect of the year of such termination, prorated for the portion of the year actually worked and payable at such time as annual bonuses are paid to other executives of the Company, but no later than two and one half months after the last day of the performance year to which such bonus relates; and |
| continued group health coverage (on the same basis such coverage was received at the time of the executives termination), subject to the executives electing to receive benefits under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985 (COBRA) until the earlier of (x) the last day of the month in which his severance pay ends (or if paid in a lump sum, when the pay would have ended if paid in equal installments); or (y) the date his coverage under the Company health plan ends for any other reason. |
Under the terms of the Severance Plan, if an executive is re-employed by the Company within six months of his or her termination, he must return any severance payments in excess of the base pay he would have been paid during the time of unemployment if he had not experienced a termination of employment.
In addition to the foregoing, if Mr. Hope were to be terminated because of his death or disability, he would be entitled to acceleration of the vesting of our contributions to his 401(k) plan account. Messrs. Evans and Hagerty are fully vested in our contribution to their respective 401(k) plan accounts.
For purposes of the Severance Plan:
|
cause means termination for any of the following reasons: (1) failure to perform the executives assigned duties, including failure to comply with Company policies; (2) conviction (including any plea of |
115
nolo contendre) of any felony or crime involving dishonesty or moral turpitude; (3) act of personal dishonesty knowingly taken in connection with the executives responsibilities as an associate of the Company and which is intended to result in the executives personal enrichment or that of any other person; (4) bad faith conduct that is materially detrimental to the Company; (5) inability of the executive to perform his or her duties because of his or her alcohol or drug use; (6) failure to comply with any legal written directive of the Board of Directors of the Company; (7) any act or omission of substantial detriment to the Company because of the executives intentional failure to comply with any statute, rule, or regulation, except any act or omission the executive believes in good faith to have been in or not opposed to the best interest of the Company (without the executives intent to gain, directly or indirectly, |
a profit to which the executive is not legally entitled) or any act or omission resulting from the executives bad judgment or negligence other than habitual neglect of duty; or (8) insubordination or any other act, or failure to act, or other conduct which is determined by the Company, in its sole discretion, to be demonstrably and materially injurious to the Company monetarily or otherwise. |
| disability means a physical or mental condition which qualifies an executive for benefits under the Companys long-term disability plan or, in the absence of such a plan, a physical or mental condition pursuant to which the executive has become entitled to a disability award under the U.S. Social Security Act. |
For purposes of the Severance Plan, as modified by Messrs. Evanss, Hagertys and Hopes Severance Letter Agreements:
| good reason means, provided that the Company has failed to cure such event within 30 days of receipt of written notice from the executive of such event and that such event occurred within fewer than 90 days of the executives resignation, (1) a diminution in the executives base salary or annual bonus opportunity; (2) any material diminution in the executives authority, duties, or responsibilities; (3) failure of the Company or its subsidiaries to pay or cause to be paid the executives base salary or annual bonus, when due; or (4) relocation of the executives principal place of employment more than 50 miles from the Richmond, Virginia metropolitan area in the cases of Messrs. Evans and Hope or 50 miles from its current location (Littleton, CO) in the case of Mr. Hagerty. |
Mr. Flitman
Under the terms of the Severance Plan, as modified by his offer letter, if Mr. Flitmans employment terminates other than (1) for cause (as defined below); (2) because of a layoff relating to which he has recall or rehire rights; (3) due to his voluntary retirement, voluntary resignation (other than for good reason (as defined above under the Severance Letter Agreements)),disability, or death (each as defined under the Severance Plan); or (4) because of any cause beyond the reasonable control of the Company, including, but not limited to, inclement weather, war, riot, malicious or terrorist acts of damage, civil commotion, power failure, fire, or unforeseeable acts of third parties, upon proper execution and filing and a valid release agreement, Mr. Flitman will be entitled to receive not less than:
| cash severance payments equal to his base salary immediately before his termination for one year; |
| a prorated bonus based on the number of days actually employed during the fiscal year and achievement of objectively-determined performance goals (with any subjective performance goals deemed fully achieved), payable when annual bonuses are paid to other senior executives of the Company; and |
| continued group health coverage (on the same basis such coverage was received at the time of Mr. Flitmans termination), subject to Mr. Flitmans electing to receive benefits under COBRA for one year. |
For any such termination that occurs through the second anniversary of his start date, the amount of cash severance will be equal to 1.5 times the sum of Mr. Flitmans base salary plus his target annual cash bonus amount.
116
Mr. Flitmans offer letter provides that the definition of cause under the Severance Plan (and for all purposes under his offer letter) will be modified by replacing the first bullet condition with the following:
| Substantial continuous failure (after notice to him and at least 15 days within which to cure) to perform his assigned duties, including substantial failure to comply with Company policies (and, for the avoidance of doubt, no failure to achieve performance goals, in and of itself, shall be treated as a basis for termination for cause). |
As described above under Summary of Offer Letter of Mr. Flitman, any unpaid amount of the restricted cash award and any unvested Buyout RSUs will become fully vested and payable at the time of a consummation of a Change in Control (as defined in Mr. Flitmans offer letter). In addition, if Mr. Flitmans employment is terminated by the Company without cause, by him for good reason or due to death or disability the unvested portion of his restricted cash award and the unvested portion of his Buyout RSUs scheduled, in each case, to vest on the next anniversary of his start date will vest on a pro rata basis; provided, that if such termination occurs prior to the first anniversary of his start date he will become vested in 100% of the first installment of the restricted cash award and the Buyout RSUs.
Under the terms of his offer letter, in the event that Mr. Flitmans employment is terminated by the Company without cause or by Mr. Flitman for good reason upon or at any time following the consummation of a Change in Control, all unvested RSUs subject to the Equity Award will become fully vested and payable. In the event that Mr. Flitmans employment is terminated by the Company without cause, or by Mr. Flitman for good reason or due to his death or disability prior to a Change in Control, a prorated portion of the RSUs subject to the Equity Award will vest on a pro rata basis through the date of termination; provided, that if such termination is by the Company without cause and occurs 180 days prior to a Change in Control, Mr. Flitman shall be deemed to have continued employment and been so terminated upon the consummation of a Change in Control and his Equity Award will become fully vested and payable.
In addition to the foregoing, we provide each of our Named Executive Officers with basic life and accident insurance coverage valued at one times annual salary to a maximum of $1 million combined benefit. Therefore, if the benefits were triggered on June 26, 2015 under our life insurance plans, the designated beneficiaries of our NEOs would have received the following amounts: Mr. Holm ($1,000,000), Mr. Evans ($441,000), Mr. Flitman ($700,000), Mr. Hagerty ($330,750) and Mr. Hope ($300,000).
Equity Incentive Plans
2007 Stock Option Plan
Effective August 24, 2007, we adopted the 2007 Stock Option Plan. In connection with the Early Exercise, we amended and restated the 2007 Stock Option Plan effective July 30, 2015.
Following the offering, we will no longer grant equity-based awards under the 2007 Stock Option Plan; however, any outstanding stock options granted under the 2007 Stock Option Plan prior to the offering will remain outstanding in accordance with the terms of the 2007 Stock Option Plan. New equity-based awards will be granted under the 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan, which we intend to adopt in connection with this offering. The following description sets forth the material terms of the 2007 Stock Option Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference.
Purpose. The purpose of the 2007 Stock Option Plan is to promote the long-term growth and profitability of the Company and its subsidiaries by providing individuals who are or will be involved in the Companys and its subsidiaries growth with an opportunity to acquire an ownership interest in the Company. We expect that we
117
will benefit from the added interest that such officers, directors, employees, consultants, or advisors will have in our welfare as a result of their proprietary interest in our success.
Administration. The 2007 Stock Option Plan is administered by our board of directors, or such duly authorized committee of our board of directors or any other persons to which our board of directors has, to the extent permissible by law, delegated power to act under or pursuant to the provisions of the 2007 Stock Option Plan (the 2007 Plan Committee). The 2007 Plan Committee has the power to prescribe, amend, and rescind rules and procedures governing the administration of the 2007 Stock Option Plan, including, but not limited to, the full power and authority to interpret the 2007 Stock Option Plan, the terms of any awards made under the 2007 Stock Option Plan, and the rules and procedures established by the 2007 Plan Committee; to determine the rights of any person under the 2007 Stock Option Plan, or the meaning of requirements imposed by the terms of the 2007 Stock Option Plan or any rule or procedure established by the 2007 Plan Committee; to select officers, directors, employees, consultants, and advisors of the Company or its subsidiaries for awards under the 2007 Stock Option Plan; to set the exercise price of any options granted under the 2007 Stock Option Plan; to establish or amend performance and vesting standards; to impose such limitations, restrictions, and conditions upon such awards as it deems appropriate; to adopt, amend, and rescind administrative guidelines and other rules and regulations relating to the 2007 Stock Option Plan; to correct any defect or omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the 2007 Stock Option Plan; and to make all other determinations and to take all other actions necessary or advisable for the implementation and administration of the 2007 Stock Option Plan, subject to such limitations as may be imposed by the Code, or other applicable law. The Company will require payment, or deduction from payments under the 2007 Stock Option Plan, of any amount it may determine to be necessary to withhold for federal, state, local, or other taxes as a result of the exercise, grant, or vesting of an award issued pursuant to the 2007 Stock Option Plan. Unless otherwise expressly provided in an award agreement under the 2007 Stock Option Plan, the 2007 Plan Committee may, in its discretion, permit a participant to satisfy his or her tax withholding obligation either by (i) surrendering shares received upon exercise of options awarded under the plan owned by the participant or (ii) having the Company withhold from shares otherwise deliverable to such participant upon exercise of an option.
Eligibility. The 2007 Stock Option Plan permits the grant of stock options to our and our subsidiaries present and future officers, directors, employees, consultants, and advisors. Participants are selected from time to time by the 2007 Plan Committee, in its sole discretion, from among those eligible to participate in the 2007 Stock Option Plan.
Shares Subject to the 2007 Stock Option Plan. Subject to adjustment as discussed below, a maximum of 13,290,684 shares of our Class B common stock may be reserved for issuance with respect to options awarded under the 2007 Stock Option Plan. The issuance of shares or the payment of cash upon the exercise of an award or in consideration of the cancellation or termination of an award will reduce the total number of shares available under the 2007 Stock Option Plan, as applicable. If any options awarded under the 2007 Stock Option Plan expire unexercised or unpaid or are canceled, terminated, or forfeited in any manner without the issuance of Class B common stock or payment thereunder, the shares with respect to which such options were granted shall again be available under the 2007 Stock Option Plan. Similarly, if any shares of Class B common stock issued under the 2007 Stock Option Plan are repurchased under the 2007 Stock Option Plan, such shares will again be available under the 2007 Stock Option Plan for reissuance. As of June 27, 2015, 12,495,689 stock options that had been granted and were outstanding under the 2007 Stock Option Plan.
Awards. Awards granted under the 2007 Stock Option Plan will be in the form of non-qualified stock options, and will be subject to the foregoing and the following terms and conditions, evidenced by award agreements, and to such other terms and conditions that are not inconsistent therewith, as the 2007 Plan Committee determines:
(1) Price. The option price per share will be determined by the 2007 Plan Committee and will be consistent with the 2007 Stock Option Plan.
118
(2) Exercisability. Options granted under the 2007 Stock Option Plan will be exercisable at such time and upon such terms and conditions as may be determined by the 2007 Plan Committee, consistent with the 2007 Stock Option Plan.
(3) Exercise of Options. Except as part of the Early Exercise or as otherwise provided in the 2007 Stock Option Plan or in an award agreement, an option may be exercised for all, or from time to time any specified part, of the shares for which it is then exercisable. The purchase price for the shares underlying the option being exercised will be paid to us by cashiers, certified check, or wire transfer. In addition, at the discretion of the 2007 Plan Committee, which discretion will be exercised (among other considerations) in a manner intended (as determined in good faith by the 2007 Plan Committee) to cause such option not to be treated as deferred compensation within the meaning of the Code, a participant may exercise options without payment in cash therefor pursuant to a cashless exercise of such options. No participant has any rights to dividends or other rights of a stockholder with respect to shares subject to an option until the date on which a stock certificate is issued to such participant in respect of such shares.
Adjustments. In the event of any change in the outstanding shares by reason of any reorganization, recapitalization, stock split, stock dividend, combination of shares, merger, consolidation, or other change in the Class B common stock, the 2007 Plan Committee shall make such changes in the number and type of shares of Class B common stock covered by the outstanding awards and the terms thereof as the 2007 Plan Committee determines in its sole discretion are necessary to prevent dilution or enlargement of rights of participants under the 2007 Stock Option Plan. In the event of any such transaction, the 2007 Plan Committee shall have the power to make such changes as it deems appropriate in the number and type of shares covered by outstanding awards or available to be granted under the 2007 Stock Option Plan, the prices specified therein, and the securities or other property to be received upon exercise (which may include providing for cash payment in exchange for cancellation of outstanding options (or no consideration in the case of unvested options)).
Change in Control. Under the 2007 Stock Option Plan, a change in control means: (i) prior to an Initial Public Offering, any transaction or series of related transactions that result in the Sponsors ceasing collectively to own shares of the Companys Class A common stock, par value $.01 per share and Class B common stock, par value $0.01 per share (collectively, the Common Stock) which represent at least 50% of the total voting power or economic interest in the Company; (ii) at any time, any transaction or series of related transactions that result in an Independent Third Party (as defined in the 2007 Stock Option Plan) acquiring shares of Common Stock that represent more than 50% of the total voting power or economic interest in the Company; and (iii) at any time, a sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis; provided that, in the case of clauses (i) and (ii) above, such transactions shall only constitute a change in control if they result in the Sponsors ceasing to have the power (whether by ownership of voting securities, contractual right, or otherwise) collectively to elect a majority of our Board of Directors.
In the event of a change in control, all time-vesting options awarded under the 2007 Stock Option Plan shall be considered 100% vested.
Amendment and Termination. The 2007 Plan Committee may at any time suspend or terminate the 2007 Stock Option Plan and make such additions or amendments as it deems advisable under the 2007 Stock Option Plan. The 2007 Plan Committee may not, however, change any of the terms of an award agreement in a manner adverse to a participant without the prior written approval of such participant.
Non-Transferability. Unless otherwise determined by the 2007 Plan Committee, an award is not transferable or assignable by the participant otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. An award issued pursuant to the 2007 Stock Option Plan exercisable after the death of a participant may be exercised by the estate, personal representatives, heirs, spouse, or descendants of the participant and any trust created solely for the benefit of the spouse and descendants of the participant and their spouses and each custodian or guardian of any property of such persons in his or her capacity as such custodian or guardian (such persons, collectively,
119
Permitted Transferees). Any shares issued upon exercise of an option awarded pursuant to the 2007 Stock Option Plan to the participant or Permitted Transferee are not transferable except in accordance with the terms of the 2007 Stock Option Plan until the occurrence of a change in control.
No Right to Employment. The granting of an award under the 2007 Stock Option Plan imposes no obligation on us or any of our subsidiaries to continue the employment of a participant and does not lessen or affect our or our subsidiaries right to terminate the employment of such participant.
Restrictive Covenants. Participants receiving awards under the 2007 Stock Option Plan are subject to restrictive covenants, including an indefinite covenant not to disclose confidential information, and, during the participants employment and for the one-year period following the termination of his or her employment, covenants related to non-competition and non-solicitation of our employees, customers, or suppliers.
Repurchase of Shares. In the event that a participant is no longer employed by us or any of our subsidiaries for any reason, all Class B common stock issued or issuable to the participant upon his or her exercise of options granted under the 2007 Stock Option Plan (Award Stock) are subject to repurchase by us and the Sponsors (solely at our option) by delivering a repurchase notice within specified time periods. If a participant is no longer employed by us as a result of any reason other than termination for Cause (as defined in the 2007 Stock Option Plan) or other than resignation by the participant (other than for retirement), then on or after the date of such participants termination of employment, we may elect to purchase all or any portion of the Award Stock at a price per share equal to the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the 2007 Plan Committee (the Fair Market Value), of such shares of Award Stock, as of the anticipated date of the repurchase. In the event that a participant is no longer employed by us as a result of termination for Cause or resignation by the participant for any reason (other than for retirement), the repurchase price will be the lower of Fair Market Value and the exercise price paid by the participant (as adjusted) (the Original Value). In the event that a participant resigns because of retirement and subsequently breaches the non-competition or non-solicitation covenant within one year of such participants termination, the repurchase price will be the lower of the Fair Market Value and Original Value. The option to repurchase terminates upon a Change in Control or an Initial Public Offering.
Forfeitures of Unvested Award Stock . On the date that any unvested Award Stock ceases to be eligible to vest, the participant will forfeit such unvested Award Stock and is entitled to a payment by us and the Sponsors, per share of unvested Award Stock, equal to the lesser of Fair Market Value and the cash purchase price paid per share by the participant.
2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan
In July 2015, our board of directors adopted, and we expect our stockholders to approve, the Performance Food Group Company 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan (our 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan).
Purpose . The purpose of our 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan is to provide a means through which to attract and retain key personnel and to provide a means whereby our directors, officers, employees, consultants, and advisors can acquire and maintain an equity interest in us, or be paid incentive compensation, including incentive compensation measured by reference to the value of our common stock, thereby strengthening their commitment to our welfare and aligning their interests with those of our stockholders.
Administration . Our 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan will be administered by the Committee or such other committee of our board of directors to which it has properly delegated power, or if no such committee or subcommittee exists, our board of directors (the 2015 Plan Committee). The 2015 Plan Committee is authorized to (1) designate participants; (2) determine the type or types of awards to be granted to a participant; (3) determine the number of shares of common stock to be covered by, or with respect to which payments, rights,
120
or other matters are to be calculated in connection with, awards; (4) determine the terms and conditions of any award; (5) determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances awards may be settled in, or exercised for, cash, shares of common stock, other securities, other awards or other property, or canceled, forfeited or suspended and the method or methods by which awards may be settled, exercised, canceled, forfeited or suspended; (6) determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances the delivery of cash, shares of common stock, other securities, other awards, or other property and other amounts payable with respect to an award shall be deferred either automatically or at the election of the participant or of the 2015 Plan Committee; (7) interpret, administer, reconcile any inconsistency in, correct any defect in, and/or supply any omission in our 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan and any instrument or agreement relating to, or award granted under, our 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan; (8) establish, amend, suspend, or waive any rules and regulations and appoint such agents as the 2015 Plan Committee deems appropriate for the proper administration of our 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan; (9) adopt sub-plans; and (10) make any other determination and take any other action that the 2015 Plan Committee deems necessary or desirable for the administration of our 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan. Except to the extent prohibited by applicable law or the applicable rules and regulations of any securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which our securities are listed or traded, the 2015 Plan Committee may allocate all or any portion of its responsibilities and powers to any one or more of its members and may delegate all or any part of its responsibilities and powers to any person or persons selected by it in accordance with the terms of our 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan. Any such allocation or delegation may be revoked by the 2015 Plan Committee at any time. Unless otherwise expressly provided in our 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan, all designations, determinations, interpretations, and other decisions under or with respect to our 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan or any award or any documents evidencing awards granted pursuant to our 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan are within the sole discretion of the 2015 Plan Committee, may be made at any time and are final, conclusive, and binding upon all persons or entities, including, without limitation, us, any participant, any holder or beneficiary of any award, and any of our stockholders.
Awards Subject to our 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan . Our 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan provides that the total number of shares of common stock that may be issued under our 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan is 10,000,000 (the Absolute Share Limit). Of this amount, the maximum number of shares of common stock for which incentive stock options may be granted is 10,000,000; the maximum number of shares of common stock for which stock options or stock appreciation rights may be granted to any individual participant during any single fiscal year is 5,000,000; the maximum number of shares of common stock for which performance compensation awards denominated in shares may be granted to any individual participant in respect of a single fiscal year is 5,000,000 (or if any such awards are settled in cash, the maximum amount may not exceed the fair market value of such shares on the last day of the performance period to which such award relates); the maximum number of shares of common stock granted during a single fiscal year to any non-employee director, taken together with any cash fees paid to such non-employee director during the fiscal year, may not exceed $5,000,000 in total value; and the maximum amount that may be paid to any individual participant for a single fiscal year under a performance compensation award denominated in cash is $10,000,000. Except for Substitute Awards (as described below), in the event any award expires or is canceled, forfeited, terminated, settled in cash, or otherwise settled without delivery to the participant of the full number of shares to which the award related, the undelivered shares of common stock may be granted again under our 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan. Shares of common stock withheld in payment of the exercise price or taxes relating to an award, and shares equal to the number of shares surrendered in payment of any exercise price or taxes relating to an award, are deemed to constitute shares not issued to the participant and are deemed to again be available for awards under our 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan, unless the shares are withheld or surrendered after the termination of our 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan, or at the time the shares are withheld or surrendered, it would constitute a material revision of our 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan subject to stockholder approval under any then-applicable rules of the exchange on which the shares of common stock are listed. Awards may, in the sole discretion of the 2015 Plan Committee, be granted in assumption of, or in substitution for, outstanding awards previously granted by an entity directly or indirectly acquired by us or with which we combine (Substitute Awards), and such Substitute Awards will not be counted against the Absolute Share Limit, except that Substitute Awards intended to qualify as incentive stock options will count against the limit on incentive stock options described above. No award may be granted
121
under our 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan after the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date (as defined therein), but awards granted before then may extend beyond that date.
Options . The 2015 Plan Committee may grant non-qualified stock options and incentive stock options, under our 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan, with terms and conditions determined by the 2015 Plan Committee that are not inconsistent with our 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan; provided, that all stock options granted under our 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan are required to have a per share exercise price that is not less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock underlying such stock options on the date such stock options are granted (other than in the case of options that are Substitute Awards), and all stock options that are intended to qualify as an incentive stock options must be granted pursuant to an award agreement expressly stating that the options are intended to qualify as an incentive stock options, and will be subject to the terms and conditions that comply with the rules as may be prescribed by Section 422 of the Code. The maximum term for stock options granted under our 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan will be ten years from the initial date of grant, or with respect to any stock options intended to qualify as incentive stock options, such shorter period as prescribed by Section 422 of the Code. However, if a non-qualified stock option would expire at a time when trading of shares of our common stock is prohibited by our insider trading policy (or blackout period imposed by us), the term will automatically be extended to the 30th day following the end of such period. The purchase price for the common stock shares as to which a stock option is exercised may be paid to us, to the extent permitted by law, (1) in cash or its equivalent at the time the stock option is exercised; (2) in common stock shares having a fair market value equal to the aggregate exercise price of the stock option being exercised and satisfying any requirements that may be imposed by the 2015 Plan Committee (provided that such shares are not subject to any pledge or other security interest and have been held by the participant for at least six months or such other period established by the 2015 Plan Committee to avoid adverse accounting treatment); or (3) by such other method as the 2015 Plan Committee may permit in its sole discretion, including, without limitation, a) in other property having a fair market value on the date of exercise equal to the exercise price, b) if there is a public market for the common stock shares at such time, through the delivery of irrevocable instructions to a broker to sell the common stock shares being acquired upon the exercise of the stock option and to deliver to us the amount of the proceeds of such sale equal to the aggregate exercise price of the stock option being exercised, or (c) through a net exercise procedure effected by withholding the minimum number of common stock shares needed to pay the exercise price and any applicable required withholding taxes. Any fractional shares of common stock will be settled in cash.
Stock Appreciation Rights . The 2015 Plan Committee may grant stock appreciation rights, under our 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan with terms and conditions determined by the 2015 Plan Committee that are not inconsistent with our 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan. The 2015 Plan Committee also may award stock appreciation rights independent of any option. Generally, each stock appreciation right will entitle the participant upon exercise to an amount (in cash, shares, or a combination of cash and shares, as determined by the 2015 Plan Committee) equal to the product of (1) the excess of a) the fair market value on the exercise date of one share of common stock, over b) the strike price per share of common stock covered by the stock appreciation right, times (2) the number of shares of common stock covered by the stock appreciation right, less any taxes required to be withheld. The strike price per share of common stock covered by a stock appreciation right will be determined by the 2015 Plan Committee at the time of grant but in no event may such amount be less than 100% of the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date the stock appreciation right is granted (other than in the case of stock appreciation rights granted in substitution of previously granted awards). The maximum term of a stock appreciation right will be ten years from the date of grant, except that if the term would expire during a blackout period, the term of the stock appreciation right will be extended to the 30 th day after the end of the blackout period.
Restricted Shares and Restricted Stock Units . The 2015 Plan Committee may grant restricted shares of our common stock or restricted stock units, representing the right to receive, upon vesting and the expiration of any applicable restricted period, one share of common stock for each restricted stock unit, or, in the sole discretion of the 2015 Plan Committee, the cash value thereof (or any combination thereof). As to restricted shares of our common stock, subject to the other provisions of our 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan, the holder will generally have the rights and privileges of a stockholder as to such restricted shares of common stock, including, without limitation, the right to vote such restricted shares of common stock (except, that if the lapsing of restrictions with respect to such restricted shares of common stock is contingent on satisfaction of performance conditions other
122
than, or in addition to, the passage of time, any dividends payable on such restricted shares of common stock will be retained, and delivered without interest to the holder of such shares when the restrictions on such shares lapse). To the extent provided in the applicable award agreement, the holder of outstanding restricted stock units will be entitled to be credited with dividend equivalent payments (upon the payment by us of dividends on shares of common stock) either in cash or, at the sole discretion of the 2015 Plan Committee, in shares of common stock having a value equal to the amount of such dividends (and interest may, at the sole discretion of the 2015 Plan Committee, be credited on the amount of cash dividend equivalents at a rate and subject to such terms as determined by the 2015 Plan Committee), which will be payable at the same time as the underlying restricted stock units are settled following the release of the restrictions on such restricted stock units. A participant will have no rights or privileges as a stockholder as to restricted stock units.
Other Equity-Based Awards and Other Cash-Based Awards . The 2015 Plan Committee may grant other equity-based or cash-based awards under our 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan, with terms and conditions determined by the 2015 Plan Committee that are not inconsistent with our 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan.
Performance Compensation Awards . The 2015 Plan Committee has the authority, at or before the time of grant of any award, to designate such award as a performance compensation award intended to qualify as performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code. The 2015 Plan Committee has the sole discretion to select the length of any applicable performance periods, the types of performance compensation awards to be issued, the applicable performance criteria and performance goals, and the kinds and/or levels of performance goals that are to apply. The performance criteria that will be used to establish the performance goals may be based on the attainment of specific levels of our performance (and/or our subsidiaries, divisions or operational and/or business units, product lines, brands, business segments, administrative departments, or any combination of the foregoing) and are limited to the following, which may be determined in accordance with GAAP or on a non-GAAP basis: (1) net earnings, net income (before or after taxes) or consolidated net income; (2) basic or diluted earnings per share (before or after taxes); (3) net revenue or net revenue growth; (4) gross revenue or gross revenue growth, gross profit or gross profit growth; (5) net operating profit (before or after taxes); (6) return measures (including, but not limited to, return on investment, assets, capital, employed capital, invested capital, equity, or sales); (7) cash flow measures (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow, free cash flow, or cash flow return on capital), which may but are not required to be measured on a per share basis; (8) actual or adjusted earnings before or after interest, taxes, depreciation and/or amortization (including EBIT and EBITDA); (9) gross or net operating margins; (10) productivity ratios; (11) share price (including, but not limited to, growth measures and total stockholder return); (12) expense targets or cost reduction goals, general and administrative expense savings; (13) operating efficiency; (14) objective measures of customer/client satisfaction; (15) working capital targets; (16) measures of economic value added or other value creation metrics; (17) enterprise value; (18) sales; (19) stockholder return; (20) customer/client retention; (21) competitive market metrics; (22) employee retention; (23) objective measures of personal targets, goals or completion of projects (including but not limited to succession and hiring projects, completion of specific acquisitions, dispositions, reorganizations or other corporate transactions or capital-raising transactions, expansions of specific business operations and meeting divisional or project budgets); (24) comparisons of continuing operations to other operations; (25) market share; (26) cost of capital, debt leverage year-end cash position or book value; (27) strategic objectives; or (28) any combination of the foregoing.
Following the completion of a performance period, the 2015 Plan Committee will review and certify in writing whether, and to what extent, the performance goals for the performance period have been achieved and, if so, calculate and certify in writing that amount of the performance compensation awards earned for the period based upon the performance formula. In determining the actual amount of an individual participants performance compensation award for a performance period, the 2015 Plan Committee has the discretion to reduce or eliminate the amount of the performance compensation award consistent with Section 162(m) of the Code. Unless otherwise provided in the applicable award agreement, the 2015 Plan Committee does not have the discretion to (1) grant or provide payment in respect of performance compensation awards for a performance
123
period if the performance goals for such performance period have not been attained; or (2) increase a performance compensation award above the applicable limitations set forth in our 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan.
Effect of Certain Events on the 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan and Awards . In the event of (1) any dividend (other than regular cash dividends) or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, shares of common stock, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, split-off, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of shares of common stock or other securities, issuance of warrants or other rights to acquire shares of common stock or other securities, or other similar corporate transaction or event that affects the shares of common stock (including a Change in Control, as defined in our 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan); or (2) unusual or nonrecurring events affecting the Company, including changes in applicable rules, rulings, regulations or other requirements, that the 2015 Plan Committee determines, in its sole discretion, could result in substantial dilution or enlargement of the rights intended to be granted to, or available for, participants (any event in (1) or (2), an Adjustment Event), the 2015 Plan Committee will, in respect of any such Adjustment Event, make such proportionate substitution or adjustment, if any, as it deems equitable, to any or all of (a) the Absolute Share Limit, or any other limit applicable under our 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan with respect to the number of awards which may be granted thereunder; (b) the number of shares of common stock or other securities of the Company (or number and kind of other securities or other property) which may be issued in respect of awards or with respect to which awards may be granted under our 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan or any sub-plan; and (c) the terms of any outstanding award, including, without limitation, (i) the number of shares of common stock or other securities of the Company (or number and kind of other securities or other property) subject to outstanding awards or to which outstanding awards relate; (ii) the exercise price or strike price with respect to any award; or (iii) any applicable performance measures (including, without limitation, performance criteria and performance goals); provided, that in the case of any equity restructuring, the 2015 Plan Committee will make an equitable or proportionate adjustment to outstanding awards to reflect such equity restructuring. In connection with any Adjustment Event, the 2015 Plan Committee may, in its sole discretion, provide for any one or more of the following: (1) substitution or assumption of awards, acceleration of the exercisability of, lapse of restrictions on, or termination of, awards or a period of time for participants to exercise outstanding awards prior to the occurrence of such event; and (2) subject to any limitations or reductions as may be necessary to comply with Section 409A of the Code, cancellation of any one or more outstanding awards and payment to the holders of such awards that are vested as of such cancellation (including, without limitation, any awards that would vest as a result of the occurrence of such event but for such cancellation or for which vesting is accelerated by the 2015 Plan Committee in connection with such event) the value of such awards, if any, as determined by the 2015 Plan Committee (which value, if applicable, may be based upon the price per share of common stock received or to be received by other holders of our common stock in such event), including, without limitation, in the case of stock options and stock appreciation rights, a cash payment equal to the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the shares of common stock subject to the option or stock appreciation right over the aggregate exercise price or strike price thereof, or, in the case of restricted stock, restricted stock units, or other equity-based awards that are not vested as of such cancellation, a cash payment or equity subject to deferred vesting and delivery consistent with the vesting restrictions applicable to such award prior to cancellation or the underlying shares in respect thereof.
Nontransferability of Awards . No award will be permitted to be assigned, alienated, pledged, attached, sold, or otherwise transferred or encumbered by a participant other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and any such purported assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance will be void and unenforceable against us or any of our subsidiaries. However, the 2015 Plan Committee may, in its sole discretion, permit awards (other than incentive stock options) to be transferred, including transfers to a participants family members, any trust established solely for the benefit of a participant or such participants family members, any partnership or limited liability company of which a participant or such participant and such participants family members, are the sole member(s), and a beneficiary to whom donations are eligible to be treated as charitable contributions for tax purposes.
124
Amendment and Termination . Our board of directors may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue, or terminate our 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan or any portion thereof at any time; provided, that no such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance, or termination may be made without stockholder approval if (1) such approval is necessary to comply with any regulatory requirement applicable to our 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan or for changes in GAAP to new accounting standards; (2) it would materially increase the number of securities which may be issued under our 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan (except for adjustments in connection with certain corporate events); or (3) it would materially modify the requirements for participation in our 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan; provided, further, that any such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance, or termination that would materially and adversely affect the rights of any participant or any holder or beneficiary of any award will not to that extent be effective without such individuals consent.
The 2015 Plan Committee may, to the extent consistent with the terms of any applicable award agreement, waive any conditions or rights under, amend any terms of, or alter, suspend, discontinue, cancel or terminate, any award granted or the associated award agreement, prospectively or retroactively (including after a termination of a participants employment or service); provided, that, except as otherwise permitted in our 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan, any such waiver, amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance, cancellation, or termination that would materially and adversely affect the rights of any participant with respect to such award will not to that extent be effective without such individuals consent; provided, further , that without stockholder approval, except as otherwise permitted in our 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan, (1) no amendment or modification may reduce the exercise price of any option or the strike price of any stock appreciation right; (2) the 2015 Plan Committee may not cancel any outstanding option or stock appreciation right and replace it with a new option or stock appreciation right (with a lower exercise price or strike price, as the case may be) or other award or cash payment that is greater than the value of the canceled option or stock appreciation right; and (3) the 2015 Plan Committee may not take any other action which is considered a repricing for purposes of the stockholder approval rules of any securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which our securities are listed or quoted.
Dividends and Dividend Equivalents . The 2015 Plan Committee in its sole discretion may provide as part of an award dividends or dividend equivalents, on such terms and conditions as may be determined by the 2015 Plan Committee in its sole discretion; provided, that no dividends or dividend equivalents will be payable in respect of outstanding (1) options or stock appreciation rights or (2) unearned performance compensation awards or other unearned awards subject to performance conditions (other than or in addition to the passage of time) (although dividends or dividend equivalents may be accumulated in respect of unearned awards and paid within 15 days after such awards are earned and become payable or distributable).
Clawback/Repayment . All awards are subject to reduction, cancellation, forfeiture, or recoupment to the extent necessary to comply with (1) any clawback, forfeiture, or other similar policy adopted by our board of directors or the 2015 Plan Committee and as in effect from time to time and (2) applicable law. To the extent that a participant receives any amount in excess of the amount that the participant should otherwise have received under the terms of the award for any reason (including, without limitation, by reason of a financial restatement, mistake in calculations, or other administrative error), the participant will be required to repay any such excess amount to the Company.
Detrimental Activity . If a participant has engaged in any detrimental activity, as defined in our 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan, as determined by the 2015 Plan Committee, the 2015 Plan Committee may, in its sole discretion, provide for one or more of the following: (1) cancellation of any or all of such participants outstanding awards; or (2) forfeiture by the participant of any gain realized on the vesting or exercise of awards, and repayment of any such gain promptly to the Company.
125
Director Compensation
For fiscal 2015, we did not provide compensation to our directors other than Douglas Steenland, our Non-Executive Chairman, Arthur B. Winkleblack and John J. Zillmer, for their service. However, all of our directors are reimbursed for their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses related to their service as a member of the Board of Directors or one of its committees.
Messrs. Winkleblack and Zillmer each receive an annual retainer of $200,000, payable in arrears. Mr. Winkleblack, as Chair of the Audit Committee, receives an additional $15,000 annually.
For his service as Non-Executive Chairman of the Board of Directors, Mr. Steenland receives an annual cash retainer of $250,000. In January 2014, in recognition of an increase in his responsibilities to our Board of Directors, we awarded Mr. Steenland an additional one-year cash retainer of $500,000 of which $250,000 was paid in fiscal 2014 and the remaining $250,000 of which was paid in the first half of fiscal 2015, in addition to his $250,000 annual retainer. In addition, for his services during the second half of fiscal 2015, we awarded Mr. Steenland an additional retainer of $250,000. As Non-Executive Chairman of the Board of Directors, Mr. Steenland was also eligible to receive a discretionary cash bonus. For fiscal 2015, Mr. Steenlands maximum bonus opportunity as a percentage of his cash compensation was 50% and was based on his annual cash retainer of $250,000 (excluding his one-time additional retainer).
In addition, in fiscal 2010, Mr. Steenland was granted 215,000 options as part of his compensation, which options are now fully vested. One third of the options granted to Mr. Steenland were subject solely to time-based vesting restrictions and two thirds of the options granted to Mr. Steenland were subject to time and performance-based criteria. The time-based options were scheduled to vest based on a three year vesting schedule and, subject to Mr. Steenlands continued service on our Board through the applicable vesting dates, 33 and 1/3% of the options subject to time-based vesting vested and became exercisable on each of the first three anniversaries of the date of grant. The time and performance-based options would only be deemed vested when they had both time vested and performance vested. 33 and 1/3% of the time and performance-based options time vested the last day of each of the Companys 2011, 2012 and 2013 fiscal years, subject to Mr. Steenlands continued service on our Board through the applicable vesting dates. Subject to time vesting and continued service on our Board through the date of the relevant event, these time and performance-based options vested and became exercisable:
| with respect to 33 and 1/3% of the shares subject to the time and performance-vesting options, on the date that the audited financial statement for the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries in respect to the Companys 2011 fiscal year was approved by the Boards audit committee if the predetermined Adjusted EBITDA budget target established by the Board in respect of such fiscal year was satisfied; |
| with respect to 33 and 1/3% of the shares subject to the time and performance-vesting options, on the date that the audited financial statement for the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries in respect to the Companys 2012 fiscal year was approved by the Boards audit committee if Adjusted EBITDA (as calculated by the Board in good faith) was at least $240,000,000; and |
| with respect to 33 and 1/3% of the shares subject to the time and performance-vesting options, on the date that the audited financial statement for the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries in respect to the Companys 2013 fiscal year was approved by the Boards audit committee if Adjusted EBITDA (as calculated by the Board in good faith) was at least $270,000,000. |
Following this offering, we anticipate that all non-employee directors will be entitled to compensation arrangements to be determined.
126
Director Compensation for Fiscal 2015
The following table sets forth information concerning the compensation of our directors (other than directors who are Named Executive Officers) for fiscal 2015.
Name |
Fees earned or
paid in cash ($)(1) |
Bonus
($)(2) |
Option
Awards ($)(3) |
Total
($) |
||||||||||||
Douglas M. Steenland |
750,000 | | | 750,000 | ||||||||||||
William F. Dawson Jr. |
| | | | ||||||||||||
Bruce McEvoy |
| | | | ||||||||||||
Prakash A. Melwani |
| | | | ||||||||||||
Jeffrey Overly |
| | | | ||||||||||||
Krishna Rao |
| | | | ||||||||||||
Arthur B. Winkleblack |
85,083 | | | 85,083 | ||||||||||||
John J. Zillmer |
80,220 | | | 80,220 |
(1) | Amount reported reflects Mr. Steenlands annual cash retainer plus the portion of his one-time additional cash retainer that was paid in fiscal 2015. Effective as of February 1, 2015, the Board elected Messrs. Winkleblack and Zillmer to serve as directors. Therefore, the amounts reported for Messrs. Winkleblack and Zillmer reflect fees earned from the date of their election. |
(2) | The discretionary bonus, if any, for Steenland was not determined by the Board as of the date of this prospectus and is expected to be determined in August 2015. |
(3) | As of June 27, 2015, Mr. Steenland held 215,000 fully-vested options with an exercise price of $5.49. |
127
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Stockholders Agreement
In connection with our initial public offering, we expect to enter into a stockholders agreement with affiliates of our Sponsors. This agreement will grant Blackstone the right to nominate to our Board of Directors a number of designees equal to: (i) at least a majority of the total number of directors comprising our Board of Directors as long as Blackstone and its affiliates beneficially own at least 50% of the shares of our common stock entitled to vote generally in the election of our directors; (ii) at least 40% of the total number of directors comprising our Board of Directors at such time as long as Blackstone and its affiliates beneficially own at least 40% but less than 50% of the shares of our common stock entitled to vote generally in the election of our directors; (iii) at least 30% of the total number of directors comprising our Board of Directors at such time as long as Blackstone and its affiliates beneficially own at least 30% but less than 40% of the shares of our common stock entitled to vote generally in the election of our directors; (iv) at least 20% of the total number of directors comprising our board of directors at such time as long as Blackstone and its affiliates beneficially own at least 20% but less than 30% of the shares of our common stock entitled to vote generally in the election of our directors; and (v) at least 10% of the total number of directors comprising our Board of Directors at such time as long as Blackstone and its affiliates beneficially own at least 5% but less than 20% of the shares of our common stock entitled to vote generally in the election of our directors. For purposes of calculating the number of directors that Blackstone is entitled to nominate pursuant to the formula outlined above, any fractional amounts would be rounded up to the nearest whole number (e.g., one and one quarter directors shall equate to two directors) and the calculation would be made on a pro forma basis after taking into account any increase in the size of our Board of Directors.
In addition, the agreement will grant Wellspring the right to nominate to our Board of Directors a number of designees equal to: (i) at least 20% of the total number of directors comprising our Board of Directors at such time as long as Wellspring and its affiliates beneficially own at least 20% but less than 30% of the shares of our common stock entitled to vote generally in the election of our directors; and (ii) at least 10% of the total number of directors comprising our Board of Directors at such time as long as Wellspring and its affiliates beneficially own at least 5% but less than 20% of the shares of our common stock entitled to vote generally in the election of our directors. For purposes of calculating the number of directors that Wellspring is entitled to nominate pursuant to the formula outlined above, any fractional amounts would be rounded up to the nearest whole number (e.g., one and one quarter directors shall equate to two directors) and the calculation would be made on a pro forma basis after taking into account any increase in the size of our Board of Directors.
In the event a vacancy on the Board of Directors is caused by the death, retirement, or resignation of Blackstones director-designee, Blackstone shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, have the right to have the vacancy filled by Blackstones new director-designee. Furthermore, in the event a vacancy on the Board of Directors is caused by the death, retirement, or resignation of Wellsprings director-designee, Wellspring shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, have the right to have the vacancy filled by Wellsprings new director-designee.
Registration Rights Agreement
In connection with this offering, we intend to enter into a registration rights agreement that will provide Blackstone and Wellspring an unlimited number of demand registrations and customary piggyback registration rights. The registration rights agreement will also provide that we will pay certain expenses relating to such registrations and indemnify the registration rights holders against certain liabilities that may arise under the Securities Act.
128
Advisory Fee Agreement
We are a party to the Amended and Restated Advisory Fee Agreement (the Advisory Agreement) with Blackstone Management Partners V L.L.C. (BMP) and Wellspring Capital Management, LLC (WCM, and together with BMP, the Advisors). Pursuant to this agreement, BMP, WCM or their affiliates provide certain strategic and structuring advice and assistance to us. In addition, under this agreement, BMP, WCM, or their affiliates provide certain monitoring, advisory, and consulting services to us for an aggregate annual management fee equal to the greater of $2.5 million or 1.5% of Consolidated EBITDA (as defined in the Credit Agreement). BMP, WCM, or their affiliates also receive reimbursement for out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them in connection with the provision of services pursuant to the Advisory Agreement.
Under its terms, the Advisory Agreement will terminate no later than the second anniversary of the initial closing date of this offering.
Other Transactions
We lease a distribution facility from an entity owned by one of our officers. The lease generally provides that we will bear the cost of property taxes. Total rent and taxes paid to the officers company totaled $0.5 million for fiscal 2014, fiscal 2013, and fiscal 2012, and $0.3 million for the nine months ended March 28, 2015.
We do business with other affiliates of The Blackstone Group. In fiscal 2014, we recorded sales of $35.0 million to certain of these affiliate companies compared to sales of $40.1 million for fiscal 2013, $40.0 million for fiscal 2012, and $2.0 million for the nine months ended March 28, 2015. We also recorded purchases of $1.8 million from certain of these affiliate companies in fiscal 2014, $2.9 million in fiscal 2013, $3.8 million in fiscal 2012, and $1.5 million in the nine months ended March 28, 2015. We do not conduct a material amount of business with affiliates of Wellspring Capital Management.
As of March 28, 2015, an affiliate of Blackstone held $16.7 million of the outstanding $738.8 million term loan facility. We paid approximately $2.0 million in interest related to fiscal 2014, $0.2 million related to fiscal 2013 and $1.2 million related to the nine months ended March 28, 2015 to this affiliate pursuant to the terms of the term loan facility. See Description of Certain IndebtednessTerm Loan Facility. Affiliates of Blackstone and Wellspring Capital had held $218.1 million of our $500 million aggregate principal amount of senior notes, all of which were redeemed on May 14, 2013. We paid approximately $4.4 million in redemption premiums and $20.9 million in interest related to fiscal 2013 to these affiliates pursuant to the terms of the senior notes. We paid approximately $10.7 million in interest related to fiscal 2012 to these affiliates pursuant to the terms of the senior notes.
Repurchase of Securities
As market conditions warrant, we and our major stockholders, including our Sponsors, may from time to time, depending upon market conditions, seek to repurchase our securities or loans in privately negotiated or open market transactions, by tender offer or otherwise.
Equity Investment by Directors and Executive Officers
Our 2007 Management Option Plan allows for the granting of awards to employees, including directors and independent contractors, of the Company or its affiliates in the form of nonqualified stock options. The 2007 Management Option Plan is designed to attract able persons to us and our affiliates and to provide a means whereby those employees and consultants can acquire and maintain stock ownership, thereby promoting our long-term growth and profitability and increasing participants desire to remain in our employ or service. The terms and conditions of awards granted under the 2007 Management Option Plan are determined by our Board of Directors. All current awards have a contractual term of ten years.
129
Equity Healthcare Program Agreement
Effective as of July 15, 2014, we entered into an employer health program agreement with Equity Healthcare LLC (Equity Healthcare), an affiliate of Blackstone, pursuant to which Equity Healthcare provides to us certain negotiating, monitoring, and other services in connection with our health benefit plans. Because of the combined purchasing power of its client participants, Equity Healthcare is able to negotiate pricing terms for providers that are believed to be more favorable than the companies could obtain for themselves on an individual basis.
In consideration for Equity Healthcares services, we paid Equity Healthcare a fee of $2.80 per eligible employee per month for benefit plans beginning on or after January 1, 2014 and we will pay a fee of $3.00 per eligible employee per month for plans beginning on or after January 1, 2016 and $3.00 per eligible employee per month for plans beginning on or after January 1, 2017. As of March 28, 2015, we had approximately 9,700 employees enrolled in Equity Healthcare health benefit plans.
Core Trust Purchasing Group Participation Agreement
Effective September 24, 2007, we entered into a five-year participation agreement with Core Trust Purchasing Group (CPG), which designates CPG as our exclusive group purchasing organization for the purchase of certain products and services from third-party vendors. CPG secures from vendors pricing terms for goods and services that are believed to be more favorable than participants in the group purchasing organization could obtain for themselves on an individual basis. Under the participation agreement, we must purchase 80% of the requirements of our participating locations for core categories of specified products and services from vendors participating in the group purchasing arrangement with CPG or CPG may terminate the contract.
We do not pay any fees to participate in this group arrangement, and we can terminate participation in any category of products and services at any time prior to the expiration of the agreement without penalty with a reasonable business justification, including if pricing under the agreement becomes uncompetitive or uneconomical, customer service is not satisfactory, or participation negatively affects our corporate governance or compliance policies.
In connection with purchases by its participants (including us), CPG receives a commission from the vendors in respect of such purchases. Additionally, Blackstone has entered into a separate agreement with CPG whereby Blackstone receives a portion of the gross fees vendors pay to CPG based on the volume of purchases made by us. CPG is not a Blackstone affiliate and Blackstone is not a party to our participation agreement with CPG. A portion of the fees CPG remits to Blackstone is intended to reimburse Blackstone for a portion of the costs it incurs in connection with facilitating our participation in CPG and monitoring the services CPG provides to us. Our purchases through CPG were approximately $18.4 million, $24.0 million and $16.0 million for the nine months ended March 28, 2015, fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2013, respectively.
Statement of Policy Regarding Transactions with Related Persons
Prior to the completion of this offering, our Board of Directors will adopt a written statement of policy regarding transactions with related persons, which we refer to as our related person policy. Our related person policy requires that a related person (as defined as in paragraph (a) of Item 404 of Regulation S-K) must promptly disclose to our General Counsel any related person transaction (defined as any transaction that we anticipate would be reportable by us under Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K in which we were or are to be a participant and the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and in which any related person had or will have a direct or indirect material interest) and all material facts with respect thereto. The General Counsel will then promptly communicate that information to our Board of Directors. No related person transaction will be executed without the approval or ratification of our Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee of our Board of Directors. It is our policy that directors interested in a related person transaction will recuse themselves from any vote on a related person transaction in which they have an interest.
130
PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
The following table and accompanying footnotes set forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock, as of March 28, 2015, for:
| each person known by us to own beneficially more than 5% of our outstanding shares of common stock; |
| each of our directors; |
| each of our named executive officers; |
| all of our directors and executive officers as a group; and |
| each selling stockholder. |
For further information regarding material transactions between us and the selling stockholders, see Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.
The number of shares and percentages of beneficial ownership prior to this offering set forth below are based on the number of shares of our common stock to be issued and outstanding immediately prior to the consummation of this offering. The number of shares and percentages of beneficial ownership after this offering set forth below are based on the number of shares of our common stock to be issued and outstanding immediately after the consummation of this offering.
Beneficial ownership for the purposes of the following table is determined in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. A person is a beneficial owner of a security if that person has or shares voting power, which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting of the security, or investment power, which includes the power to dispose of or to direct the disposition of the security or has the right to acquire such powers within 60 days.
Unless otherwise noted in the footnotes to the following table, and subject to applicable community property laws, the persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to their beneficially owned common stock.
Except as otherwise indicated in the footnotes below, the address of each beneficial owner is c/o Performance Food Group Company, 12500 West Creek Parkway, Richmond, Virginia, 23238.
Common Stock
Beneficially Owned Prior to this Offering |
Shares of
Common Stock Offered |
Common Stock Beneficially Owned
After this Offering |
||||||||||||||||
Assuming the
Underwriters Option is not Exercised |
Assuming the
Underwriters Option is Exercised in Full |
|||||||||||||||||
Name of Beneficial Owner |
Number(1) | % | Number | % | Number | % | ||||||||||||
Principal and Selling Stockholders: |
||||||||||||||||||
Blackstone(2) |
129,907,971 | 72.5 | ||||||||||||||||
Wellspring(3) |
34,468,413 | 19.3 | ||||||||||||||||
Directors and Named Executive Officers: |
||||||||||||||||||
George L. Holm(4)(5) |
3,850,645 | 2.1 | ||||||||||||||||
Robert D. Evans(5) |
131,075 | * | ||||||||||||||||
David Flitman |
| | ||||||||||||||||
Patrick T. Hagerty(5) |
321,722 | * | ||||||||||||||||
James Hope |
| | ||||||||||||||||
William F. Dawson Jr.(6) |
| | ||||||||||||||||
Bruce McEvoy(7) |
| | ||||||||||||||||
Prakash A. Melwani(8) |
| | ||||||||||||||||
Jeffrey Overly(9) |
| | ||||||||||||||||
Douglas M. Steenland(5) |
215,000 | * | ||||||||||||||||
Krishna Rao(10) |
| | ||||||||||||||||
Arthur B. Winkleblack |
| | ||||||||||||||||
John J. Zillmer |
| | ||||||||||||||||
Directors and executive officers as a group
|
4,996,661 | 2.8 |
131
* | Represents less than 1%. |
(1) | Fractional shares beneficially owned have been rounded to the nearest whole share. |
(2) | Includes 106,691,424 shares of our common stock directly owned by Blackstone Capital Partners V L.P. (BCP V), 17,090,717 shares of our common stock directly owned by Blackstone Capital Partners V-AC L.P. (BCP V-AC), 1,495,991 shares of our common stock directly owned by Blackstone Family Investment Partnership V-SMD L.P. (Family-SMD), 1,543,984 shares of our common stock directly owned by Blackstone Family Investment Partnership V L.P. (Family) and 273,371 shares of our common stock directly owned by Blackstone Participation Partnership V L.P. (Participation), 1,334,016 shares directly owned by Blackstone Mezzanine Partners II, L.P. and 32,104 shares directly owned by Blackstone Mezzanine Holdings II, L.P. (collectively, the Blackstone Funds). The general partner of BCP V and BCP V-AC is Blackstone Management Associates V L.L.C. BMA V L.L.C. is the sole member of Blackstone Management Associates V L.L.C. BCP V Side-by-Side GP L.L.C. is the general partner of Family and Participation. Blackstone Holdings III L.P. is the managing member and majority in interest owner of BMA V L.L.C. and the sole member of BCP V Side-by-Side GP L.L.C. The general partner of Blackstone Holdings III L.P. is Blackstone Holdings III GP L.P. The general partner of Blackstone Holdings III GP L.P. is Blackstone Holdings III GP Management L.L.C. Blackstone Mezzanine Associates II L.P. is the general partner of Blackstone Mezzanine Partners II L.P. and Blackstone Mezzanine Holdings II L.P. Blackstone Mezzanine Management Associates II L.L.C. is the general partner of Blackstone Mezzanine Associates II L.P. BMP Side-by-Side GP II L.L.C. is the general partner of Blackstone Mezzanine Holdings II L.P. Blackstone Holdings II L.P. is the managing member of Blackstone Mezzanine Management Associates II L.L.C. and the sole member of BMP Side-by-Side GP II L.L.C. Blackstone Holdings I/II GP Inc. is the general partner of Blackstone Holdings II L.P. The sole member of Blackstone Holdings III GP Management L.L.C. and the sole shareholder of Blackstone Holdings I/II GP Inc. is The Blackstone Group L.P. The general partner of The Blackstone Group L.P. is Blackstone Group Management L.L.C. Blackstone Group Management L.L.C. is wholly owned by Blackstones senior managing directors and controlled by its founder, Stephen A. Schwarzman. The general partner of Family-SMD is Blackstone Family GP L.L.C., which is controlled by its founder, Mr. Schwarzman. Each of such Blackstone entities and Mr. Schwarzman may be deemed to beneficially own the shares beneficially owned by the Blackstone Funds directly or indirectly controlled by it or him, but each (other than the Blackstone Funds to the extent of their direct holdings) disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares. The address for each of the Blackstone Funds, Blackstone Management Associates V L.L.C., BMA V. L.L.C., BCP V Side-by-Side GP L.L.C., Blackstone Holdings III L.P., Blackstone Holdings III GP L.P., Blackstone Holdings III GP Management L.L.C., The Blackstone Group L.P., Blackstone Group Management L.L.C., Blackstone Family GP L.L.C., and Mr. Schwarzman is c/o The Blackstone Group L.P., 345 Park Avenue, New York, New York, 10154. |
(3) | Reflects 34,468,413 shares of our common stock held by Wellspring Capital Partners IV, L.P. (WCP IV). The General Partner of WCP IV is WCM GenPar IV, L.P. The general partner of WCM GenPar IV, L.P. is WCM GenPar IV GP, LLC. WCM GenPar IV GP, LLC is controlled by a Board of Managers consisting of Mr. Dawson, Greg Feldman, and Carl Stanton. The address of each of the entities listed in this footnote is c/o Wellspring Capital Management LLC, 390 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10022. |
(4) | Includes an aggregate of 600,000 shares held by trusts of which Mr. Holms children are the beneficiaries and for which Mr. Holms wife acts as trustee. Mr. Holm may be deemed to beneficially own such shares. |
(5) | The number of shares beneficially owned includes shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options that are currently exercisable and/or will be exercisable within 60 days after March 28, 2015, as follows: Mr. Holm (845,817), Mr. Evans (91,075), Mr. Hagerty (125,956), and Mr. Steenland (215,000). |
(6) | Mr. Dawson is the Chief Executive Officer of Wellspring Capital Management, LLC, the management company of WCP IV. Mr. Dawson disclaims beneficial ownership of any shares owned directly or indirectly by WCP IV. Mr. Dawsons address is c/o Wellspring Capital Management LLC, 390 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10022. |
(7) | Mr. McEvoy is a Managing Director of Blackstone. Mr. McEvoy disclaims beneficial ownership of any shares owned directly or indirectly by Blackstone. Mr. McEvoys address is c/o The Blackstone Group L.P., 345 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10154. |
(8) | Mr. Melwani is a Senior Managing Director of Blackstone. Mr. Melwani disclaims beneficial ownership of any shares owned directly or indirectly by Blackstone. Mr. Melwanis address is c/o The Blackstone Group L.P., 345 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10154. |
(9) | Mr. Overly is an Operating Partner of Blackstone. Mr. Overly disclaims beneficial ownership of any shares owned directly or indirectly by Blackstone. Mr. Overlys address is c/o The Blackstone Group L.P., 345 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10154. |
(10) | Krishna Rao is a Principal of Blackstone. Mr. Rao disclaims beneficial ownership of any shares owned directly or indirectly by Blackstone. Mr. Raos address is c/o The Blackstone Group L.P., 345 Park Avenue, New York, New York, 10154. |
(11) | Includes 1,524,346 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options that are currently exercisable and/or exercisable within 60 days after March 28, 2015. |
132
DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS
Senior Secured Asset-Based Revolving Credit Facility
We summarize below the principal terms of the agreements that govern the ABL facility. This summary is not a complete description of all the terms of such agreements.
General
On May 8, 2012, our indirect wholly-owned subsidiary, Performance Food Group, Inc., amended and restated the ABL facility, with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as administrative agent and collateral agent, and a syndicate of financial institutions and institutional lenders. The ABL Facility was amended in February 2015 to include changes with respect to the borrowing base related to owned real properties and transportation equipment, to increase the indebtedness basket for financing the construction, repair, acquisition, or improvement of fixed assets, and to amend certain conditions for the incurrence of additional indebtedness.
The February 2015 amendment also included certain other amendments to take effect only if we completed the acquisition of US Foods facilities in connection with the proposed merger of Sysco and US Foods. As described under SummaryOur Industry, the proposed merger was terminated. Accordingly, these additional amendments will not take effect.
The ABL facility provides for revolving credit financing of up to $1.4 billion, subject to borrowing base availability, with a maturity of five years, including both a letter of credit and swingline loan sub-facility. The ABL facility includes a first-in, last-out tranche (the Last Out Tranche) in an aggregate amount of $80.0 million; the portion of our ABL facility exclusive of the Last Out Tranche is referred to as the First Out Tranche.
The First Out Tranche borrowing base at any time is equal to the sum (subject to certain reserves and other adjustments) of:
| 85% of eligible receivables; |
| 90% of the net appraised recovery value of eligible inventory; |
| the lesser of (a) 75% of the most recently determined appraised value of eligible owned real property, and (b) 75% of the sum of (i) the appraised value of eligible real property as of the closing date of the ABL facility plus (ii) the appraised value of eligible real property added after the closing date of the ABL facility, reduced at the end of each fiscal quarter by an increasing amount over time (the Real Estate Borrowing Base Amount); and |
| the lesser of (a) 80% of the most recently determined appraised value of eligible rolling stock, and (b) 75% of the sum of (i) the appraised value of eligible rolling stock as of the closing date of the ABL facility plus (ii) the appraised value of eligible rolling stock added after the closing date of the ABL facility, reduced at the end of each fiscal quarter by an increasing amount over time (the Rolling Stock Borrowing Base Amount). |
The Last Out Tranche borrowing base at any time is equal to the sum (subject to certain reserves and other adjustments) of:
| 95% of eligible receivables; |
| 95% of the net appraised recovery value of eligible inventory; |
| if applicable, the Real Estate Borrowing Base Amount; and |
| if applicable, the Rolling Stock Borrowing Base Amount; |
133
provided that (1) the aggregate amount calculated with respect to real estate and rolling stock and included in the borrowing base shall not exceed 25% of the borrowing base, (2) the aggregate amount calculated with respect to rolling stock and included in the borrowing base shall not exceed the greater of (x) $130 million and (y) 10% of the lesser of (I) the aggregate borrowing base and total commitments under the ABL facility and (3) the aggregate amount, if any, of eligible receivables and eligible inventory entities organized in certain Caribbean territories included in the borrowing base shall not exceed $50 million.
Lenders under the First Out Tranche are not obligated to fund any loan under the First Out Tranche unless the borrower has borrowed the full amount of the lesser of (a) the Last Out Tranche commitments or (b) the difference between the Last Out Tranche borrowing base and the First Out Tranche borrowing base.
The ABL facility includes borrowing capacity available for letters of credit and for borrowings on same-day notice, referred to as swingline loans. Letters of credit and swingline loans constitute extensions of credit under the First Out Tranche.
Borrowings under the ABL facility are subject to the satisfaction of customary conditions, including absence of a default and accuracy of representations and warranties.
Provided that no default or event of default is then existing or would arise therefrom, at the borrowers option, it may request that the First Out Tranche under the ABL facility be increased by an amount not to exceed $400.0 million, subject to certain consent rights of the administrative agent with respect to the lenders providing commitments for such increase. The terms of such incremental revolving facility shall be as agreed between the borrower and the lenders providing the new commitments.
Interest Rate and Fees
Borrowings under the ABL facility bear interest at a rate per annum equal to, at the borrowers option, either (a) a base rate determined by reference to the higher of (1) the prime rate of Wells Fargo Bank, National Association and (2) the federal funds effective rate plus 0.5%, plus an applicable margin (x) in the case of the First Out Tranche, equal to an amount ranging between 0.50% to 1.00% based on average excess availability under the ABL facility and (y) in the case of the Last Out Tranche, equal to 1.75% or (b) a LIBOR rate determined by reference to LIBOR, adjusted for statutory reserve requirements, plus an applicable margin (x) in the case of the First Out Tranche, equal to an amount ranging between 1.50% to 2.00% based on average excess availability under the ABL facility and (y) in the case of the Last Out Tranche, equal to 2.75%. In addition to paying interest on outstanding amounts under the ABL facility, the borrower is required to pay a commitment fee, in respect of the unutilized commitments thereunder, equal to an amount ranging between 0.25% and 0.375% per annum based on average excess availability under the ABL facility, which fee will be determined based on utilization of the ABL facility. The borrower must also pay customary letter of credit fees equal to (x) in the case of standby letters of credit, the applicable margin on LIBOR loans under the First Out Tranche and (y) in the case of commercial letters of credit, the applicable margin on LIBOR loans under the First Out Tranche minus 0.50%, as well as agency fees.
Mandatory Repayments
If at any time the aggregate amount of outstandings under the First Out Tranche of the ABL facility, including letter of credit outstandings and swingline loans, exceeds the lesser of (i) the aggregate commitments under the First Out Tranche of the ABL facility and (ii) the First Out Tranche borrowing base, the borrower will be required to repay outstanding First Out Tranche loans (including swingline loans) in an aggregate amount equal to such excess and, if a deficiency remains, cash collateralize letters of credit in an amount equal to 101.5% of the letters of credit outstanding. If the Last Out Tranche commitments are outstanding and the aggregate amount of outstandings under the ABL facility exceeds the Last Out Tranche borrowing base, the borrower will be required to repay outstanding loans (including swingline loans) under the First Out Tranche in an aggregate amount equal to such excess and, if after giving effect to the prepayment in full of all outstanding First Out
134
Tranche extensions of credit the deficiency has not been eliminated, repay the Last Out Tranche loans in an aggregate amount equal to such excess and, if a deficiency remains, cash collateralize letters of credit in an amount equal to 101.5% of the letters of credit outstanding. If excess availability under the ABL facility is (x) $0 at any time or (y) less than the greater of (i) $130 million and (ii) 10% of the lesser of (A) the aggregate borrowing base and (B) total commitments under the ABL facility for five consecutive business days or certain events of default have occurred, the borrower will be required, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of such cash dominion event, to deposit cash (other than uncontrolled cash in an amount not to exceed $15.0 million) from deposit accounts daily in a core concentration account maintained with the administrative agent under the ABL facility, which will be used to repay outstanding loans and cash collateralize letters of credit.
Voluntary Repayments
The borrower may voluntarily reduce the unutilized portion of the commitment amount and repay outstanding loans at any time (subject to minimum repayment amounts and customary notice periods) without premium or penalty other than customary breakage costs with respect to LIBOR loans. The commitments under the Last Out Tranche may be terminated or reduced only if there are no extensions of credit under the First Out Tranche then outstanding. If the First Out Tranche commitments are terminated in their entirety, the Last Out Tranche must be terminated contemporaneously. Voluntary repayments must be applied to repay First Out Tranche loans prior to repayment of Last Out Tranche loans.
Amortization and Final Maturity
There is no scheduled amortization under the ABL facility. All outstanding loans under the facility are due and payable in full on the fifth anniversary of the closing date.
Guarantees and Security
All obligations under the ABL facility, any interest rate protection or other hedging arrangements entered into with any lender in the syndicate or any of its affiliates, and cash management obligations owing to any lender in the syndicate or any of its affiliates are unconditionally guaranteed by PFGC, Inc. and substantially all of PFGC, Inc.s existing and future, direct and indirect, wholly-owned domestic restricted subsidiaries (other than captive insurance subsidiaries). All obligations under the ABL facility, any interest rate protection or other hedging arrangements entered into with any lender in the syndicate or any of its affiliates, and cash management obligations owing to any lender in the syndicate or any of its affiliates, and the guarantees of those obligations, are secured, subject to certain exceptions, by substantially all of the borrowers assets and the assets of the guarantors, including a first-priority security interest in substantially all personal property and material real property.
Restrictive Covenants and Other Matters
The ABL facility requires that if excess availability is less than (x) the greater of (i) $130 million and (ii) 10% of the lesser of (A) the aggregate borrowing base and (B) total commitments under the ABL facility for five consecutive business days or (y) 7.5% of total commitments under the ABL facility at any time, the borrower must comply with a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio test. In addition, the ABL facility includes negative covenants that, subject to significant exceptions, limit the borrowers ability and the ability of PFGC, Inc. and its subsidiaries to, among other things:
| incur, assume, or permit to exist additional indebtedness or guarantees; |
| incur liens; |
| make investments and loans; |
| pay dividends, make payments, or redeem or repurchase capital stock; |
| engage in mergers, liquidations, dissolutions, asset sales, and other dispositions (including sale leaseback transactions); |
135
| amend or otherwise alter terms of certain indebtedness; |
| enter into agreements limiting subsidiary distributions or containing negative pledge clauses; |
| engage in certain transactions with affiliates; |
| alter the business conducted; |
| change its fiscal year; and |
| with respect to PFGC, Inc., engage in any activities not permitted. |
The ABL facility contains certain customary representations and warranties, affirmative covenants, and events of default, including among other things payment defaults, breach of representations and warranties, covenant defaults, cross-defaults to certain indebtedness, certain events of bankruptcy, certain events under ERISA, material judgments, failure of any guaranty or security document supporting the ABL facility to be in full force and effect, and change of control. If such an event of default occurs, the lenders under the ABL facility would be entitled to take various actions, including the acceleration of amounts due under the ABL facility and all actions permitted to be taken by a secured creditor.
As of March 28, 2015, there was $725.3 million of outstanding borrowings under the ABL facility, outstanding letters of credit totaled $102.3 million, and additional availability under the ABL facility, subject to the applicable borrowing base, was $572.3 million. As of March 28, 2015, the borrower was in compliance with all of the financial covenants required by the credit agreement governing the ABL facility.
Second Lien Term Loan
We summarize below the principal terms of the agreements that govern the term loan facility. This summary is not a complete description of all the terms of such agreements.
Overview
On May 14, 2013, Performance Food Group, Inc. entered into a new second lien term loan facility. The new second lien term loan facility provides for senior secured financing of $750 million consisting of a six and one-half-year second lien term loan.
Provided that no event of default is then existing or would arise therefrom (or, if the proceeds are being used for certain acquisitions, no payment event of default or event of default resulting from invalid loan documents), at the borrowers option, it may request that the term loan facility be increased by an amount not to exceed the sum of (A) $140 million plus (B) additional amounts so long as the secured net leverage ratio, determined on a pro forma basis, does not exceed 5.90 to 1.00. The terms of such incremental term loans shall be as agreed between the borrower and the lenders providing the new term loans.
Interest Rate and Fees
Borrowings under the term loan facility bear interest, at the borrowers option, at a rate equal to a margin over either (a) a base rate determined by reference to the higher of (1) the rate of interest published by Credit Suisse (AG), Cayman Islands Branch, as its prime lending rate, (2) the federal funds rate plus 0.50%, and (3) one-month LIBOR rate plus 1.00% or (b) a LIBOR rate determined by reference to the service selected by Credit Suisse (AG), Cayman Islands Branch that has been nominated by the British Bankers Association (or any successor thereto). The applicable margin for the term loans under the term loan facility may be reduced subject to attaining a certain total net leverage ratio. The applicable margin for borrowings will be 5.25% for loans based on a LIBOR rate and 4.25% for loans based on the base rate as of March 28, 2015. The LIBOR rate for term loans is subject to a 1.00% floor and the base rate for term loans is subject to a floor of 2.00%.
136
Prepayments
The credit agreement requires us to prepay term loans, subject to certain exceptions, with:
| 100% of the net cash proceeds of all non-ordinary course asset sales or other dispositions of property by the borrower and its restricted subsidiaries (including insurance and condemnation proceeds, subject to de minimis thresholds) that are not required to be applied to make prepayments pursuant to the ABL facility, (a) if the borrower does not reinvest those net cash proceeds in assets to be used in its business or to make certain other permitted investments, within 12 months of the receipt of such net cash proceeds or (b) if the borrower commits to reinvest such net cash proceeds within 12 months of the receipt thereof, within the later of 12 months of the receipt thereof or 180 days of the date of such commitment; and |
| 100% of the net proceeds of any issuance or incurrence of debt by the borrower or any of its restricted subsidiaries, other than permitted debt. |
The borrower may voluntarily repay outstanding loans at any time without premium or penalty, other than a prepayment premium on voluntary prepayment of term loans on or prior to the date that is two years after the closing date of the term loan facility and customary breakage costs with respect to LIBOR loans.
Amortization and Maturity
The borrower is required to repay installments on the term loans in quarterly installments in aggregate annual amounts equal to 1.00% of their respective funded total principal amount, with the remaining amount payable on the maturity date. The maturity date of the term loans is the six and one-half year anniversary of the closing date of the term loan facility.
Guarantee and Security
All obligations under the term loan facility are unconditionally guaranteed by PFGC, Inc. and substantially all of PFGC, Inc.s existing and future, direct and indirect, wholly-owned domestic restricted subsidiaries (other than captive insurance subsidiaries). All obligations under the term loan facility and the guarantees of those obligations are secured, subject to certain exceptions, on a second-priority basis by substantially all of the borrowers assets and the assets of the guarantors, including a second-priority security interest in substantially all personal property and material real property.
Restrictive Covenants and Other Matters
The term loan facility includes negative covenants that, subject to significant exceptions, limit the borrowers ability and the ability of PFGC, Inc. and its subsidiaries to, among other things:
| incur, assume, or permit to exist additional indebtedness or guarantees; |
| incur liens; |
| make investments and loans; |
| pay dividends, make payments, or redeem or repurchase capital stock; |
| engage in mergers, liquidations, dissolutions, asset sales, and other dispositions (including sale leaseback transactions); |
| amend or otherwise alter terms of certain indebtedness; |
| enter into agreements limiting subsidiary distributions or containing negative pledge clauses; |
| engage in certain transactions with affiliates; |
| alter the business conducted; |
137
| change its fiscal year; and |
| with respect to PFGC, Inc., engage in any activities not permitted. |
The term loan facility contains certain customary representations and warranties, affirmative covenants, and events of default, including among other things payment defaults, breach of representations and warranties, covenant defaults, cross-defaults to certain indebtedness, certain events of bankruptcy, certain events under ERISA, material judgments, failure of any guaranty or security document supporting the term loan facility to be in full force and effect, and change of control. If such an event of default occurs, the lenders under the term loan facility would be entitled to take various actions, including the acceleration of amounts due under the term loan facility and all actions permitted to be taken by a secured creditor.
As of March 28, 2015, there was $738.8 million of outstanding borrowings under the term loan facility.
As of March 28, 2015, we were in compliance with all covenants related to our term loan facility.
138
In connection with this offering, we will amend and restate our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws. The following is a description of the material terms of, and is qualified in its entirety by, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, each of which will be in effect upon the consummation of this offering, the forms of which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.
Our purpose is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may now or hereafter be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the DGCL). Upon the consummation of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, and shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share. No shares of preferred stock will be issued or outstanding immediately after the public offering contemplated by this prospectus. Unless our Board of Directors determines otherwise, we will issue all shares of our capital stock in uncertificated form.
Common Stock
Holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders, including the election or removal of directors. The holders of our common stock do not have cumulative voting rights in the election of directors. Upon our liquidation, dissolution, or winding up and after payment in full of all amounts required to be paid to creditors and to the holders of preferred stock having liquidation preferences, if any, the holders of our common stock will be entitled to receive pro rata our remaining assets available for distribution. Holders of our common stock do not have preemptive, subscription, redemption, or conversion rights. The common stock will not be subject to further calls or assessment by us. There will be no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock. All shares of our common stock that will be outstanding at the time of the completion of the offering will be fully paid and non-assessable. The rights, powers, preferences, and privileges of holders of our common stock will be subject to those of the holders of any shares of our preferred stock that we may authorize and issue in the future.
Preferred Stock
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation authorizes our Board of Directors to establish one or more series of preferred stock (including convertible preferred stock). Unless required by law or by the NYSE, the authorized shares of preferred stock will be available for issuance without further action by you. Our Board of Directors may determine, with respect to any series of preferred stock, the powers, including preferences and relative participations, optional or other special rights, and the qualifications, limitations, or restrictions thereof, of that series, including, without limitation:
| the designation of the series; |
| the number of shares of the series, which our Board of Directors may, except where otherwise provided in the preferred stock designation, increase (but not above the total number of authorized shares of the class) or decrease (but not below the number of shares then outstanding); |
| whether dividends, if any, will be cumulative or non-cumulative and the dividend rate of the series; |
| the dates at which dividends, if any, will be payable; |
| the redemption rights and price or prices, if any, for shares of the series; |
| the terms and amounts of any sinking fund provided for the purchase or redemption of shares of the series; |
| the amounts payable on shares of the series in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, or winding-up of our affairs; |
139
| whether the shares of the series will be convertible into shares of any other class or series, or any other security, of us or any other corporation, and, if so, the specification of the other class or series or other security, the conversion price or prices or rate or rates, any rate adjustments, the date or dates as of which the shares will be convertible, and all other terms and conditions upon which the conversion may be made; |
| restrictions on the issuance of shares of the same series or of any other class or series; and |
| the voting rights, if any, of the holders of the series. |
We could issue a series of preferred stock that could, depending on the terms of the series, impede or discourage an acquisition attempt or other transaction that some, or a majority, of the holders of our common stock might believe to be in their best interests or in which the holders of our common stock might receive a premium for your common stock over the market price of the common stock. Additionally, the issuance of preferred stock may adversely affect the rights of holders of our common stock by restricting dividends on the common stock, diluting the voting power of the common stock, or subordinating the liquidation rights of the common stock. As a result of these or other factors, the issuance of preferred stock could have an adverse impact on the market price of our common stock.
Dividends
The DGCL permits a corporation to declare and pay dividends out of surplus or, if there is no surplus, out of its net profits for the fiscal year in which the dividend is declared and/or the preceding fiscal year. Surplus is defined as the excess of the net assets of the corporation over the amount determined to be the capital of the corporation by the Board of Directors. The capital of the corporation is typically calculated to be (and cannot be less than) the aggregate par value of all issued shares of capital stock. Net assets equal the fair value of the total assets minus total liabilities. The DGCL also provides that dividends may not be paid out of net profits if, after the payment of the dividend, capital is less than the capital represented by the outstanding stock of all classes having a preference upon the distribution of assets.
Declaration and payment of any dividend will be subject to the discretion of our Board of Directors. The time and amount of dividends will depend upon our financial condition, operations, cash requirements and availability, debt repayment obligations, capital expenditure needs, restrictions in our debt instruments, industry trends, the provisions of Delaware law affecting the payment of distributions to stockholders, and any other factors our Board of Directors may consider relevant.
We have no current plans to pay dividends on our common stock. Any decision to declare and pay dividends in the future will be made at the sole discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend on, among other things, our results of operations, cash requirements, financial condition, contractual restrictions, and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant. Because we are a holding company and have no direct operations, we will only be able to pay dividends from funds we receive from our subsidiaries. In addition, our ability to pay dividends will be limited by covenants in our existing indebtedness and may be limited by the agreements governing other indebtedness that we or our subsidiaries incur in the future. See Description of Certain Indebtedness.
Annual Stockholder Meetings
Our amended and restated bylaws provide that annual stockholder meetings will be held at a date, time, and place, if any, as exclusively selected by our Board of Directors. To the extent permitted under applicable law, we may conduct meetings by remote communications, including by webcast.
140
Anti-Takeover Effects of Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and
Restated Bylaws and Certain Provisions of Delaware Law
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws, and the DGCL contain provisions that are summarized in the following paragraphs and that are intended to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the composition of our Board of Directors. These provisions are intended to avoid costly takeover battles, reduce our vulnerability to a hostile change of control, and enhance the ability of our Board of Directors to maximize stockholder value in connection with any unsolicited offer to acquire us. However, these provisions may have an anti-takeover effect and may delay, deter, or prevent a merger or acquisition of the Company by means of a tender offer, a proxy contest, or other takeover attempt that a stockholder might consider in its best interest, including those attempts that might result in a premium over the prevailing market price for the shares of common stock held by stockholders.
Authorized but Unissued Capital Stock
Delaware law does not require stockholder approval for any issuance of authorized shares. However, the listing requirements of the NYSE, which would apply if and so long as our common stock remains listed on the NYSE, require stockholder approval of certain issuances equal to or exceeding 20% of the then outstanding voting power or then outstanding number of shares of common stock. Additional shares that may be used in the future may be issued for a variety of corporate purposes, including future public offerings, to raise additional capital, or to facilitate acquisitions.
Our Board of Directors may generally issue preferred shares on terms calculated to discourage, delay, or prevent a change of control of the Company or the removal of our management. Moreover, our authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock will be available for future issuances without stockholder approval and could be utilized for a variety of corporate purposes, including future offerings to raise additional capital, to facilitate acquisitions, and employee benefit plans.
One of the effects of the existence of unissued and unreserved common stock or preferred stock may be to enable our Board of Directors to issue shares to persons friendly to current management, which issuance could render more difficult, or discourage an attempt to obtain control of the Company by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest, or otherwise, and thereby to protect the continuity of our management and possibly deprive our stockholders of opportunities to sell their shares of common stock at prices higher than prevailing market prices.
Classified Board of Directors
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that our Board of Directors will be divided into three classes of directors, with the classes to be as nearly equal in number as possible, and with the directors serving three-year terms. As a result, approximately one-third of our Board of Directors will be elected each year. The classification of directors will have the effect of making it more difficult for stockholders to change the composition of our Board of Directors. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws provide that, subject to any rights of holders of preferred stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the number of directors will be fixed from time to time exclusively pursuant to a resolution adopted by the Board of Directors.
141
Business Combinations
We have opted out of Section 203 of the DGCL; however, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation contains similar provisions providing that we may not engage in certain business combinations with any interested stockholder for a three-year period following the time that the stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless:
| prior to such time, our Board of Directors approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder; |
| upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of our voting stock outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding certain shares; or |
| at or subsequent to that time, the business combination is approved by our Board of Directors and by the affirmative vote of holders of at least 66 2 ⁄ 3 % of our outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder. |
Generally, a business combination includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. Subject to certain exceptions, an interested stockholder is a person who, together with that persons affiliates and associates, owns, or within the previous three years owned, 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock. For purposes of this section only, voting stock has the meaning given to it in Section 203 of the DGCL.
Under certain circumstances, this provision will make it more difficult for a person who would be an interested stockholder to effect various business combinations with us for a three-year period. This provision may encourage companies interested in acquiring us to negotiate in advance with our Board of Directors because the stockholder approval requirement would be avoided if our Board of Directors approves either the business combination or the transaction that results in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder. These provisions also may have the effect of preventing changes in our Board of Directors and may make it more difficult to accomplish transactions that stockholders may otherwise deem to be in their best interests.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that our Sponsors and their respective affiliates, and any of their respective direct or indirect transferees, and any group as to which such persons are a party, do not constitute interested stockholders for purposes of this provision.
Removal of Directors; Vacancies
Under the DGCL, unless otherwise provided in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, directors serving on a classified board may be removed by the stockholders only for cause. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that directors may be removed with or without cause upon the affirmative vote of a majority in voting power of all outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class; provided, however, at any time when Blackstone and its affiliates beneficially own in the aggregate, less than 30% of the voting power of all outstanding shares of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, directors may only be removed for cause, and only upon the affirmative vote of holders of at least 66 2 ⁄ 3 % of the voting power of all the then outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class. In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation also provides that, subject to the rights granted to one or more series of preferred stock then outstanding or the rights granted under the stockholders agreement with Blackstone, any newly created directorship on the Board of Directors that results from an increase in the number of directors and any vacancies on our Board of Directors will be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors, even if less than a quorum, by a sole remaining director or by the stockholders; provided, however, at any time when Blackstone and its affiliates beneficially own, in the aggregate, less than
142
30% of voting power of the stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, any newly created directorship on the Board of Directors that results from an increase in the number of directors and any vacancy occurring on the Board of Directors may only be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director (and not by the stockholders).
No Cumulative Voting
Under Delaware law, the right to vote cumulatively does not exist unless the certificate of incorporation specifically authorizes cumulative voting. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation does not authorize cumulative voting. Therefore, stockholders holding a majority of the shares of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors will be able to elect all our directors.
Special Stockholder Meetings
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that special meetings of our stockholders may be called at any time only by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or the chairman of the Board of Directors; provided, however , at any time when Blackstone and its affiliates beneficially own, in the aggregate, at least 30% in voting power of the stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, special meetings of our stockholders shall also be called by the Board of Directors or the chairman of the Board of Directors at the request of Blackstone and its affiliates. Our amended and restated bylaws prohibit the conduct of any business at a special meeting other than as specified in the notice for such meeting. These provisions may have the effect of deferring, delaying, or discouraging hostile takeovers, or changes in control or management of the Company.
Director Nominations and Stockholder Proposals
Our amended and restated bylaws establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals and the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or a committee of the Board of Directors. In order for any matter to be properly brought before a meeting, a stockholder will have to comply with advance notice requirements and provide us with certain information. Generally, to be timely, a stockholders notice must be received at our principal executive offices not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the first anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual meeting of stockholders. Our amended and restated bylaws also specify requirements as to the form and content of a stockholders notice. These provisions will not apply to Blackstone and its affiliates so long as the stockholders agreement remains in effect. Our amended and restated bylaws allow the chairman of the meeting at a meeting of the stockholders to adopt rules and regulations for the conduct of meetings that may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the rules and regulations are not followed. These provisions may also defer, delay, or discourage a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirers own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to influence or obtain control of the Company.
Stockholder Action by Written Consent
Pursuant to Section 228 of the DGCL, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice, and without a vote if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is or are signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares of our stock entitled to vote thereon were present and voted, unless our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will preclude stockholder action by written consent at any time when Blackstone and its affiliates own, in the aggregate, less than 30% in voting power of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors.
143
Supermajority Provisions
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will provide that the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make, alter, amend, change, add to, rescind, or repeal, in whole or in part, our bylaws without a stockholder vote in any matter not inconsistent with the laws of the State of Delaware or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. For as long as Blackstone and its affiliates beneficially own, in the aggregate, at least 30% in voting power of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, any amendment, alteration, change, addition, or repeal of our bylaws by our stockholders requires the affirmative vote of a majority in voting power of the outstanding shares of our stock present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote on such amendment, alteration, rescission, or repeal. At any time when Blackstone and its affiliates beneficially own, in the aggregate, less than 30% in voting power of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, any amendment, alteration, rescission, or repeal of our bylaws by our stockholders requires the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2 ⁄ 3 % in voting power of all the then outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class.
The DGCL provides generally that the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class, is required to amend a corporations certificate of incorporation, unless the certificate of incorporation requires a greater percentage.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that at any time when Blackstone and its affiliates beneficially own, in the aggregate, less than 30% in voting power of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, the following provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation may be amended, altered, repealed, or rescinded only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2 ⁄ 3 % in voting power all the then outstanding shares of our stock entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class:
| the provision requiring a 66 2 ⁄ 3 % supermajority vote for stockholders to amend our bylaws; |
| the provisions providing for a classified Board of Directors (the election and term of our directors); |
| the provisions regarding resignation and removal of directors; |
| the provisions regarding competition and corporate opportunities; |
| the provisions regarding entering into business combinations with interested stockholders; |
| the provisions regarding stockholder action by written consent; |
| the provisions regarding calling special meetings of stockholders; |
| the provisions regarding filling vacancies on our Board of Directors and newly created directorships; |
| the provisions eliminating monetary damages for breaches of fiduciary duty by a director; and |
| the amendment provision requiring that the above provisions be amended only with a 66 2 ⁄ 3 % supermajority vote. |
The combination of the classification of our Board of Directors, the lack of cumulative voting, and the supermajority voting requirements will make it more difficult for our existing stockholders to replace our Board of Directors as well as for another party to obtain control of us by replacing our Board of Directors. Because our Board of Directors has the power to retain and discharge our officers, these provisions could also make it more difficult for existing stockholders or another party to effect a change in management.
These provisions may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or delaying or preventing changes in control of our management or the Company, such as a merger, reorganization, or tender offer. These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continued stability in the composition of our Board of Directors and its policies and to discourage certain types of transactions that may involve an actual or threatened acquisition of the
144
Company. These provisions are designed to reduce our vulnerability to an unsolicited acquisition proposal. The provisions are also intended to discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights. However, such provisions could have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares and, as a consequence, they also may inhibit fluctuations in the market price of our shares that could result from actual or rumored takeover attempts. Such provisions may also have the effect of preventing changes in management.
Dissenters Rights of Appraisal and Payment
Under the DGCL, with certain exceptions, our stockholders will have appraisal rights in connection with a merger or consolidation of us. Pursuant to the DGCL, stockholders who properly request and perfect appraisal rights in connection with such merger or consolidation will have the right to receive payment of the fair value of their shares as determined by the Delaware Court of Chancery.
Stockholders Derivative Actions
Under the DGCL, any of our stockholders may bring an action in our name to procure a judgment in our favor, also known as a derivative action, provided that the stockholder bringing the action is a holder of our shares at the time of the transaction to which the action relates or such stockholders stock thereafter devolved by operation of law.
Exclusive Forum
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that unless we consent to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for any (i) derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of our Company, (ii) action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or stockholder of our Company to the Company or the Companys stockholders, (iii) action asserting a claim against the Company or any director, officer or stockholder of the Company arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws, or (iv) action asserting a claim against the Company or any director, officer or stockholder of the Company governed by the internal affairs doctrine, in each such case subject to said Court of Chancery having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants therein. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of the Company shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the forum provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. However, the enforceability of similar forum provisions in other companies certificates of incorporation has been challenged in legal proceedings, and it is possible that a court could find these types of provisions to be unenforceable.
Conflicts of Interest
Delaware law permits corporations to adopt provisions renouncing any interest or expectancy in certain opportunities that are presented to the corporation or its officers, directors, or stockholders. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will, to the maximum extent permitted from time to time by Delaware law, renounce any interest or expectancy that we have in, or right to be offered an opportunity to participate in, specified business opportunities that are from time to time presented to our officers, directors, or stockholders or their respective affiliates, other than those officers, directors, stockholders, or affiliates who are our or our subsidiaries employees. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, none of our Sponsors or any of its affiliates or any director who is not employed by us (including any non-employee director who serves as one of our officers in both his director and officer capacities) or his or her affiliates will have any duty to refrain from (i) engaging in a corporate opportunity in the same or similar lines of business in which we or our affiliates now engage or propose to engage or (ii) otherwise
145
competing with us or our affiliates. In addition, to the fullest extent permitted by law, in the event that any of our Sponsors or any non-employee director acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or other business opportunity which may be a corporate opportunity for itself or himself or its or his affiliates or for us or our affiliates, such person will have no duty to communicate or offer such transaction or business opportunity to us or any of our affiliates and they may take any such opportunity for themselves or offer it to another person or entity. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will not renounce our interest in any business opportunity that is expressly offered to a non-employee director solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of the Company. To the fullest extent permitted by law, no business opportunity will be deemed to be a potential corporate opportunity for us unless we would be permitted to undertake the opportunity under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, we have sufficient financial resources to undertake the opportunity, and the opportunity would be in line with our business.
Limitations on Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors
The DGCL authorizes corporations to limit or eliminate the personal liability of directors to corporations and their stockholders for monetary damages for breaches of directors fiduciary duties, subject to certain exceptions. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation includes a provision that eliminates the personal liability of directors for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except to the extent such exemption from liability or limitation thereof is not permitted under the DGCL. The effect of these provisions is to eliminate the rights of us and our stockholders, through stockholders derivative suits on our behalf, to recover monetary damages from a director for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, including breaches resulting from grossly negligent behavior. However, exculpation does not apply to any director if the director has acted in bad faith, knowingly or intentionally violated the law, authorized illegal dividends or redemptions, or derived an improper benefit from his or her actions as a director.
Our amended and restated bylaws provide that we must indemnify and advance expenses to our directors and officers to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL. We also are expressly authorized to carry directors and officers liability insurance providing indemnification for our directors, officers, and certain employees for some liabilities. We believe that these indemnification and advancement provisions and insurance are useful to attract and retain qualified directors and executive officers.
The limitation of liability, advancement, and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions also may have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our stockholders. In addition, your investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions.
There is currently no pending material litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers, or employees for which indemnification is sought.
Transfer Agent and Registrar
The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is .
Listing
We intend to apply to have our common stock approved for listing on the NYSE under the symbol PFGC.
146
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
General
Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our common stock, and we cannot predict what effect, if any, market sales of shares of common stock or the availability of shares of common stock for sale will have on the market price of our common stock prevailing from time to time. Nevertheless, sales of substantial amounts of common stock, including shares issued upon the exercise of outstanding options, in the public market, or the perception that such sales could occur, could materially and adversely affect the market price of our common stock and could impair our future ability to raise capital through the sale of our equity or equity-related securities at a time and price that we deem appropriate. See Risk FactorsRisks Related to this Offering and Ownership of Our Common StockFuture sales, or the perception of future sales, by us or our existing stockholders in the public market following this offering could cause the market price for our common stock to decline.
Upon the consummation of this offering, we will have shares of common stock outstanding. All shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable without registration under the Securities Act and without restriction by persons other than our affiliates (as defined under Rule 144). The shares of common stock held by Blackstone, Wellspring and certain of our directors and officers after this offering, based on the number of shares outstanding as of March 28, 2015, will be restricted securities under the meaning of Rule 144 and may not be sold in the absence of registration under the Securities Act, unless an exemption from registration is available, including the exemptions pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act.
The restricted shares held by our affiliates will be available for sale in the public market at various times after the date of this prospectus pursuant to Rule 144 following the expiration of the applicable lock-up period.
In addition, shares of common stock will be eligible for sale upon exercise of options granted under our 2007 Stock Option Plan. Furthermore, a total of shares of our common stock has been reserved for issuance under our 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan (subject to adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends, and similar events), which will equal approximately % shares of our common stock outstanding immediately following this offering. We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register common stock issued or reserved for issuance under the 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan and the 2007 Stock Option Plan. Any such Form S-8 registration statement will automatically become effective upon filing. Accordingly, shares registered under such registration statement will be available for sale in the open market, unless such shares are subject to vesting restrictions or the lock-up restrictions described below.
Rule 144
In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, a person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who is not deemed to be or have been one of our affiliates for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than an affiliate, is entitled to sell such shares without registration, subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of a prior owner other than an affiliate, then such person is entitled to sell such shares without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144.
In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates, who have met the six month holding period for beneficial ownership of restricted shares of our common stock, are entitled to sell within any three-month period, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:
| 1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately shares immediately after this offering; or |
| the average reported weekly trading volume of our common stock on the NYSE during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale. |
147
Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us. The sale of these shares, or the perception that sales will be made, could adversely affect the price of our common stock after this offering because a great supply of shares would be, or would be perceived to be, available for sale in the public market.
Lock-Up Agreements
Our officers, directors, and holders of substantially all of our stock have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, that they will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock, enter into a transaction that would have the same effect, or enter into any swap, hedge, or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common stock, whether any of these transactions are to be settled by delivery of our common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, or disposition, or to enter into any such transaction, swap, hedge, or other arrangement, without, in each case, the prior written consent of for a period of days after the date of this prospectus.
, on behalf of the underwriters, in their sole discretion, may release our common stock and other securities subject to the lock-up agreements described above in whole or in part at any time with or without notice.
Registration Rights
In connection with this offering, we intend to enter into a registration rights agreement that will provide Blackstone and Wellspring an unlimited number of demand registrations and customary piggyback registration rights. The registration rights agreement will also provide that we will pay certain expenses relating to such registrations and indemnify the registration rights holders against certain liabilities that may arise under the Securities Act.
148
MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX CONSEQUENCES TO
NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF OUR COMMON STOCK
The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences to a non-U.S. holder (as defined below) of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock issued pursuant to this offering as of the date hereof. Except where noted, this summary deals only with common stock that is held as a capital asset.
A non-U.S. holder means a person (other than a partnership) that is not for U.S. federal income tax purposes any of the following:
| an individual citizen or resident of the United States; |
| a corporation (or any other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia; |
| an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or |
| a trust if it (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and one or more United States persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a United States person. |
This summary is based upon provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code), and U.S. Treasury regulations, administrative rulings and judicial decisions as of the date hereof. Those authorities may be changed, perhaps retroactively, so as to result in U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences different from those summarized below. This summary does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income and estate taxes, such as the Medicare contribution tax on net investment income, and does not deal with foreign, state, local or other tax considerations that may be relevant to non-U.S. holders in light of their particular circumstances. In addition, it does not represent a detailed description of the U.S. federal income tax consequences applicable to you if you are subject to special treatment under the U.S. federal income tax laws (including if you are a U.S. expatriate, controlled foreign corporation, passive foreign investment company, a person who holds or receives our common stock pursuant to the exercise of an employee stock option or otherwise as compensation or a partnership or other pass-through entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes). We cannot assure you that a change in law will not alter significantly the tax considerations that we describe in this summary.
If a partnership holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner of a partnership holding our common stock, you should consult your tax advisors.
If you are considering the purchase of our common stock, you should consult your own tax advisors concerning the particular U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences to you of the purchase, ownership or disposition of our common stock, as well as the consequences to you arising under the laws of any other taxing jurisdiction.
Dividends
Distributions on our common stock will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Amounts not treated as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes will constitute a return of capital and will first be applied against and reduce a holders adjusted tax basis in the common stock, but not below zero. Any remaining excess will be treated as capital gain subject to the rules discussed under Gain on Disposition of Common Stock.
149
Dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder of our common stock generally will be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. However, dividends that are effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business by the non-U.S. holder within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment of the non-U.S. holder) are not subject to withholding, provided certain certification and disclosure requirements are satisfied. Instead, such dividends are subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis in the same manner as if the non-U.S. holder were a United States person as defined under the Code. Any such effectively connected dividends received by a foreign corporation may be subject to an additional branch profits tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.
A non-U.S. holder of our common stock who wishes to claim the benefit of an applicable income tax treaty rate and avoid backup withholding, as discussed below, for dividends will be required (a) to complete the applicable Internal Revenue Service (IRS) Form W-8 and certify under penalty of perjury that such holder is not a United States person as defined under the Code and is eligible for treaty benefits or (b) if our common stock is held through certain foreign intermediaries, to satisfy the relevant certification requirements of applicable U.S. Treasury regulations.
A non-U.S. holder of our common stock eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.
Gain on Disposition of Common Stock
Any gain realized on the sale, exchange, or other taxable disposition of our common stock generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax unless:
| the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business of the non-U.S. holder in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment of the non-U.S. holder); |
| the non-U.S. holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of that disposition, and certain other conditions are met; or |
| we are or have been a United States real property holding corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes. |
A non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet point immediately above will be subject to tax on the net gain derived from the sale under regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to such holder as if it were a United States person as defined under the Code. In addition, if a non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet point immediately above is a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, it may be subject to the branch profits tax equal to 30% of its effectively connected earnings and profits or at such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.
An individual non-U.S. holder described in the second bullet point immediately above will be subject to a flat 30% tax on the gain derived from the sale, which may be offset by U.S. source capital losses, even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States, provided such non-U.S. holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses.
We believe we are not and do not anticipate becoming a United States real property holding corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
150
Federal Estate Tax
Common stock held by an individual non-U.S. holder at the time of death will be included in such holders gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.
Information Reporting and Backup Withholding
We must report annually to the IRS and to each non-U.S. holder the amount of dividends paid to such holder and the tax withheld with respect to such dividends, regardless of whether withholding was required. Copies of the information returns reporting such dividends and withholding may also be made available to the tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides under the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty.
A non-U.S. holder will be subject to backup withholding for dividends paid to such holder unless such holder certifies under penalty of perjury that it is a non-U.S. holder (and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that such holder is a United States person as defined under the Code), or such holder otherwise establishes an exemption.
Information reporting and, depending on the circumstances, backup withholding will apply to the proceeds of a sale of our common stock within the United States or conducted through certain U.S.-related financial intermediaries, unless the beneficial owner certifies under penalty of perjury that it is a non-U.S. holder (and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that the beneficial owner is a United States person as defined under the Code), or such owner otherwise establishes an exemption.
Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against a non-U.S. holders U.S. federal income tax liability provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.
Additional Withholding Requirements
Under Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code (such Sections commonly referred to as FATCA), a 30% U.S. federal withholding tax may apply to any dividends paid on our common stock, and, for a disposition of our common stock occurring after December 31, 2016, the gross proceeds from such disposition, in each case paid to (i) a foreign financial institution (as specifically defined in the Code) that does not provide sufficient documentation, typically on IRS Form W-8BEN-E, evidencing either (x) an exemption from FATCA or (y) its compliance (or deemed compliance) with FATCA (which may alternatively be in the form of compliance with an intergovernmental agreement with the United States) in a manner that avoids withholding, or (ii) a non-financial foreign entity (as specifically defined in the Code) that does not provide sufficient documentation, typically on IRS Form W-8BEN-E, evidencing either (x) an exemption from FATCA or (y) adequate information regarding certain substantial U.S. beneficial owners of such entity (if any). If a dividend payment is both subject to withholding under FATCA and subject to the withholding tax discussed above under Dividends, the withholding under FATCA may be credited against, and therefore reduce, such other withholding tax. You should consult your own tax advisor regarding these requirements and whether they may be relevant to your ownership and disposition of our common stock.
151
Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in an underwriting agreement, we and the selling stockholders have agreed to sell to the underwriters named below, for whom Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Barclays Capital Inc. are acting as representatives, the following respective numbers of shares of common stock.
Underwriter |
Number
of Shares |
|
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC |
||
Barclays Capital Inc. |
||
Wells Fargo Securities, LLC |
||
Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC |
||
|
||
Total |
||
|
The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters are obligated to purchase all the shares of common stock in the offering if any are purchased, other than those shares covered by the over-allotment option described below. The underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults, the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may be increased or the offering may be terminated.
have granted to the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to additional shares at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions.
The underwriters propose to offer the shares of common stock initially at the public offering price on the cover page of this prospectus and to selling group members at that price less a selling concession of $ per share. After the initial public offering the representatives may change the public offering price and concession.
The following table summarizes the compensation we and the selling stockholders will pay:
Per Share | Total | |||||||||||||||
Without
Over-allotment |
With
Over-allotment |
Without
Over-allotment |
With
Over-allotment |
|||||||||||||
Underwriting Discounts and Commissions paid by us |
$ | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||
Underwriting Discounts and Commissions paid by selling stockholders |
$ | $ | $ | $ |
We estimate that our out-of-pocket expenses for this offering will be approximately $ .
We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for expenses of approximately $ related to clearance of this offering with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., or FINRA.
The underwriters have informed us that they do not expect sales to accounts over which the underwriters have discretionary authority to exceed 5% of the shares of common stock being offered.
We have agreed, subject to certain, exceptions, that we will not, directly or indirectly, offer, sell, issue, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of or file with the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock, or publicly disclose the intention to take any such action, without the prior written consent of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Barclays Capital Inc. for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus.
152
Our officers, directors and holders of substantially all of our stock have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, that they will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock, enter into a transaction that would have the same effect, or enter into any swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common stock, whether any of these transactions are to be settled by delivery of our common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge or disposition, or to enter into any such transaction, swap, hedge or other arrangement, without, in each case, the prior written consent of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Barclays Capital Inc. for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus.
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Barclays Capital Inc., on behalf of the underwriters, in their sole discretion, may release our common stock and other securities subject to the lock-up agreements described above in whole or in part at any time with or without notice.
We and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make in that respect.
We will apply to list the shares of common stock on the NYSE under the symbol PFGC.
In connection with the offering the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, over-allotment transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids in accordance with Regulation M under the Exchange Act.
| Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase the underlying security so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum. |
| Over-allotment involves sales by the underwriters of shares in excess of the number of shares the underwriters are obligated to purchase, which creates a syndicate short position. The short position may be either a covered short position or a naked short position. In a covered short position, the number of shares over-allotted by the underwriters is not greater than the number of shares that they may purchase in the over-allotment option. In a naked short position, the number of shares involved is greater than the number of shares in the over-allotment option. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their over-allotment option and/or purchasing shares in the open market. |
| Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of the common stock in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover syndicate short positions. In determining the source of shares to close out the short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the over-allotment option. If the underwriters sell more shares than could be covered by the over-allotment option, a naked short position, the position can only be closed out by buying shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there could be downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. |
| Penalty bids permit the representatives to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the common stock originally sold by the syndicate member is purchased in a stabilizing or syndicate covering transaction to cover syndicate short positions. |
These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock. As a result the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. These transactions may be effected on or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.
153
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives. In determining the initial public offering price, we and the representatives expect to consider a number of factors including:
| the information set forth in this prospectus and otherwise available to the representatives; |
| our prospects and the history and prospects for the industry in which we compete; |
| an assessment of our management; |
| our prospects for future earnings; |
| the general condition of the securities markets at the time of this offering; |
| the recent market prices of, and demand for, publicly traded common stock of generally comparable companies; and |
| other factors deemed relevant by the underwriters and us. |
A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the websites maintained by one or more of the underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering and one or more of the underwriters participating in this offering may distribute prospectuses electronically. The representatives may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the underwriters and selling group members that will make internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.
Other Relationships
The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full-service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities.
We expect that the underwriters and their respective affiliates will continue to perform various financial advisory, investment banking and lending services for us or our affiliates, from time to time in the future, for which they may receive customary fees and commissions. In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers and may at any time hold long and short positions in such securities and instruments. Such investment and securities activities may involve our securities and instruments (directly, as collateral securing other obligations or otherwise). The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments. In addition, certain of the underwriters or their respective affiliates, including Barclays Bank PLC, an affiliate of Barclays Capital Inc., Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., an affiliate of Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, and Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, an affiliate of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, are lenders or agents or managers for the lenders under our ABL facility or our term loan facility.
Selling Restrictions
Notice to Investors in the European Economic Area
In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area that has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a Relevant Member State), each underwriter represents and agrees that with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State, or the Relevant Implementation Date, it has not made and will not make an offer of our common stock to the public in
154
that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to our common stock that has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that it may, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, make an offer of our common stock to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:
| to any legal entity that is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive; |
| to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of the manager for any such offer; or |
| in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive; |
provided that no such offer of our common stock shall require the publication by the Issuer or any underwriter of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.
For the purposes of this provision, the expression an offer to the public in relation to any shares of our common stock in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and our common stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe our common stock, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State and the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC and (and amendments thereto, including Directive 2010/73/EU, to the extent implemented in each Relevant Member State) includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.
Notice to Investors in the United Kingdom
Each underwriter:
| has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated any invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of section 21 of FSMA) in connection with the sale or issue of common stock in circumstances in which section 21 of FSMA does not apply to such underwriter; and |
| has complied with, and will comply with all applicable provisions of FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares of common stock in, from, or otherwise involving the United Kingdom. |
This prospectus is directed solely at persons who (i) are outside the United Kingdom or (ii) have professional experience in matters relating to investments or (iii) are persons falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of The Financial Services and Markets Act (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 (all such persons together being referred to as relevant persons). This prospectus must not be acted on or relied on by persons who are not relevant persons. Any investment or investment activity to which this prospectus relates is available only to relevant persons and will be engaged in with relevant persons only.
155
The validity of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, New York, New York. Certain legal matters in connection with the offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Latham & Watkins LLP, New York, New York. An investment vehicle comprised of selected partners of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, members of their families, related persons and others owns an interest representing less than 1% of the capital commitments of funds affiliated with The Blackstone Group L.P.
The consolidated financial statements of Performance Food Group Company and subsidiaries as of June 28, 2014 and June 29, 2013 and the related consolidated Statements of Operations, Statements of Comprehensive Income, Shareholders Equity and Cash Flows for the periods ended June 28, 2014, June 29, 2013, and June 30, 2012 included in this Prospectus and the related financial statement schedule included elsewhere in this registration statement have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report appearing herein. Such consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule have been so included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus is a part of the registration statement and does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and its exhibits and schedules, portions of which have been omitted as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information about us and our common stock, you should refer to the registration statement and its exhibits and schedules.
We will file annual, quarterly, and special reports and other information with the SEC. Our filings with the SEC will be available to the public on the SECs website at http://www.sec.gov . Those filings will also be available to the public on, or accessible through, our website under the heading Investor Relations at www.pfgc.com . The information we file with the SEC or contained on or accessible through our corporate website or any other website that we may maintain is not part of this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. You may also read and copy, at SEC prescribed rates, any document we file with the SEC, including the registration statement (and its exhibits) of which this prospectus is a part, at the SECs Public Reference Room located at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington D.C. 20549. You can call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 to obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room.
We intend to make available to our common stockholders annual reports containing consolidated financial statements audited by an independent registered public accounting firm.
156
Audited Consolidated Financial Statements as of June 28, 2014 and June 29, 2013 and for the fiscal years ended June 28, 2014, June 29, 2013 and June 30, 2012
F-2 | ||||
F-3 | ||||
F-4 | ||||
F-5 | ||||
F-6 | ||||
F-7 | ||||
F-9 | ||||
F-40 |
Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements as of March 28, 2015 and June 28, 2014 and for the nine months ended March 28, 2015 and March 29, 2014
F-44 | ||||
F-45 | ||||
F-46 | ||||
F-47 | ||||
F-49 |
F-1
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of
Performance Food Group Company
Richmond, Virginia
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Performance Food Group Company and subsidiaries (the Company) as of June 28, 2014 and June 29, 2013, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, shareholders equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the periods ended June 28, 2014, June 29, 2013 and June 30, 2012. Our audits also included the consolidated financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Page F-1. These financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Companys management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Companys internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Performance Food Group Company and subsidiaries as of June 28, 2014 and June 29, 2013, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the periods ended June 28, 2014, June 29, 2013 and June 30, 2012, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also, in our opinion, such financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.
/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
Richmond, VA
September 9, 2014
F-2
PERFORMANCE FOOD GROUP COMPANY
($ in thousands) |
As of June 28, 2014 | As of June 29, 2013 | ||||||
ASSETS |
||||||||
Current assets: |
||||||||
Cash |
$ | 5,310 | $ | 14,077 | ||||
Accounts receivable, less allowances of $14,749 and $14,282 |
834,769 | 709,170 | ||||||
Inventories, net |
848,995 | 741,375 | ||||||
Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
22,441 | 19,221 | ||||||
Deferred income tax asset, net |
15,806 | 20,939 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total current assets |
1,727,321 | 1,504,782 | ||||||
Goodwill |
663,868 | 665,781 | ||||||
Other intangible assets, net |
241,281 | 308,349 | ||||||
Property, plant and equipment, net |
569,909 | 548,586 | ||||||
Restricted cash |
15,101 | 10,001 | ||||||
Other assets |
21,371 | 16,725 | ||||||
Assets held for sale |
936 | 1,175 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total assets |
$ | 3,239,787 | $ | 3,055,399 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY |
||||||||
Current liabilities: |
||||||||
Outstanding checks in excess of deposits |
$ | 117,353 | $ | 71,287 | ||||
Trade accounts payable |
826,790 | 724,432 | ||||||
Accrued expenses |
208,700 | 173,914 | ||||||
Long-term debtcurrent installments |
7,500 | 5,625 | ||||||
Capital lease obligationscurrent installments |
3,014 | 2,034 | ||||||
Derivative liabilities |
7,071 | 4,225 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total current liabilities |
1,170,428 | 981,517 | ||||||
Long-term debt |
1,418,110 | 1,445,843 | ||||||
Deferred income tax liability, net |
103,847 | 108,386 | ||||||
Long-term derivative liabilities |
3,008 | 1,507 | ||||||
Capital lease obligations, excluding current installments |
30,909 | 29,506 | ||||||
Other long-term liabilities |
79,377 | 68,631 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total liabilities |
2,805,679 | 2,635,390 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Commitments and contingencies (Note 15) |
||||||||
Shareholders equity: |
||||||||
Common Stock |
||||||||
Class A: $0.01 par value per share, 250,000,000 shares authorized; 179,093,943 shares issued and outstanding as of June 28, 2014 and June 29, 2013 |
1,791 | 1,791 | ||||||
Class B: $0.01 par value per share, 25,000,000 shares authorized; 27,914 and 10,515 shares issued and outstanding as of June 28, 2014 and June 29, 2013, respectively |
| | ||||||
Additional paid-in capital |
591,964 | 591,202 | ||||||
Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax benefit of $3,638 and $2,252 |
(5,691 | ) | (3,524 | ) | ||||
Accumulated deficit |
(153,956 | ) | (169,460 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total shareholders equity |
434,108 | 420,009 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total liabilities and shareholders equity |
$ | 3,239,787 | $ | 3,055,399 | ||||
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-3
PERFORMANCE FOOD GROUP COMPANY
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
($ in thousands, except per share data) |
Fiscal year
ended June 28, 2014 |
Fiscal year
ended June 29, 2013 |
Fiscal year
ended June 30, 2012 |
|||||||||
Net sales |
$ | 13,685,704 | $ | 12,826,512 | $ | 11,505,892 | ||||||
Cost of goods sold |
11,988,485 | 11,243,809 | 10,101,919 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Gross profit |
1,697,219 | 1,582,703 | 1,403,973 | |||||||||
Operating expenses |
1,581,639 | 1,468,036 | 1,293,091 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Operating profit |
115,580 | 114,667 | 110,882 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Other expense: |
||||||||||||
Interest expense, net (includes $6,647, $11,081, and $12,545 of reclassification adjustments for changes in fair value of interest rate swaps) |
86,096 | 93,871 | 76,330 | |||||||||
Loss on extinguishment of debt |
| 2,039 | | |||||||||
Other, net |
(731 | ) | (697 | ) | 664 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Other expense, net |
85,365 | 95,213 | 76,994 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Income before taxes |
30,215 | 19,454 | 33,888 | |||||||||
Income tax expense (includes $2,592, $4,322, and $4,893 tax benefit from reclassification adjustments) |
14,711 | 11,059 | 12,869 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net income |
$ | 15,504 | $ | 8,395 | $ | 21,019 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Weighted-average common shares outstanding: |
||||||||||||
Basic |
179,110,211 | 179,102,280 | 179,025,738 | |||||||||
Diluted |
180,481,081 | 180,326,867 | 179,881,094 | |||||||||
Earnings per common share: |
||||||||||||
Basic |
$ | 0.09 | $ | 0.05 | $ | 0.12 | ||||||
Diluted |
$ | 0.09 | $ | 0.05 | $ | 0.12 | ||||||
Dividends declared per common share: |
| $ | 1.2283 | $ | 0.5589 |
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-4
PERFORMANCE FOOD GROUP COMPANY
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
($ in thousands) |
Fiscal year
ended June 28, 2014 |
Fiscal year
ended June 29, 2013 |
Fiscal year
ended June 30, 2012 |
|||||||||
Net income |
$ | 15,504 | $ | 8,395 | $ | 21,019 | ||||||
Other comprehensive income, net of tax: |
||||||||||||
Foreign currency translation adjustments |
(6 | ) | (12 | ) | (14 | ) | ||||||
Interest rate swaps: |
||||||||||||
Change in fair value, net of tax benefit of $3,973, $877, and $1,795 |
(6,216 | ) | (1,371 | ) | (2,809 | ) | ||||||
Reclassification adjustment, net of tax expense of $2,592, $4,322, and $4,893 |
4,055 | 6,759 | 7,652 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Other comprehensive (loss) income |
(2,167 | ) | 5,376 | 4,829 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total comprehensive income |
$ | 13,337 | $ | 13,771 | $ | 25,848 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-5
PERFORMANCE FOOD GROUP COMPANY
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY
($ in thousands) |
Common Stock |
Additional
Paid-in Capital |
Accumulated
Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) |
Accumulated
Deficit |
Total
Shareholders Equity |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Class A | Class B | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Shares | Amount | Shares | Amount | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Balance as of July 2, 2011 |
178,914,829 | $ | 1,789 | 8,015 | $ | | $ | 907,875 | $ | (13,729 | ) | $ | (198,874 | ) | $ | 697,061 | ||||||||||||||||
Issuance of common stock |
186,400 | 2 | | | 1,163 | | | 1,165 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Repurchase of common stock |
(7,286 | ) | | | | (45 | ) | | | (45 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||
Dividend to shareholders |
| | | | (100,000 | ) | | | (100,000 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Net income |
| | | | | | 21,019 | 21,019 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest rate swaps |
| | | | | 4,843 | | 4,843 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Stock compensation expense |
| | | | 1,099 | | | 1,099 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other |
| | | | | (14 | ) | | (14 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Balance as of June 30, 2012 |
179,093,943 | 1,791 | 8,015 | | 810,092 | (8,900 | ) | (177,855 | ) | 625,128 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Issuance of common stock under 2007 Option Plan |
| | 2,500 | | 12 | | | 12 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Dividend to shareholders |
| | | | (220,000 | ) | | | (220,000 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Net income |
| | | | | | 8,395 | 8,395 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest rate swaps |
| | | | | 5,388 | | 5,388 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Stock compensation expense |
| | | | 1,098 | | | 1,098 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other |
| | | | | (12 | ) | | (12 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Balance as of June 29, 2013 |
179,093,943 | 1,791 | 10,515 | | 591,202 | (3,524 | ) | (169,460 | ) | 420,009 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Issuance of common stock under 2007 Option Plan |
| | 17,399 | | 60 | | | 60 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net income |
| | | | | | 15,504 | 15,504 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest rate swaps |
| | | | | (2,161 | ) | | (2,161 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Stock compensation expense |
| | | | 702 | | | 702 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other |
| | | | | (6 | ) | | (6 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Balance as of June 28, 2014 |
179,093,943 | $ | 1,791 | 27,914 | $ | | $ | 591,964 | $ | (5,691 | ) | $ | (153,956 | ) | $ | 434,108 | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-6
PERFORMANCE FOOD GROUP COMPANY
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
($ in thousands) |
Fiscal year
ended June 28, 2014 |
Fiscal year
ended June 29, 2013 |
Fiscal year
ended June 30, 2012 |
|||||||||
Cash flows from operating activities: |
||||||||||||
Net income |
$ | 15,504 | $ | 8,395 | $ | 21,019 | ||||||
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities |
||||||||||||
Depreciation |
73,549 | 58,764 | 46,400 | |||||||||
Amortization of intangible assets |
59,151 | 61,301 | 55,902 | |||||||||
Amortization of deferred financing costs and other |
10,244 | 8,883 | 7,317 | |||||||||
Provision for losses on accounts receivables |
9,087 | 6,119 | 6,044 | |||||||||
Expense related to modification of debt |
281 | 1,425 | 2,804 | |||||||||
Stock compensation expense |
702 | 1,098 | 1,099 | |||||||||
Deferred income tax benefit |
(1,425 | ) | (5,974 | ) | (3,423 | ) | ||||||
Change in fair value of derivative assets and liabilities |
(127 | ) | (580 | ) | 825 | |||||||
Loss on extinguishment of debt |
| 2,039 | | |||||||||
Loss on assets held for sale |
590 | 427 | 1,350 | |||||||||
Other |
220 | (124 | ) | 341 | ||||||||
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net |
||||||||||||
Accounts receivable |
(134,435 | ) | (18,297 | ) | (28,294 | ) | ||||||
Inventories |
(107,318 | ) | (21,442 | ) | (48,053 | ) | ||||||
Prepaid expenses and other assets |
(6,934 | ) | 1,020 | (3,866 | ) | |||||||
Trade accounts payable |
102,358 | 133,154 | (1,169 | ) | ||||||||
Outstanding checks in excess of deposits |
46,066 | (80,800 | ) | 33,586 | ||||||||
Accrued expenses and other liabilities |
52,237 | (14,733 | ) | 5,732 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net cash provided by operating activities |
119,750 | 140,675 | 97,614 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Cash flows from investing activities: |
||||||||||||
Purchases of property, plant and equipment |
(90,625 | ) | (66,483 | ) | (68,926 | ) | ||||||
Cash paid for acquisitions, net of cash acquired |
(949 | ) | (85,974 | ) | (319,802 | ) | ||||||
Increase in restricted cash |
(5,100 | ) | | | ||||||||
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment |
2,666 | 1,499 | 530 | |||||||||
Proceeds from sale of assets held for sale |
585 | 998 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net cash used in investing activities |
(93,423 | ) | (149,960 | ) | (388,198 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Cash flows from financing activities: |
||||||||||||
Net (payments) borrowings under ABL Facility |
(21,175 | ) | (30,500 | ) | 258,600 | |||||||
Borrowings on Senior Notes |
| 50,000 | 150,000 | |||||||||
Payments on Senior Notes |
| (500,000 | ) | | ||||||||
Borrowings on Term Facility |
| 746,250 | | |||||||||
Payments on Term Facility |
(5,625 | ) | | | ||||||||
Payment on financed property, plant and equipment |
(1,833 | ) | | | ||||||||
Cash paid for debt issuance, extinguishment and modifications |
(1,527 | ) | (27,160 | ) | (18,414 | ) | ||||||
Cash paid for acquisitions |
(2,769 | ) | (5,124 | ) | (4,057 | ) | ||||||
Payments under capital lease |
(2,225 | ) | (1,193 | ) | (512 | ) | ||||||
Proceeds from issuance of common stock |
| | 1,165 | |||||||||
Repurchase of common stock |
| | (45 | ) | ||||||||
Proceeds from exercise of stock options |
60 | 12 | | |||||||||
Dividend to shareholders |
| (220,000 | ) | (100,000 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities |
(35,094 | ) | 12,285 | 286,737 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net (decrease) increase in cash |
(8,767 | ) | 3,000 | (3,847 | ) | |||||||
Cash, beginning of period |
14,077 | 11,077 | 14,924 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Cash, end of period |
$ | 5,310 | $ | 14,077 | $ | 11,077 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-7
Supplemental disclosures of non-cash transactions are as follows:
(In thousands) |
Fiscal year
ended June 28, 2014 |
Fiscal year
ended June 29, 2013 |
Fiscal year
ended June 30, 2012 |
|||||||||
Initial fair value of promissory note related to acquisition |
$ | | $ | 4,162 | $ | | ||||||
Debt assumed through new and amended capital lease obligations |
4,608 | 5,723 | | |||||||||
Purchases of property, plant and equipment, financed |
3,472 | | |
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information are as follows:
(In thousands) |
Fiscal year
ended June 28, 2014 |
Fiscal year
ended June 29, 2013 |
Fiscal year
ended June 30, 2012 |
|||||||||
Cash paid during the year for: |
||||||||||||
Interest |
$ | 63,264 | $ | 93,868 | $ | 58,501 | ||||||
Income taxes, net of refunds |
15,857 | 17,589 | 20,493 |
F-8
PERFORMANCE FOOD GROUP COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1. Description of Business
Performance Food Group Company, through its subsidiaries (collectively, the Company), markets and distributes approximately 150,000 national and company-branded food and food-related products from 67 distribution centers to over 150,000 customer locations across the United States. The Company serves both of the major customer types in the restaurant industry: (i) independent, or Street customers, and (ii) multi-unit, or Chain customers, which include regional and national family and casual dining restaurants chains and quick-service restaurants. The Company also serves schools, healthcare facilities, business and industry locations, and other institutional customers. The Company is managed through three operating segments: Performance Foodservice, PFG Customized, and Vistar.
| Performance Foodservice is a national broadline foodservice distributor of approximately 125,000 national and company-branded food and food-related products to approximately 85,000 customer locations including Street restaurants, Chain restaurants, and other institutional food-away-from-home locations. |
| PFG Customized is a national distributor, principally to the family and casual dining channel, and serves approximately 5,000 restaurant locations. Substantially all of its customers are national or large regional chains or are affiliated with them. |
| Vistar is a leading national distributor of approximately 20,000 candy, snack, beverage, and other products to approximately 60,000 customer locations in the vending, office coffee service, theatre, retail, and other channels. |
The Company is owned by affiliates of The Blackstone Group and other co-investors, including an affiliate of Wellspring Capital Management. The accompanying consolidated financial statements include Performance Food Group Company and its direct and indirect subsidiaries.
The Companys fiscal year ends on the Saturday nearest to June 30 th . This resulted in a 52-week year for fiscal 2014, fiscal 2013, and fiscal 2012. References to fiscal 2014 are to the 52-week period ending June 28, 2014, references to fiscal 2013 are to the 52-week period ended June 29, 2013, and references to fiscal 2012 are to the 52-week period ended June 30, 2012.
2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Estimates
Principles of Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries. All inter-company balances and transactions have been eliminated.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. The most significant estimates used by management are related to the accounting for the allowance for doubtful accounts, reserve for inventories, impairment testing of goodwill and other intangible assets, acquisition accounting, reserves for claims and recoveries under insurance programs, vendor rebates and other promotional incentives, bonus accruals, depreciation, amortization, determination of useful lives of tangible and intangible assets, and income taxes. Actual results could differ from these estimates.
F-9
Cash
The Company maintains its cash primarily in institutions insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC). At times, the Companys cash balance may be in amounts that exceed the FDIC insurance limits.
Restricted Cash
The Company is required by its insurers to collateralize a part of the deductibles for its workers compensation and liability claims. The Company has chosen to satisfy these collateral requirements by depositing funds in insurance trusts or by issuing letters of credit. All amounts in restricted cash at June 28, 2014 and June 29, 2013 represent funds deposited in insurance trusts and $5.1 million represent Level 1 fair value measurements.
Accounts Receivable
Accounts receivable are primarily comprised of trade receivables from customers in the ordinary course of business, are recorded at the invoiced amount, and primarily do not bear interest. Receivables are recorded net of the allowance for doubtful accounts on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The Company evaluates the collectability of its accounts receivable based on a combination of factors. The Company regularly analyzes its significant customer accounts, and when it becomes aware of a specific customers inability to meet its financial obligations to the Company, such as bankruptcy filings or deterioration in the customers operating results or financial position, the Company records a specific reserve for bad debt to reduce the related receivable to the amount it reasonably believes is collectible. The Company also records reserves for bad debt for other customers based on a variety of factors, including the length of time the receivables are past due, macroeconomic considerations, and historical experience. If circumstances related to specific customers change, the Companys estimates of the recoverability of receivables could be further adjusted. As of June 28, 2014 and June 29, 2013, the allowance for doubtful accounts related to trade receivables was approximately $10.3 million and $10.2 million, respectively, and $4.4 million and $4.1 million, respectively related to other receivables. The Company recorded $9.1 million, $6.1 million, and $6.0 million in provision for doubtful accounts in fiscal year ended June 28, 2014, June 29, 2013, and June 30, 2012, respectively.
Inventories
The Companys inventories consist primarily of food and non-food products. The Company values inventories primarily at the lower of cost or market using the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method. At June 28, 2014, the Companys inventory balance of $849.0 million consists primarily of finished goods, $789.7 million of which was valued at FIFO. As of June 28, 2014, $59.3 million of the inventory balance was valued at last-in, first-out (LIFO) using the link chain technique of the dollar value method. At June 28, 2014 and June 29, 2013, the LIFO balance sheet reserves were $3.8 million and $0.7 million, respectively. Costs in inventory include the purchase price of the product and freight charges to deliver the product to the Companys warehouses and are net of certain consideration received from vendors in the amount of $14.2 million and $12.1 million as of June 28, 2014 and June 29, 2013, respectively. The Company adjusts its inventory balances for slow-moving, excess, and obsolete inventories. These adjustments are based upon inventory category, inventory age, specifically identified items, and overall economic conditions. As of June 28, 2014 and June 29, 2013, the Company had adjusted its inventories by approximately $6.6 million and $7.3 million, respectively.
Property, Plant, and Equipment
Property, plant, and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation of property, plant and equipment, including capital lease assets, is calculated primarily using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which range from two to 39 years, and is included in operating expenses on the consolidated statement of operations.
F-10
Certain internal and external costs related to the development of internal use software are capitalized within property, plant, and equipment during the application development stage.
When assets are retired or otherwise disposed, the costs and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts. The difference between the net book value of the asset and proceeds from disposition is recognized as a gain or loss. Routine maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred, while costs of betterments and renewals are capitalized.
Assets Held for Sale
The Company classifies assets as held for sale and ceases depreciating the assets when there is a plan for disposal of assets and those assets meet the held for sale criteria as defined in FASB Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 360-10-35, Property, Plant and EquipmentSubsequent MeasurementImpairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets . As of June 28, 2014 and June 29, 2013, the Company had approximately $0.9 million and $1.2 million, respectively, of assets classified as held for sale. The June 28, 2014 amount relates to a vacant facility at one of the Companys Performance Foodservice locations that is currently being marketed for sale. The June 29, 2013 amount was related to one of the Companys Performance Foodservice facilities. The Company sold that property in December 2013 for approximately $0.6 million in net proceeds.
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
Long-lived assets held and used by the Company, including intangible assets with definite lives, are tested for recoverability whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. For purposes of evaluating the recoverability of long-lived assets, the Company compares the carrying value of the asset or asset group to the projected, undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the long-lived asset or asset group. Based on the Companys assessments, no impairment losses were recorded in fiscal 2014 or fiscal 2013.
Acquisitions, Goodwill, and Other Intangible Assets
The Company accounts for acquired businesses using the acquisition method of accounting. The Companys financial statements reflect the operations of an acquired business starting from the completion of the acquisition. Goodwill and other intangible assets represent the excess of cost of an acquired entity over the amounts specifically assigned to those tangible net assets acquired in a business combination. Other identifiable intangible assets typically include customer relationships, trade names, technology, non-compete agreements, and favorable lease assets. Goodwill and intangibles with indefinite lives are not amortized. Intangibles with definite lives are amortized on a straight-line basis over their useful lives, which generally range from two to eleven years. Certain assumptions, estimates, and judgments are used in determining the fair value of net assets acquired, including goodwill and other intangible assets, as well as determining the allocation of goodwill to the reporting units. Accordingly, the Company may obtain the assistance of third-party valuation specialists for the valuation of significant tangible and intangible assets. The fair value estimates are based on available historical information and on future expectations and assumptions deemed reasonable by management but are inherently uncertain. Significant estimates and assumptions inherent in the valuations reflect a consideration of other marketplace participants and include the amount and timing of future cash flows (including expected growth rates and profitability), economic barriers to entry, a brands relative market position, and the discount rate applied to the cash flows. Unanticipated market or macroeconomic events and circumstances may occur, which could affect the accuracy or validity of the estimates and assumptions.
The Company is required to test goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite lives for impairment annually, or more often if circumstances indicate. Indicators of goodwill impairment include, but are not limited to, significant declines in the markets and industries that buy the Companys products, changes in the estimated
F-11
future cash flows of its reporting units, changes in capital markets, and changes in its market capitalization. For goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets, the Companys policy is to assess for impairment at the end of each fiscal year.
In fiscal 2013, the Company adopted FASB Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2011-08 IntangiblesGoodwill and OtherTesting Goodwill for Impairmen t, which provides entities with an option to perform a qualitative assessment (commonly referred to as step zero) to determine whether further quantitative analysis for impairment of goodwill is necessary. In performing step zero for the Companys goodwill impairment test, the Company is required to make assumptions and judgments including but not limited to the following: the evaluation of macroeconomic conditions as related to the Companys business, industry and market trends, and the overall future financial performance of its reporting units and future opportunities in the markets in which they operate. If impairment indicators are present after performing step zero, the Company would perform a quantitative impairment analysis to estimate the fair value of goodwill.
During fiscal 2013, the Company had elected not to implement the step zero assessment for all reporting units and performed the first step of the two-step goodwill impairment test. During fiscal 2014, the Company performed the step zero analysis for its goodwill impairment test. As a result of the Companys step zero analysis, no further quantitative impairment test was deemed necessary for fiscal 2014. There were no impairments of goodwill or intangible assets with indefinite lives for fiscal 2014, fiscal 2013, or fiscal 2012.
Insurance Program
The Company maintains high-deductible insurance programs covering portions of general and vehicle liability and workers compensation. The amounts in excess of the deductibles are fully insured by third-party insurance carriers, subject to certain limitations and exclusions. The Company also maintains self-funded group medical insurance. The Company accrues its estimated liability for these deductibles, including an estimate for incurred but not reported claims, based on known claims and past claims history. The estimated short-term portion of these accruals is included in Accrued expenses on the Companys consolidated balance sheets, while the estimated long-term portion of the accruals is included in Other long-term liabilities. The provisions for insurance claims include estimates of the frequency and timing of claims occurrence, as well as the ultimate amounts to be paid. These insurance programs are managed by a third party, and the deductibles for general and vehicle liability and workers compensation are collateralized by letters of credit and restricted cash.
Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Other comprehensive income (loss) is defined as all changes in equity during each period except for those resulting from net income (loss) and investments by or distributions to shareholders. Other comprehensive income (loss) consists primarily of gains or losses from derivative financial instruments that are designated in a hedging relationship. For derivative instruments that qualify as cash flow hedges, the effective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative instrument is reported as a component of other comprehensive income and reclassified into earnings during the same period or periods during which the hedged transaction affects earnings.
Revenue Recognition
The Company recognizes revenue from the sale of a product when it is considered realized or realizable and earned. The Company determines these requirements to be met when the product has been delivered to the customer, the price is fixed and determinable, and there is reasonable assurance of collection of the sales proceeds. Sales returns are recorded as reductions of sales.
Revenue is accounted for in accordance with ASC 605-45, reporting revenue either on a gross basis as a principal or net basis as an agent depending upon the nature of the sales transactions. The Company recognizes revenue on a gross basis when the Company determines the sale meets the conditions of ASC 605-45, Reporting
F-12
Revenue Gross as a Principal versus Net as an Agent . The Company weighs the following factors in making its determination:
| who is the primary obligor to provide the product or services desired by our customers; |
| who has discretion in supplier selection; |
| who has latitude in establishing price; |
| who retains credit risk; and |
| who bears the inventory risk. |
When the Company determines that it does not meet the criteria for gross revenue recognition under ASC 605-45 on the basis of these factors, the Company reports the revenue on a net basis. When there is a change to an agreement with a customer or vendor, pursuant to the Companys revenue recognition policy, the Company reevaluates the reporting of the revenue based on the factors outlined above to determine if there has been a change in the Companys relationship in acting as the principal or an agent.
Cost of Goods Sold
Cost of goods sold includes amounts paid to manufacturers for products sold, the cost of transportation necessary to bring the products to the Companys facilities, plus depreciation related to processing facilities and equipment.
Operating Expenses
Operating expenses include warehouse, delivery, occupancy, insurance, depreciation, amortization, salaries and wages, and employee benefits expenses.
Vendor Rebates and Other Promotional Incentives
The Company participates in various rebate and promotional incentives with its suppliers, primarily including volume and growth rebates, annual and multi-year incentives, and promotional programs. Consideration received under these incentives is generally recorded as a reduction of cost of goods sold. However, as described below, in certain limited circumstances the consideration is recorded as a reduction of operating expenses incurred by the Company. Consideration received may be in the form of cash and/or invoice deductions. Changes in the estimated amount of incentives to be received are treated as changes in estimates and are recognized in the period of change.
Consideration received for incentives that contain volume and growth rebates and annual and multi-year incentives are recorded as a reduction of cost of goods sold. The Company systematically and rationally allocates the consideration for these incentives to each of the underlying transactions that results in progress by the Company toward earning the incentives. If the incentives are not probable and reasonably estimable, the Company records the incentives as the underlying objectives or milestones are achieved. The Company records annual and multi-year incentives when earned, generally over the agreement period. The Company uses current and historical purchasing data, forecasted purchasing volumes, and other factors in estimating whether the underlying objectives or milestones will be achieved. Consideration received to promote and sell the suppliers products is typically a reimbursement of marketing costs incurred by the Company and is recorded as a reduction of the Companys operating expenses. If the amount of consideration received from the suppliers exceeds the Companys marketing costs, any excess is recorded as a reduction of cost of goods sold. The Company follows the requirements of FASB ASC 605-50-25-10, Revenue RecognitionCustomer Payments and IncentivesRecognitionCustomers Accounting for Certain Consideration Received from a Vendor and ASC 605-50-45-16 , Revenue RecognitionCustomer Payments and IncentivesOther Presentation MattersResellers Characterization of Sales Incentives Offered to Customers by Manufacturers .
F-13
Shipping and Handling Fees and Costs
Shipping and handling fees billed to customers are included in net sales. Estimated shipping and handling costs incurred by the Company of $682.4 million, $638.2 million, and $553.7 million are recorded in operating expenses in the consolidated statement of operations for fiscal 2014, fiscal 2013, and fiscal 2012, respectively.
Share Based Compensation
The Company participates in the 2007 Performance Food Group Company Management Option Plan (the 2007 Option Plan) and follows the fair value recognition provisions of FASB ASC 718-10-25, CompensationStock CompensationOverallRecognition . This guidance requires that all stock-based compensation be recognized as an expense in the financial statements. Compensation expense is calculated and recorded at the Company based on the fair value of the awards of Performance Food Group Company that are granted and is recorded for awards for which the requisite service period is expected to be provided. The fair value of the stock options is estimated at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. Compensation cost is recognized ratably over the requisite service period.
Income Taxes
The Company follows FASB ASC 740-10, Income TaxesOverall , which requires the use of the asset and liability method of accounting for deferred income taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts. Future tax benefits, including net operating loss carry-forwards, are recognized to the extent that realization of such benefits is more likely than not. Uncertain tax positions are reviewed on an ongoing basis and are adjusted in light of changing facts and circumstances, including progress of tax audits, developments in case law, and closings of statute of limitations. Such adjustments are reflected in the tax provision as appropriate.
Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities
As required by FASB ASC 815-20, Derivatives and HedgingHedgingGeneral , the Company records all derivatives on the balance sheet at fair value. The accounting for changes in the fair value of derivatives depends on the intended use of the derivative, whether the Company has elected to designate a derivative in a hedging relationship and apply hedge accounting, and whether the hedging relationship has satisfied the criteria necessary to apply hedge accounting. The Company primarily uses derivative contracts to hedge the exposure to variability in expected future cash flows. A portion of these derivatives are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges. Hedge accounting generally provides for the matching of the timing of gain or loss recognition on the hedging instrument with the recognition of the earnings effect of the hedged forecasted transactions in a cash flow hedge. The Company may enter into derivative contracts that are intended to economically hedge certain of its risks, even though hedge accounting does not apply or the Company elects not to apply hedge accounting under FASB ASC 815-20. In the event that the Company does not apply the provisions of hedge accounting, the derivative instruments are recorded as an asset or liability on the consolidated balance sheets at fair value, and any changes in fair value are recorded as unrealized gains or losses and included in Other expense in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations. See Note 9 for additional information on the Companys use of derivative instruments.
The Company discloses derivative instruments and hedging activities in accordance with FASB ASC 815-10-50, Derivatives and HedgingOverallDisclosure . FASB ASC 815-10-50 sets forth the disclosure requirements with the intent to provide users of financial statements with an enhanced understanding of: (a) how and why an entity uses derivative instruments, (b) how derivative instruments and related hedged items are accounted for under FASB ASC 815-20, and (c) how derivative instruments and related hedged items affect an entitys financial position, financial performance, and cash flows. FASB ASC 815-10-50 requires qualitative
F-14
disclosures about objectives and strategies for using derivatives, quantitative disclosures about the fair value of and gains and losses on derivative instruments, and disclosures about credit-risk-related contingent features in derivative instruments.
Fair Value Measurements
Fair value is defined as an exit price, representing the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The accounting guidance establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are as follows:
| Level 1Observable inputs such as quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets; |
| Level 2Inputs, other than the quoted prices in active markets, that are observable either directly or indirectly for substantially the full term of the asset or liability; and |
| Level 3Unobservable inputs in which there are little or no market data, which include managements own assumption about the risk assumptions market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability. |
The Companys derivative instruments are carried at fair value and are evaluated in accordance with this hierarchy.
Contingent Liabilities
The Company records a liability related to contingencies when a loss is considered to be probable and a reasonable estimate of the loss can be made. This estimate would include legal fees, if applicable.
Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements
In July 2012, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 201202, Testing Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets for Impairment . This Update was issued to reduce the cost and complexity of performing an impairment test for indefinite-lived intangible assets. Specifically, the update permits an entity to first assess qualitative factors in order to determine whether it is more likely than not that an indefinite-lived intangible asset is impaired as a basis for determining whether it is necessary to perform the quantitative impairment test in accordance with ASC 350-30. The more likely than not threshold is defined as having a likelihood of more than 50 percent. If, after assessing the events and circumstances, it is concluded that it is not more likely than not that the indefinite-lived intangible asset is impaired, then an entity is not required to take further action. This Update was effective for the annual and interim impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning on or after September 15, 2012. The Company elected not to implement the qualitative assessment and has performed the impairment test on its indefinite-lived intangible assets.
In January 2013, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2013-01, Clarifying the Scope of Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities . The amendments in this Update clarify that the scope of Update 2011-11 applies to derivatives accounted for in accordance with FASB 815, Derivatives and Hedging, that either offset or are subject to an enforceable master netting arrangement. The amendments in this Update were effective for fiscal years beginning on or after January 1, 2013. The Company included the additional disclosures required in Note 9, Derivative and Hedging Activities.
In February 2013, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2013-04, LiabilitiesObligations Resulting from Joint and Several Liability Arrangements for Which the Total Amount of the Obligation Is Fixed at the Reporting Date . This Update was issued to provide guidance for the recognition, measurement, and disclosure of obligations resulting from joint and several liability arrangements for which the total amount of the obligation is fixed at the reporting date. Examples include debt arrangements, other contractual obligations, and
F-15
settled litigation and judicial rulings. This Update is effective for public entities for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2013. The Company has not fully evaluated the impact on its financial statement disclosures but does not believe it will be material.
In July 2013, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2013-011, Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists . This Update was issued to provide guidance on the financial statement presentation of an unrecognized tax benefit when a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward exists. This Update is effective for public entities for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2013. The Company has evaluated the impact on its financial statement disclosures and it will not have a material impact on its financial statements.
In April 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2014-08, Presentation of Financial Statements and Property, Plant and Equipment . This Update amends the requirements for reporting discontinued operations and requires additional disclosures about discontinued operations. Under this approach, only disposals representing a strategic shift in operations that has or will have a major effect on the Companys operations and financial results should be presented as discontinued operations. This Update is effective for public entities for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2014. The Company has not fully evaluated the impact on its financial statement disclosures but does not believe it will be material.
In May 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers . This Update is a comprehensive new revenue recognition model that requires a company to recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to a customer in an amount that reflects the consideration it expects to receive in exchange for those goods or services. Companies may use either a full retrospective or modified retrospective approach for adoption of this Update. This Update is effective for public entities for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within that reporting period. The Company has not yet evaluated which transition approach to use or the impact this Update will have on its future financial statements.
In June 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2014-12, Accounting for Share-Based Payments When the Terms of an Award Provide That a Performance Target Could Be Achieved after the Requisite Service Period . This Update requires that a performance target that affects vesting and could be achieved after the requisite service period be treated as a performance condition under the existing guidance in Topic 718. Companies may use either a prospective or retrospective approach for adoption of this Update. This Update is not effective until annual periods and interim periods within those annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015. Early adoption is permitted. The Company has not yet evaluated which approach to use or the impact this Update will have on its future financial statements.
3. Business Combinations
During the third quarter of fiscal 2014, the Company paid cash of $0.9 million for an acquisition. This acquisition was immaterial to the consolidated financial statements.
The Company completed the following acquisition in its Performance Foodservice segment during the second quarter of fiscal 2013 that was accounted for as a business combination in accordance with ASC 805:
Fox River Foods, Inc.
On December 21, 2012, the Company completed the purchase of Fox River Foods, Inc., along with three real estate entities, (collectively, FRF) for $99.2 million, which consisted of cash in the amount of $95.0 million and a $6.0 million promissory note with a fair value of $4.2 million. FRF is a broadline foodservice distributor based in Montgomery, Illinois. FRF serves more than 7,000 customers in seven states throughout the Upper Midwest. Customers range from fine dining establishments to family restaurants, schools, healthcare
F-16
facilities, child care centers, hotels, and concessionaires. The Company performed a valuation of the net assets acquired to determine the purchase price allocation. This valuation resulted in the recognition of $19.4 million in identifiable intangible assets, including customer relationships and trade names. The Company also acquired property, plant, and equipment of $27.1 million, cash of $10.5 million, as well as working capital and other items in the amount of $36.5 million. The purchase price exceeded the fair value of the net assets acquired, resulting in Goodwill of $5.7 million. FRF values inventories at the lower of cost or market using the LIFO method, and the Company retained this method with respect to the valuation of FRFs inventories. During fiscal 2014, goodwill related to FRF was reduced by $2.2 million as a result of a change in deferred tax liability.
Costs of approximately $1.0 million associated with this acquisition were recorded in Operating expenses during fiscal 2013. Goodwill recognized in connection with the acquisition is expected to be deductible for income tax purposes.
The Company completed three acquisitions during fiscal 2012 that were accounted for as business combinations in accordance with ASC 805 and are discussed by operating segment as follows:
Vistar
On September 23, 2011, the Company completed the purchase of certain assets of Vend Service, Inc. (VSI), a regional candy, snack, and beverage distributor, and an affiliated entity. VSI, located in Rome, Georgia, served vending operators in the Alabama, Arkansas, Florida, Georgia, Mississippi, Missouri, North Carolina, South Carolina, and Tennessee markets. On June 22, 2012, the Company completed the purchase of Liberty Distribution Company, LLC (Liberty), a national candy and snack distributor based in Chandler, Arizona, with additional locations in Mechanicsburg, Pennsylvania and Memphis, Tennessee, which serve national and regional non-food retailers. The aggregate purchase price for these two Vistar acquisitions was $97.6 million in cash and has resulted in preliminary goodwill of 20.8 million. The Company performed valuations of the net assets acquired to determine the purchase price allocations. These valuations resulted in the recognition of $48.9 million of identifiable intangible assets for both acquisitions, including customer relationships, trade names, technology, and non-compete agreements. The Company also acquired property, plant, and equipment of $1.1 million, as well as working capital and other items in the amount of $26.8 million related to the two acquisitions. These valuations and resulting goodwill are provisional amounts as of June 30, 2012 and represent managements best estimates using all known facts and circumstances that existed as of the acquisition dates. During fiscal 2013, goodwill related to Liberty was reduced by $2.0 million due to a net working capital adjustment (see Note 4).
Performance Foodservice
On June 23, 2012, the Company completed the purchase of Institution Food House, Inc. (IFH) from Alex Lee, Inc. for $233.4 million in cash. IFH is a broadline foodservice distributor based in Hickory, North Carolina, with an additional location in Florence, South Carolina. IFH serves over 6,000 customers ranging from fine dining establishments to casual restaurants, hotels, schools, and healthcare providers. The Company performed a valuation of the net assets acquired to determine the purchase price allocation. This valuation resulted in the recognition of $52.3 million in identifiable intangible assets, including customer relationships and trade names. The Company also acquired property, plant and equipment of $54.4 million, as well as working capital and other items in the amount of $48.7 million. Preliminary goodwill resulting from the purchase price exceeding the fair value of the net assets acquired totaled $78.0 million. These valuations are provisional amounts as of June 30, 2012 and represent managements best estimates using all known facts and circumstances that existed as of the acquisition dates. IFH values inventories at the lower of cost or market using the LIFO method and the Company plans to retain this method with respect to the valuation of IFHs inventories going forward. During fiscal 2013, goodwill was reduced by $2.7 million primarily due to working capital adjustments (see Note 4).
F-17
4. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
The Company recorded additions to goodwill in connection with its acquisitions. The following table presents the changes in the carrying amount of goodwill:
(In thousands) |
Performance
Foodservice |
PFG
Customized |
Vistar | Other | Total | |||||||||||||||
Balance as of June 30, 2012 |
$ | 404,329 | $ | 166,473 | $ | 54,595 | $ | 39,203 | $ | 664,600 | ||||||||||
Acquisitionscurrent year |
5,718 | | 115 | | 5,833 | |||||||||||||||
Adjustments related to prior acquisitions |
(2,691 | ) | (1,961 | ) | | (4,652 | ) | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Balance as of June 29, 2013 |
407,356 | 166,473 | 52,749 | 39,203 | 665,781 | |||||||||||||||
Acquisitionscurrent year |
| | 321 | | 321 | |||||||||||||||
Adjustments related to prior acquisitions |
(2,234 | ) | | | | (2,234 | ) | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Balance as of June 28, 2014 |
$ | 405,122 | $ | 166,473 | $ | 53,070 | $ | 39,203 | $ | 663,868 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company has recorded adjustments to goodwill within the permitted measurement period in accordance with ASC 805. The adjustment related to prior acquisitions for fiscal 2014 results from a change in deferred tax liability for the FRF acquisition. The adjustments related to prior acquisitions for fiscal 2013 are partially due to a net working capital adjustment recorded with respect to Vistars fourth quarter fiscal 2012 acquisition in the amount of $2.0 million. The remainder is primarily a working capital adjustment recorded in relation to Performance Foodservices fourth quarter fiscal 2012 acquisition.
The following table presents the Companys intangible assets by major category as of June 28, 2014 and June 29, 2013:
As of June 28, 2014 | As of June 29, 2013 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(In thousands) |
Gross
Carrying Amount |
Accumulated
Amortization |
Net |
Gross
Carrying Amount |
Accumulated
Amortization |
Net |
Range of
Lives |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Intangible assets with definite lives: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Customer relationships |
$ | 379,783 | $ | (265,893 | ) | $ | 113,890 | $ | 379,483 | $ | (224,197 | ) | $ | 155,286 | 4 11 years | |||||||||||||
Trade names and trademarks |
90,934 | (56,451 | ) | 34,483 | 90,934 | (44,513 | ) | 46,421 | 4 9 years | |||||||||||||||||||
Deferred financing costs |
79,625 | (42,783 | ) | 36,842 | 78,378 | (33,986 | ) | 44,392 | Debt term | |||||||||||||||||||
Non-compete |
11,925 | (7,317 | ) | 4,608 | 11,920 | (5,531 | ) | 6,389 | 2 5 years | |||||||||||||||||||
Leases |
12,516 | (3,976 | ) | 8,540 | 12,516 | (3,305 | ) | 9,211 | Lease term | |||||||||||||||||||
Technology |
26,100 | (22,642 | ) | 3,458 | 26,100 | (18,910 | ) | 7,190 | 5 7 years | |||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Total intangible assets with definite lives |
$ | 600,883 | $ | (399,062 | ) | $ | 201,821 | $ | 599,331 | $ | (330,442 | ) | $ | 268,889 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Intangible assets with indefinite lives: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Goodwill |
$ | 663,868 | $ | | $ | 663,868 | $ | 665,781 | $ | | $ | 665,781 | Indefinite | |||||||||||||||
Trade names |
39,460 | | 39,460 | 39,460 | | 39,460 | Indefinite | |||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Total intangible assets with indefinite lives |
$ | 703,328 | $ | | $ | 703,328 | $ | 705,241 | $ | | $ | 705,241 | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The change in the deferred financing costs results from fees paid related to the redemption of the Companys 11% Senior Notes due 2015 (the Senior Notes) during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2013 and the related borrowings under the new second lien term loan facility (the Term Facility); the fees were paid in fiscal 2014 and increased deferred issuance costs by $1.2 million. See Note 7 for further discussion.
F-18
For the intangible assets with definite lives, the Company recorded amortization expense of $68.6 million for fiscal 2014, $70.2 million for fiscal 2013, and $63.5 million for fiscal 2012. For the next five fiscal periods and thereafter, the estimated future amortization expense on intangible assets with definite lives are as follows:
(In thousands) |
||||
2015 |
$ | 54,488 | ||
2016 |
45,776 | |||
2017 |
34,128 | |||
2018 |
18,064 | |||
2019 |
17,032 | |||
Thereafter |
32,333 | |||
|
|
|||
Total amortization expense |
$ | 201,821 | ||
|
|
5. Concentration of Sales and Credit Risk
The Company had no customers that comprised more than 10% of either consolidated net sales for fiscal 2014, fiscal 2013, and fiscal 2012 or accounts receivable at June 28, 2014 and June 29, 2013. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts for which details are disclosed in the accounts receivable portion of Note 2, Significant Accounting PoliciesAccounts Receivable.
Financial instruments that potentially expose the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of trade accounts receivable. The Companys customer base includes a large number of individual restaurants, national and regional chain restaurants, and franchises and other institutional customers. The credit risk associated with accounts receivable is minimized by the Companys large customer base and ongoing monitoring of customer creditworthiness.
6. Property, Plant, and Equipment
Property, plant and equipment as of June 28, 2014 and June 29, 2013 consisted of the following:
(In thousands) |
As of
June 28, 2014 |
As of
June 29, 2013 |
Range of Lives | |||||||||
Buildings and building improvements |
$ | 388,472 | $ | 380,934 | 10 39 years | |||||||
Land |
37,702 | 38,430 | | |||||||||
Transportation equipment |
69,178 | 56,378 | 2 10 years | |||||||||
Warehouse and plant equipment |
156,337 | 139,488 | 3 10 years | |||||||||
Office equipment, furniture, and fixtures |
151,929 | 114,143 | 2 10 years | |||||||||
Leasehold improvements |
61,728 | 42,259 | Lease term(1) | |||||||||
Construction-in-process |
30,078 | 41,525 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
895,424 | 813,157 | |||||||||||
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization |
(325,515 | ) | (264,571 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Property, plant and equipment, net |
$ | 569,909 | $ | 548,586 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
(1) | Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of the useful life of the asset or the lease term. |
Total depreciation expense for the fiscal 2014, fiscal 2013, and fiscal 2012 was $73.5 million, $58.8 million, and $46.4 million, respectively, and is included in operating expenses on the consolidated statement of operations.
F-19
7. Debt
The Company is a holding company and conducts its operations through its subsidiaries, which have incurred or guaranteed indebtedness as described below.
Debt consisted of the following:
(In thousands) |
As of
June 28, 2014 |
As of
June 29, 2013 |
||||||
ABL |
$ | 679,625 | $ | 700,800 | ||||
Term Facility |
741,273 | 746,323 | ||||||
Promissory Note |
4,712 | 4,345 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Long-term debt |
1,425,610 | 1,451,468 | ||||||
Capital lease obligations |
33,923 | 31,540 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total debt |
1,459,533 | 1,483,008 | ||||||
Less: current installments |
(10,514 | ) | (7,659 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total debt, excluding current installments |
$ | 1,449,019 | $ | 1,475,349 | ||||
|
|
|
|
ABL Facility
PFGC, Inc. (PFGC), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, entered into an Asset Based Revolving Loan Credit Agreement (the ABL Facility) on May 23, 2008 which was amended and restated on May 8, 2012. The ABL Facility is secured by the majority of the tangible assets of PFGC and its subsidiaries. Performance Food Group, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of PFGC, is the lead borrower under the ABL Facility, which is jointly and severally guaranteed by PFGC and all domestic direct and indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries of PFGC (other than captive insurance subsidiaries). Availability for loans and letters of credit under the ABL Facility is governed by a borrowing base, determined by the application of specified advance rates against eligible assets, including trade accounts receivable, inventory, owned real properties, and owned transportation equipment. The borrowing base is reduced quarterly by a cumulative fraction of the real properties and transportation equipment values. Advances on accounts receivable and inventory are subject to change based on periodic commercial finance examinations and appraisals, and the real property and transportation equipment values included in the borrowing base are subject to change based on periodic appraisals. Audits and appraisals are conducted at the direction of the administrative agent for the benefit and on behalf of all lenders.
PFGC amended its ABL Facility in August 2011 to allow for the payment of a dividend of $100 million, the exclusion of the dividend from the fixed charge coverage ratio calculation, and permitted PFGC to grant to the holders of the Senior Notes a second-priority lien in the underlying collateral. An amendment in May 2012 increased the size of the ABL Facility from $1.1 billion to $1.4 billion, lowered the interest rate grid for the LIBOR-based pricing option discussed below, and extended the maturity from May 2014 to May 2017. In addition, the May 2012 amendment expanded the borrowing base with respect to owned real estate and added transportation equipment as eligible assets in the borrowing base. Other provisions of the amendments included changes with respect to covenant calculations, restricted payments, and reporting requirements.
PFGC amended its ABL Facility in May 2013 to allow for the payment of a $220 million dividend, the exclusion of the dividend from the fixed charge coverage ratio calculation, and an increase in the amount of second lien debt that can be incurred.
Borrowings under the ABL Facility bear interest, at Performance Food Group, Inc.s option, at (a) the Base Rate (defined as the greater of (i) the Federal Funds Rate in effect on such date plus 0.5%, (ii) the Prime Rate on such day, or (iii) one month LIBOR plus 1.0%) plus a spread or (b) LIBOR plus a spread. The ABL Facility also provides for an unused commitment fee ranging from 0.25% to 0.375%. As of June 28, 2014, aggregate borrowings outstanding were $679.6 million. There were also $108.7 million in letters of credit outstanding
F-20
under the facility, and excess availability was $587.8 million, net of $19.9 million of lenders reserves, subject to compliance with customary borrowing conditions. The average interest rate for the ABL facility was 2.20% at June 28, 2014. As of June 29, 2013, aggregate borrowings outstanding were $700.8 million. There were also $111.2 million in letters of credit outstanding under the facility, and excess availability was $458.7 million, net of $14.7 million of lenders reserves, subject to compliance with customary borrowing conditions.
The ABL Facility contains covenants requiring the maintenance of a minimum consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio if excess availability falls below (a) the greater of (i) $130.0 million and (ii) 10% of the lesser of the borrowing base and the revolving credit facility amount for five consecutive business days or (b) 7.5% of the revolving credit facility amount at any time. The ABL Facility also contains customary restrictive covenants that include, but are not limited to, restrictions on PFGCs ability to incur additional indebtedness, pay dividends, create liens, make investments or specified payments, and dispose of assets. The ABL Facility provides for customary events of default, including payment defaults and cross-defaults on other material indebtedness. If an event of default occurs and is continuing, amounts due under such agreement may be accelerated and the rights and remedies of the lenders under such agreement available under the ABL Facility may be exercised, including rights with respect to the collateral securing the obligations under such agreement.
Senior Notes
On May 14, 2013, PFGC redeemed its outstanding $500 million of Senior Notes in full, at a redemption price equal to 102% of the principal amount of the Senior Notes, using the proceeds from the Term Facility discussed below. A portion of this redemption was considered an extinguishment of indebtedness, resulting in a $2.0 million loss on extinguishment of debt, which is comprised of $1.0 million of redemption premium paid and $1.0 million to write off the pro-rata portion of the unamortized issuance costs related to the debt extinguishment recorded in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2013. The remaining portion of this redemption was considered a modification of indebtedness in accordance with FASB ASC 470-50, Debt-Modifications and Extinguishments , and as a result, $6.9 million of unamortized issuance costs for the Senior Notes and $9.0 million of the redemption premium are deferred as issuance costs of the Term Facility.
Term Loan Facility
Performance Food Group, Inc. entered into a new Credit Agreement providing for the Term Facility on May 14, 2013. Performance Food Group, Inc. borrowed an aggregate principal amount of $750.0 million under the Term Facility which is jointly and severally guaranteed by PFGC and all domestic direct and indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries of Performance Food Group, Inc. Net proceeds to Performance Food Group, Inc. were $746.3 million. The proceeds from the Term Facility were used to redeem all outstanding Senior Notes in full; to pay the fees, premiums, expenses, and other transaction costs incurred in connection with the Term Facility and the ABL amendment discussed above; and to pay the dividend discussed in Note 8. As discussed above, a portion of the Term Facility was considered a modification of the Senior Notes and resulted in a charge of $1.4 million and $0.3 million related to third-party fees paid for the modified debt, which was reported in operating expenses in fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2014, respectively.
The Term Facility matures in 2019 and bears interest, at Performance Food Group, Inc.s option, at a rate equal to a margin over either (a) a base rate determined by reference to the higher of (1) the rate of interest published by Credit Suisse (AG), Cayman Islands Branch, as its prime lending rate, (2) the federal funds rate plus 0.50% and (3) one-month LIBOR rate plus 1.00%, or (b) a LIBOR rate determined by reference to the service selected by Credit Suisse (AG), Cayman Islands Branch that has been nominated by the British Bankers Association (or any successor thereto). The applicable margin for the term loans under the Term Facility may be reduced subject to attaining a certain total net leverage ratio. The applicable margin for borrowings will be 5.25% for loans based on a LIBOR rate and 4.25% for loans based on the base rate, as of June 28, 2014. The LIBOR rate for term loans is subject to a 1.00% floor and the base rate for term loans is subject to a floor of 2.00%. Interest is payable quarterly in arrears in the case of Base Rate loans, and at the end of the applicable interest
F-21
period (but no less frequently than quarterly) in the case of the LIBOR loans. Performance Food Group, Inc. can incur additional loans under the Term Facility with the aggregate amount of the incremental loans not exceeding the sum of (i) $140.0 million plus (ii) additional amounts so long as the Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio for PFGC does not exceed 5.90:1.00 and so long as the proceeds are not used to finance restricted payments that include any dividend or distribution payments. PFGC is required to repay an aggregate principal amount equal to 0.25% of the aggregate principal amount of $750 million on the last business day of each calendar quarter, beginning September 30, 2013. The Term Facility is prepayable at a redemption price of 102% if such prepayment occurs prior to the first anniversary of the closing date (through May 14, 2014) declining to par in 1% annual increments thereafter. As of June 28, 2014, aggregate borrowings outstanding were $744.4 million with unamortized original issue discount of $3.1 million. Original issue discount is being amortized as additional interest expense on a straight-lined basis over the life of the Term Facility which approximates the effective yield method. For fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2013, interest expense included $0.6 million and $0.1 million, respectively, related to the amortization of original issue discount.
The ABL Facility and the Term Facility contain customary restrictive covenants under which all of the net assets of PFGC and its subsidiaries were restricted from distribution to Performance Food Group Company, except for approximately $73 million of restricted payment capacity available under such debt agreements, as of June 28, 2014.
Unsecured Subordinated Promissory Note
In connection with an acquisition, Performance Food Group, Inc. issued a $6.0 million interest only, unsecured subordinated promissory note on December 21, 2012, bearing an interest rate of 3.5%. Interest is payable quarterly in arrears. The $6.0 million principal is due in a lump sum in December 2017. All amounts outstanding under this promissory note become immediately due and payable upon the occurrence of a Change in Control of the Company or PFGC, which includes the sale, lease, or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of PFGC. This promissory note was initially recorded at its fair value of $4.2 million. The difference between the principal and the initial fair value of the promissory note is being amortized as additional interest expense on a straight-lined basis over the life of the promissory note which approximates the effective yield method. For fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2013, interest expense included $0.3 million and $0.2 million, respectively, related to this amortization. As of June 28, 2014, the carrying value of the promissory note was $4.7 million.
Fiscal year maturities of long-term debt, excluding capital lease obligations, are as follows:
(In thousands) |
||||
2015 |
$ | 7,500 | ||
2016 |
9,375 | |||
2017 |
687,125 | |||
2018 |
13,500 | |||
2019 |
7,500 | |||
Thereafter |
705,000 | |||
|
|
|||
Total long-term debt, excluding capital lease obligation |
$ | 1,430,000 | ||
|
|
Capital Lease Obligations
Performance Food Group, Inc. is a party to facility leases at two Performance Foodservice distribution facilities and to five equipment leases that are accounted for as capital leases in accordance with FASB ASC 840-30, LeasesCapital Leases . The charge to income resulting from amortization of these leases is included with depreciation expense in the consolidated statement of operations. The gross and net book values on the balance sheet as of June 28, 2014 were $40.5 million and $29.8 million, respectively. The gross and net book values on the balance sheet as of June 29, 2013 were $35.9 million and $29.0 million, respectively.
F-22
Future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable capital leases were as follows as of June 28, 2014:
(In thousands) |
||||
2015 |
$ | 5,596 | ||
2016 |
4,807 | |||
2017 |
3,965 | |||
2018 |
3,991 | |||
2019 |
3,746 | |||
Thereafter |
36,288 | |||
|
|
|||
Total future minimum lease payments |
58,393 | |||
Less: interest |
24,470 | |||
|
|
|||
Present value of future minimum lease payments |
$ | 33,923 | ||
|
|
8. Payment of Dividends
On May 14, 2013, Performance Food Group Company paid a $220 million, or $1.2283 per share, dividend, to its Class A and Class B shareholders. On August 11, 2011, Performance Food Group Company paid a $100 million, or $0.5589 per share, dividend to its Class A and Class B shareholders.
9. Derivatives and Hedging Activities
Risk Management Objective of Using Derivatives
The Company is exposed to certain risks arising from both its business operations and economic conditions. The Company principally manages its exposures to a wide variety of business and operational risks through management of its core business activities. The Company manages economic risks, including interest rate, liquidity, and credit risk primarily by managing the amount, sources, and duration of its debt funding and the use of derivative financial instruments. Specifically, the Company enters into derivative financial instruments to manage exposures that arise from business activities that result in the receipt or payment of future known and uncertain cash amounts, the value of which are determined by interest rates and diesel fuel costs. The Companys derivative financial instruments are used to manage differences in the amount, timing, and duration of the Companys known or expected cash receipts and payments related to the Companys investments, borrowings, and diesel fuel purchases.
The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives that are both designated and qualify as cash flow hedges is recorded in other comprehensive income and subsequently reclassified into earnings in the period that the hedged transaction occurs. The ineffective portion of the change in fair value of the derivatives is recognized directly in earnings.
Hedges of Interest Rate Risk
The Companys objectives in using interest rate derivatives are to add stability to interest expense and to manage its exposure to interest rate movements. Since the Company has a substantial portion of its debt in variable-rate instruments, it accomplishes this objective with interest rate swaps. These swaps are designated as cash flow hedges and involve the receipt of variable-rate amounts from a counterparty in exchange for the Company making fixed-rate payments over the life of the agreements without exchange of the underlying notional amount. All of the Companys interest rate swaps are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges.
Amounts reported in other comprehensive income related to derivatives will be reclassified to interest expense as interest payments are made on the Companys variable-rate debt. During the twelve months ending June 27, 2015, the Company estimates that an additional $7.8 million will be reclassified to earnings as an increase to interest expense.
F-23
As of June 28, 2014, Performance Food Group, Inc. had five interest rate swaps with a combined $750 million notional amount that were designated as cash flow hedges of interest rate risk. The following table summarizes the outstanding Swap Agreements as of June 28, 2014 (in thousands):
Effective Date |
Maturity Date |
Notional Amount |
Fixed Rate Swapped |
|||||||
June 30, 2014 |
June 30, 2017 | 200,000 | 1.52 | % | ||||||
June 30, 2014 |
June 30, 2017 | 100,000 | 1.52 | % | ||||||
August 9, 2013 |
August 9, 2018 | 200,000 | 1.51 | % | ||||||
June 30, 2014 |
June 30, 2016 | 150,000 | 1.47 | % | ||||||
June 30, 2014 |
June 30, 2016 | 100,000 | 1.47 | % |
Hedges of Forecasted Diesel Fuel Purchases
From time to time, Performance Food Group, Inc. enters into costless collar arrangements to hedge its exposure to variability in cash flows expected to be paid for forecasted purchases of diesel fuel. As of June 28, 2014, Performance Food Group, Inc. was a party to four such arrangements, with a 7.2 million gallon original notional amount in total, and a 7.2 million gallon notional amount remaining as of June 28, 2014. The remaining 7.2 million gallon forecasted purchases of diesel fuel are expected to be made between July 1, 2014 and December 31, 2015.
The fuel collar instruments do not qualify for hedge accounting. Accordingly, the derivative instruments are recorded as an asset or liability on the balance sheet at fair value and any changes in fair value are recorded in the period of change as unrealized gains or losses on fuel hedging instruments and included in Other, net in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations. The Company recorded $0.1 million in unrealized gains and $0 in cash settlements related to these fuel collars for fiscal 2014, compared to $0.6 million in unrealized gains and $0 in cash settlements for fiscal 2013.
F-24
The Company does not currently have a payable or receivable related to cash collateral for its derivatives, and therefore it has not established an accounting policy for offsetting the fair value of its derivatives against such balances. The table below presents the fair value of the derivative financial instruments as well as their classification on the balance sheet as of June 28, 2014 and June 29, 2013:
The derivative contracts are subject to a master netting arrangement with the respective counterparties that provide for the net settlement of all derivative contracts in the event of default or upon the occurrence of certain termination events. Upon exercise of termination rights by the non-defaulting party (i) all transactions are terminated, (ii) all transactions are valued and the positive value or in the money transactions are netted against the negative value or out of the money transactions, and (iii) the only remaining payment obligation is of one of the parties to pay the netted termination amount.
F-25
The Company has elected to present the derivative assets and derivative liabilities on the balance sheet on a gross basis for fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2013. The tables below presents the derivative assets and liability balance by type of financial instrument, before and after the effects of offsetting, as of June 28, 2014 and June 29, 2013:
As of June 28, 2014 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Gross
Amounts of Recognized Assets |
Gross Amounts
Offset in the Consolidated Balance Sheet |
Net Amounts of
Assets Presented in the Consolidated Balance Sheet |
Gross Amounts Not Offset in
the Consolidated Balance Sheet |
|||||||||||||||||||||
(In thousands) |
Financial
Instruments |
Cash
Collateral Pledged |
Net
Amounts |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Interest rate swaps: |
$ | 857 | $ | | $ | 857 | $ | 857 | $ | | $ | | ||||||||||||
Diesel fuel collars: |
85 | | 85 | | | 85 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Total derivatives, subject to a master netting arrangement |
942 | | 942 | 857 | | 85 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total derivatives, not subject to a master netting arrangement |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Total |
$ | 942 | $ | | $ | 942 | $ | 857 | $ | | $ | 85 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of June 28, 2014 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Gross
Amounts of Recognized Liabilities |
Gross Amounts
Offset in the Consolidated Balance Sheet |
Net Amounts of
Liabilities Presented in the Consolidated Balance Sheet |
Gross Amounts Not Offset in
the Consolidated Balance Sheet |
|||||||||||||||||||||
(In thousands) |
Financial
Instruments |
Cash
Collateral Pledged |
Net
Amounts |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Interest rate swaps: |
$ | 10,079 | $ | | $ | 10,079 | $ | 857 | $ | | $ | 9,222 | ||||||||||||
Diesel fuel collars: |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Total derivatives, subject to a master netting arrangement |
10,079 | | 10,079 | 857 | | 9,222 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total derivatives, not subject to a master netting arrangement |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Total |
$ | 10,079 | $ | | $ | 10,079 | $ | 857 | $ | | $ | 9,222 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-26
As of June 29, 2013 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Gross
Amounts of Recognized Liabilities |
Gross Amounts
Offset in the Consolidated Balance Sheet |
Net Amounts of
Liabilities Presented in the Consolidated Balance Sheet |
Gross Amounts Not Offset in the Consolidated Balance Sheet |
|||||||||||||||||||||
(In thousands) |
Financial
Instruments |
Cash
Collateral Pledged |
Net
Amounts |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Interest rate swaps: |
$ | 5,660 | $ | | $ | 5,660 | $ | | $ | | $ | 5,660 | ||||||||||||
Diesel fuel collars: |
72 | | 72 | 9 | | 63 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Total derivatives, subject to a master netting arrangement |
5,732 | | 5,732 | 9 | | 5,723 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total derivatives, not subject to a master netting arrangement |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Total |
$ | 5,732 | $ | | $ | 5,732 | $ | 9 | $ | | $ | 5,723 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The tables below present the effect of the derivative financial instruments designated in hedging relationships on the consolidated statement of operations for fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2013:
Tabular Disclosure of the Effect of Derivative Instruments on the Consolidated Statement of Operations for the Fiscal Year Ended June 28, 2014 (in thousands) |
||||||||||||||||||||
Derivatives in FASB ASC 815-20 Cash Flow Hedging Relationships |
Amount of
Loss (Gain) Recognized in OCI on Derivative (Effective Portion), including all tax effects |
Location of Loss
Reclassified from OCI into Income (Effective Portion) |
Amount of
(Loss) Gain Reclassified from OCI into Income (Effective Portion) |
Location of Loss
Recognized in Income on Derivative (Ineffective Portion and Amount Excluded from Effectiveness Testing) |
Amount of Gain/
(Loss) Recognized in Income on Derivatives (Cumulative Ineffective Portion and Amount Excluded from Effectiveness Testing) |
|||||||||||||||
Interest Rate Swaps |
$ | 8,808 | Interest expense | $ | (6,647 | ) | Other, net | $ | (4 | ) |
Tabular Disclosure of the Effect of Derivative Instruments on the Consolidated Statement of Operations for the Fiscal Year Ended June 29, 2013 (in thousands) |
||||||||||||||||||||
Derivatives in FASB ASC 815-20 Cash Flow Hedging Relationships |
Amount of
Loss (Gain) Recognized in OCI on Derivative (Effective Portion), including all tax effects |
Location of Loss
Reclassified from OCI into Income (Effective Portion) |
Amount of
(Loss) Gain Reclassified from OCI into Income (Effective Portion) |
Location of Loss
Recognized in Income on Derivative (Ineffective Portion and Amount Excluded from Effectiveness Testing) |
Amount of Gain/
(Loss) Recognized in Income on Derivatives (Cumulative Ineffective Portion and Amount Excluded from Effectiveness Testing) |
|||||||||||||||
Interest Rate Swaps |
$ | 5,237 | Interest expense | $ | (11,081 | ) | Other, net | $ | |
Tabular Disclosure of the Effect of Derivative Instruments on the Consolidated Statement of Operations for the Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2012 (in thousands) |
||||||||||||||||||||
Derivatives in FASB ASC 815-20 Cash Flow Hedging Relationships |
Amount of
Loss (Gain) Recognized in OCI on Derivative (Effective Portion), including all tax effects |
Location of Loss
Reclassified from OCI into Income (Effective Portion) |
Amount of
(Loss) Gain Reclassified from OCI into Income (Effective Portion) |
Location of Loss
Recognized in Income on Derivative (Ineffective Portion and Amount Excluded from Effectiveness Testing) |
Amount of Loss
Recognized in Income on Derivatives (Cumulative Ineffective Portion and Amount Excluded from Effectiveness Testing) |
|||||||||||||||
Interest Rate Swaps |
$ | 7,702 | Interest expense | $ | (12,545 | ) | Other, net | $ | |
F-27
The derivative instruments are the only assets or liabilities that are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. The fuel collars are exchange-traded commodities and their fair value is derived from valuation models based on certain assumptions regarding market conditions, some of which may be unobservable. Based on the lack of significance of these unobservable inputs, the Company has concluded that these instruments represent Level 2 on the hierarchy. The fair values of the Companys interest rate swap agreements are determined using a valuation model with several inputs and assumptions, some of which may be unobservable. A specific unobservable input used by the Company in determining the fair value of its interest rate swaps is an estimation of both the unsecured borrowing spread to LIBOR for the Company as well as that of the derivative counterparties. Based on the lack of significance of this estimated spread component to the overall value of the Companys interest rate swaps, the Company has concluded that these swaps represent Level 2 on the hierarchy.
There have been no transfers between levels in the hierarchy from June 29, 2013 to June 28, 2014.
Credit-risk-related Contingent Features
The Company has agreements with each of its derivative counterparties that provide that if the Company either defaults or is capable of being declared in default on any of its indebtedness, the Company can also be declared in default on its derivative obligations.
As of June 28, 2014, and June 29, 2013, the aggregate fair value amount of derivative instruments that contain contingent features was $9.1 million and $5.7 million, respectively. As of June 28, 2014, the Company has not been required to post any collateral related to these agreements. If the Company breached any of these provisions, it would be required to settle its obligations under the agreements at their termination value of $9.1 million.
10. Insurance Program Liabilities
The Company maintains high-deductible insurance programs covering portions of general and vehicle liability, workers compensation, and group medical insurance. The amounts in excess of the deductibles are fully insured by third-party insurance carriers, subject to certain limitations. A summary of the activity in all types of deductible liabilities appears below:
(In thousands) |
||||
Balance at July 2, 2011 |
$ | 69,344 | ||
Charged to costs and expenses |
95,427 | |||
Additional liabilities assumed in connection with an acquisition |
3,572 | |||
Payments |
(98,840 | ) | ||
|
|
|||
Net balance at June 30, 2012 |
69,503 | |||
Charged to costs and expenses |
123,595 | |||
Payments |
(114,921 | ) | ||
|
|
|||
Net balance at June 29, 2013 |
78,177 | |||
Charged to costs and expenses |
119,738 | |||
Payments |
(115,151 | ) | ||
|
|
|||
Net balance at June 28, 2014 |
$ | 82,764 | ||
|
|
11. Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The carrying values of cash, accounts receivable, outstanding checks in excess of deposits, trade accounts payable, and accrued expenses approximate their fair values because of the relatively short maturities of those instruments. The derivative liabilities are recorded at fair value on the balance sheet. The fair value of long-term debt is $1.4 billion and $1.5 billion at June 28, 2014 and June 29, 2013, respectively, and is determined by reviewing current market pricing related to comparable debt issued at the time of the balance sheet date, and is considered a Level 2 measurement.
F-28
12. Leases
Subsidiaries of the Company lease various warehouse and office facilities and certain equipment under long-term operating lease agreements that expire at various dates. Rent expense for operating leases include any rent increases, rent holidays, or landlord concessions on a straight-line basis over the lease term. As of June 28, 2014, subsidiaries of the Company are obligated under non-cancelable operating lease agreements to make future minimum lease payments as follows:
(In thousands) |
||||
2015 |
$ | 78,770 | ||
2016 |
73,502 | |||
2017 |
63,663 | |||
2018 |
55,689 | |||
2019 |
46,918 | |||
Thereafter |
93,080 | |||
|
|
|||
Total minimum lease payments |
$ | 411,622 | ||
|
|
Rent expense for operating leases was $91.1 million for fiscal 2014, $87.8 million for the fiscal 2013, and $84.1 million for fiscal 2012. A subsidiary of the Company has posted letters of credit as collateral supporting certain leases. These letters of credit are included in the total outstanding letters of credit under the ABL Facility as discussed in Note 7.
Subsidiaries of the Company have residual value guarantees to its lessors under certain of its operating leases. These guarantees are discussed in Note 15. These residual value guarantees are not included in the above table of future minimum lease payments.
A subsidiary of the Company is a party to seven capital leases. See Note 7 for discussion of these leases.
13. Income Taxes
Income tax expense for fiscal 2014, fiscal 2013, and fiscal 2012 consisted of the following:
(In thousands) |
For the
fiscal year ended June 28, 2014 |
For the
fiscal year ended June 29, 2013 |
For the
fiscal year ended June 30, 2012 |
|||||||||
Current income tax expense: |
||||||||||||
Federal |
$ | 12,783 | $ | 16,097 | $ | 11,321 | ||||||
State |
3,353 | 936 | 4,971 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total current income tax expense |
16,136 | 17,033 | 16,292 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Deferred income tax expense (benefit): |
||||||||||||
Federal |
(1,593 | ) | (8,161 | ) | (687 | ) | ||||||
State |
168 | 2,187 | (2,736 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total deferred income tax benefit |
(1,425 | ) | (5,974 | ) | (3,423 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total income tax expense, net |
$ | 14,711 | $ | 11,059 | $ | 12,869 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-29
The Companys effective income tax rate for continuing operations for fiscal 2014, fiscal 2013, and fiscal 2012 is 48.7%, 56.8%, and 38.0%, respectively. Actual income tax benefit differs from the amount computed by applying the applicable U.S. federal corporate income tax rate of 35% to earnings before income taxes as follows:
(In thousands) |
For the fiscal
year ended June 28, 2014 |
For the fiscal
year ended June 29, 2013 |
For the fiscal
year ended June 30, 2012 |
|||||||||
Federal income tax expense computed at statutory rate |
$ | 10,575 | $ | 6,809 | $ | 11,861 | ||||||
Increase (decrease) in income taxes resulting from: |
||||||||||||
State income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit |
2,038 | 1,933 | 1,809 | |||||||||
Non-deductible expenses |
2,358 | 2,250 | 2,350 | |||||||||
Tax credits |
(149 | ) | (130 | ) | (240 | ) | ||||||
Provision to return |
28 | 6 | (1,242 | ) | ||||||||
Change in uncertain tax positions |
(431 | ) | 135 | (3,011 | ) | |||||||
Change in valuation allowance for deferred tax assets |
253 | | | |||||||||
Other, net |
39 | 56 | 1,342 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total income tax expense, net |
$ | 14,711 | $ | 11,059 | $ | 12,869 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred income taxes are recorded based upon the tax effects of differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities and available tax loss and credit carry-forwards. Temporary differences and carry-forwards that created significant deferred tax assets and liabilities were as follows:
(In thousands) |
As of
June 28, 2014 |
As of
June 29, 2013 |
||||||
Deferred tax assets: |
||||||||
Allowance for doubtful accounts |
$ | 3,674 | $ | 2,686 | ||||
Inventories |
4,268 | 3,541 | ||||||
Accrued employee benefits |
5,244 | 7,375 | ||||||
Self-insurance reserves |
4,483 | 7,727 | ||||||
Net operating loss carry-forwards |
8,105 | 8,171 | ||||||
Tax credit carry-forwards |
101 | 149 | ||||||
Stock options |
2,084 | 1,805 | ||||||
Interest rate swap |
| 10 | ||||||
Deferred rent |
1,514 | 3,112 | ||||||
Other comprehensive income |
3,638 | 2,252 | ||||||
Other assets |
5,549 | 2,817 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total gross deferred tax assets |
38,660 | 39,645 | ||||||
Less: Valuation allowance |
253 | | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total net deferred tax assets |
38,407 | 39,645 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Deferred tax liabilities: |
||||||||
Property, plant, and equipment |
74,153 | 59,220 | ||||||
Basis difference in intangible assets |
43,969 | 61,959 | ||||||
Prepaid expenses |
5,983 | 5,213 | ||||||
Other |
2,343 | 700 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total deferred tax liabilities |
126,448 | 127,092 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total net deferred income tax liability |
$ | 88,041 | $ | 87,447 | ||||
|
|
|
|
F-30
The state income tax credit carry-forwards expire in years 2021 through 2027. The state net operating loss carry-forwards expire in years 2014 through 2034. The Company has recorded a valuation allowance against state net operating loss carryforwards for $0.3 million. The Company believes that it is more likely than not that all remaining deferred tax assets will be realized.
The Company records a liability for Uncertain Tax Positions in accordance with FASB ASC 740-10-25, Income TaxesGeneralRecognition. The following table summarizes the activity related to unrecognized tax benefits:
(In thousands) |
||||
Balance as of July 2, 2011 |
$ | 10,829 | ||
Increases due to current year positions |
| |||
Expiration of statutes of limitations |
(4,804 | ) | ||
|
|
|||
Balance as of June 30, 2012 Increases due to current year positions |
|
6,025
275 |
|
|
Expiration of statutes of limitations |
(472 | ) | ||
|
|
|||
Balance as of June 29, 2013 |
5,828 | |||
Increases due to current year positions Expiration of statutes of limitations |
|
369
(5,510 |
) |
|
|
|
|||
Balance as of June 28, 2014 |
$ | 687 | ||
|
|
Included in the balance as of June 28, 2014 and June 29, 2013, is $0.6 million ($0.4 million net of federal tax benefit) and $0.6 million ($0.4 million net of federal tax benefit), respectively, of unrecognized tax benefits that could affect the effective tax rate for continuing operations. The balance in unrecognized tax benefits relates primarily to depreciable lives and methods, intercompany transactions, and the allocation of transaction costs.
As of June 28, 2014, substantially all federal, state and local, and foreign income tax matters have been concluded for years through 2007. It is reasonably possible that a decrease of less than $0.1 million in the balance of unrecognized tax benefits may occur within the next twelve months because of statute of limitations expirations, less than $0.1 million of which, if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate.
It is the Companys practice to recognize interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense. Less than $0.1 million (less than $0.1 million net of federal tax benefit) and $0.8 million ($0.5 million net of federal tax benefit) was accrued for interest related to uncertain tax positions as of June 28, 2014 and June 29, 2013, respectively. Net interest and penalty income of $0.7 million ($0.4 million net of federal benefit), expense of $0.3 million ($0.2 million net of federal benefit) and income of $0.8 million ($0.5 million net of federal benefit) was recognized in tax expense for fiscal 2014, fiscal 2013, and fiscal 2012, respectively.
14. Retirement Plans
Employee Savings Plans
The Company sponsors the Performance Food Group Employee Savings Plan (the PFG Savings Plan). The PFG Savings Plan consists of two components: a defined contribution plan covering substantially all employees (the 401(k) Plan) and a profit sharing plan. Under the latter, the Company can make a discretionary contribution in a given year, although there is no requirement to do so, and no such contribution was made in fiscal years 2014 or 2013. As of January 1, 2009 the 401(k) plan merged with the Self-Directed Tax Advantaged Retirement (STAR) Plan of PFGC, Inc. (the STAR Plan). Employees participating in the 401(k) Plan may elect to contribute between 1% and 50% of their qualified compensation, up to a maximum dollar amount as specified by the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code. In fiscal 2014, the Company matched 100% of the first 3.5% of the employee contributions, resulting in matching contributions of $13.2 million for fiscal 2014, $12.6 million
F-31
for fiscal 2013, and $11.1 million for fiscal 2012. Associates eligible for the annual STAR Plan contribution (an annual amount based on the employees salary and years of service) as of December 31, 2008 were grandfathered for that contribution under the merged PFG Savings Plan. STAR Plan contributions made by the Company were $3.8 million for fiscal 2014, $3.8 million for fiscal 2013, and $3.8 million for fiscal 2012, for total retirement plan contributions of $17.0 million for fiscal 2014, $16.4 million for fiscal 2013, and $14.9 million for fiscal 2012.
Multiemployer Pension Plans
The risks of participating in multiemployer pension plans are different from single-employer pension plans in the following aspects:
| Assets contributed to the multiemployer plan by one employer may be used to provide benefits to employees of other participating employers. |
| If a participating employer stops contributing to the plan, the unfunded obligations of the plan may be borne by the remaining participating employers. |
| If the Company chooses to stop participating in its multiemployer plans, the Company may be required to pay those plans an amount based on the underfunded status of the plan, referred to as a withdrawal liability. |
The Company currently participates in the United Food & Commercial Workers International Union-Industry Pension Fund that is administered by the United Food and Commercial Workers Union representing some of the Companys employees. The Employer Identification Number and the plan number for this pension fund are 51-6055922 and 001, respectively. As of July 1, 2012, the plans funded percentage was 108.2%. The collective bargaining agreement requiring contribution to the plan will expire on April 24, 2015. The Company made contributions of $0.1 million to this plan for fiscal years ended June 28, 2014, June 29, 2013, and June 30, 2012.
Other Postretirement Benefit Plans
In addition to the contributions to the defined benefit pension plans described above, the Company also contributes to two multiemployer health and welfare plans based on obligations arising under collective bargaining agreements covering union-represented employees. The Company made contributions of $0.9 million, $0.7 million, and $0.7 million to these plans for fiscal 2014, fiscal 2013, and fiscal 2012, respectively.
15. Commitments and Contingencies
Purchase Obligations
The Company had outstanding contracts and purchase orders for capital projects totaling $9.5 million at June 28, 2014. Amounts due under these contracts were not included on the Companys consolidated balance sheet as of June 28, 2014.
Withdrawn Multiemployer Pension Plans
Until recently, Performance Food Group, Inc. participated in the Central States Southeast and Southwest Areas Pension Fund (Central States Pension Fund), a multiemployer pension plan administered by the Teamsters Union, pursuant to which Performance Food Group, Inc. was required to make contributions on behalf of certain union employees. The Central States Pension Fund is underfunded and is in critical status. In connection with the recent renegotiation of the collective bargaining agreement that had previously required the Companys participation in the Central States Pension Fund, the Company negotiated the termination of its participation in the Central States Pension Fund and the Company has withdrawn. The Company currently
F-32
estimates that the likely withdrawal liability will range from $4.1 million to $6.9 million. The Company had previously recorded an initial estimated withdrawal liability of $3.7 million during fiscal 2013 and has increased the estimated withdrawal liability by $0.4 million during fiscal 2014. The Company has made total payments for voluntary withdrawal of this plan in the amount of $0.4 million. As of June 28, 2014, the estimated withdrawal liability totaled $3.7 million.
Guarantees
Subsidiaries of the Company have entered into numerous operating leases, including leases of buildings, equipment, tractors, and trailers. Certain of the leases for tractors, trailers, and other vehicles and equipment, provide for residual value guarantees to the lessors. Circumstances that would require the subsidiary to perform under the guarantees include either (1) default on the leases with the leased assets being sold for less than the specified residual values in the lease agreements, or (2) decisions not to purchase the assets at the end of the lease terms combined with the sale of the assets, with sales proceeds less than the residual value of the leased assets specified in the lease agreements. Residual value guarantees under these operating lease agreements typically range between 5% and 25% of the value of the leased assets at inception of the lease. These leases have original terms ranging from 5 to 7 years and expiration dates ranging from 2014 to 2021. As of June 28, 2014, the undiscounted maximum amount of potential future payments for lease guarantees totaled $15.7 million, which would be mitigated by the fair value of the leased assets at lease expiration. The assessment as to whether it is probable that subsidiaries of the Company will be required to make payments under the terms of the guarantees is based upon their actual and expected loss experience. Consistent with the requirements of FASB ASC 460-10-50, Guarantees-Overall-Disclosure, the Company has recorded $0.1 million of the potential future guarantee payments on its consolidated balance sheet as of June 28, 2014.
In addition, the Company from time to time enters into certain types of contracts that contingently require it to indemnify various parties against claims from third parties. These contracts primarily relate to: (i) certain real estate leases under which subsidiaries of the Company may be required to indemnify property owners for environmental and other liabilities and other claims arising from their use of the applicable premises; (ii) certain agreements with the Companys officers, directors, and employees under which the Company may be required to indemnify such persons for liabilities arising out of their employment relationship; and (iii) customer agreements under which the Company may be required to indemnify customers for certain claims brought against them with respect to the supplied products.
Generally, a maximum obligation under these contracts is not explicitly stated. Because the obligated amounts associated with these types of agreements are not explicitly stated, the overall maximum amount of the obligation cannot be reasonably estimated. Historically, the Company has not been required to make payments under these obligations and, therefore, no liabilities have been recorded for these obligations in the Companys consolidated balance sheets.
Litigation
The Company is engaged in the defense of certain claims and lawsuits arising out of the ordinary course and conduct of its business. The Company has insurance policies covering certain potential losses where such coverage is cost effective. Although the outcomes of such matters (including the matter discussed below) are not determinable at this time, in the Companys opinion, any liability that might be incurred by it upon the resolution of the claims and lawsuits (including those discussed below) will not, individually and in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the Companys consolidated financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.
U.S. Equal Employment Opportunity Commission Investigation. In March 2009, the Baltimore Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (EEOC) Field Office served the Company with company-wide (excluding, however, the Companys Vistar and Roma Foodservice operations) subpoenas relating to alleged violations of the Equal Pay Act and Title VII of the Civil Rights Act, seeking certain information from January 1, 2004 to a point in time in the first fiscal quarter of 2009. In August 2009, the EEOC moved to enforce the
F-33
subpoenas in federal court in Maryland, and the Company opposed the motion. In February 2010, the court ruled that the subpoena related to the Equal Pay Act investigation was enforceable company-wide but on a narrower scope of data than the original subpoena sought; the court ruled that the subpoena was applicable to the transportation, logistics, and warehouse functions of the Companys Broadline distribution centers only and not the Customized distribution centers. The Company cooperated with the EEOC on the production of information. In September 2011, the EEOC notified the Company that the EEOC was terminating the investigation into alleged violations of the Equal Pay Act. In Determinations issued in September 2012 by the EEOC with respect to the charges on which the EEOC had based its company-wide investigation, the EEOC concluded that the Company engaged in a pattern of denying hiring and promotion to a class of female applicants and employees into certain positions within the transportation, logistics, and warehouse functions within the Companys Broadline division and in June 2013, filed suit in federal court in Baltimore against the Company. The litigation concerns two issues: 1) whether the Company unlawfully engaged in an ongoing pattern and practice of failing to hire female applicants into operations positions; and 2) whether the Company unlawfully failed to promote one of the three individuals who filed charges with the EEOC due to her being female. The Company intends to vigorously defend itself.
Laumea v. Performance Food Group, Inc. In May 2014, a former employee of the Companys Roma of Southern California distribution center filed a putative class action lawsuit in the San Bernardino County, California Superior Court against the Company. There are different counts for which the putative classes differ. The first class is proposed to be all former and current employees employed by the Company in California in non-exempt positions at any time during the period beginning May 30, 2010 to the present (the California Class). With respect to the California Class, the lawsuit alleges that the Company (i) failed to pay overtime as required by California statute, (ii) failed to provide meal periods and to pay compensation for such meal periods, (iii) failed to provide accurate itemized wage statements and (iv) that the Company engaged in unfair trade practices. The lawsuit further alleges Plaintiff is entitled to penalties and attorney fees pursuant to the California Private Attorney General Act. The second putative class is proposed to be all members of the California Class who separated from employment at any time during the period beginning May 30, 2011 (the California Subclass). With respect to the California Subclass, the lawsuit alleges that the Company failed to pay all compensation within the period due at the time of termination of employment. The third putative class is proposed to be all current or former employees employed by the Company in the United States in non-exempt positions at any time during the period beginning May 30, 2011 to the present (the Nationwide Class). With respect to the Nationwide Class, the lawsuit alleges the Company willfully failed to pay overtime compensation. The Company intends to vigorously defend itself.
Contreras v. Performance Food Group, Inc., et al . In June 2014, a former employee of the Companys Roma of Southern California distribution center filed a putative class action lawsuit in the Alameda County, California Superior Court against the Company. The putative class is proposed to be all drivers employed in any of the Companys California locations at any time during the period beginning June 17, 2010 to the present. The lawsuit alleges that the Company engaged in unfair trade practices and that the Company, with respect to the putative class, failed to (i) provide timely off-duty meal and rest breaks and to pay compensation for such breaks as required by California law, (ii) pay compensation for all hours worked, (iii) to pay overtime compensation, (iv) to provide accurate itemized wage statements, (v) pay all compensation within the period due at the time of termination of employment, and (vi) pay compensation in timely fashion. The lawsuit further alleges the plaintiff is entitled to penalties and attorney fees pursuant to the California Private Attorney General Act. The Company intends to vigorously defend itself.
16. Related-Party Transactions
Transaction and Advisory Fee Agreement
The Company is a party to a transaction and advisory fee agreement pursuant to which affiliates of The Blackstone Group and Wellspring Capital Management provide management advice and counsel for the development of the Companys long-term strategic plans and other management, administrative, and operating
F-34
activities. The transaction and advisory fee agreement generally provides for the payment by the Company of certain transaction fees, annual advisory fees, and the reimbursement of out of pocket expenses. The annual advisory fee is the greater of $2.5 million or 1.5% of the Companys consolidated EBITDA (as defined in the transaction and advisory fee agreement) for the immediately preceding fiscal year. For the years ended June 28, 2014, June 29, 2013, and June 30, 2012, such payments to affiliates of the principal shareholders totaled $4.2 million, $4.2 million, and $3.3 million, respectively. The Company also paid $3.2 million in advisory expenses to the sponsors in July 2012 related to the completion of its acquisitions during fiscal 2012 and $0.9 million in advisory expenses to the principal sponsors in December 2012 related to the completion of the FRF acquisition.
At any time in connection with or in anticipation of a change of control of Performance Food Group Company, a sale of all or substantially all of Performance Food Group Companys assets or an initial public offering of common equity of Performance Food Group Company or its successor, the Advisors may elect to receive, in consideration of their role in facilitating such transaction and in settlement of the termination of the services, a single lump sum cash payment calculated as set forth in this agreement.
Other
The Company leases a distribution facility from an entity owned by an officer of the Company. The lease generally provides that the Company will bear the cost of property taxes. Total rent and taxes paid to the officers company totaled $0.5 million for fiscal years ended June 28, 2014, June 29, 2013, and June 30, 2012.
The Company does business with certain other affiliates of The Blackstone Group. In fiscal 2014, the Company recorded sales of $35.0 million to certain of these affiliate companies compared to sales of $40.1 million for fiscal 2013 and $40.0 million for fiscal 2012. The Company also recorded purchases of $1.8 million from certain of these affiliate companies in fiscal 2014 compared to purchases of $2.9 million for fiscal 2013 and $3.8 million for fiscal 2012. The Company does not conduct a material amount of business with affiliates of Wellspring Capital Management.
As of June 28, 2014, an affiliate of The Blackstone Group held $28.8 million of the outstanding $744.4 million Term Facility. The Company paid approximately $2.0 million and $0.2 million in interest related to fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2013, respectively, to this affiliate pursuant to the terms of the Term Facility. See Note 7 for a discussion of the Term Facility. Affiliates of The Blackstone Group and Wellspring Capital Management had held $218.1 million of the $500 million Senior Notes that were redeemed on May 14, 2013. The Company paid approximately $4.4 million in redemption premiums and $20.9 million in interest related to fiscal 2013 to these affiliates pursuant to the terms of the Senior Notes. The Company paid approximately $10.7 million in interest related to fiscal 2012 to these affiliates pursuant to the terms of the Senior Notes.
17. Earnings Per Share
Basic earnings per common share is computed by dividing net income available to common shareholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted EPS is calculated using the weighted-average number of common shares and dilutive potential common shares outstanding during the period. In computing diluted EPS, the average stock price for the period is used in determining the number of shares assumed to be purchased with the proceeds from the exercise of stock options under the treasury stock method.
The Companys calculation of weighted-average number of common shares includes Class A and Class B common stock. All shares of Class A and Class B common stock entitle the holders thereof to the same rights, preferences, and privileges in respect of dividends.
F-35
A reconciliation of the numerators and denominators for the basic and diluted EPS computations is as follows:
(In thousands, except share and per share amounts) |
For the fiscal
year ended June 28, 2014 |
For the fiscal
year ended June 29, 2013 |
For the fiscal
year ended June 30, 2012 |
|||||||||
Numerator: |
||||||||||||
Net Income |
$ | 15,504 | $ | 8,395 | $ | 21,019 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Denominator: |
||||||||||||
Weighted-average common shares outstanding |
179,110,211 | 179,102,280 | 179,025,738 | |||||||||
Dilutive effect of share-based awards |
1,370,870 | 1,224,587 | 855,356 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Weighted-average dilutive shares outstanding |
180,481,081 | 180,326,867 | 179,881,094 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Basic earnings per share |
$ | 0.09 | $ | 0.05 | $ | 0.12 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Diluted earnings per share |
$ | 0.09 | $ | 0.05 | $ | 0.12 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
18. Stock Compensation
The Performance Food Group Company 2007 Management Option Plan (the 2007 Option Plan) allows for the granting of awards to current and future employees, officers, directors, consultants, and advisors, of the Company or its affiliates in the form of nonqualified options. The 2007 Option Plan is designed to promote long-term growth and profitability of the Company by providing employees and consultants who are or will be involved in the Companys growth with an opportunity to acquire an ownership interest in the Company, thereby encouraging them to contribute to and participate in the success of the Company. The terms and conditions of awards granted under the 2007 Option Plan are determined by the Board of Directors. All current awards have a contractual term of ten years.
The 2007 Option Plan has repurchase rights that generally allow the Company to repurchase shares, at the current fair value following a participants retirement or a participants termination of employment by the Company other than for cause and at the lower of the original exercise price or current fair value following any termination of employment by the Company for cause, resignation of the participant, or in the event a participant resigns due to retirement and subsequently breaches the non-competition or non-solicitation covenant within one year of such participants termination. There are 13,290,684 shares of Class B non-voting stock reserved for issuance under the 2007 Option Plan and 1,278,141 options available for issuance as of June 28, 2014.
The compensation cost that has been charged against income for the Companys 2007 Incentive Plan was $0.7 million, $1.1 million and $1.1 million for the years ended June 28, 2014, June 29, 2013, and June 30, 2012, respectively, and it is included within operating expenses in the consolidated statement of operations. These costs relate to the service condition component of the awards and are being recognized on a straight-line basis. The Company recorded no tax benefit nor incurred an impact on its cash flows related to compensation cost on share-based payment arrangements for the year ended June 28, 2014. The total remaining unrecognized compensation cost was $5.5 million as of June 28, 2014 and is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 11.62 years. Because of the existence of the repurchase rights, the weighted average service period exceeds the contractual term of the options.
F-36
The weighted average fair value of options granted during fiscal 2014, fiscal 2013, and fiscal 2012 was $1.65, $1.15, and $1.08, respectively. The weighted average fair value of all options granted for the life of the Plan was $2.90. The Black-Scholes option pricing model was used with the following weighted average assumptions:
For the fiscal
year ended June 28, 2014 |
For the fiscal
year ended June 29, 2013 |
For the fiscal
year ended June 30, 2012 |
||||||||||
Risk-free interest rate |
2.76 | % | 1.74 | % | 1.97 | % | ||||||
Dividend yield |
4.88 | % | 2.83 | % | 2.24 | % | ||||||
Expected volatility factor |
38.00 | % | 29.70 | % | 18.11 | % | ||||||
Expected option term (in years) |
10 | 10 | 10 |
The risk-free rate for the expected term of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant. The Company assumed a dividend yield for all current year grants based on the historical payment of its dividend over prior fiscal years. Expected volatility is based on the expected volatilities of comparable peer companies that are publicly traded for similar option terms. The expected term represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding. The expected option term for the 2007 Option Plan is the contractual term since the weighted average requisite service period exceeds the contractual term.
A summary of the Companys stock option activity for fiscal 2014, fiscal 2013, and fiscal 2012 is as follows:
Number of
Options |
Weighted
Average Exercise Price(1) |
|||||||
Options outstanding as of July 2, 2011 |
11,229,430 | $ | 3.05 | |||||
Options granted |
593,000 | $ | 5.03 | |||||
Options exercised |
| | ||||||
Options forfeited |
(84,180 | ) | $ | 2.65 | ||||
|
|
|||||||
Options outstanding as of June 30, 2012 |
11,738,250 | $ | 3.26 | |||||
|
|
|||||||
Options granted |
560,000 | $ | 6.03 | |||||
Options exercised |
(2,500 | ) | $ | 3.72 | ||||
Options forfeited |
(299,571 | ) | $ | 3.59 | ||||
|
|
|||||||
Options outstanding as of June 29, 2013 |
11,996,179 | $ | 3.38 | |||||
|
|
|||||||
Options granted |
355,132 | $ | 6.81 | |||||
Options exercised |
(17,399 | ) | $ | 3.43 | ||||
Options forfeited |
(349,905 | ) | $ | 3.94 | ||||
|
|
|||||||
Options outstanding as of June 28, 2014 |
11,984,007 | $ | 3.47 | |||||
|
|
(1) | Weighted average exercise price has been adjusted retroactively to reflect the reduction in the exercise price for dividends paid (see Note 8). |
There were 3.9 million options vested or expected to vest as of June 28, 2014 at a weighted average price of $3.47 per share. There were 3.4 million options exercisable as of June 28, 2014 at a weighted average price of $3.18 per share. The remaining contractual life of the options outstanding as of June 28, 2014 was 4.89 years.
19. Segment Information
The Company has three reportable segments, as defined by the accounting literature related to disclosures about segments of an enterprise. The Performance Foodservice segment markets and distributes food and food-related products to Street restaurants, Chain restaurants, and other institutional food-away-from-home
F-37
locations. The PFG Customized segment principally serves the family and casual dining channel but also serves fine dining, fast casual, and quick serve restaurant chains. The Vistar segment distributes candy, snack, beverage, and other products to customers in the vending, office coffee services, theater, retail, and other channels. The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in Note 2. Intersegment sales represent sales between the segments, which are eliminated in consolidation. Management evaluates the performance of each operating segment based on various operating and financial metrics, including total sales and EBITDA. For PFG Customized, EBITDA includes certain allocated corporate charges that are included in operating expenses. The allocated corporate charges are determined based on a percentage of total sales. This percentage is reviewed on a periodic basis to ensure that the segment is allocated a reasonable rate of corporate expenses based on their use of corporate services.
Corporate & All Other is comprised of corporate overhead and certain operations that are not considered separate reportable segments based on their size. This includes the operations of the Companys internal logistics unit responsible for managing and allocating inbound logistics revenue and expense.
(In thousands) |
PFS |
PFG
Customized |
Vistar |
Corporate
& All Other |
Eliminations | Consolidated | ||||||||||||||||||
For fiscal year ended June 28, 2014 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net external sales |
$ | 8,098,281 | $ | 3,300,464 | $ | 2,266,375 | $ | 20,584 | $ | | $ | 13,685,704 | ||||||||||||
Inter-segment sales |
5,531 | 516 | 2,639 | 136,927 | (145,613 | ) | | |||||||||||||||||
Total sales |
8,103,812 | 3,300,980 | 2,269,014 | 157,511 | (145,613 | ) | 13,685,704 | |||||||||||||||||
EBITDA |
207,538 | 37,532 | 88,304 | (84,363 | ) | | 249,011 | |||||||||||||||||
Depreciation and amortization |
81,702 | 15,097 | 13,849 | 22,052 | | 132,700 | ||||||||||||||||||
Capital expenditures |
38,782 | 12,166 | 20,677 | 19,000 | | 90,625 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
For fiscal year ended June 29, 2013 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net external sales |
$ | 7,498,692 | $ | 3,162,778 | $ | 2,138,708 | $ | 26,334 | $ | | $ | 12,826,512 | ||||||||||||
Inter-segment sales |
5,583 | 1,651 | 2,414 | 119,603 | (129,251 | ) | | |||||||||||||||||
Total sales |
7,504,275 | 3,164,429 | 2,141,122 | 145,937 | (129,251 | ) | 12,826,512 | |||||||||||||||||
EBITDA |
173,910 | 37,348 | 81,421 | (59,289 | ) | | 233,390 | |||||||||||||||||
Depreciation and amortization |
74,744 | 15,007 | 13,854 | 16,460 | | 120,065 | ||||||||||||||||||
Capital expenditures |
27,281 | 4,857 | 12,971 | 21,374 | | 66,483 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
For fiscal year ended June 30, 2012 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net external sales |
$ | 6,696,809 | $ | 2,912,351 | $ | 1,871,174 | $ | 25,558 | $ | | $ | 11,505,892 | ||||||||||||
Inter-segment sales |
6,446 | 638 | 5,703 | 85,691 | (98,478 | ) | | |||||||||||||||||
Total sales |
6,703,255 | 2,912,989 | 1,876,877 | 111,249 | (98,478 | ) | 11,505,892 | |||||||||||||||||
EBITDA |
178,419 | 39,459 | 57,924 | (63,282 | ) | | 212,520 | |||||||||||||||||
Depreciation and amortization |
65,150 | 14,935 | 9,206 | 13,011 | | 102,302 | ||||||||||||||||||
Capital expenditures |
34,718 | 5,995 | 15,720 | 12,493 | | 68,926 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-38
Total assets by reportable segment, excluding intercompany receivables between segments, are as follows:
(In thousands) |
As of
June 28, 2014 |
As of
June 29, 2013 |
||||||
PFS |
$ | 1,853,647 | $ | 1,781,386 | ||||
PFG Customized |
640,967 | 572,496 | ||||||
Vistar |
501,301 | 456,131 | ||||||
Corporate & All Other |
243,872 | 245,386 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total assets |
$ | 3,239,787 | $ | 3,055,399 | ||||
|
|
|
|
The sales mix for the Companys principal product and service categories is as follows:
(In millions) |
For the fiscal
year ended June 28, 2014 |
For the fiscal
year ended June 29,2013 |
For the fiscal
year ended June 30, 2012 |
|||||||||
Center of the plate |
$ | 4,226 | $ | 3,895 | $ | 3,479 | ||||||
Canned and dry groceries |
1,953 | 1,890 | 1,718 | |||||||||
Frozen foods |
1,795 | 1,724 | 1,507 | |||||||||
Refrigerated and dairy products |
1,804 | 1,612 | 1,526 | |||||||||
Paper products and cleaning supplies |
1,047 | 980 | 921 | |||||||||
Beverage |
1,065 | 1,045 | 983 | |||||||||
Candy |
601 | 552 | 454 | |||||||||
Snack |
519 | 505 | 404 | |||||||||
Produce |
449 | 411 | 333 | |||||||||
Theater and concession |
129 | 121 | 123 | |||||||||
Merchandising and other services |
98 | 92 | 58 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total |
$ | 13,686 | $ | 12,827 | $ | 11,506 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
20. Subsequent Events
No events have occurred subsequent to June 28, 2014 through September 9, 2014, the date the financial statements were available to be issued, requiring adjustment to or disclosure in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes.
F-39
SCHEDULE 1 Registrants Condensed Financial Statements
PERFORMANCE FOOD GROUP COMPANY
Parent Company Only
CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS
|
||||||||
($ in thousands) |
As of June 28, 2014 |
As of June 29, 2013 |
||||||
|
||||||||
ASSETS |
||||||||
Current assets: |
||||||||
Cash |
$ | | $ | | ||||
Income tax receivable |
4,796 | 3,139 | ||||||
|
||||||||
Total current assets |
4,796 | 3,139 | ||||||
Investment in wholly owned subsidiary |
444,884 | 428,699 | ||||||
|
||||||||
Total assets |
$ | 449,680 | $ | 431,838 | ||||
|
||||||||
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY |
||||||||
Intercompany payable |
20,533 | 16,088 | ||||||
|
||||||||
Total liabilities |
20,533 | 16,088 | ||||||
|
||||||||
Commitments and contingencies |
||||||||
Shareholders equity: |
||||||||
Common Stock |
||||||||
Class A: $0.01 par value per share, 250,000,000 shares authorized; 179,093,943 shares issued and outstanding as of June 28, 2014 and June 29, 2013 |
1,791 | 1,791 | ||||||
Class B: $0.01 par value per share, 25,000,000 shares authorized; 27,914 and 10,515 shares issued and outstanding as of June 28, 2014 and June 29, 2013, respectively |
| | ||||||
Additional paid-in capital |
587,360 | 587,300 | ||||||
Accumulated deficit |
(160,004 | ) | (173,341 | ) | ||||
|
||||||||
Total shareholders equity |
429,147 | 415,750 | ||||||
|
||||||||
Total liabilities and shareholders equity |
$ | 449,680 | $ | 431,838 | ||||
|
See accompanying notes to condensed financial statements.
F-40
PERFORMANCE FOOD GROUP COMPANY
Parent Company Only
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
|
||||||||||||
($ in thousands) |
Fiscal year ended June 28, 2014 |
Fiscal year ended June 29, 2013 |
Fiscal year ended June 30, 2012 |
|||||||||
|
||||||||||||
Operating expenses |
$4,505 | $4,529 | $3,587 | |||||||||
|
||||||||||||
Operating loss |
(4,505 | ) | (4,529 | ) | (3,587 | ) | ||||||
Income tax (benefit) expense |
(1,657 | ) | (1,585 | ) | 328 | |||||||
|
||||||||||||
Loss before equity in net income of subsidiary |
(2,848 | ) | (2,944 | ) | (3,915 | ) | ||||||
Equity in net income of subsidiary, net of tax |
$18,352 | $11,339 | $24,934 | |||||||||
|
||||||||||||
Net income |
15,504 | 8,395 | 21,019 | |||||||||
Other comprehensive (loss) income |
(2,167 | ) | 5,376 | 4,829 | ||||||||
|
||||||||||||
Total comprehensive income |
$ 13,337 | $ 13,771 | $ 25,848 | |||||||||
|
See accompanying notes to condensed financial statements.
F-41
PERFORMANCE FOOD GROUP COMPANY
Parent Company Only
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
|
||||||||||||
($ in thousands) |
Fiscal year ended June 28, 2014 |
Fiscal year ended June 29, 2013 |
Fiscal year ended June 30, 2012 |
|||||||||
|
||||||||||||
Cash flows from operating activities: |
||||||||||||
Net income |
$ | 15,504 | $ | 8,395 | $ | 21,019 | ||||||
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used in operating activities |
||||||||||||
Equity in net income of subsidiary |
(18,352 | ) | (11,339 | ) | (24,934 | ) | ||||||
Dividend received from subsidiary (return on capital) |
| 26,574 | 913 | |||||||||
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net |
||||||||||||
Intercompany payables |
4,445 | 4,517 | 2,467 | |||||||||
Income tax receivable |
(1,657 | ) | (1,585 | ) | 328 | |||||||
|
||||||||||||
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities |
(60 | ) | 26,562 | (207 | ) | |||||||
|
||||||||||||
Cash flows from investing activities: |
||||||||||||
Dividend received from subsidiary (return of capital) |
| 193,426 | 99,087 | |||||||||
|
||||||||||||
Net cash provided by investing activities |
| 193,426 | 99,087 | |||||||||
|
||||||||||||
Cash flows from financing activities: |
||||||||||||
Proceeds from issuance of common stock |
| | 1,165 | |||||||||
Repurchase of common stock |
| | (45 | ) | ||||||||
Proceeds from exercise of stock options |
60 | 12 | | |||||||||
Dividend paid to shareholders |
| (220,000 | ) | (100,000 | ) | |||||||
|
||||||||||||
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities |
60 | (219,988 | ) | (98,880 | ) | |||||||
|
||||||||||||
Net (decrease) increase in cash |
| | | |||||||||
Cash, beginning of period |
| | | |||||||||
|
||||||||||||
Cash, end of period |
$ | | $ | | $ | | ||||||
|
See accompanying notes to condensed financial statements.
F-42
Notes to Condensed Parent Company Only Financial Statements
1. Description of Performance Food Group Company
Performance Food Group Company (the Parent) was incorporated in Delaware on July 23, 2002 to effect the purchase of all the outstanding equity interests of PFGC, Inc. (PFGC). The Parent has no significant operations or significant assets or liabilities other than its investment in PFGC. Accordingly, the Parent is dependent upon distributions from PFGC to fund its obligations. However, under the terms of PFGCs various debt agreements, PFGCs ability to pay dividends or lend to the Parent is restricted, except that PFGC may pay specified amounts to the Parent to fund the payment of the Parents franchise and excise taxes and other fees, taxes, and expenses required to maintain its corporate existence.
2. Basis of Presentation
The accompanying condensed financial statements (parent company only) include the accounts of the Parent and its investment in PFGC, Inc. accounted for in accordance with the equity method, and do not present the financial statements of the Parent and its subsidiary on a consolidated basis. These parent company only financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Performance Food Group Company consolidated financial statements. The Parent is included in the consolidated federal and certain unitary, consolidated and combined state income tax returns with its subsidiaries. The Parents tax balances reflect its share of such filings, except for fiscal 2012, which also includes an expense related to provision to return adjustments primarily for net operating losses on a consolidated basis.
3. Dividends from Subsidiaries
The Parent received dividends (defined as a restricted payment in the Senior Secured Credit Facilities) in the amount of $220 million and $100 million from PFGC, Inc. on May 14, 2013 and August 11, 2011, respectively, which has been reflected as a reduction to investment in wholly owned subsidiary in the accompanying condensed financial statements. On those same dates, the Parent declared dividends of $200 million and $100 million to its Class A and Class B shareholders. This dividend has also been reflected as a return of capital in the accompanying condensed financial statements.
F-43
PERFORMANCE FOOD GROUP COMPANY
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (Unaudited)
($ in thousands) |
As of March 28, 2015 | As of June 28, 2014 | ||||||
ASSETS |
||||||||
Current assets: |
||||||||
Cash |
$ | 6,758 | $ | 5,310 | ||||
Accounts receivable, less allowances of $18,255 and $14,749 |
953,718 | 834,769 | ||||||
Inventories, net |
881,392 | 848,995 | ||||||
Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
38,272 | 22,441 | ||||||
Deferred income tax asset, net |
15,768 | 15,806 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total current assets |
1,895,908 | 1,727,321 | ||||||
Goodwill |
663,990 | 663,868 | ||||||
Other intangible assets, net |
199,698 | 241,281 | ||||||
Property, plant and equipment, net |
577,017 | 569,909 | ||||||
Restricted cash |
20,202 | 15,101 | ||||||
Other assets |
20,460 | 21,371 | ||||||
Assets held for sale |
| 936 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total assets |
$ | 3,377,275 | $ | 3,239,787 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY |
||||||||
Current liabilities: |
||||||||
Outstanding checks in excess of deposits |
$ | 143,225 | $ | 117,353 | ||||
Trade accounts payable |
878,578 | 826,790 | ||||||
Accrued expenses |
195,471 | 208,700 | ||||||
Long-term debtcurrent installments |
7,500 | 7,500 | ||||||
Capital and finance lease obligationscurrent installments |
2,969 | 3,014 | ||||||
Derivative liabilities |
8,891 | 7,071 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total current liabilities |
1,236,634 | 1,170,428 | ||||||
Long-term debt |
1,458,916 | 1,418,110 | ||||||
Deferred income tax liability, net |
101,342 | 103,847 | ||||||
Long-term derivative liabilities |
2,821 | 3,008 | ||||||
Capital and finance lease obligations, excluding current installments |
32,228 | 30,909 | ||||||
Other long-term liabilities |
87,966 | 79,377 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total liabilities |
2,919,907 | 2,805,679 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Commitments and contingencies (Note 8) |
||||||||
Shareholders equity: |
||||||||
Common Stock |
||||||||
Class A: $0.01 par value per share, 250,000,000 shares authorized; 179,093,943 shares issued and outstanding as of March 28, 2015 and June 28, 2014 |
1,791 | 1,791 | ||||||
Class B: $0.01 par value per share, 25,000,000 shares authorized; 27,914 shares issued and outstanding as of March 28, 2015 and June 28, 2014 |
| | ||||||
Additional paid-in capital |
592,814 | 591,964 | ||||||
Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax benefit of $3,536 and $3,638 |
(5,531 | ) | (5,691 | ) | ||||
Accumulated deficit |
(131,706 | ) | (153,956 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total shareholders equity |
457,368 | 434,108 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total liabilities and shareholders equity |
$ | 3,377,275 | $ | 3,239,787 | ||||
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-44
PERFORMANCE FOOD GROUP COMPANY
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (Unaudited)
($ in thousands, except per share data) |
Nine months
ended March 28, 2015 |
Nine months
ended March 29, 2014 |
||||||
Net sales |
$ | 11,285,639 | $ | 10,043,264 | ||||
Cost of goods sold |
9,927,322 | 8,793,918 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Gross profit |
1,358,317 | 1,249,346 | ||||||
Operating expenses |
1,251,377 | 1,179,411 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Operating profit |
106,940 | 69,935 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Other expense: |
||||||||
Interest expense, net (includes $5,986 and $5,965 for the nine-months ended of reclassification adjustments for changes in fair value of interest rate swaps) |
64,553 | 65,492 | ||||||
Other, net |
3,256 | (530 | ) | |||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Other expense, net |
67,809 | 64,962 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Income before taxes |
39,131 | 4,973 | ||||||
Income tax expense (benefit) (includes $2,335 and $2,326 tax benefit for the nine-months ended from reclassification adjustments) |
16,881 | 1,880 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Net income |
$ | 22,250 | $ | 3,093 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Weighted-average common shares outstanding: |
||||||||
Basic |
179,121,857 | 179,107,540 | ||||||
Diluted |
180,751,990 | 180,385,899 | ||||||
Earnings (loss) per common share: |
||||||||
Basic |
$ | 0.12 | $ | 0.02 | ||||
Diluted |
$ | 0.12 | $ | 0.02 |
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-45
PERFORMANCE FOOD GROUP COMPANY
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS) (Unaudited)
($ in thousands) |
Nine months
ended March 28, 2015 |
Nine months
ended March 29, 2014 |
||||||
Net income (loss) |
$ | 22,250 | $ | 3,093 | ||||
Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax: |
||||||||
Foreign currency translation adjustments |
(18 | ) | (9 | ) | ||||
Interest rate swaps: |
||||||||
Change in fair value, net of tax benefit of $2,220 and $2,235 for the nine-months ended |
(3,473 | ) | (3,496 | ) | ||||
Reclassification adjustment, net of tax expense of $2,335 and $2,326 for the nine-months ended |
3,651 | 3,639 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Other comprehensive (loss) income |
160 | 134 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total comprehensive (loss) income |
$ | 22,410 | $ | 3,227 | ||||
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-46
PERFORMANCE FOOD GROUP COMPANY
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (Unaudtied)
($ in thousands) |
Nine months
ended March 28, 2015 |
Nine months
ended March 29, 2014 |
||||||
Cash flows from operating activities: |
||||||||
Net income |
$ | 22,250 | $ | 3,093 | ||||
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities |
||||||||
Depreciation |
57,107 | 53,190 | ||||||
Amortization of intangible assets |
34,575 | 45,353 | ||||||
Amortization of deferred financing costs and other |
7,697 | 7,685 | ||||||
Provision for losses on accounts receivables |
6,306 | 9,279 | ||||||
Expense related to modification of debt |
| 281 | ||||||
Stock compensation expense |
850 | 532 | ||||||
Deferred income tax (benefit) expense |
(2,607 | ) | 717 | |||||
Change in fair value of derivative assets and liabilities |
2,868 | (56 | ) | |||||
(Gain) loss on assets held for sale |
(914 | ) | 590 | |||||
Other |
(343 | ) | 665 | |||||
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net: |
||||||||
Accounts receivable |
(125,101 | ) | (141,780 | ) | ||||
Inventories |
(32,296 | ) | (110,258 | ) | ||||
Prepaid expenses and other assets |
(15,862 | ) | (15,508 | ) | ||||
Trade accounts payable |
51,788 | 149,703 | ||||||
Outstanding checks in excess of deposits |
25,872 | 29,823 | ||||||
Accrued expenses and other liabilities |
(3,799 | ) | 26,012 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Net cash provided by operating activities |
28,391 | 59,321 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Cash flows from investing activities: |
||||||||
Purchases of property, plant and equipment |
(63,730 | ) | (67,010 | ) | ||||
Net cash paid for acquisition |
(352 | ) | (932 | ) | ||||
Increase in restricted cash |
(5,101 | ) | (5,100 | ) | ||||
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment |
1,013 | 632 | ||||||
Proceeds from sale of assets held for sale |
1,850 | 585 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Net cash used in investing activities |
(66,320 | ) | (71,825 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Cash flows from financing activities: |
||||||||
Net borrowings under ABL Facility |
45,725 | 19,950 | ||||||
Payments on Term Facility |
(5,625 | ) | (3,750 | ) | ||||
Payments on financed property, plant and equipment |
(1,639 | ) | | |||||
Proceeds from sale-leaseback transaction |
3,468 | | ||||||
Proceeds from exercised stock options |
| 21 | ||||||
Cash paid for acquisitions |
(221 | ) | (2,769 | ) | ||||
Cash paid for debt issuance, extinguishment and modifications |
| (1,519 | ) | |||||
Payments under capital and finance lease obligations |
(2,331 | ) | (1,559 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Net cash provided by financing activities |
39,377 | 10,374 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Net increase (decrease) in cash |
1,448 | (2,130 | ) | |||||
Cash, beginning of period |
5,310 | 14,077 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Cash, end of period |
$ | 6,758 | $ | 11,947 | ||||
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-47
Supplemental disclosures of non-cash transactions are as follows:
(In thousands) |
Nine months
ended March 28, 2015 |
Nine months
ended March 29, 2014 |
||||||
Debt assumed through new capital lease obligations |
$ | 137 | $ | 4,608 | ||||
Purchases of property, plant and equipment financed |
$ | | $ | 3,472 |
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information are as follows:
(In thousands) |
Nine months
ended March 28, 2015 |
Nine months
ended March 29, 2014 |
||||||
Cash paid during the year for: |
||||||||
Interest |
$ | 60,038 | $ | 45,544 | ||||
Income taxes, net of refunds |
25,993 | 12,832 |
F-48
PERFORMANCE FOOD GROUP COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1. | Description of Business |
Performance Food Group Company, through its subsidiaries (collectively, the Company), markets and distributes approximately 150,000 national and company-branded food and food-related products from 68 distribution centers to over 150,000 customer locations across the United States. The Company serves both of the major customer types in the restaurant industry: (i) independent, or Street customers, and (ii) multi-unit, or Chain customers, which include regional and national family and casual dining restaurants chains and quick-service restaurants. The Company also serves schools, healthcare facilities, business and industry locations, and other institutional customers. The Company is managed through three operating segments: Performance Foodservice, PFG Customized, and Vistar.
| Performance Foodservice is a national broadline foodservice distributor of over 125,000 national and company-branded food and food-related products to over 85,000 customer locations including Street restaurants, Chain restaurants, and other institutional food-away-from-home locations. |
| PFG Customized is a national distributor, principally to the family and casual dining channel, and serves approximately 5,000 restaurant locations. Substantially all of its customers are national or large regional chains or are affiliated with them. |
| Vistar is a leading national distributor of approximately 20,000 candy, snack, beverage, and other products to approximately 60,000 customer locations including vending and office coffee service distributors, big box retailers, and theatres. |
The Company is owned by affiliates of The Blackstone Group and other co-investors, including an affiliate of Wellspring Capital Management. The accompanying consolidated financial statements include Performance Food Group Company and its direct and indirect subsidiaries.
The Company has filed a Registration Statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with an initial public offering for Common Stock and as of July 1, 2015 the Registration Statement has yet to be declared effective.
2. | Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Estimates |
Principles of Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries. All inter-company balances and transactions have been eliminated.
Basis of Presentation
The accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements have been prepared by the Company in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP) for interim financial information. Accordingly, they do not include all the information and disclosures required by GAAP for annual financial statements. These financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Companys audited annual fiscal 2014 financial statements and notes. Certain footnote disclosures included in annual financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP have been condensed or omitted pursuant to applicable rules and regulations for interim financial statements.
The consolidated financial statements reflect all adjustments that are of a normal and recurring nature that are, in the opinion of management, necessary for the fair presentation of the financial position, results of operations and cash flows for the interim periods presented. The results of operations for interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the results that might be achieved for any other interim period or for the full year.
F-49
Use of Estimates
The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. The most significant estimates used by management are related to the accounting for the allowance for doubtful accounts, reserve for inventories, impairment testing of goodwill and other intangible assets, acquisition accounting, reserves for claims and recoveries under insurance programs, vendor rebates and other promotional incentives, bonus accruals, depreciation, amortization, determination of useful lives of tangible and intangible assets, and income taxes. Actual results could differ from these estimates.
Restricted Cash
The Company is required by its insurers to collateralize a part of the deductibles for its workers compensation and liability claims. The Company has chosen to satisfy these collateral requirements by depositing funds in insurance trusts or by issuing letters of credit. All amounts in restricted cash at March 28, 2015 and June 28, 2014 represent funds deposited in insurance trusts and $10.2 million and $5.1 million, respectively, represent Level 1 fair value measurements.
Accounts Receivable
Accounts receivable are primarily comprised of trade receivables from customers in the ordinary course of business, are recorded at the invoiced amount, and primarily do not bear interest. Accounts receivable also includes other receivables primarily related to various rebate and promotional incentives with its suppliers. Receivables are recorded net of the allowance for doubtful accounts on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The Company evaluates the collectability of its accounts receivable based on a combination of factors. The Company regularly analyzes its significant customer accounts, and when it becomes aware of a specific customers inability to meet its financial obligations to the Company, such as bankruptcy filings or deterioration in the customers operating results or financial position, the Company records a specific reserve for bad debt to reduce the related receivable to the amount it reasonably believes is collectible. The Company also records reserves for bad debt for other customers based on a variety of factors, including the length of time the receivables are past due, macroeconomic considerations, and historical experience. If circumstances related to specific customers change, the Companys estimates of the recoverability of receivables could be further adjusted. As of March 28, 2015 and June 28, 2014, the allowance for doubtful accounts related to trade receivables was approximately $13.5 million and $10.3 million, respectively, and $4.8 million and $4.4 million, respectively related to other receivables. The Company recorded $6.3 million in provision for doubtful accounts in the nine months ended March 28, 2015, and $9.3 million in provision for doubtful accounts in the nine months ended March 29, 2014.
Inventories
The Companys inventories consist primarily of food and non-food products. The Company values inventories primarily at the lower of cost or market using the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method. At March 28, 2015, the Companys inventory balance of $881.4 million consists primarily of finished goods, $809.6 million of which was valued at FIFO. As of March 28, 2015, $71.8 million of the inventory balance was valued at last-in, first-out (LIFO) using the link chain technique of the dollar value method. At March 28, 2015 and June 28, 2014, the LIFO balance sheet reserves were $3.4 million and $3.8 million, respectively. Costs in inventory include the purchase price of the product and freight charges to deliver the product to the Companys warehouses and are net of certain consideration received from vendors in the amount of $15.4 million and $14.2 million as of March 28, 2015 and June 28, 2014, respectively. The Company adjusts its inventory balances for slow-moving, excess, and obsolete inventories. These adjustments are based upon inventory category, inventory age, specifically identified items, and overall economic conditions. As of March 28, 2015 and June 28, 2014, the Company had adjusted its inventories by approximately $5.0 million and $6.6 million, respectively.
F-50
Assets Held for Sale
The Company classifies assets as held for sale and ceases depreciating the assets when there is a plan for disposal of assets and those assets meet the held for sale criteria as defined in FASB Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 360-10-35, Property, Plant and EquipmentSubsequent MeasurementImpairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets . As of March 28, 2015 and June 28, 2014, the Company had approximately $0 and $0.9 million, respectively, of assets classified as held for sale. The June 28, 2014 amount relates to a vacant facility at one of the Companys Performance Foodservice locations. The Company sold this property in September 2014 for approximately $1.9 million in net proceeds.
Insurance Program
The Company maintains high-deductible insurance programs covering portions of general and vehicle liability and workers compensation. The amounts in excess of the deductibles are fully insured by third-party insurance carriers, subject to certain limitations and exclusions. The Company also maintains self-funded group medical insurance. The Company accrues its estimated liability for these deductibles, including an estimate for incurred but not reported claims, based on known claims and past claims history. The estimated short-term portion of these accruals is included in Accrued expenses on the Companys consolidated balance sheets, while the estimated long-term portion of the accruals is included in Other long-term liabilities. The provisions for insurance claims include estimates of the frequency and timing of claims occurrence, as well as the ultimate amounts to be paid. These insurance programs are managed by a third party, and the deductibles for general and vehicle liability and workers compensation are collateralized by letters of credit and restricted cash.
Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Other comprehensive income (loss) is defined as all changes in equity during each period except for those resulting from net income (loss) and investments by or distributions to shareholders. Other comprehensive income (loss) consists primarily of gains or losses from derivative financial instruments that are designated in a hedging relationship. For derivative instruments that qualify as cash flow hedges, the effective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative instrument is reported as a component of other comprehensive income and reclassified into earnings during the same period or periods during which the hedged transaction affects earnings.
Revenue Recognition
The Company recognizes revenue from the sale of a product when it is considered realized or realizable and earned. The Company determines these requirements to be met when the product has been delivered to the customer, the price is fixed and determinable, and there is reasonable assurance of collection of the sales proceeds. Sales returns are recorded as reductions of sales.
Revenue is accounted for in accordance with ASC 605-45, reporting revenue either on a gross basis as principal or net basis as an agent depending upon the nature of the sales transactions. The Company recognizes revenue on a gross basis when the Company determines the sale meets the conditions of ASC 605-45 Reporting Revenue Gross as a Principal versus Net as an Agent. The Company weighs the following factors in making its determination:
| Who is the primary obligor to provide the product or services desired by our customers; |
| Who has discretion in supplier selection; |
| Who has latitude in establishing price; |
| Who retains credit risk; and |
| Who bears the inventory risk. |
F-51
When the Company determines that it does not meet the criteria for gross revenue recognition under ASC 605-45 on the basis of these factors, the Company reports the revenue on a net basis. When there is a change to an agreement with a customer or vendor, pursuant to the Companys revenue recognition policy, the Company reevaluates the reporting of the revenue based on the factors outlined above to determine if there has been a change in the Companys relationship in acting as the principal or agent.
Vendor Rebates and Other Promotional Incentives
The Company participates in various rebate and promotional incentives with its suppliers, primarily including volume and growth rebates, annual and multi-year incentives, and promotional programs. Consideration received under these incentives is generally recorded as a reduction of cost of goods sold. However, as described below, in certain limited circumstances the consideration is recorded as a reduction of operating expenses incurred by the Company. Consideration received may be in the form of cash and/or invoice deductions. Changes in the estimated amount of incentives to be received are treated as changes in estimates and are recognized in the period of change.
Consideration received for incentives that contain volume and growth rebates and annual and multi-year incentives are recorded as a reduction of cost of goods sold. The Company systematically and rationally allocates the consideration for these incentives to each of the underlying transactions that results in progress by the Company toward earning the incentives. If the incentives are not probable and reasonably estimable, the Company records the incentives as the underlying objectives or milestones are achieved. The Company records annual and multi-year incentives when earned, generally over the agreement period. The Company uses current and historical purchasing data, forecasted purchasing volumes, and other factors in estimating whether the underlying objectives or milestones will be achieved. Consideration received to promote and sell the suppliers products is typically a reimbursement of marketing costs incurred by the Company and is recorded as a reduction of the Companys operating expenses. If the amount of consideration received from the suppliers exceeds the Companys marketing costs, any excess is recorded as a reduction of cost of goods sold. The Company follows the requirements of FASB ASC 605-50-25-10, Revenue RecognitionCustomer Payments and IncentivesRecognitionCustomers Accounting for Certain Consideration Received from a Vendor and ASC 605-50-45-16 , Revenue RecognitionCustomer Payments and IncentivesOther Presentation MattersResellers Characterization of Sales Incentives Offered to Customers by Manufacturers .
Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities
As required by FASB ASC 815-20, Derivatives and HedgingHedgingGeneral , the Company records all derivatives on the balance sheet at fair value. The accounting for changes in the fair value of derivatives depends on the intended use of the derivative, whether the Company has elected to designate a derivative in a hedging relationship and apply hedge accounting, and whether the hedging relationship has satisfied the criteria necessary to apply hedge accounting. The Company primarily uses derivative contracts to hedge the exposure to variability in expected future cash flows. A portion of these derivatives are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges. Hedge accounting generally provides for the matching of the timing of gain or loss recognition on the hedging instrument with the recognition of the earnings effect of the hedged forecasted transactions in a cash flow hedge. The Company may enter into derivative contracts that are intended to economically hedge certain of its risks, even though hedge accounting does not apply or the Company elects not to apply hedge accounting under FASB ASC 815-20. In the event that the Company does not apply the provisions of hedge accounting, the derivative instruments are recorded as an asset or liability on the consolidated balance sheets at fair value, and any changes in fair value are recorded as unrealized gains or losses and included in Other expense in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations. See Note 9 for additional information on the Companys use of derivative instruments.
The Company discloses derivative instruments and hedging activities in accordance with FASB ASC 815-10-50, Derivatives and HedgingOverallDisclosure . FASB ASC 815-10-50 sets forth the disclosure
F-52
requirements with the intent to provide users of financial statements with an enhanced understanding of: (a) how and why an entity uses derivative instruments, (b) how derivative instruments and related hedged items are accounted for under FASB ASC 815-20, and (c) how derivative instruments and related hedged items affect an entitys financial position, financial performance, and cash flows. FASB ASC 815-10-50 requires qualitative disclosures about objectives and strategies for using derivatives, quantitative disclosures about the fair value of and gains and losses on derivative instruments, and disclosures about credit-risk-related contingent features in derivative instruments.
Fair Value Measurements
Fair value is defined as an exit price, representing the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The accounting guidance establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are as follows:
| Level 1Observable inputs such as quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets; |
| Level 2Inputs, other than the quoted prices in active markets, that are observable either directly or indirectly for substantially the full term of the asset or liability; and |
| Level 3Unobservable inputs in which there are little or no market data, which include managements own assumption about the risk assumptions market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability. |
The Companys derivative instruments are carried at fair value and are evaluated in accordance with this hierarchy.
Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements
In May 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers . This Update is a comprehensive new revenue recognition model that requires a company to recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to a customer in an amount that reflects the consideration it expects to receive in exchange for those goods or services. Companies may use either a full retrospective or modified retrospective approach for adoption of this Update. This Update is not effective for nonpublic entities until annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017 and interim periods within annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018. The Company has not yet evaluated which transition approach to use or the impact this Update will have on its future financial statements.
3. | Business Combinations |
During the second quarter of fiscal 2015, the Company paid cash of $0.4 million for an acquisition. During the third quarter of fiscal 2014, the Company paid cash of $0.9 million for an acquisition. These acquisitions were immaterial to the consolidated financial statements.
F-53
4. | Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets |
The following table presents the Companys intangible assets by major category as of March 28, 2015 and June 28, 2014:
As of March 28, 2015 | As of June 28, 2014 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(In thousands) |
Gross
Carrying Amount |
Accumulated
Amortization |
Net |
Gross
Carrying Amount |
Accumulated
Amortization |
Net |
Range of
Lives |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Intangible assets with definite lives: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Customer relationships |
$ | 379,853 | $ | (287,428 | ) | $ | 92,425 | $ | 379,783 | $ | (265,893 | ) | $ | 113,890 | 4 11 years | |||||||||||||
Trade names and trademarks |
90,934 | (65,403 | ) | 25,531 | 90,934 | (56,451 | ) | 34,483 | 4 9 years | |||||||||||||||||||
Deferred financing costs |
79,625 | (49,366 | ) | 30,259 | 79,625 | (42,783 | ) | 36,842 | Debt term | |||||||||||||||||||
Non-compete |
11,930 | (8,606 | ) | 3,324 | 11,925 | (7,317 | ) | 4,608 | 2 5 years | |||||||||||||||||||
Leases |
12,516 | (4,476 | ) | 8,040 | 12,516 | (3,976 | ) | 8,540 | Lease term | |||||||||||||||||||
Technology |
26,100 | (25,441 | ) | 659 | 26,100 | (22,642 | ) | 3,458 | 5 7 years | |||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Total intangible assets with definite lives |
$ | 600,958 | $ | (440,720 | ) | $ | 160,238 | $ | 600,883 | $ | (399,062 | ) | $ | 201,821 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Intangible assets with indefinite lives: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Goodwill |
$ | 663,990 | $ | | $ | 663,990 | $ | 663,868 | $ | | $ | 663,868 | Indefinite | |||||||||||||||
Trade names |
39,460 | | 39,460 | 39,460 | | 39,460 | Indefinite | |||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Total intangible assets with indefinite lives |
$ | 703,450 | $ | | $ | 703,450 | $ | 703,328 | $ | | $ | 703,328 | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the intangible assets with definite lives, the Company recorded amortization expense of $41.7 million for the nine-month period ended March 28, 2015, compared to $52.5 million for the nine-month period ended March 29, 2014. For the next five fiscal periods and thereafter, the estimated future amortization expense on intangible assets with definite lives are as follows:
(In thousands) |
||||
2015 (remaining quarters) |
$ | 12,780 | ||
2016 |
45,778 | |||
2017 |
34,130 | |||
2018 |
18,066 | |||
2019 |
17,034 | |||
Thereafter |
32,450 | |||
|
|
|||
Total amortization expense |
$ | 160,238 | ||
|
|
F-54
5. | Debt |
The Company is a holding company and conducts its operations through its subsidiaries, which have incurred or guaranteed indebtedness as described below.
Debt consisted of the following:
(In thousands) |
As of
March 28, 2015 |
As of
June 28, 2014 |
||||||
ABL |
$ | 725,350 | $ | 679,625 | ||||
Term Facility |
736,080 | 741,273 | ||||||
Promissory Note |
4,986 | 4,712 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Long-term debt |
1,466,416 | 1,425,610 | ||||||
Capital and finance lease obligations |
35,197 | 33,923 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total debt |
1,501,613 | 1,459,533 | ||||||
Less: current installments |
(10,469 | ) | (10,514 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total debt, excluding current installments |
$ | 1,491,144 | $ | 1,449,019 | ||||
|
|
|
|
ABL Facility
PFGC, Inc. (PFGC), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, entered into an Asset Based Revolving Loan Credit Agreement (the ABL Facility) on May 23, 2008 that was amended and restated on May 8, 2012. The ABL Facility is secured by the majority of the tangible assets of PFGC and its subsidiaries. Performance Food Group, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of PFGC, is the lead borrower under the ABL Facility, which is jointly and severally guaranteed by PFGC and all domestic direct and indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries of PFGC (other than captive insurance subsidiaries). Availability for loans and letters of credit under the ABL Facility is governed by a borrowing base, determined by the application of specified advance rates against eligible assets, including trade accounts receivable, inventory, owned real properties, and owned transportation equipment. The borrowing base is reduced quarterly by a cumulative fraction of the real properties and transportation equipment values. Advances on accounts receivable and inventory are subject to change based on periodic commercial finance examinations and appraisals, and the real property and transportation equipment values included in the borrowing base are subject to change based on periodic appraisals. Audits and appraisals are conducted at the direction of the administrative agent for the benefit and on behalf of all lenders.
PFGC amended its ABL Facility in August 2011 to allow for the payment of a dividend of $100 million, the exclusion of the dividend from the fixed charge coverage ratio calculation, and permitted PFGC to grant to the holders of the Senior Notes a second-priority lien in the underlying collateral. An amendment in May 2012 increased the size of the ABL Facility from $1.1 billion to $1.4 billion, lowered the interest rate grid for the LIBOR-based pricing option discussed below, and extended the maturity from May 2014 to May 2017. In addition, the May 2012 amendment expanded the borrowing base with respect to owned real estate and added transportation equipment as eligible assets in the borrowing base. Other provisions of the amendments included changes with respect to covenant calculations, restricted payments, and reporting requirements.
PFGC amended its ABL Facility in May 2013 to allow for the payment of a $220 million dividend, the exclusion of the dividend from the fixed charge coverage ratio calculation, and an increase in the amount of second lien debt that can be incurred.
PFGC amended its ABL Facility in February 2015 to include changes with respect to the borrowing base related to owned real properties and transportation equipment, to increase the indebtedness basket for financing the construction, repair, acquisition or improvement of fixed assets, and to amend certain conditions for the incurrence of additional indebtedness. The February 2015 amendment also included certain other amendments to take effect only if the Company completed an acquisition of US Foods facilities in connection with the proposed merger of Sysco and US Foods. The proposed merger was terminated. See Note 13 for further discussion.
F-55
Borrowings under the ABL Facility bear interest, at Performance Food Group, Inc.s option, at (a) the Base Rate (defined as the greater of (i) the Federal Funds Rate in effect on such date plus 0.5%, (ii) the Prime Rate on such day, or (iii) one month LIBOR plus 1.0%) plus a spread or (b) LIBOR plus a spread. The ABL Facility also provides for an unused commitment fee ranging from 0.25% to 0.375%. As of March 28, 2015, aggregate borrowings outstanding were $725.3 million. There were also $102.3 million in letters of credit outstanding under the facility, and excess availability was $572.3 million, net of $21.6 million of lenders reserves, subject to compliance with customary borrowing conditions. The average interest rate for the ABL facility was 1.97% at March 28, 2015. As of June 28, 2014, aggregate borrowings outstanding were $679.6 million. There were also $108.7 million in letters of credit outstanding under the facility, and excess availability was $587.8 million, net of $19.9 million of lenders reserves, subject to compliance with customary borrowing conditions.
The ABL Facility contains covenants requiring the maintenance of a minimum consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio if excess availability falls below (a) the greater of (i) $130.0 million and (ii) 10% of the lesser of the borrowing base and the revolving credit facility amount for five consecutive business days or (b) 7.5% of the revolving credit facility amount at any time. The ABL Facility also contains customary restrictive covenants that include, but are not limited to, restrictions on PFGCs ability to incur additional indebtedness, pay dividends, create liens, make investments or specified payments, and dispose of assets. The ABL Facility provides for customary events of default, including payment defaults and cross-defaults on other material indebtedness. If an event of default occurs and is continuing, amounts due under such agreement may be accelerated and the rights and remedies of the lenders under such agreement available under the ABL Facility may be exercised, including rights with respect to the collateral securing the obligations under such agreement.
Term Loan Facility
Performance Food Group, Inc. entered into a new Credit Agreement providing for the Term Facility on May 14, 2013. Performance Food Group, Inc. borrowed an aggregate principal amount of $750.0 million under the Term Facility that is jointly and severally guaranteed by PFGC and all domestic direct and indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries of Performance Food Group, Inc. Net proceeds to Performance Food Group, Inc. were $746.3 million. The proceeds from the Term Facility were used to redeem the outstanding Senior Notes in full; to pay the fees, premiums, expenses, and other transaction costs incurred in connection with the Term Facility and the ABL amendment discussed above; and to pay the $220 million dividend referenced above. A portion of the Term Facility was considered a modification of the Senior Notes.
The Term Facility matures in November 2019 and bears interest, at Performance Food Group, Inc.s option, at a rate equal to a margin over either (a) a base rate determined by reference to the higher of (1) the rate of interest published by Credit Suisse (AG), Cayman Islands Branch, as its prime lending rate, (2) the federal funds rate plus 0.50% and (3) one-month LIBOR rate plus 1.00%, or (b) a LIBOR rate determined by reference to the service selected by Credit Suisse (AG), Cayman Islands Branch that has been nominated by the British Bankers Association (or any successor thereto). The applicable margin for the term loans under the Term Facility may be reduced subject to attaining a certain total net leverage ratio. The applicable margin for borrowings will be 5.25% for loans based on a LIBOR rate and 4.25% for loans based on the base rate, as of March 28, 2015. The LIBOR rate for term loans is subject to a 1.00% floor and the base rate for term loans is subject to a floor of 2.00%. Interest is payable quarterly in arrears in the case of Base Rate loans, and at the end of the applicable interest period (but no less frequently than quarterly) in the case of the LIBOR loans. Performance Food Group, Inc. can incur additional loans under the Term Facility with the aggregate amount of the incremental loans not exceeding the sum of (i) $140.0 million plus (ii) additional amounts so long as the Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio for PFGC does not exceed 5.90:1.00 and so long as the proceeds are not used to finance restricted payments that include any dividend or distribution payments. PFGC is required to repay an aggregate principal amount equal to 0.25% of the aggregate principal amount of $750 million on the last business day of each calendar quarter, beginning September 30, 2013. The Term Facility is prepayable at a redemption price of 101% if such prepayment occurs prior to the second anniversary of the closing date (through May 14, 2015) declining to par thereafter. As of March 28, 2015, aggregate borrowings outstanding were
F-56
$738.8 million with unamortized original issue discount of $2.7 million. Original issue discount is being amortized as additional interest expense on a straight-lined basis over the life of the Term Facility, which approximates the effective yield method. For the third quarter of both fiscal 2015 and 2014, interest expense included $0.1 million related to the amortization of original issue discount. For the first nine month of both fiscal 2015 and 2014, interest expense included $0.4 million related to the amortization of original issue discount.
The ABL Facility and the Term Loan Facility contain customary restrictive covenants under which all of the net assets of PFGC and its subsidiaries were restricted from distribution to Performance Food Group Company, except for approximately $94.1 of restricted payment capacity available under such debt agreements, as of March 28, 2015.
Unsecured Subordinated Promissory Note
In connection with an acquisition, Performance Food Group, Inc. issued a $6.0 million interest only, unsecured subordinated promissory note on December 21, 2012, bearing an interest rate of 3.5%. Interest is payable quarterly in arrears. The $6.0 million principal is due in a lump sum in December 2017. All amounts outstanding under this promissory note become immediately due and payable upon the occurrence of a Change in Control of the Company or PFGC, which includes the sale, lease, or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of PFGC. This promissory note was initially recorded at its fair value of $4.2 million. The difference between the principal and the initial fair value of the promissory note is being amortized as additional interest expense on a straight-lined basis over the life of the promissory note, which approximates the effective yield method. For the third quarter of both fiscal 2015 and 2014, interest expense included $0.1 million related to this amortization. For the first nine months of both fiscal 2015 and 2014, interest expense included $0.3 million related to this amortization. As of March 28, 2015, the carrying value of the promissory note was $5.0 million.
Fiscal year maturities of long-term debt, excluding capital and finance lease obligations, are as follows:
(In thousands) |
||||
2015 (remaining quarters) |
$ | 1,875 | ||
2016 |
9,375 | |||
2017 |
732,850 | |||
2018 |
13,500 | |||
2019 |
7,500 | |||
Thereafter |
705,000 | |||
|
|
|||
Total long-term debt, excluding capital and finance lease obligations |
$ | 1,470,100 | ||
|
|
Capital and Finance Lease Obligations
Performance Food Group, Inc. is a party to facility leases at two Performance Foodservice distribution facilities and several equipment leases that are accounted for as capital leases in accordance with FASB ASC 840-30, LeasesCapital Leases . The charge to income resulting from amortization of these leases is included with depreciation expense in the consolidated statement of operations. The gross and net book values on the balance sheet as of March 28, 2015 were $40.6 million and $27.2 million, respectively. The gross and net book values on the balance sheet as of June 28, 2014 were $40.5 million and $29.8 million, respectively.
During the first quarter of fiscal 2015, Performance Food Group, Inc. sold and simultaneously leased back a Vistar distribution facility. As a result of continuing involvement with the property, this transaction was accounted for as a failed sale-leaseback and did not qualify for sale accounting. In accordance with FASB ASC 840-40, LeasesSale Leaseback Transactions , the building and related assets subject to the lease continue to be reflected on the Companys balance sheet and depreciated over their remaining useful lives. The proceeds received from the sale of the building are recorded as financing lease obligations. At the end of the lease term, the net book value of the assets subject to the lease and the corresponding financing obligation would be reversed.
F-57
Future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable capital and finance lease obligations were as follows as of March 28, 2015:
(In thousands) |
Capital
Leases |
Finance
Lease |
||||||
2015 (remaining quarters) |
$ | 1,408 | $ | 91 | ||||
2016 |
4,840 | 363 | ||||||
2017 |
3,998 | 30 | ||||||
2018 |
4,024 | | ||||||
2019 |
3,779 | | ||||||
Thereafter |
36,302 | | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total future minimum lease payments |
54,351 | $ | 484 | |||||
|
|
|||||||
Less: interest |
22,538 | |||||||
|
|
|||||||
Present value of future minimum lease payments |
$ | 31,813 | ||||||
|
|
6. | Derivatives and Hedging Activities |
Risk Management Objective of Using Derivatives
The Company is exposed to certain risks arising from both its business operations and economic conditions. The Company principally manages its exposures to a wide variety of business and operational risks through management of its core business activities. The Company manages economic risks, including interest rate, liquidity, and credit risk primarily by managing the amount, sources, and duration of its debt funding and the use of derivative financial instruments. Specifically, the Company enters into derivative financial instruments to manage exposures that arise from business activities that result in the receipt or payment of future known and uncertain cash amounts, the value of which are determined by interest rates and diesel fuel costs. The Companys derivative financial instruments are used to manage differences in the amount, timing, and duration of the Companys known or expected cash receipts and payments related to the Companys investments, borrowings, and diesel fuel purchases.
The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives that are both designated and qualify as cash flow hedges is recorded in other comprehensive income and subsequently reclassified into earnings in the period that the hedged transaction occurs. The ineffective portion of the change in fair value of the derivatives is recognized directly in earnings.
Hedges of Interest Rate Risk
The Companys objectives in using interest rate derivatives are to add stability to interest expense and to manage its exposure to interest rate movements. Since the Company has a substantial portion of its debt in variable-rate instruments, it accomplishes this objective with interest rate swaps. These swaps are designated as cash flow hedges and involve the receipt of variable-rate amounts from a counterparty in exchange for the Company making fixed-rate payments over the life of the agreements without exchange of the underlying notional amount. All of the Companys interest rate swaps are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges.
Amounts reported in other comprehensive income related to derivatives will be reclassified to interest expense as interest payments are made on the Companys variable-rate debt. During the twelve months ending March 26, 2016, the Company estimates that an additional $7.0 million will be reclassified to earnings as an increase to interest expense.
F-58
As of March 28, 2015, Performance Food Group, Inc. had five interest rate swaps with a combined $750 million notional amount that were designated as cash flow hedges of interest rate risk. The following table summarizes the outstanding Swap Agreements as of March 28, 2015 (in thousands):
Effective Date |
Maturity Date |
Notional Amount |
Fixed Rate Swapped |
|||
June 30, 2014 |
June 30, 2017 | 200,000 | 1.52% | |||
June 30, 2014 |
June 30, 2017 | 100,000 | 1.52% | |||
August 9, 2013 |
August 9, 2018 | 200,000 | 1.51% | |||
June 30, 2014 |
June 30, 2016 | 150,000 | 1.47% | |||
June 30, 2014 |
June 30, 2016 | 100,000 | 1.47% |
Hedges of Forecasted Diesel Fuel Purchases
From time to time, Performance Food Group, Inc. enters into costless collar arrangements to hedge its exposure to variability in cash flows expected to be paid for forecasted purchases of diesel fuel. As of March 28, 2015, Performance Food Group, Inc. was a party to three such arrangements, with a 9.0 million gallon original notional amount in total, and a 7.2 million gallon notional amount remaining as of March 28, 2015. The remaining 7.2 million gallon forecasted purchases of diesel fuel are expected to be made between April 1, 2015 and June 30, 2016.
The fuel collar instruments do not qualify for hedge accounting. Accordingly, the derivative instruments are recorded as an asset or liability on the balance sheet at fair value and any changes in fair value are recorded in the period of change as unrealized gains or losses on fuel hedging instruments and included in Other, net in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations. The Company recorded $2.9 million in unrealized losses and $0.5 million in expense for cash settlements related to these fuel collars for the nine-month period ending March 28, 2015, compared to $0.1 million in unrealized gains and $0 in cash settlement related to these fuel collars for the nine-month period ending March 29, 2014.
F-59
The Company does not currently have a payable or receivable related to cash collateral for its derivatives, and therefore it has not established an accounting policy for offsetting the fair value of its derivatives against such balances. The table below presents the fair value of the derivative financial instruments as well as their classification on the balance sheet as of March 28, 2015 and June 28, 2014:
Fair Value of Derivative Instruments |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
(in thousands) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Asset Derivatives | Liability Derivatives | |||||||||||||||||||||||
As of March 28, 2015 | As of June 28, 2014 | As of March 28, 2015 | As of June 28, 2014 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Balance
Sheet Location |
Fair
Value |
Balance
Sheet Location |
Fair
Value |
Balance
Sheet Location |
Fair
Value |
Balance
Sheet Location |
Fair
Value |
|||||||||||||||||
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments under ASC 815-20: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest rate swaps |
Prepaid
expenses and other current assets |
$ | |
Prepaid
expenses and other current assets |
$ | |
Current
derivative liabilities |
$ | 6,409 |
Current
derivative liabilities |
$ | 7,071 | ||||||||||||
Interest rate swaps |
Other
assets |
|
Other
assets |
857 |
Long-
term derivative liabilities |
2,521 |
Long-
term derivative liabilities |
3,008 | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Total |
$ | | $ | 857 | $ | 8,930 | $ | 10,079 | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments under ASC 815-20: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Diesel fuel collars |
Prepaid
expenses and other current assets |
$ | |
Prepaid
expenses and other current assets |
$ | 64 |
Current
derivative liabilities |
$ | 2,482 |
Current
derivative liabilities |
$ | | ||||||||||||
Diesel fuel collars |
Other
assets |
|
Other
assets |
21 |
Long-
term derivative liabilities |
300 |
Long-
term derivative liabilities |
| ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Total |
$ | | $ | 85 | $ | 2,782 | $ | | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The derivative contracts are subject to a master netting arrangement with the respective counterparties that provide for the net settlement of all derivative contracts in the event of default or upon the occurrence of certain termination events. Upon exercise of termination rights by the non-defaulting party (i) all transactions are terminated, (ii) all transactions are valued and the positive value or in the money transactions are netted against the negative value or out of the money transactions, and (iii) the only remaining payment obligation is of one of the parties to pay the netted termination amount.
F-60
The Company has elected to present the derivative assets and derivative liabilities on the balance sheet on a gross basis for periods ended March 28, 2015 and June 28, 2014. The tables below presents the derivative assets and liability balance by type of financial instrument, before and after the effects of offsetting, as of March 28, 2015 and June 28, 2014:
As of March 28, 2015 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Gross
Amounts of Recognized Liabilities |
Gross Amounts
Offset in the Consolidated Balance Sheet |
Net Amounts of
Liabilities Presented in the Consolidated Balance Sheet |
Gross Amounts Not Offset in
the Consolidated Balance Sheet |
|||||||||||||||||||||
(In thousands) |
Financial
Instruments |
Cash
Collateral Pledged |
Net
Amounts |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Interest rate swaps: |
$ | 8,930 | $ | | $ | 8,930 | $ | | $ | | $ | 8,930 | ||||||||||||
Diesel fuel collars: |
2,782 | | 2,782 | | | 2,782 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Total derivatives, subject to a master netting arrangement |
11,712 | | 11,712 | | | 11,712 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total derivatives, not subject to a master netting arrangement |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Total |
$ | 11,712 | $ | | $ | 11,712 | $ | | $ | | $ | 11,712 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of June 28, 2014 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Gross
Amounts of Recognized Assets |
Gross Amounts
Offset in the Consolidated Balance Sheet |
Net Amounts of
Assets Presented in the Consolidated Balance Sheet |
Gross Amounts Not Offset in
the Consolidated Balance Sheet |
|||||||||||||||||||||
(In thousands) |
Financial
Instruments |
Cash
Collateral Pledged |
Net
Amounts |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Interest rate swaps: |
$ | 857 | $ | | $ | 857 | $ | 857 | $ | | $ | | ||||||||||||
Diesel fuel collars: |
85 | | 85 | | | 85 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Total derivatives, subject to a master netting arrangement |
942 | | 942 | 857 | | 85 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total derivatives, not subject to a master netting arrangement |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Total |
$ | 942 | $ | | $ | 942 | $ | 857 | $ | | $ | 85 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of June 28, 2014 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Gross
Amounts of Recognized Liabilities |
Gross Amounts
Offset in the Consolidated Balance Sheet |
Net Amounts of
Liabilities Presented in the Consolidated Balance Sheet |
Gross Amounts Not Offset in
the Consolidated Balance Sheet |
|||||||||||||||||||||
(In thousands) |
Financial
Instruments |
Cash
Collateral Pledged |
Net
Amounts |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Interest rate swaps: |
$ | 10,079 | $ | | $ | 10,079 | $ | 857 | $ | | $ | 9,222 | ||||||||||||
Diesel fuel collars: |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Total derivatives, subject to a master netting arrangement |
10,079 | | 10,079 | 857 | | 9,222 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total derivatives, not subject to a master netting arrangement |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Total |
$ | 10,079 | $ | | $ | 10,079 | $ | 857 | $ | | $ | 9,222 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-61
The tables below present the effect of the derivative financial instruments designated in hedging relationships on the consolidated statement of operations for the nine-month periods ending March 28, 2015 and March 29, 2014:
Tabular Disclosure of the Effect of Derivative Instruments on the Consolidated Statement of Operations for the Nine Month Period Ended March 28, 2015 (in thousands) |
||||||||||||||||||||
Derivatives in FASB ASC 815-20 Cash Flow Hedging Relationships |
Amount of
(Gain) Loss Recognized in OCI on Derivative (Effective Portion), including all tax effects |
Location of Loss
Reclassified from OCI into Income (Effective Portion) |
Amount of
(Loss) Gain Reclassified from OCI into Income (Effective Portion) |
Location of
Loss Recognized in Income on Derivative (Ineffective Portion and Amount Excluded from Effectiveness Testing) |
Amount of
Gain (Loss) Recognized in Income on Derivatives (Cumulative Ineffective Portion and Amount Excluded from Effectiveness Testing) |
|||||||||||||||
Interest Rate Swaps |
$ | 5,808 | Interest expense | $ | (5,986 | ) | Other, net | $ | (1 | ) |
Tabular Disclosure of the Effect of Derivative Instruments on the Consolidated Statement of Operations for the Nine Month Period Ended March 29, 2014 (in thousands) |
||||||||||||||||||||
Derivatives in FASB ASC 815-20 Cash Flow Hedging Relationships |
Amount of
(Gain) Loss Recognized in OCI on Derivative (Effective Portion), including all tax effects |
Location of Loss
Reclassified from OCI into Income (Effective Portion) |
Amount of
(Loss) Gain Reclassified from OCI into Income (Effective Portion) |
Location of
Loss Recognized in Income on Derivative (Ineffective Portion and Amount Excluded from Effectiveness Testing) |
Amount of
Gain (Loss) Recognized in Income on Derivatives (Cumulative Ineffective Portion and Amount Excluded from Effectiveness Testing) |
|||||||||||||||
Interest Rate Swaps |
$ | 5,822 | Interest expense | $ | (5,965 | ) | Other, net | $ | (4 | ) |
The derivative instruments are the only assets or liabilities that are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. The fuel collars are exchange-traded commodities and their fair value is derived from valuation models based on certain assumptions regarding market conditions, some of which may be unobservable. Based on the lack of significance of these unobservable inputs, the Company has concluded that these instruments represent Level 2 on the hierarchy. The fair values of the Companys interest rate swap agreements are determined using a valuation model with several inputs and assumptions, some of which may be unobservable. A specific unobservable input used by the Company in determining the fair value of its interest rate swaps is an estimation of both the unsecured borrowing spread to LIBOR for the Company as well as that of the derivative counterparties. Based on the lack of significance of this estimated spread component to the overall value of the Companys interest rate swaps, the Company has concluded that these swaps represent Level 2 on the hierarchy.
There have been no transfers between levels in the hierarchy from June 28, 2014 to March 28, 2015.
Credit-risk-related Contingent Features
The Company has agreements with each of its derivative counterparties that provide that if the Company either defaults or is capable of being declared in default on any of its indebtedness, the Company can also be declared in default on its derivative obligations.
As of March 28, 2015, and June 28, 2014, the aggregate fair value amount of derivative instruments that contain contingent features was $11.7 million and $9.1 million, respectively. As of March 28, 2015, the
F-62
Company has not been required to post any collateral related to these agreements. If the Company breached any of these provisions, it would be required to settle its obligations under the agreements at their termination value of $11.7 million.
7. | Income Taxes |
The determination of the Companys overall effective tax rate requires significant judgment, the use of estimates and the interpretation and application of complex tax laws.. The effective tax rate reflects the income earned and taxed in various United States federal and state jurisdictions. Tax law changes, increases and decreases in temporary and permanent differences between book and tax items, tax credits and the Companys change in income in each jurisdiction all affect the overall effective tax rate.
The Companys effective tax rate was 43.1% for the nine months ending March 28, 2015 and 37.8% for the nine months ending March 29, 2014. The effective tax rate varied from the 35% statutory rate primarily due to state taxes, federal credits, non-deductible expenses and the true-up of the prior year provision to return.
As of March 28, 2015 and June 28, 2014, the Company had net deferred tax assets of $38.3 million and $38.4 million, respectively, and deferred tax liabilities of $123.9 million and $126.4 million, respectively. The Company has recorded a valuation allowance of $0.3 million for state net operating losses that may not be used. The Company believes that it is more likely than not that the remaining deferred tax assets will be realized.
The Company records a liability for Uncertain Tax Positions in accordance with FASB ASC 740-10-25, Income TaxesGeneralRecognition . As of March 28, 2015 and June 28, 2014, the Company had approximately $0.7 million and $0.7 million of unrecognized tax benefits, respectively. It is reasonably possible that a decrease of approximately $0.3 million in the balance of unrecognized tax benefits may occur within the next twelve months because of statute of limitations expirations, that, if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate.
It is the Companys practice to recognize interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense. Approximately less than $0.1 million (less than $0.1 million net of federal tax benefit) and $0.1 million ($0.1 million net of federal tax benefit) was accrued for interest related to uncertain tax positions as of March 28, 2015 and June 28, 2014, respectively.
8. | Commitments and Contingencies |
Purchase Obligations
The Company had outstanding contracts and purchase orders for capital projects totaling $18.4 million at March 28, 2015. Amounts due under these contracts were not included on the Companys consolidated balance sheet as of March 28, 2015.
Withdrawn Multiemployer Pension Plans
Until May 2013, Performance Food Group, Inc. participated in the Central States Southeast and Southwest Areas Pension Fund (Central States Pension Fund), a multiemployer pension plan administered by the Teamsters Union, pursuant to which Performance Food Group, Inc. was required to make contributions on behalf of certain union employees. The Central States Pension Fund is underfunded and is in critical status. In connection with the renegotiation of the collective bargaining agreement that had previously required the Companys participation in the Central States Pension Fund, the Company negotiated the termination of its participation in the Central States Pension Fund and the Company has withdrawn. The Company currently estimates that its withdrawal liability is $6.9 million. The Company had previously recorded an initial estimated withdrawal liability of $3.7 million during fiscal 2013 and increased the estimated withdrawal liability by $0.4 million during fiscal 2014. The withdrawal liability was increased by $2.8 million during the second quarter of fiscal 2015. The Company has made total payments for voluntary withdrawal of this plan in the amount of $0.7 million. As of March 28, 2015, the estimated withdrawal liability totaled $6.2 million.
F-63
Guarantees
Subsidiaries of the Company have entered into numerous operating leases, including leases of buildings, equipment, tractors, and trailers. Certain of the leases for tractors, trailers, and other vehicles and equipment, provide for residual value guarantees to the lessors. Circumstances that would require the subsidiary to perform under the guarantees include either (1) default on the leases with the leased assets being sold for less than the specified residual values in the lease agreements, or (2) decisions not to purchase the assets at the end of the lease terms combined with the sale of the assets, with sales proceeds less than the residual value of the leased assets specified in the lease agreements. Residual value guarantees under these operating lease agreements typically range between 5% and 25% of the value of the leased assets at inception of the lease. These leases have original terms ranging from 5 to 7 years and expiration dates ranging from 2015 to 2022. As of March 28, 2015, the undiscounted maximum amount of potential future payments for lease guarantees totaled $19.1 million, which would be mitigated by the fair value of the leased assets at lease expiration. The assessment as to whether it is probable that subsidiaries of the Company will be required to make payments under the terms of the guarantees is based upon their actual and expected loss experience. Consistent with the requirements of FASB ASC 460-10-50, Guarantees-Overall-Disclosure, the Company has recorded $0.1 million of the potential future guarantee payments on its consolidated balance sheet as of March 28, 2015.
In addition, the Company from time to time enters into certain types of contracts that contingently require it to indemnify various parties against claims from third parties. These contracts primarily relate to: (i) certain real estate leases under which subsidiaries of the Company may be required to indemnify property owners for environmental and other liabilities and other claims arising from their use of the applicable premises; (ii) certain agreements with the Companys officers, directors, and employees under which the Company may be required to indemnify such persons for liabilities arising out of their employment relationship; and (iii) customer agreements under which the Company may be required to indemnify customers for certain claims brought against them with respect to the supplied products.
Generally, a maximum obligation under these contracts is not explicitly stated. Because the obligated amounts associated with these types of agreements are not explicitly stated, the overall maximum amount of the obligation cannot be reasonably estimated. Historically, the Company has not been required to make payments under these obligations and, therefore, no liabilities have been recorded for these obligations in the Companys consolidated balance sheets.
Litigation
The Company is engaged in the defense of certain claims and lawsuits arising out of the ordinary course and conduct of its business. The Company has insurance policies covering certain potential losses where such coverage is cost effective. Although the outcomes of such matters (including the matters discussed below) are not determinable at this time, in the Companys opinion, any liability that might be incurred by it upon the resolution of the claims and lawsuits (including those discussed below) will not, individually and in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the Companys consolidated financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.
U.S. Equal Employment Opportunity Commission Investigation. In March 2009, the Baltimore Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (EEOC) Field Office served the Company with company-wide (excluding, however, the Companys Vistar and Roma Foodservice operations) subpoenas relating to alleged violations of the Equal Pay Act and Title VII of the Civil Rights Act, seeking certain information from January 1, 2004 to a point in time in the first fiscal quarter of 2009. In August 2009, the EEOC moved to enforce the subpoenas in federal court in Maryland, and the Company opposed the motion. In February 2010, the court ruled that the subpoena related to the Equal Pay Act investigation was enforceable company-wide but on a narrower scope of data than the original subpoena sought; the court ruled that the subpoena was applicable to the transportation, logistics, and warehouse functions of the Companys Broadline distribution centers only and not the Customized distribution centers. The Company cooperated with the EEOC on the production of information.
F-64
In September 2011, the EEOC notified the Company that the EEOC was terminating the investigation into alleged violations of the Equal Pay Act. In Determinations issued in September 2012 by the EEOC with respect to the charges on which the EEOC had based its company-wide investigation, the EEOC concluded that the Company engaged in a pattern of denying hiring and promotion to a class of female applicants and employees into certain positions within the transportation, logistics, and warehouse functions within the Companys Broadline division and in June 2013, filed suit in federal court in Baltimore against the Company. The litigation concerns two issues: 1) whether the Company unlawfully engaged in an ongoing pattern and practice of failing to hire female applicants into operations positions; and 2) whether the Company unlawfully failed to promote one of the three individuals who filed charges with the EEOC because of her being female. The Company intends to vigorously defend itself.
Laumea v. Performance Food Group, Inc. In May 2014, a former employee of the Companys Roma of Southern California distribution center filed a putative class action lawsuit in the San Bernardino County, California Superior Court against the Company. There are different counts for which the putative classes differ. In September 2014, the Plaintiff filed a first amended complaint. The first class is proposed to be all former and current employees employed by the Company in California in non-exempt positions at any time during the period beginning May 30, 2010 to the present (the California Class). With respect to the California Class, the lawsuit alleges that the Company (i) failed to pay overtime as required by California statute, (ii) failed to provide meal periods and to pay compensation for such meal periods, (iii) failed to provide accurate itemized wage statements, and (iv) that the Company engaged in unfair trade practices by failing to pay overtime or to provide meal periods or pay compensation in lieu thereof . The lawsuit further alleges Plaintiff is entitled to penalties and attorney fees pursuant to the California Private Attorney General Act. The second putative class is proposed to be all members of the California Class who separated from employment at any time during the period beginning May 30, 2011 (the California Subclass). With respect to the California Subclass, the lawsuit alleges that the Company failed to pay all compensation due upon termination of employment and within the period due. The third putative class is proposed to be all current or former employees employed by the Company in the United States in non-exempt positions at any time during the period beginning May 30, 2011 to the present (the Nationwide Class). With respect to the Nationwide Class, the lawsuit alleges the Company willfully failed to pay overtime compensation required under the Fair Labor Standards Act. The Company intends to vigorously defend itself.
Contreras v. Performance Food Group, Inc., et al . In June 2014, a former employee of the Companys Roma of Southern California distribution center filed a putative class action lawsuit in the Alameda County, California Superior Court against the Company. The putative class is proposed to be all drivers employed in any of the Companys California locations at any time during the period beginning June 17, 2010 to the present. In August 2014, the Plaintiff filed a first amended complaint. The lawsuit alleges that the Company engaged in unfair trade practices and that the Company, with respect to the putative class, failed to (i) provide timely off-duty meal and rest breaks and to pay compensation for such breaks as required by California law, (ii) pay compensation for all hours worked and to pay a minimum wage for such hours, (iii) provide accurate itemized wage statements, (iv) pay all compensation within the period due at the time of termination of employment, and (v) pay compensation in timely fashion. The lawsuit further alleges that the plaintiff is entitled to penalties and attorney fees pursuant to the California Private Attorney General Act and that failure to provide meal and rest breaks and to pay a minimum wage for all hours worked constitute unfair business practices. The Company intends to vigorously defend itself.
Other
On February 2, 2015, the Company reached an agreement to purchase 11 US Foods facilities from Sysco Corporation related to its pending merger with US Foods. The agreement calls for Sysco to sell the following US Foods facilities to the Company at the completion of the US Foods transaction: Corona, California; Denver, Colorado; Kansas City, Kansas; Phoenix, Arizona; Salt Lake City, Utah; San Diego, California; San Francisco, California; Seattle, Washington; Cleveland, Ohio; Las Vegas, Nevada; and Minneapolis, Minnesota. The divestiture package is contingent on consummation of the proposed merger of Sysco and US Foods announced in December 2013. See Note 13 for further discussion.
F-65
9. | Related-Party Transactions |
Transaction and Advisory Fee Agreement
The Company is a party to a transaction and advisory fee agreement pursuant to which affiliates of The Blackstone Group and Wellspring Capital Management provide management advice and counsel for the development of the Companys long-term strategic plans and other management, administrative, and operating activities. The transaction and advisory fee agreement generally provides for the payment by the Company of certain transaction fees, annual advisory fees, and the reimbursement of out of pocket expenses. The annual advisory fee is the greater of $2.5 million or 1.5% of the Companys consolidated EBITDA (as defined in the transaction and advisory fee agreement) for the immediately preceding fiscal year. For the nine-month periods ended March 28, 2015 and March 29, 2014, such payments to affiliates of the principal shareholders totaled $4.6 million and $4.2 million, respectively.
At any time in connection with or in anticipation of a change of control of Performance Food Group Company, a sale of all or substantially all of Performance Food Group Companys assets or an initial public offering of common equity of Performance Food Group Company or its successor, the Advisors may elect to receive, in consideration of their role in facilitating such transaction and in settlement of the termination of the services, a single lump sum cash payment calculated as set forth in the agreement.
Other
The Company leases a distribution facility from an entity owned by an officer of the Company. The lease generally provides that the Company will bear the cost of property taxes. Total rent and taxes paid to the officers company totaled $0.3 million for the nine-month period ended March 28, 2015, compared to and $0.4 million for the nine-month period ended March 29, 2014.
The Company does business with certain other affiliates of The Blackstone Group. In the nine-month period ended March 28, 2015, the Company recorded sales of $27.5 million to certain of these affiliate companies. In the nine-month period ended March 28, 2015, the Company recorded purchases of $2.0 million from certain of these affiliate companies. In the nine-month period ended March 29, 2014, the Company recorded sales of $27.2 million to certain of these affiliate companies. In the nine-month period ended March 29, 2014, the Company recorded purchases of $1.5 million from certain of these affiliate companies. The Company does not conduct a material amount of business with affiliates of Wellspring Capital Management.
As of March 28, 2015, an affiliate of The Blackstone Group held $16.7 million of the outstanding $738.8 million Term Facility. The Company paid approximately $1.2 million in interest related to the nine-month period ended March 28, 2015, to this affiliate pursuant to the terms of the Term Facility. The Company paid approximately $2.1 million in interest related to the nine-month period ended March 29, 2014, to this affiliate pursuant to the terms of the Term Facility. See Note 5 for a discussion of the Term Facility.
10. | Earnings Per Share |
Basic earnings per common share is computed by dividing net income available to common shareholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted EPS is calculated using the weighted-average number of common shares and dilutive potential common shares outstanding during the period. In computing diluted EPS, the average stock price for the period is used in determining the number of shares assumed to be purchased with the proceeds from the exercise of stock options under the treasury stock method.
The Companys calculation of weighted-average number of common shares includes Class A and Class B common stock. All shares of Class A and Class B common stock entitle the holders thereof to the same rights, preferences, and privileges in respect of dividends.
F-66
A reconciliation of the numerators and denominators for the basic and diluted EPS computations is as follows:
($ in thousands, except share and per share amounts) |
Nine months
ended March 28, 2015 |
Nine months
ended March 29, 2014 |
||||||
Numerator: |
||||||||
Net income (loss) |
$ | 22,250 | $ | 3,093 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Denominator: |
||||||||
Weighted-average common shares outstanding |
179,121,857 | 179,107,540 | ||||||
Dilutive effect of share-based awards |
1,630,133 | 1,278,359 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Weighted-average dilutive shares outstanding |
180,751,990 | 180,385,899 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Basic earnings (loss) per share |
$ | 0.12 | $ | 0.02 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Diluted earnings (loss) per share |
$ | 0.12 | $ | 0.02 | ||||
|
|
|
|
11. | Segment Information |
The Company has three reportable segments, as defined by the accounting literature related to disclosures about segments of an enterprise. The Performance Foodservice segment markets and distributes food and food-related products to Street restaurants, Chain restaurants, and other institutional food-away-from-home locations. The PFG Customized segment principally serves the family and casual dining channel but also serves fine dining, fast casual, and quick serve restaurant chains. The Vistar segment distributes candy, snack, beverage, and other products to customers in the vending, office coffee services, theater, retail, and other channels. The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in Note 2. Intersegment sales represent sales between the segments, which are eliminated in consolidation. Management evaluates the performance of each operating segment based on various operating and financial metrics, including total sales and EBITDA. For PFG Customized, EBITDA includes certain allocated corporate expenses that are included in operating expenses. The allocated corporate expenses are determined based on a percentage of total sales. This percentage is reviewed on a periodic basis to ensure that the segment is allocated a reasonable rate of corporate expenses based on their use of corporate services.
F-67
Corporate & All Other is comprised of corporate overhead and certain operations that are not considered separate reportable segments based on their size. This includes the operations of the Companys internal logistics unit responsible for managing and allocating inbound logistics revenue and expense.
(In thousands) |
Performance
Foodservice |
PFG
Customized |
Vistar |
Corporate
& All Other |
Eliminations | Consolidated | ||||||||||||||||||
For the nine months ended March 28, 2015 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net external sales |
$ | 6,704,174 | $ | 2,783,345 | $ | 1,786,344 | $ | 11,776 | $ | | $ | 11,285,639 | ||||||||||||
Inter-segment sales |
4,692 | 556 | 1,935 | 128,043 | (135,226 | ) | | |||||||||||||||||
Total sales |
6,708,866 | 2,783,901 | 1,788,279 | 139,819 | (135,226 | ) | 11,285,639 | |||||||||||||||||
EBITDA |
172,530 | 25,628 | 79,215 | (82,007 | ) | | 195,366 | |||||||||||||||||
Depreciation and amortization |
49,669 | 11,717 | 12,214 | 18,082 | | 91,682 | ||||||||||||||||||
Capital expenditures |
26,545 | 6,357 | 6,665 | 24,163 | | 63,730 | ||||||||||||||||||
For the nine months ended March 29, 2014 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net external sales |
$ | 5,901,180 | $ | 2,441,879 | $ | 1,683,703 | $ | 16,502 | $ | | $ | 10,043,264 | ||||||||||||
Inter-segment sales |
3,814 | 421 | 1,908 | 98,130 | (104,273 | ) | | |||||||||||||||||
Total sales |
5,904,994 | 2,442,300 | 1,685,611 | 114,632 | (104,273 | ) | 10,043,264 | |||||||||||||||||
EBITDA |
142,041 | 26,231 | 62,938 | (62,202 | ) | | 169,008 | |||||||||||||||||
Depreciation and amortization |
61,726 | 11,202 | 10,011 | 15,604 | | 98,543 | ||||||||||||||||||
Capital expenditures |
29,855 | 10,472 | 13,824 | 12,859 | | 67,010 |
Total assets by reportable segment, excluding intercompany receivables between segments, are as follows:
(In thousands) |
As of
March 28, 2015 |
As of
June 28, 2014 |
||||||
Performance Foodservice |
$ | 1,922,515 | $ | 1,853,647 | ||||
PFG Customized |
675,818 | 640,967 | ||||||
Vistar |
522,156 | 501,301 | ||||||
Corporate & All Other |
256,786 | 243,872 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total assets |
$ | 3,377,275 | $ | 3,239,787 | ||||
|
|
|
|
12. | Fair Value of Financial Instruments |
The carrying values of cash, accounts receivable, outstanding checks in excess of deposits, trade accounts payable, and accrued expenses approximate their fair values because of the relatively short maturities of those instruments. The derivative liabilities are recorded at fair value on the balance sheet. The fair value of long-term debt is $1.5 billion and $1.4 billion at March 28, 2015 and June 28, 2014, respectively, and is determined by reviewing current market pricing related to comparable debt issued at the time of the balance sheet date, and is considered a Level 2 measurement.
F-68
13. | Subsequent Events |
The Company has evaluated events that have occurred subsequent to March 28, 2015 through June 29, 2015, the date the financial statements were available to be issued, requiring adjustment to or disclosure in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying footnotes and have determined that disclosure was required for the following event:
On December 8, 2013, Sysco Corporation (Sysco) and US Foods, Inc. (US Foods), announced that they entered into an agreement and plan of merger. On February 2, 2015, the Company reached an agreement to purchase 11 US Foods facilities relating to the proposed merger. On February 19, 2015, the Federal Trade Commission filed suit seeking an injunction to prevent the proposed merger and, on June 23, 2015, the United States District Court for the District of Columbia granted the injunction. In June 2015, the proposed merger was terminated. As a result, the Companys agreement to purchase the facilities was also terminated and the Company received a termination fee of $25 million. In addition, the additional amendments to the ABL Facility discussed in Note 5 that were contingent on the closing of the acquisition of the 11 facilities will not come into effect.
F-69
Shares
Performance Food Group Company
Common Stock
PROSPECTUS
Credit Suisse | Barclays | |
Wells Fargo Securities | Morgan Stanley |
, 2015
PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
ITEM 13. | OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION. |
The following table sets forth the expenses payable by the Registrant expected to be incurred in connection with the issuance and distribution of common stock being registered hereby (other than underwriting discounts and commissions). All of such expenses are estimates, except for the Securities and Exchange Commission (the SEC) registration fee, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority Inc. (FINRA) filing fee and the NYSE filing fee and listing fee.
SEC registration fee |
$ | 12,880 | ||
FINRA filing fee |
$ | 15,500 | ||
NYSE filing fee and listing fee |
* | |||
Printing fees and expenses |
* | |||
Legal fees and expenses |
* | |||
Registrar and transfer agent fees |
* | |||
Accounting fees and expenses |
* | |||
Miscellaneous expenses |
* | |||
|
|
|||
Total |
* | |||
|
|
* | To be provided by amendment. |
ITEM 14. | INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS. |
Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the DGCL) allows a corporation to provide in its certificate of incorporation that a director of the corporation will not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except where the director breached the duty of loyalty, failed to act in good faith, engaged in intentional misconduct or knowingly violated a law, authorized the payment of a dividend or approved a stock repurchase in violation of Delaware corporate law or obtained an improper personal benefit. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide for this limitation of liability.
Section 145 of the DGCL (Section 145), provides, among other things, that a Delaware corporation may indemnify any person who was, is or is threatened to be made, party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of such corporation), by reason of the fact that such person is or was an officer, director, employee or agent of such corporation or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, provided such person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the corporations best interests and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful. A Delaware corporation may indemnify any persons who were or are a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit, provided such person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the corporations best interests, provided further that no indemnification is permitted without judicial approval if the officer, director, employee or agent is adjudged to be liable to the corporation. Where an
II-1
officer or director is successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense of any action referred to above, the corporation must indemnify him or her against the expenses (including attorneys fees) which such officer or director has actually and reasonably incurred.
Section 145 further authorizes a corporation to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise, against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the corporation would otherwise have the power to indemnify such person under Section 145.
Our amended and restated bylaws will provide that we must indemnify and advance expenses to our directors and officers to the full extent authorized by the DGCL.
The indemnification rights set forth above shall not be exclusive of any other right which an indemnified person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, any provision of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our amended and restated bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, we shall not be obligated to indemnify a director or officer in respect of a proceeding (or part thereof) instituted by such director or officer, unless such proceeding (or part thereof) has been authorized by the Board of Directors pursuant to the applicable procedure outlined in the amended and restated bylaws.
Section 174 of the DGCL provides, among other things, that a director, who willfully or negligently approves of an unlawful payment of dividends or an unlawful stock purchase or redemption, may be held jointly and severally liable for such actions. A director who was either absent when the unlawful actions were approved or dissented at the time may avoid liability by causing his or her dissent to such actions to be entered in the books containing the minutes of the meetings of the Board of Directors at the time such action occurred or immediately after such absent director receives notice of the unlawful acts.
We expect to maintain standard policies of insurance that provide coverage (1) to our directors and officers against loss rising from claims made by reason of breach of duty or other wrongful act and (2) to us with respect to indemnification payments that we may make to such directors and officers.
The underwriting agreement provides for indemnification by the underwriters of us and our officers and directors and the selling stockholders, and by us and the selling stockholders of the underwriters, for certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act or otherwise in connection with this offering.
ITEM 15. | RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES. |
During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2012, we issued 186,400 shares of our Class A common stock to members of our management.
During the fiscal year ended June 29, 2013, we issued 2,500 shares of our Class B common stock to members of our management upon the exercise of stock options granted pursuant to our equity incentive plan.
During the fiscal year ended June 28, 2014, we issued 17,399 shares of our Class B common stock to members of our management upon the exercise of stock options granted pursuant to our equity incentive plan.
All of these shares were issued without registration in reliance on the exemptions afforded by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and Rule 701 promulgated thereunder.
II-2
ITEM 16. | EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES. |
(a) Exhibits . See the Exhibit Index immediately following the signature page hereto, which is incorporated by reference as if fully set forth herein.
(b) Financial Statement Schedules . All schedules except Schedule 1 are omitted because the required information is either not present, not present in material amounts or presented within the consolidated financial statements included in the prospectus and are incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 17. | UNDERTAKINGS |
(1) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
(2) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:
(A) | For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b) (1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective. |
(B) | For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof. |
(3) The undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:
(A) | Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424; |
(B) | Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant; |
(C) | The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and |
(D) | Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser. |
II-3
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 3 to the Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Richmond, State of Virginia, on the 4 th day of August, 2015.
PERFORMANCE FOOD GROUP COMPANY | ||||
By: |
/s/ Michael L. Miller |
|||
Name: | Michael L. Miller | |||
Title: | Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary |
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Amendment No. 4 to the Registration Statement and Power of Attorney has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on the 4 th day of August, 2015.
*By: |
/s/ Michael L. Miller |
|||
Michael L. Miller Attorney-in-Fact |
II-4
EXHIBIT INDEX
Exhibit No. |
Description |
|||
1.1 | Form of Underwriting Agreement | |||
3.1 | Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant | |||
3.2 | Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant | |||
5.1 | Form of Opinion of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP | |||
10.1** |
Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated May 8, 2012, among Performance Food Group, Inc., PFGC, Inc., and Wells Fargo, National Association, as administrative agent and collateral agent, and the other agents and lenders parties thereto |
|||
10.2** | First Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of May 6, 2013, among Performance Food Group, Inc., PFGC, Inc., the guarantors party thereto, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as administrative agent and collateral agent, and the lenders party thereto | |||
10.3** | Second Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of February 18, 2015, among Performance Food Group, Inc., PFGC, Inc., Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as administrative agent and collateral agent, and the lenders party thereto | |||
10.4** | Credit Agreement, dated May 14, 2013, among Performance Food Group Inc., PFGC, Inc., Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, as administrative and collateral agent, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, BMO Capital Markets, Barclays Bank PLC, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, and Wells Fargo Securities LLC, as joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners, and the other lenders party thereto | |||
10.5** | Form of Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement | |||
10.6** | Form of Registration Rights Agreement | |||
10.7 | Amended and Restated 2007 Management Option Plan | |||
10.8 | 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan | |||
10.9** |
Employment Letter Agreement, dated September 6, 2002, between George L. Holm and Performance Food Group Company (f/k/a Wellspring Distribution Corp.) |
|||
10.10 |
Form of Advisory Agreement |
|||
|
10.11**
|
|
Employment Letter Agreement, dated April 7, 2014, between Jim Hope and Performance Food Group |
|
10.12** |
Employment Letter Agreement, dated December 11, 2014, between David Flitman and Performance Food Group Company |
|||
10.13 |
Non-Qualified Stock Option Award Agreement, dated April 12, 2010, between Douglas M. Steenland and Performance Food Group Company (formerly known as Wellspring Distribution Corp.) |
|||
10.14 |
Form of Opinion Award Agreement for Named Executive Officers under the 2007 Management Option Plan |
|||
10.15 |
Form of Severance Letter Agreement |
|||
21.1** | Subsidiaries of the Registrant | |||
23.1 | Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP | |||
23.2* | Consent of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP (included as part of Exhibit 5.1) | |||
24.1 | Power of Attorney (included on signature pages to this Registration Statement) |
* | To be filed by amendment. |
** | Previously filed. |
| Identifies exhibits that consist of a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement. |
Exhibit 1.1
[ ] Shares
Performance Food Group Company
Common Stock
UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT
[ Insert date ]
C REDIT S UISSE S ECURITIES (USA) LLC
B ARCLAYS C APITAL I NC .
As Representatives of the Several Underwriters,
c/o Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC,
Eleven Madison Avenue,
New York, N.Y. 10010-3629
Dear Sirs:
1. Introductory . Performance Food Group Company, a Delaware corporation ( Company ) agrees with the several Underwriters named in Schedule B hereto ( Underwriters ) to issue and sell to the several Underwriters [ ] shares of its common stock, par value $0.01 per share ( Securities ) [and the stockholders listed in Schedule A hereto ( Selling Stockholders ) agree severally with the Underwriters to sell to the Underwriters an aggregate of [ ] outstanding shares of the Securities] (such [ ] shares of Securities being hereinafter referred to as the Firm Securities ). The Company also agrees to sell to the Underwriters, at the option of the Underwriters, an aggregate of not more than [ ] additional shares of its Securities, and [certain of] the Selling Stockholders also agree to sell to the Underwriters, at the option of the Underwriters, an aggregate of not more than [ ] additional outstanding shares (such [ ] shares of Securities being hereinafter referred to as the Optional Securities ) of the Securities, as set forth below. The Firm Securities and the Optional Securities are herein collectively called the Offered Securities .
2. Representations and Warranties of the Company and the Selling Stockholders . (a) The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the several Underwriters that:
(i) A registration statement on Form S1 (File No. 333-198654) (the Initial Registration Statement ) in respect of the Offered Securities has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the Commission ); the Initial Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, each in the form heretofore delivered to you and to you for each of the other Underwriters, excluding exhibits thereto, have been declared effective by the Commission in such form; other than a registration statement, if any, increasing or decreasing the size of the offering (an Additional Registration Statement ), filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Act ), which became effective upon filing, no other document with respect to the Initial Registration Statement has heretofore been filed with the Commission; and no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Initial Registration Statement, any post-effective amendment thereto or the Additional Registration Statement, if any, has been issued and no proceeding for that purpose has been initiated or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened by the Commission (any preliminary prospectus included in the Initial Registration Statement or filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(a) of the rules and regulations of the Commission under the Act is hereinafter called a Preliminary Prospectus ); the various parts of the Initial Registration Statement and the Additional Registration Statement, if any, including all exhibits thereto and including the information contained in the form of final prospectus filed with
the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act in accordance with Section 6(a) hereof and deemed by virtue of Rule 430A under the Act to be part of the Initial Registration Statement at the time it was declared effective, each as amended at the time such part of the Initial Registration Statement became effective or such part of the Additional Registration Statement, if any, became or hereafter becomes effective, are hereinafter collectively called the Registration Statement the Preliminary Prospectus relating to the Offered Securities that was included in the Registration Statement immediately prior to the Applicable Time (as defined in Section 2(a)(iii) hereof) is hereinafter called the Pricing Prospectus ; such final prospectus, in the form first filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act, is hereinafter called the Prospectus and any issuer free writing prospectus as defined in Rule 433 under the Act relating to the Offered Securities is hereinafter called an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus ;
(ii) No order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus has been issued by the Commission, and the preliminary prospectus contained in the Registration Statement filed with the Commission on [ ] and used by the Company in connection with the roadshow, at the time of filing thereof, conformed in all material respects to the requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, and did not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by an Underwriter through Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC or Barclays Capital Inc. (together, the Representatives or you ) expressly for use therein;
(iii) For the purposes of this Agreement, the Applicable Time is [ ] [a.m./p.m.] (Eastern time) on the date of this Agreement; the Pricing Prospectus, as supplemented by the information listed on Schedule C(2) hereto, taken together (collectively, the Pricing Disclosure Package ), as of the Applicable Time, did not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus listed on Schedule C(1) hereto does not conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus and each such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, as supplemented by and taken together with the Pricing Disclosure Package, as of the Applicable Time, did not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by an Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use therein;
(iv) The Registration Statement conforms, and the Prospectus and any further amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement and the Prospectus will conform, in all material respects to the applicable requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder and do not and will not, as of the applicable effective date as to each part of the Registration Statement and as of the applicable filing date as to the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by an Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use therein;
(v) The Company (i) has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, (ii) has corporate power and authority to own its properties and conduct its business as described in the Pricing Prospectus, and (iii) has been duly qualified as a foreign corporation for the transaction of business and is in good standing under the laws of each other jurisdiction in which it owns or leases properties or conducts any
2
business so as to require such qualification, except, in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii), where the failure to have such power or authority or to be so qualified or in good standing would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the condition (financial or otherwise), business, material properties, management or results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole (a Material Adverse Effect ); the Company does not own or control, directly or indirectly, any corporation, limited liability company, limited partnership, association or other entity other than the subsidiaries listed on Schedule D to this Agreement;
(vi) Schedule D to this Agreement includes a true and complete list of each significant subsidiary of the Company (as such term is defined in Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X) (each, a Subsidiary and collectively, the Subsidiaries ), including the jurisdiction of incorporation or formation of such Subsidiary; each Subsidiary (i) has been duly organized and is validly existing as a corporation or limited liability company, as applicable, in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation or organization, (ii) has power and authority to own its properties and conduct its business as described in the Pricing Prospectus, and (iii) has been duly qualified as a foreign corporation or other entity, as the case may be, for the transaction of business and is in good standing under the laws of each other jurisdiction in which it owns or leases properties or conducts any business so as to require such qualification, except, in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii), where the failure to have such power or authority or to be so qualified or in good standing would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;
(vii) Since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Pricing Prospectus, there has not been any change in the capital stock or material change in the long-term debt of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or any material adverse change, or any development involving a prospective material adverse change, in the condition (financial or otherwise), business, material properties, management or results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus; and neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has sustained since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the Pricing Prospectus any material loss or material interference with its business from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor dispute or court or governmental action, order or decree, otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus;
(viii) The Company and its Subsidiaries own in fee simple all real property identified in the Registration Statement as being owned by the Company or its Subsidiaries, as applicable, and the Company and its Subsidiaries have good and valid title to all personal property owned by them, in each case free and clear of all liens, encumbrances and defects except such as are described in the Pricing Prospectus and except for minor defects in title that do not materially interfere with the Company and its Subsidiaries ability to conduct their business or to utilize such assets for their intended purposes and except where the failure to have such ownership or title could not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect; and any real property and buildings held under lease by the Company and its Subsidiaries are held by them under valid, subsisting and enforceable leases (subject to the effects of (A) bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws relating to or affecting the rights of creditors generally; (B) the application of general principles of equity (including, without limitation, concepts of materiality, reasonableness, good faith and fair dealing, regardless of whether enforcement is considered in proceedings at law or in equity); and (C) applicable law and public policy with respect to rights to indemnity and contribution), except where the invalidity or unenforceability of any such lease would not materially interfere with the Company and its Subsidiaries ability to conduct their business and except where the failure to have such leasehold title could not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect;
3
(ix) The Company has an authorized capitalization as set forth in the Pricing Prospectus under the caption Capitalization and all of the issued shares of capital stock of the Company, including the Offered Securities to be sold by the Selling Stockholders, have been duly authorized and validly issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and conform to the description of the Securities contained in each of the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; and all of the issued shares of capital stock or limited liability company interests, as applicable, of each subsidiary of the Company have been duly authorized and validly issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and (except for directors qualifying shares and except as otherwise set forth in the Pricing Prospectus) are owned directly or indirectly by the Company, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims;
(x) The Offered Securities to be issued and sold by the Company have been duly authorized and, when issued and delivered against payment therefor as provided herein, will be duly and validly issued and fully paid and non-assessable and will conform in all material respects to the description of the Securities contained in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus;
(xi) The issuance and sale of the Offered Securities to be sold by the Company and the compliance by the Company with this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions herein contemplated will not (A) conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, lease or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is subject, (B) result in any violation of the provisions of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (the Certificate of Incorporation ) or Amended and Restated By-laws of the Company (the By-laws ) or organizational documents of any of its Subsidiaries, or (C) result in any violation of any statute or any order, rule or regulation of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their properties, except, in the case of (A) and (C), as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and no consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification of or with any such court or governmental agency or body is required for the issuance and sale of the Offered Securities by the Company or the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except for the registration under the Act of the Offered Securities , the approval by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority ( FINRA ) of the underwriting terms and arrangements and such consents, approvals, authorizations, orders, registrations or qualifications as may be required under state securities or Blue Sky laws in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Offered Securities by the Underwriters, except where the failure to obtain any such consents, approvals, authorizations, orders, registrations or qualifications would not impair, in any material respect, the ability of the Company to issue and sell the Offered Securities or to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;
(xii) Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is (A) in violation of its Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws or other organizational documents, as applicable, or (B) in default in the performance or observance of any obligation, agreement, covenant or condition contained in any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it or any of its properties may be bound, except, in the case of (B), such defaults as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;
(xiii) The statements set forth in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus under the caption Description of Capital Stock, insofar as they purport to constitute summaries of the terms of the Securities, constitute accurate summaries of the terms of such Securities in all material respects;
(xiv) The statements set forth in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus under the caption Material United States Federal Income and Estate Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders of Our Common Stock, insofar as they constitute summaries of matters of law or regulations or legal conclusions with respect thereto, constitute accurate summaries of the matters described therein in all material respects;
4
(xv) Other than as set forth in the Pricing Prospectus, there are no legal or governmental proceedings pending to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or to which any property of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is the subject which, if determined adversely to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, would, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and the Company has not received notice of any such proceedings that are threatened or contemplated by governmental authorities or threatened by others;
(xvi) Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is, and after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Offered Securities and the application of the proceeds thereof as described in the Prospectus none of them will be, required to register as an investment company as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the Investment Company Act ) under the Investment Company Act;
(xvii) At the time of filing the Initial Registration Statement, the Company was not and is not an ineligible issuer, as defined in Rule 405 under the Act;
(xviii) Deloitte & Touche LLP, who have certified certain financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries, are independent public accountants as required by the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder;
(xix) Except as disclosed in the Pricing Prospectus, the Company maintains a system of internal controls over financial reporting (to the extent required by and as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act )) that comply with the requirements of the Exchange Act applicable to the Company and has been designed by the Companys principal executive officer and principal financial officer, or under their supervision, sufficient to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles as applied in the United States ( U.S. GAAP ); except as disclosed in the Pricing Prospectus, (A) the Companys internal control over financial reporting is effective and (B) the Company is not aware of any material weaknesses in its internal control over financial reporting;
(xx) The Company maintains disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Exchange Act that comply with the requirements of the Exchange Act; such disclosure controls and procedures have been designed to ensure that material information relating to the Company and its subsidiaries is made known to the Companys principal executive officer and principal financial officer by others within those entities; and such disclosure controls and procedures are effective;
(xxi) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company;
(xxii) The financial statements, including the notes and supporting schedules thereto, included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus present fairly in all material respects the consolidated financial position at the dates indicated and the cash flows and results of operations for the periods indicated of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries. Except as otherwise stated in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, such financial statements have been prepared in conformity with U.S. GAAP applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved;
(xxiii) No transaction has occurred between or among the Company and any of its officers or directors, stockholders or any affiliate or affiliates of the foregoing that is required to be described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus and is not so described;
5
(xxiv) There are no contracts or other documents that are required under the Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder to be described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus or to be filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement which have not been described or filed as an exhibit as required;
(xxv) (A) The Company and its Subsidiaries are and have been in compliance with all applicable federal, state, local and foreign laws, rules, regulations, decisions and orders relating to the protection of human health and safety (as affected by exposure to hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants) or the environment, or the storage, treatment, use, discharge or disposal of hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants (collectively, Environmental Laws ), which includes obtaining and maintaining all permits, licenses or other approvals (collectively, Environmental Permits) required under such Environmental Laws to carry on the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries; (B) the Company and its Subsidiaries have not received any written notice that alleges any of them is in violation or of potentially liable under any Environmental Laws and none of the Company or its Subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any of their properties is the subject of any claims, investigations, liens, demands, or judicial, administrative or arbitral proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened, under any Environmental Law or to revoke or modify any Environmental Permit held any of the Companies or its Subsidiaries; (C) to the knowledge of the Company, there has been no release, discharge or disposal of any materials, pollutants, contaminants, chemicals, compounds, constituents, substances or wastes, in any form, including petroleum or petroleum distillates, asbestos or asbestos-containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyl, radon, gas, mold, electromagnetic radio frequency or microwave emissions, that are regulated pursuant to, or which could give rise to liability under, any Environmental Laws on, at, under or from any property owned, leased, or operated by any of the Company or its Subsidiaries, or any property formerly owned, operated, or leased by any of the Company or its Subsidiaries or arising out of the conduct of any of the Company or its Subsidiaries that could reasonably be expected to result in the Company incurring liability, under any Environmental Laws; and (D) to the knowledge of the Company, there are no facts, circumstances or conditions arising out of or relating to the operations of any of the Company or its Subsidiaries or any property owned, leased, or operated by any of the Company or its Subsidiaries or any property formerly owned, operated or leased by any of the Company or its Subsidiaries or any of their predecessors in interest that could reasonably be expected to require investigation, response, or corrective action, or could reasonably be expected to result in any of the Company or its Subsidiaries incurring liability, under applicable Environmental Laws, except, in the case of (A), (B), (C) and (D), as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;
(xxvi) The Company has taken all necessary actions to ensure that, upon the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, it will be in compliance with all provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder or implementing the provisions thereof that are then in effect and which the Company is required to comply with as of the effectiveness of the Registration Statement;
(xxvii) The Company and its Subsidiaries own or possess adequate rights to use all patents, patent applications, trademarks, service marks, trade names, trademark registrations, service mark registrations, copyrights and know-how (including trade secrets and other unpatented and/or unpatentable proprietary or confidential information, systems or procedures) necessary for the conduct of their respective businesses except where the failure to own or possess such rights would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and the conduct of their respective businesses does not conflict in any respect with any such rights of others, except for any such conflicts as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and the Company and its Subsidiaries have not received any notice of any claim of infringement of or conflict with any such rights of others, except for any such claims as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;
6
(xxviii) Other than as set forth in the Pricing Disclosure Package, none of the following events has occurred or exists: (A) a failure to fulfill the obligations, if any, under the minimum funding standards of Section 302 of the United States Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended ( ERISA ), and the regulations and published interpretations thereunder with respect to a Plan, determined without regard to any waiver of such obligations or extension of any amortization period; (B) an audit or investigation by the Internal Revenue Service, the U.S. Department of Labor, the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or any other federal or state governmental agency or any foreign regulatory agency with respect to any Plan; or (C) any violation of law or applicable qualification standards, with respect to any Plan, except, in the case of (A), (B) and (C), as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Other than as set forth in the Pricing Disclosure Package, none of the following events has occurred or is reasonably likely to occur: (A) an increase in the aggregate amount of contributions required to be made to all Plans in the current fiscal year of the Company and its subsidiaries compared to the amount of such contributions made in the most recently completed fiscal year of the Company and its subsidiaries; (B) an increase in the accumulated post-retirement benefit obligations (within the meaning of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards 106) of the Company and its subsidiaries compared to the amount of such obligations in the most recently completed fiscal year of the Company and its subsidiaries; (C) liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to the termination of, or withdrawal from, any Plan; or (D) the filing of a material claim by one or more employees or former employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries related to their employment, except, in the case of (A), (B), (C) and (D), as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. For purposes of this paragraph, the term Plan means a plan (within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA) subject to Title IV of ERISA with respect to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries may have any liability;
(xxix) (A) There are no strikes or other labor disputes against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened; and (B) hours worked by and payment made to employees of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries have not been in violation of the Fair Labor Standards Act or any other applicable laws dealing with such matters, except, in the case of (A) and (B), as would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect;
(xxx) The Company and its Subsidiaries possess all licenses, certificates, registrations, permits and other authorizations issued by, and have made all declarations and filings with, all applicable authorities, including federal, state, local or foreign governmental or regulatory authorities, that are necessary for the conduct of their respective businesses as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (collectively, Permits ), and all such Permits are in full force and effect, except where the failure to possess or make the same would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and, to the Companys knowledge, no event has occurred which allows, or after notice or lapse of time would allow, revocation or termination thereof or results in any other material impairment of the rights of the holder of any Permit; and except as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has received notice of any revocation or modification of any Permit that, if determined adversely to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, would, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;
(xxxi) Except as described in the Pricing Disclosure Package, there are no persons with registration rights or other similar rights to have any securities registered pursuant to the Registration Statement or otherwise registered by the Company under the Act, except as have been validly waived or complied with and except for the Offered Securities to be sold by the Selling Stockholders;
(xxxii) The holders of outstanding shares of the Companys capital stock are not entitled to preemptive or other rights to subscribe for the Offered Securities that have not been complied with or otherwise validly waived;
7
(xxxiii) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent, employee or other person associated with or acting on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries has violated or is in violation of any provision of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended (the FCPA ), and the rules and regulations thereunder, including, without limitation, by making use of the mails or any means or instrumentality of interstate commerce corruptly in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay or authorization of the payment of any money or other property gift, promise to give or authorization of the giving of anything of value to any foreign official (as such term is defined in the FCPA) or any foreign political party or official thereof or any candidate for foreign political office in contravention of the FCPA;
(xxxiv) The operations of the Company and its subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the money laundering statutes of all jurisdictions in which the Company and its subsidiaries conduct business, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, the Money Laundering Laws ) and no action, suit, investigation or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company or its subsidiaries with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened;
(xxxv) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries nor, to the Companys knowledge, any director, officer, agent, employee, affiliate or person acting on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Treasury Department ( OFAC ); and the Company will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds of this offering, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity, for the purpose of financing the activities of any person currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC;
(xxxvi) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has taken or will take, directly or indirectly, any action that is designed to or that has constituted or that might reasonably be expected to cause or result in stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Offered Securities;
(xxxvii) Nothing has come to the attention of the Company that has caused the Company to believe that the statistical, industry-related and market-related data included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus is not based on or derived from estimates and sources which the Company reasonably believes are reliable and accurate in all material respects;
(xxxviii) The Company and each of its subsidiaries have filed all income and other material tax returns required to be filed through the date hereof and paid all income and other material taxes required to be paid, except (i) as otherwise disclosed in the Pricing Disclosure Package and any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, (ii) for any failures or exceptions that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or (iii) for any taxes being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been established in accordance with U.S. GAAP; except as otherwise disclosed in the Pricing Disclosure Package and any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, there is no material tax deficiency that has been, or would reasonably be expected to be, asserted against the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of their respective properties or assets; for purposes of this paragraph, taxes and tax deficiencies include all assessed taxes, and interest and penalties with respect to any of the foregoing;
(xxxix) The Company and its Subsidiaries have insurance or self-insurance as are, and in amounts that, in the Companys reasonable judgment, prudent and customary in the business in which they are engaged and insures against such losses and risks as are adequate to protect the Company and its Subsidiaries and their respective businesses; and neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has any reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage at reasonable cost from similar insurers or to provide self-insurance as may be necessary to continue its business;
8
(xl) Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or as described in the General Disclosure Package, in the last five years, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has received any U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) Form 483s or other notice of inspectional observations, warning letters, untitled letters, notices of non-compliance or similar written communications from the FDA, the U.S. Department of Agriculture, or any other state, federal or foreign Governmental Authority asserting material noncompliance with Laws applicable to the manufacture, processing, storage, labeling, sale, marketing or transportation of the Companys or its Subsidiaries products, and to the knowledge of the Company, no facts or circumstances exist that could reasonably be expected to result in such communications; and
(xli) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is a party to any contract, agreement or understanding with any person (other than this Agreement) that would give rise to a valid claim against any of them or any Underwriter for a brokerage commission, finders fee or like payment in connection with the offering and sale of the Offered Securities.
(b) Each Selling Stockholder severally represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the several Underwriters that:
(i) Except (A) as will have been obtained on or prior to the Time of Delivery (as defined in Section 5 hereof) for the registration under the Act of the Securities, (B) as may be required under foreign or state securities (or Blue Sky) laws or by FINRA or by the Exchange (as defined herein) in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Securities by the Underwriters and (C) as would not reasonably be expected to impair in any material respect the ability of the Selling Stockholders to consummate their obligations hereunder, all consents, approvals, authorizations and orders necessary for the execution and delivery by such Selling Stockholder of this Agreement, and for the sale and delivery of the Securities to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder, have been obtained; such Selling Stockholder has full right, power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to sell, assign, transfer and deliver the Securities to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder; and this Agreement has been duly and validly authorized, executed and delivered by or on behalf of the Selling Stockholders;
(ii) The sale of the Securities to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder and the compliance by such Selling Stockholder with this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions herein and therein contemplated will not (A) conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, any statute, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which such Selling Stockholder is a party or by which such Selling Stockholder is bound or to which any of the property or assets of such Selling Stockholder is subject, (B) result in any violation of the provisions of the partnership agreement of such Selling Stockholder if such Selling Stockholder is a partnership or (C) result in any violation of any statute or any order, rule or regulation of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over such Selling Stockholder or any property or assets of such Selling Stockholder, except in the case of (A) and (C), as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to materially impact such Selling Stockholders ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement;
(iii) Such Selling Stockholder has, and immediately prior to each Time of Delivery (as defined in Section 5 hereof) such Selling Stockholder will have, good and valid title to the Securities to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder at such Time of Delivery, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims; and, upon delivery of such Securities and payment therefor pursuant hereto, good and valid title to such Securities, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims, will pass to the several Underwriters;
9
(iv) Such Selling Stockholder has not taken and will not take, directly or indirectly, any action that is designed to or that has constituted or that might reasonably be expected to cause or result in stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities;
(v) To the extent that any statements or omissions made in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus contained in the Registration Statement filed with the Commission on [ ] and used by the Company in connection with the roadshow, the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, the Pricing Disclosure Package or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus are made in reliance upon and in conformity with the Selling Stockholder Information (as defined below), such Registration Statement and such preliminary prospectus did not, and the Prospectus and any further amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement and the Prospectus will not, when they become effective or are filed with the Commission, as the case may be, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. Selling Stockholder Information consists solely of the information with respect to the Selling Stockholders in the [ ] paragraph under the caption [ ] and footnotes [ ] and [ ] to the beneficial ownership table under the caption Principal and Selling Stockholders in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus;
(vi) In order to document the Underwriters compliance with the reporting and withholding provisions of the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act of 1982 with respect to the transactions herein contemplated, such Selling Stockholder will deliver to you prior to or at the First Time of Delivery (as hereinafter defined) a properly completed and executed United States Treasury Department Form W-9 (or other applicable form or statement specified by Treasury Department regulations in lieu thereof);
(vii) The Securities to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder is subject to the interest of the Underwriters, and the obligations of such Selling Stockholder hereunder shall not be terminated by operation of law, whether by the dissolution of the partnership of such Selling Stockholder or by the occurrence of any other event; if any such partnership shall be dissolved, or if any other such event should occur, before the delivery of the Securities to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder, such Securities shall be delivered by or on behalf of such Selling Stockholder in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement; and
(viii) Such Selling Stockholder is not prompted by any material non-public information concerning the Company or any of its subsidiaries that is not disclosed in the Pricing Prospectus to sell its Securities pursuant to this Agreement.
3. Purchase, Sale and Delivery of Offered Securities . Subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, (a) the Company and each of the Selling Stockholders agree, severally and not jointly, to sell to each of the Underwriters, and each of the Underwriters agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company and each of the Selling Stockholders, at a purchase price per share of $[ ], the number of Firm Securities (to be adjusted by you so as to eliminate fractional shares) determined by multiplying the aggregate number of Firm Securities to be sold by the Company and each of the Selling Stockholders as set forth opposite their respective names in Schedule A hereto by a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate number of Firm Securities to be purchased by such Underwriter as set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule B hereto and the denominator of which is the aggregate number of Firm Securities to be purchased by all of the Underwriters from the Company and all of the Selling Stockholders hereunder and (b) in the event and to the extent that the Underwriters shall exercise the election to purchase Optional Securities as provided below, the Company and the Selling Stockholders, as and to the extent indicated in Schedule A hereto, agree, severally and not jointly, to sell to each of the Underwriters, and each of the Underwriters agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company and each of the Selling Stockholders, at the purchase price per share set forth in clause (a) of this Section 3, that portion of the number of Optional Securities as to which such election shall have been exercised (to be adjusted by you so as to eliminate fractional shares) determined by multiplying such number of Optional Securities by a fraction, the numerator of which is the maximum number of Optional Securities which such Underwriter is entitled to purchase as set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule B hereto and the denominator of which is the maximum number of Optional Securities that all of the Underwriters are entitled to purchase hereunder.
10
The Company and the Selling Stockholders, as and to the extent indicated in Schedule A hereto, hereby grant, severally and not jointly, to the Underwriters the right to purchase at their election up to [ ] Optional Securities, at the purchase price per share set forth in the paragraph above, for the sole purpose of covering sales of shares in excess of the number of Firm Securities, provided that the purchase price per Optional Securities shall be reduced by an amount per share equal to any dividends or distributions declared by the Company and payable on the Firm Securities but not payable on the Optional Securities. Any such election to purchase Optional Securities may be exercised only by written notice from the Representatives to the Company and the Selling Stockholders, given within a period of 30 calendar days after the date of this Agreement and setting forth the aggregate number of Optional Securities to be purchased and the date on which such Optional Securities are to be delivered, as determined by the Representatives but in no event earlier than the First Time of Delivery (as defined in Section 5 hereof) or, unless the Representatives and the Company and the Selling Stockholders otherwise agree in writing, earlier than two or later than ten business days after the date of such notice.
4. Upon the authorization by the Representatives of the release of the Firm Securities, the several Underwriters propose to offer the Firm Securities for sale upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Prospectus.
5. (a) The Offered Securities to be purchased by each Underwriter hereunder, in book-entry form, and in such authorized denominations and registered in such names as the Representatives may request upon at least forty-eight hours prior notice to the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall be delivered by or on behalf of the Company and the Selling Stockholders to the Representatives, through the facilities of the DTC, for the account of such Underwriter, against payment by or on behalf of such Underwriter of the purchase price therefor by wire transfer of Federal (same-day) funds to the accounts specified by the Company and the Selling Stockholders to the Representatives at least forty-eight hours in advance. To the extent the Offered Securities are delivered in certificated form and not in book-entry form through the facilities of DTC, the Company and the Selling Stockholders will cause the certificates representing the Offered Securities to be made available for checking and packaging at least twenty-four hours prior to the Time of Delivery (as defined below) with respect thereto at the office of DTC or its designated custodian (the Designated Office ). The time and date of such delivery and payment shall be, with respect to the Firm Securities, [ ], New York time, on [ ], 2015] or such other time and date as the Representatives, the Company and the Selling Stockholders may agree upon in writing, and, with respect to the Optional Securities, [ ], New York time, on the date specified by the Representatives in each written notice given by the Representatives of the Underwriters election to purchase such Optional Securities, or such other time and date as the Representatives, the Company and the Selling Stockholders may agree upon in writing. Such time and date for delivery of the Firm Securities is herein called the First Time of Delivery , each such time and date for delivery of the Optional Securities, if not the First Time of Delivery, is herein called the Second Time of Delivery , and each such time and date for delivery is herein called a Time of Delivery .
(b) The documents to be delivered at each Time of Delivery by or on behalf of the parties hereto pursuant to Section 9 hereof, including the cross receipt for the Offered Securities and any additional documents requested by the Underwriters pursuant to Section 9(l) hereof will be delivered at the offices of Latham & Watkins LLP, 330 North Wabash Avenue, Suite 2800, Chicago, Illinois 60611 (the Closing Location ), and the Offered Securities will be delivered through the facilities of DTC in the case of book-entry shares or at the Designated Office in the case of certificated Offered Securities, all at such Time of Delivery. A [telephonic] meeting will be held at the Closing Location at [ ], New York City time, on the New York Business Day next preceding such Time of Delivery, at which meeting the final drafts of the documents to be delivered pursuant to the preceding sentence will be available for review by the parties hereto. For the purposes of this Section 5, New York Business Day shall mean each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday which is not a day on which banking institutions in New York are generally authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.
11
6. The Company agrees with each of the Underwriters:
(a) To prepare the Prospectus in a form approved by you and to file such Prospectus pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act not later than the Commissions close of business on the second business day following the execution and delivery of this Agreement, or, if applicable, such earlier time as may be required by Rule 430A(a)(3) under the Act; to make no further amendment or any supplement to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus prior to the last Time of Delivery, which shall be reasonably disapproved by you promptly after reasonable notice thereof; to advise you, promptly after it receives notice thereof, of the time when any amendment to the Registration Statement has been filed or becomes effective or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus has been filed and to furnish you with copies thereof; to file promptly all material required to be filed by the Company with the Commission pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Act; to advise you, promptly after it receives notice thereof, of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or other prospectus in respect of the Offered Securities, of the suspension of the qualification of the Offered Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, of the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for any such purpose, or of any request by the Commission for the amending or supplementing of the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or for additional information; and, in the event of the issuance of any stop order or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or other prospectus or suspending any such qualification, to promptly use its best efforts to obtain the withdrawal of such order;
(b) Promptly from time to time to take such action as you may reasonably request to qualify the Offered Securities for offering and sale under the securities laws of such jurisdictions as you may reasonably request and to comply with such laws so as to permit the continuance of sales and dealings therein in such jurisdictions for as long as may be necessary to complete the distribution of the Offered Securities, provided that in connection therewith the Company shall not be required to register or qualify as a foreign corporation or to file a general consent to service of process in any jurisdiction, to qualify in any jurisdiction as a broker-dealer or to subject itself to taxation in any jurisdiction if it is not otherwise so subject;
(c) Prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the second New York Business Day following the date of this Agreement (or such other time as may be agreed to by the Company and the Representatives) and from time to time, to furnish the Underwriters with written and electronic copies of the Prospectus in New York City in such quantities as you may reasonably request, and, if the delivery of a prospectus (or in lieu thereof, the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) under the Act) is required at any time prior to the expiration of nine months after the time of issue of the Prospectus in connection with the offering or sale of the Offered Securities and if at such time any event shall have occurred as a result of which the Prospectus as then amended or supplemented would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or would omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made when such Prospectus (or in lieu thereof, the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) under the Act) is delivered, not misleading, or, if for any other reason it shall be necessary during such same period to amend or supplement the Prospectus in order to comply with the Act, to notify you and upon your request to prepare and furnish without charge to each Underwriter and to any dealer in securities (whose name and address the Representatives shall furnish to the Company) as many written and electronic copies as you may from time to time reasonably request of an amended Prospectus or a supplement to the Prospectus which will correct such statement or omission or effect such compliance; and in case any Underwriter is required under the Act to deliver a prospectus (or in lieu thereof, the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) under the Act) in connection with sales of any of the Offered Securities at any time nine months or more after the time of issue of the Prospectus, upon your request but at the expense of such Underwriter, to prepare and deliver to such Underwriter as many written and electronic copies as you may reasonably request of an amended or supplemented Prospectus complying with Section 10(a)(3) of the Act;
12
(d) To make generally available to its securityholders as soon as practicable (which may be satisfied by filing with the Commissions EDGAR system), an earnings statement of the Company and its subsidiaries (which need not be audited) complying with Section 11(a) of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder (including, at the option of the Company, Rule 158);
(e) During the period beginning from the date hereof and continuing to and including the date 180 days after the date of the Prospectus (the Company Lock-Up Period ), not to (i) offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the Commission a registration statement under the Act relating to, any securities of the Company that are substantially similar to the Offered Securities (except for any Registration Statement on Form S-8, or any amendment thereto, to register shares issuable upon exercise of awards granted pursuant to the terms of any employee equity incentive plan), including but not limited to any options or warrants to purchase shares of Securities or any securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for, or that represent the right to receive, Securities or any such substantially similar securities, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing or (ii) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Securities or any such other securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Securities or such other securities, in cash or otherwise (other than (w) the Offered Securities to be sold hereunder, (x) the Offered Securities or any such substantially similar securities to be issued pursuant to employee incentive plans existing as of the date of this Agreement (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan and any long-term incentive awards disclosed in the Pricing Disclosure Package), (y) the Offered Securities or any such substantially similar securities to be issued upon the conversion or exchange of convertible or exchangeable securities outstanding as of the date of this Agreement and (z) the issuance of up to 5% of the outstanding shares of Securities or any such substantially similar securities in connection with the acquisition of, a joint venture with or a merger with, another company, and the filing of a registration statement with respect thereto), without the prior written consent of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Barclays Capital Inc.; provided, however, that if (1) during the last 17 days of the Company Lock-Up Period, the Company releases earnings results or announces material news or a material event or (2) prior to the expiration of the Company Lock-Up Period, the Company announces that it will release earnings results during the 15-day period following the last day of the Company Lock-Up Period, then in each case the Company Lock-Up Period will be automatically extended until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of release of the earnings results or the announcement of the material news or material event, as applicable, unless both Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Barclays Capital Inc. waive, in writing, such extension; in the event of any announcement that gives rise to an extension of the Company Lock-Up Period, the Company will provide Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Barclays Capital Inc. and the Selling Stockholders with prior notice of such announcement;
(f) If Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Barclays Capital Inc., in their sole discretion, agree to release or waive the restrictions in lock-up letters delivered pursuant to Section 9(j) hereof, in each case for an officer or director of the Company, and provide the Company with notice of the impending release or waiver at least three business days before the effective date of the release or waiver, the Company agrees to announce the impending release or waiver by a press release substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver;
(g) During a period of two years from the effective date of the Registration Statement, to furnish to you copies of all reports or other communications (financial or other) furnished to stockholders, and to deliver to you as soon as they are available, copies of any current, periodic or annual reports and financial statements furnished to or filed with the Commission or any national securities exchange on which any class of securities of the Company is listed; provided that any report, communication or financial statement furnished or filed with the Commission that is publicly available on the Commissions EDGAR system shall be deemed to have been furnished to you at the time furnished or filed with the Commission;
(h) To use the net proceeds received by it from the sale of the Offered Securities pursuant to this Agreement in the manner specified in the Pricing Prospectus under the caption Use of Proceeds;
13
(i) To use its best efforts to list for trading, subject to official notice of issuance, the Offered Securities on the New York Stock Exchange (the Exchange ); and
(j) If the Company elects to rely upon Rule 462(b), the Company shall file an Additional Registration Statement with the Commission in compliance with Rule 462(b) by 10:00 p.m., Washington, D.C. time, on the date of this Agreement, and the Company shall at the time of filing either pay to the Commission the filing fee for the Additional Registration Statement or give irrevocable instructions for the payment of such fee pursuant to Rule 3a(c) of the Commissions Informal and Other Procedures (16 CFR 202.3a).
7. (a) The Company represents and agrees that, without the prior consent of the Representatives, it has not made and will not make any offer relating to the Offered Securities that would constitute a free writing prospectus as defined in Rule 405 under the Act; each Selling Stockholder represents and agrees that, without the prior consent of the Company and the Representatives, it has not made and will not make any offer relating to the Securities that would constitute a free writing prospectus; and each Underwriter represents and agrees that, without the prior consent of the Company and the Representatives, it has not made and will not make any offer relating to the Offered Securities that would constitute a free writing prospectus; any such free writing prospectus the use of which has been consented to by the Company and the Representatives is listed on Schedule C(1) hereto;
(b) The Company has complied and will comply with the requirements of Rule 433 under the Act applicable to any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, including timely filing with the Commission or retention where required and legending; and the Company represents that it has satisfied and agrees that it will satisfy the conditions under Rule 433 under the Act to avoid a requirement to file with the Commission any electronic road show; and
(c) The Company agrees that if at any time following issuance of an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus any event occurred or occurs as a result of which such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus would conflict with the information in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or would omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances then prevailing, not misleading, the Company will give prompt notice thereof to the Representatives and, if requested by the Representatives, will prepare and furnish without charge to each Underwriter an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or other document which will correct such conflict, statement or omission; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to any statements or omissions in an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by an Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use therein or the Selling Stockholder Information.
8. The Company and each of the Selling Stockholders covenant and agree with one another and with the several Underwriters that:
(a) the Company will pay or cause to be paid the following: (i) the fees, disbursements and expenses of the Companys and the Selling Stockholders counsel and the Companys accountants in connection with the registration of the Offered Securities under the Act and all other expenses in connection with the preparation, printing, reproduction and filing of the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and the Prospectus and amendments and supplements thereto and the mailing and delivering of copies thereof to the Underwriters and dealers; (ii) the cost of printing or producing any Agreement among Underwriters, this Agreement, the Blue Sky Memorandum, closing documents (including any compilations thereof) and any other documents in connection with the offering, purchase, sale and delivery of the Offered Securities; (iii) all expenses in connection with the qualification of the Offered Securities for offering and sale under state securities laws as provided in Section 6(b) hereof; (iv) all fees and expenses in connection with listing the Offered Securities on the Exchange; (v) the filing fees incident to any required review by FINRA of the terms of the sale of the Offered Securities and (vi) the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in an amount not to exceed $25,000 in connection with the review by FINRA and the qualification of the Offered Securities for offering and sale under state securities laws and in connection with any Blue Sky survey; and
14
(b) the Company will pay or cause to be paid (i) the cost of preparing stock certificates, if applicable; (ii) the cost and charges of any transfer agent or registrar; (iii) all other reasonable costs and expenses incident to the performance of its obligations hereunder which are not otherwise specifically provided for in this Section; provided, however, that 50% of the cost of any aircraft chartered in connection with the road show shall be paid by the Underwriters (with the Company paying the remaining 50% of the cost) and (iv) such Selling Stockholder will pay or cause to be paid all costs and expenses incident to the performance of such Selling Stockholders obligations hereunder which are not otherwise specifically provided for in this Section, including (i) any fees and expenses of counsel for such Selling Stockholder to the extent not covered by (a)(i) above, and (ii) all expenses and taxes incident to the sale and delivery of the Securities to be sold by such Selling Stockholder to the Underwriters hereunder. It is understood, however, that the Company shall bear, and the Selling Stockholders shall not be required to pay or to reimburse the Company for, the cost of any other matters not directly relating to the sale and purchase of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, the Company, each of the Selling Stockholders and the Underwriters agree that, if the Company receives any amounts otherwise payable to the Selling Stockholders pursuant to this Agreement, the Company shall receive such amounts solely in the capacity as agent for the Selling Stockholders and shall promptly pay over such amounts to the Selling Stockholders. Except as provided in this Section, and Sections 10 and 13 hereof, the Underwriters will pay all of their own costs and expenses, including the fees of their counsel, stock transfer taxes on resale of any of the Offered Securities by them, and any advertising expenses connected with any offers they may make.
9. The obligations of the Underwriters hereunder, as to the Offered Securities to be delivered at each Time of Delivery, shall be subject, in their discretion, to the condition that all representations and warranties and other statements of the Company and the Selling Stockholders herein are, on the date hereof and at and as of such Time of Delivery, true and correct, the condition that the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall have performed all of its or their obligations hereunder theretofore to be performed, and the following additional conditions:
(a) The Prospectus shall have been filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act within the applicable time period prescribed for such filing by the rules and regulations under the Act and in accordance with Section 6(a) hereof; all material required to be filed by the Company pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Act shall have been filed with the Commission within the applicable time period prescribed for such filing by Rule 433 under the Act; if the Company has elected to rely upon Rule 462(b) under the Act, the Additional Registration Statement shall have become effective by 10:00 p.m., Washington, D.C. time, on the date of this Agreement; no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any part thereof shall have been issued and no proceeding for that purpose shall have been initiated or threatened by the Commission and no stop order suspending or preventing the use of the Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus shall have been initiated or threatened by the Commission; and all requests for additional information on the part of the Commission shall have been complied with to your reasonable satisfaction;
(b) Latham & Watkins LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, shall have furnished to you such written opinion and negative assurance letter, dated such Time of Delivery, in form and substance satisfactory to you;
(c) Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, counsel for the Company and the Selling Stockholders, shall have furnished to you their written opinion and negative assurance letter, dated such Time of Delivery, in form and substance satisfactory to you;
(d) Mike Miller, general counsel for the Company, shall have furnished to you his written opinion, dated such Time of Delivery, in form and substance satisfactory to you;
(e) On the date of the Prospectus at a time prior to the execution of this Agreement, at [ ], New York City time, on the effective date of any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement filed subsequent to the date of this Agreement and also at each Time of Delivery, Deloitte & Touche LLP shall have furnished to you a letter or letters, dated the respective dates of delivery thereof, in form and substance satisfactory to you;
15
(f) Except as disclosed in the Pricing Disclosure Package, since the date of the latest financial statements included in the Pricing Disclosure Package and Prospectus, there has been no material adverse change, nor any development or event involving a prospective material adverse change, in the condition (financial or otherwise), business, material properties, management or results of operations of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries taken as a whole, and the effect of which, in any such case described in this clause 9(f), is in the judgment of the Representatives (other than a defaulting Underwriter under Section 11 hereof) so material and adverse as to make it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the public offering or the delivery of the Offered Securities being delivered at such Time of Delivery on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus;
(g) [Intentionally omitted.]
(h) On or after the Applicable Time there shall not have occurred any of the following: (i) a suspension or material limitation in trading in securities generally on the Exchange; (ii) a suspension or material limitation in trading in the Companys securities on the Exchange; (iii) a general moratorium on commercial banking activities declared by either Federal or New York State authorities or a material disruption in commercial banking or securities settlement or clearance services in the United States; (iv) the outbreak or escalation of hostilities involving the United States or the declaration by the United States of a national emergency or war; or (v) the occurrence of any other calamity or crisis or any change in financial, political or economic conditions in the United States or elsewhere, if the effect of any such event specified in clause (iv) or (v) in the judgment of the Representatives (other than a defaulting Underwriter under Section 11 hereof) makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the public offering or the delivery of the Offered Securities being delivered at such Time of Delivery on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Prospectus;
(i) The Offered Securities to be sold at such Time of Delivery shall have been duly listed, subject to official notice of issuance, on the Exchange;
(j) The Company shall have obtained and delivered to the Underwriters executed copies of an agreement from each of the parties listed on Schedule E hereto, substantially to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto;
(k) The Company shall have complied with the provisions of Section 6(c) hereof with respect to the furnishing of prospectuses on the second New York Business Day following the date of this Agreement;
(l) The Company and the Selling Stockholders shall have furnished or caused to be furnished to you at such Time of Delivery certificates of officers of the Company and of the Selling Stockholders, respectively, satisfactory to you as to the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Company and the Selling Stockholders, respectively, herein at and as of such Time of Delivery, as to the performance by the Company and the Selling Stockholders of all of their respective obligations hereunder to be performed at or prior to such Time of Delivery, and as to such other matters as you may reasonably request, and the Company shall have furnished or caused to be furnished certificates as to the matters set forth in subsections (a) and (f) of this Section 9; and on the date of this Agreement and at each Time of Delivery, Robert D. Evans, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, shall have furnished or caused to be furnished to you a certificate satisfactory to you dated the applicable date of delivery; and
(m) On or prior to the date of the Pricing Prospectus, each of the Selling Stockholders shall have executed and delivered to the Underwriters an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto.
10. (a) The Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter and each Selling Stockholder, their respective affiliates, directors, officers and employees and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter or Selling Stockholder within the meaning of the Act and the Exchange Act, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such Underwriter or Selling Stockholder, their affiliates, directors, officers and employees, and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter or Selling Stockholder within the meaning of the Act and the Exchange Act, under the Act or
16
otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall include any road show (as defined in Rule 433 under the Act) that is a written communication and that is made to investors by the Company (whether in person or electronically) in connection with the issuance and sale of the Offered Securities pursuant to this Agreement), any issuer information filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Act, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse each Underwriter, its affiliates, directors, officers and employees, and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter or Selling Stockholder within the meaning of the Act and the Exchange Act, for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Underwriter or Selling Stockholder, its respective affiliates, directors, officers and employees, and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter or Selling Stockholder within the meaning of the Act and the Exchange Act in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the Company shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by any Underwriter through the Representatives or any Selling Stockholder Information.
(b) Each of the Selling Stockholders, severally and not jointly, will indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such Underwriter may become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus in reliance upon and in conformity with the Selling Stockholder Information; and will reimburse each Underwriter for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Underwriter in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred provided, however, that such Selling Stockholder shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by any Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use therein; provided, further, that the liability of a Selling Stockholder pursuant to this subsection (b) shall not exceed the product of the number of Securities sold by such Selling Stockholder including any Optional Securities and the initial public offering price of the Securities (the Selling Stockholder Net Proceeds ) as set forth in the Prospectus.
(c) Each Underwriter will, severally and not jointly, indemnify and hold harmless the Company and each Selling Stockholder, its respective directors, officers and employees and each person, if any, who controls, as of the date hereof, the Company or any Selling Stockholder within the meaning of the Act and the Exchange Act against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which the Company or any Selling Stockholders, its respective directors, officers and employees and each person, if any, who controls, as of the date hereof, the Company or any Selling Stockholder within the meaning of the Act and the Exchange Act, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the
17
Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use therein; and will reimburse the Company and any Selling Stockholder, its respective directors, officers and employees and each person, if any, who controls, as of the date hereof, the Company or any Selling Stockholder within the meaning of the Act and the Exchange Act for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company or any Selling Stockholder, its respective directors, officers and employees and each person, if any, who controls, as of the date hereof, the Company or any Selling Stockholder within the meaning of the Act and the Exchange Act in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred.
(d) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under subsection (a), (b) or (c) of this Section 10 of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under such subsection, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof; but the omission so to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under such subsection. In case any such action shall be brought against any indemnified party and it shall notify the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it shall wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party (who shall not, except with the consent of the indemnified party, be counsel to the indemnifying party), and, after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to such indemnified party under such subsection for any legal expenses of other counsel or any other expenses, in each case subsequently incurred by such indemnified party, in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation. It is understood that the indemnifying party or parties shall not, in connection with any one action or proceeding or separate but substantially similar actions or proceedings arising out of the same general allegations, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm of attorneys at any time for all indemnified parties except to the extent that local counsel or counsel with specialized expertise (in addition to any regular counsel) is required to effectively defend against any such action or proceeding. No indemnifying party shall, without the written consent of the indemnified party, effect the settlement or compromise of, or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to, any pending or threatened action or claim in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified party is an actual or potential party to such action or claim) unless such settlement, compromise or judgment (i) includes an unconditional release of the indemnified party from all liability arising out of such action or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act, by or on behalf of any indemnified party.
(e) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 10 is unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under subsection (a), (b) or (c) above in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company and the Selling Stockholders on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other from the offering of the Offered Securities. If, however, the allocation provided by the immediately preceding sentence is not permitted by applicable law or if the indemnified party failed to give the notice required under subsection (d) above, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to such amount paid or payable by such indemnified party in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such relative benefits but also the relative fault of the Company and the Selling Stockholders on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof), as well as any other relevant
18
equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company and the Selling Stockholders on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total net proceeds from the offering (net of underwriting discounts and commissions but before deducting expenses) received by the Company and the Selling Stockholders bear to the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover page of the Prospectus. The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company and the Selling Stockholders on the one hand or the Underwriters on the other and the parties relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The Company, the Selling Stockholders and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this subsection (e) were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above in this subsection (d). The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to above in this subsection (e) shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this subsection (e), (i) no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Offered Securities underwritten by it and distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages which such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission and (ii) each Selling Stockholders obligation to contribute any amount under this subsection (e) is limited in the manner and to the extent set forth in subsection (b) and no Selling Stockholder shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the Selling Stockholder Net Proceeds. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Underwriters obligations in this subsection (e) to contribute are several in proportion to their respective underwriting obligations and not joint.
(f) The obligations of the Company and the Selling Stockholders under this Section 10 shall be in addition to any liability which the Company and the Selling Stockholders may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each officer and director of each Underwriter and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of the Act and each broker-dealer affiliate of any Underwriter; and the obligations of the Underwriters under this Section 10 shall be in addition to any liability which the respective Underwriters may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each officer and director of the Company (including any person who, with his or her consent, is named in the Registration Statement as about to become a director of the Company) and to each person, if any, who controls the Company or any Selling Stockholder within the meaning of the Act.
11. (a) If any Underwriter shall default in its obligation to purchase the Offered Securities that it has agreed to purchase hereunder at a Time of Delivery, you may in your discretion arrange for you or another party or other parties to purchase such Offered Securities on the terms contained herein. If within thirty-six hours after such default by any Underwriter you do not arrange for the purchase of such Offered Securities, then the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall be entitled to a further period of thirty-six hours within which to procure another party or other parties reasonably satisfactory to you to purchase such Offered Securities on such terms. In the event that, within the respective prescribed periods, you notify the Company and the Selling Stockholders that you have so arranged for the purchase of such Offered Securities, or the Company or a Selling Stockholder notifies you that it has so arranged for the purchase of such Offered Securities, you or the Company or the Selling Stockholders shall have the right to postpone such Time of Delivery for a period of not more than seven days, in order to effect whatever changes may thereby be made necessary in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, or in any other documents or arrangements, and the agrees to file promptly any amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus which in your opinion may thereby be made necessary. The term Underwriter as used in this Agreement shall include any person substituted under this Section with like effect as if such person had originally been a party to this Agreement with respect to such Offered Securities.
19
(b) If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Offered Securities of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by you and the Company and the Selling Stockholders as provided in subsection (a) above, the aggregate number of such Offered Securities which remains unpurchased does not exceed one-eleventh of the aggregate number of all the Offered Securities to be purchased at such Time of Delivery, then the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall have the right to require each non-defaulting Underwriter to purchase the number of Offered Securities which such Underwriter agreed to purchase hereunder at such Time of Delivery and, in addition, to require each non-defaulting Underwriter to purchase its pro rata share (based on the number of Offered Securities which such Underwriter agreed to purchase hereunder) of the Offered Securities of such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters for which such arrangements have not been made; but nothing herein shall relieve a defaulting Underwriter from liability for its default.
(c) If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Offered Securities of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by you and the Company and the Selling Stockholders as provided in subsection (a) above, the aggregate number of such Offered Securities which remains unpurchased exceeds one-eleventh of the aggregate number of all of the Offered Securities to be purchased at such Time of Delivery, or if the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall not exercise the right described in subsection (b) above to require non-defaulting Underwriters to purchase Offered Securities of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters, then this Agreement (or, with respect to a Second Time of Delivery, the obligations of the Underwriters to purchase and of the Company and the Selling Stockholders to sell the Optional Securities) shall thereupon terminate, without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Underwriter or the Company or the Selling Stockholders, except for the expenses to be borne by the Company, the Selling Stockholders and the Underwriters as provided in Section 8 hereof and the indemnity and contribution agreements in Section 10 hereof; but nothing herein shall relieve a defaulting Underwriter from liability for its default.
12. The respective indemnities, rights of contribution, agreements, representations, warranties and other statements of the Company, the Selling Stockholders and the several Underwriters, as set forth in this Agreement or made by or on behalf of them, respectively, pursuant to this Agreement, shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation (or any statement as to the results thereof) made by or on behalf of any Underwriter or any controlling person of any Underwriter, or the Company or any officer or director or controlling person of the Company, or the Selling Stockholders or any controlling person of any Selling Stockholder, and shall survive delivery of and payment for the Offered Securities.
13. If this Agreement shall be terminated pursuant to Section 9(h)(i), Section 9(h)(iii)-(v) or Section 11 hereof, the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall not then be under any liability to any Underwriter except as provided in Sections 8 and 10 hereof; but, if for any other reason any Offered Securities are not delivered by or on behalf of the Company and the Selling Stockholders as provided herein, the Company will reimburse the Underwriters through you for all out-of-pocket expenses approved in writing by you, including fees and disbursements of counsel, reasonably incurred by the Underwriters in making preparations for the purchase, sale and delivery of the Offered Securities not so delivered, but the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall then be under no further liability to any Underwriter except as provided in Sections 8 and 10 hereof.
14. In all dealings hereunder, you shall act on behalf of each of the Underwriters, and the parties hereto shall be entitled to act and rely upon any statement, request, notice or agreement on behalf of any Underwriter made or given by you.
In accordance with the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)), the Underwriters are required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies their respective clients, including the Company and the Selling Stockholders, which information may include the name and address of their respective clients, as well as other information that will allow the Underwriters to properly identify their respective clients.
20
All statements, requests, notices and agreements hereunder shall be in writing, and if to the Underwriters shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to Credit Suisse Securities (USA). LLC, Eleven Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10010-3629, Attention: LCD-IBD (facsimile: (212) 325-4296), and to Barclays Capital Inc., 745 Seventh Avenue, New York, New York, 10019, Attn: Syndicate Registration, with a copy in the case of any notice pursuant to Section 10(d) to the Director of Litigation, Office of the General Counsel, Barclays Capital, Inc., 745 Seventh Avenue, New York, New York, 10019; if to any Selling Stockholder shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to counsel for such Selling Stockholder at its address set forth in Schedule A hereto; if to the Company shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to the address of the Company set forth on the cover of the Registration Statement, Attention: [ ]; and if to any of the parties that has delivered a lock-up letter described in Section 9(j) hereof shall be delivered or sent by mail to the respective address provided in Schedule E hereto or such other address as such party provides in writing to the Company; provided, however, that any notice to an Underwriter pursuant to Section 10(d) hereof shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to such Underwriter at its address set forth in its Underwriters Questionnaire or telex constituting such Questionnaire, which address will be supplied to the Company by you on request; provided further that notices under Section 6(e) hereto shall be in writing, and if to the Underwriters shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to you at Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Eleven Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10010-3629, Attention: LCD-IBD (facsimile: (212) 325-4296), and Barclays Capital Inc., 745 Seventh Avenue, New York, New York, 10019, Attn: Syndicate Registration. Any such statements, requests, notices or agreements shall take effect upon receipt thereof.
15. This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure solely to the benefit of, the Underwriters, the Company, the Selling Stockholders, and, to the extent provided in Sections 10 and 12 hereof, the officers and directors of the Company and the Selling Stockholders and each person who controls the Company or any Selling Stockholder or any Underwriter, and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, and no other person shall acquire or have any right under or by virtue of this Agreement. No purchaser of any of the Offered Securities from any Underwriter shall be deemed a successor or assign by reason merely of such purchase.
16. Time shall be of the essence of this Agreement. As used herein, the term business day shall mean any day when the Commissions office in Washington, D.C. is open for business.
17. The Company and the Selling Stockholders acknowledge and agree that (i) the purchase and sale of the Offered Securities pursuant to this Agreement is an arms-length commercial transaction between the Company and the Selling Stockholders, on the one hand, and the several Underwriters, on the other, (ii) in connection therewith and with the process leading to such transaction each Underwriter is acting solely as a principal and not the agent or fiduciary of the Company or any Selling Stockholder, (iii) no Underwriter has assumed an advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Company or any Selling Stockholder with respect to the offering contemplated hereby or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether such Underwriter has advised or is currently advising the Company or any Selling Stockholder on other matters or any other obligation to the Company or any Selling Stockholder except the obligations expressly set forth in this Agreement and (iv) the Company and the Selling Stockholders have consulted their own legal and financial advisors to the extent it deemed appropriate. The Company and each Selling Stockholder agrees that it will not claim that the Underwriters, or any of them, has rendered advisory services of any nature or respect, or owes a fiduciary or similar duty to the Company or any Selling Stockholder, in connection with such transaction or the process leading thereto.
18. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings (whether written or oral) between or among the Company, the Selling Stockholders and the Underwriters, or any of them, with respect to the subject matter hereof.
21
19. This Agreement and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related to this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York. The Company and each Selling Stockholder agrees that any suit or proceeding arising in respect of this Agreement or our engagement will be tried exclusively in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York or, if that court does not have subject matter jurisdiction, in any state court located in The City and County of New York and the Company and each Selling Stockholder agrees to submit to the jurisdiction of, and to venue in, such courts.
20. The Company, each Selling Stockholder and each of the Underwriters hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.
21. This Agreement may be executed by any one or more of the parties hereto in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.
22. Without limiting the applicability of Section 3 hereof or any other provision of this Agreement, with respect to any Underwriter who is affiliated with any person or entity engaged to act as an investment adviser on behalf of a client who has a direct or indirect interest in the Shares being sold by a Selling Stockholder, the Shares being sold to such Underwriter shall not include any shares of Stock attributable to such client (with any such shares instead being allocated and sold to the other Underwriters) and, accordingly, the fees or other amounts received by such Underwriter in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby shall not include any fees or other amounts attributable to such client.
23. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company and each Selling Stockholder is authorized to disclose to any persons the U.S. federal and state income tax treatment and tax structure of the potential transaction and all materials of any kind (including tax opinions and other tax analyses) provided to the Company and the Selling Stockholders relating to that treatment and structure, without the Underwriters imposing any limitation of any kind. However, any information relating to the tax treatment and tax structure shall remain confidential (and the foregoing sentence shall not apply) to the extent necessary to enable any person to comply with securities laws. For this purpose, tax structure is limited to any facts that may be relevant to that treatment.
[Signature page follows]
22
If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding, please sign and return to us five counterparts hereof, and upon the acceptance hereof by you, on behalf of each of the Underwriters, this letter and such acceptance hereof shall constitute a binding agreement among each of the Underwriters and the Company and each Selling Stockholder. It is understood that your acceptance of this letter on behalf of each of the Underwriters is pursuant to the authority set forth in a form of Agreement among Underwriters, the form of which shall be submitted to the Company and the Selling Stockholders for examination, upon request, but without warranty on your part as to the authority of the signers thereof.
Very truly yours, | ||||
|
||||
[ Selling Stockholders ] | ||||
|
||||
P ERFORMANCE F OOD G ROUP C OMPANY | ||||
By |
|
|||
[ Insert title ] |
The foregoing Underwriting Agreement is hereby confirmed and accepted as of the date first above written. |
||||
C REDIT S UISSE S ECURITIES (USA) LLC | ||||
By: |
||||
Name: | ||||
Title: | ||||
Acting on behalf of itself and as a Representative of the several Underwriters. |
||||
B ARCLAYS C APITAL I NC . |
||||
By: |
||||
Name: |
||||
Title: |
||||
Acting on behalf of itself and as a Representative of the several Underwriters. |
23
SCHEDULE A
Selling Stockholder |
Number of
Firm Securities to be Sold |
Number of
Optional Securities to be Sold |
||
|
|
|||
Total |
||||
|
|
24
SCHEDULE B
Underwriter |
Number of
Firm Securities to be Purchased |
|
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC |
||
Barclays Capital Inc. |
||
Wells Fargo Securities, LLC |
||
Morgan Stanley & Co LLC |
||
|
||
Total |
||
|
25
SCHEDULE C
1. | General Use Free Writing Prospectuses (included in the Pricing Disclosure Package) |
2. | Other Information Included in the Pricing Disclosure Package |
The following information is also included in the Pricing Disclosure Package:
[1. The initial price to the public of the Offered Securities.
2. [ list other information ]]
26
SCHEDULE D
Significant Subsidiaries
27
SCHEDULE E
Lock-up Parties
28
Exhibit A
[Form of Press Release]
[Company]
[Date]
([Company]) announced today that Credit Suisse and Barclays, the lead book-running managers in the Companys recent public sale of shares of common stock, are [waiving] [releasing] a lock-up restriction with respect to shares of the Companys common stock held by [certain officers or directors] [an officer or director] of the Company. The [waiver] [release] will take effect on , 20 , and the shares may be sold on or after such date.
This press release is not an offer for sale of the securities in the United States or in any other jurisdiction where such offer is prohibited, and such securities may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or an exemption from registration under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
29
Exhibit B
Form of Lock-Up
[ ], 2015
Performance Food Group Company
12500 West Creek Parkway
Richmond, VA 21238
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC
Barclays Capital Inc.
c/o | Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC |
Eleven Madison Avenue
New York, NY 10010-3629
Dear Sirs:
The undersigned understands that you, as Representatives of the several Underwriters, propose to enter into an Underwriting Agreement (the Underwriting Agreement ) with Performance Food Group Company, a Delaware corporation (the Company ), providing for the public offering (the Public Offering ) by the several Underwriters named in Schedule 1 to the Underwriting Agreement (the Underwriters ), of common stock, $0.01 per share par value, of the Company (the Securities ) pursuant to a Registration Statement on Form S-1 to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the SEC ). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings set forth in the Underwriting Agreement.
As an inducement to the Underwriters to execute the Underwriting Agreement, the undersigned hereby agrees that during the period specified in the following paragraph (the Lock-Up Period ), the undersigned will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Securities or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any Securities, enter into a transaction which would have the same effect, or enter into any swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Securities, whether any such aforementioned transaction is to be settled by delivery of the Securities or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, or publicly disclose the intention to make any such offer, sale, pledge or disposition, or to enter into any such transaction, swap, hedge or other arrangement, without, in each case, the prior written consent of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC ( Credit Suisse ) and Barclays Capital Inc. ( Barclays ).
The initial Lock-Up Period will commence on the date of this Lock-Up Agreement and continue and include the date 180 days after the Public Offering date set forth on the final prospectus used to sell the Securities (the Public Offering Date ) pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement; provided, however, that if (1) during the last 17 days of the initial Lock-Up Period, the Company releases earnings results or announces material news or a material event relating to the Company occurs or (2) prior to the expiration of the initial Lock-Up Period, the Company announces that it will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the initial Lock-Up Period, then in each case the Lock-Up Period will be extended until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of release of the earnings results or the occurrence of the material news or material event, as applicable, unless Credit Suisse and Barclays each waives, in writing, such extension.
30
The undersigned agrees that, prior to engaging in any transaction or taking any other action that is subject to the terms of this Lock-Up Agreement during the period from the date of this Lock-Up Agreement to and including the 34 th day following the expiration of the initial Lock-Up Period, it will give notice thereof to the Company and will not consummate such transaction or take any such action unless it has received written confirmation from the Company that the Lock-Up Period (as may have been extended pursuant to the previous paragraph) has expired.
Any Securities received upon exercise of options granted to the undersigned will also be subject to this Lock-Up Agreement.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the undersigned may transfer the Undersigneds Securities (i) by will or intestacy, (ii) as a bona fide gift or gifts, (iii) to any trust, partnership, limited liability company or other entity for the direct or indirect benefit of the undersigned or the immediate family of the undersigned (for purposes of this Lock-Up Agreement, immediate family shall mean any relationship by blood, current or former marriage or adoption, not more remote than first cousin), (iv) to any immediate family member or other dependent, (v) as a distribution to limited partners, members or stockholders of the undersigned, (vi) to the undersigneds affiliates or to any investment fund or other entity controlled or managed by the undersigned, (vii) to a nominee or custodian of a person or entity to whom a disposition or transfer would be permissible under clauses (i) through (vi) above, (viii) pursuant to an order of a court or regulatory agency, (ix) from an executive officer to the Company upon death, disability or termination of employment, in each case, of such executive officer, (x) in connection with transactions by any person other than the Company relating to Securities acquired in open market transactions after the completion of the Public Offering, (xi) pursuant to a bona fide third-party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction made to all holders of the Companys capital stock involving a change of control of the Company, provided that in the event that such tender offer, merger, consolidation or other such transaction is not completed, the Undersigneds Securities shall remain subject to the provisions of this Lock-Up Agreement, (xii) to the Company (1) pursuant to the exercise, in each case on a cashless or net exercise basis, of any option to purchase shares of Stock granted by the Company pursuant to any employee benefit plans or arrangements described in the General Disclosure Package, where any shares of Stock received by the undersigned upon any such exercise will be subject to the terms of this Lock-Up Agreement, or (2) for the purpose of satisfying any withholding taxes (including estimated taxes) due as a result of the exercise of any option to purchase shares of Stock or the vesting of any restricted stock awards granted by the Company pursuant to employee benefit plans or arrangements described in the General Disclosure Package, in each case on a cashless or net exercise basis, where any Securities received by the undersigned upon any such exercise or vesting will be subject to the terms of this Lock-Up Agreement, and/or (xiii) with the prior written consent of Credit Suisse and Barclays; provided that:
(1) in the case of each transfer or distribution pursuant to clauses (ii) through (vii) above, (a) each donee, trustee, distributee or transferee, as the case may be, agrees to be bound in writing by the restrictions set forth herein; and (b) any such transfer or distribution shall not involve a disposition for value;
(2) in the case of each transfer or distribution pursuant to clause (x) above, no public reports or filings (including filings under Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act )) reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of Stock shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the Lock-Up Period or any extension thereof; and
(3) in the case of each transfer or distribution pursuant to clauses (ii) through (vii), (xi) and (xii) above, no public reports or filings (including filings under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act) reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of Stock shall be voluntarily made during the Lock-Up Period or any extension thereof, and if any public reports or filings (including filings under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act) reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of Securities shall be required during the Lock-Up Period or any extension thereof (a) the undersigned shall provide Credit Suisse and Barclays prior written notice informing it of such report or filing and (b) such report or filing shall disclose that such transfer was not for value and that such donee, trustee, distributee or transferee, as the case may be, agrees to be bound in writing by the restrictions set forth herein and shall include a statement describing the nature of the transfer or distribution to which the filing relates.
31
In addition, notwithstanding the foregoing, if the undersigned is a corporation, the corporation may transfer the capital stock of the Company to any wholly owned subsidiary of such corporation; provided, however, that in any such case, it shall be a condition to the transfer that the transferee execute an agreement stating that the transferee is receiving and holding such capital stock subject to the provisions of this Lock-Up Agreement and there shall be no further transfer of such capital stock except in accordance with this Lock-Up Agreement, and provided further that any such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value.
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the undersigned may enter into a written trading plan established pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 of the Exchange Act during the Lock-Up Period, and the Company may announce the establishment of such a plan, provided that no direct or indirect offers, pledges, sales, contracts to sell, sales of any option or contract to purchase, purchases of any option or contract to sell, grants of any option, right or warrant to purchase, loans, or other transfers or disposals of any Securities or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Securities may be effected pursuant to such plan during the Lock-Up Period.
[In addition, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the restrictions contained herein shall not apply to the sale of the undersigneds Securities pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement.] [Note: To be included for any selling stockholder]
In furtherance of the foregoing, the Company and its transfer agent and registrar are hereby authorized to decline to make any transfer of shares of Securities if such transfer would constitute a violation or breach of this Lock-Up Agreement.
If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, (i) Credit Suisse and Barclays each agrees that, at least three business days before the effective date of any release or waiver of the foregoing restrictions in connection with a transfer of Securities, Credit Suisse and Barclays each will notify the Company of the impending release or waiver, and (ii) the Company has agreed in the Underwriting Agreement to announce the impending release or waiver by press release through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver. Any release or waiver granted by Credit Suisse and Barclays hereunder to any such officer or director shall only be effective two business days after the publication date of such press release. The provisions of this paragraph will not apply if (a) the release or waiver is effected solely to permit a transfer not for consideration and (b) the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the same terms described in this Lock-Up Agreement to the extent and for the duration that such terms remain in effect at the time of the transfer.
This Lock-Up Agreement shall be binding on the undersigned and the successors, heirs, personal representatives and assigns of the undersigned. This Lock-Up Agreement shall lapse and become null and void if the Public Offering Date shall not have occurred on or before [ l ]. This agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.
Very truly yours, |
|
[ Name of stockholder ] |
32
Exhibit 3.1
AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
PERFORMANCE FOOD GROUP COMPANY
* * * * *
The present name of the corporation is Performance Food Group Company (the Corporation). The Corporation was incorporated under the name Wellspring Distribution Corp. by the filing of its original Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on July 23, 2002. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, which restates and integrates and also further amends the provisions of the Corporations Certificate of Incorporation, as amended and restated, was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and by the written consent of its stockholders in accordance with Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. The Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, as amended and restated, is hereby amended, integrated and restated to read in its entirety as follows:
ARTICLE I
NAME
The name of the Corporation is Performance Food Group Company.
ARTICLE II
REGISTERED OFFICE AND AGENT
The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, 19801. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.
ARTICLE III
PURPOSE
The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the DGCL ).
ARTICLE IV
CAPITAL STOCK
The total number of shares of all classes of stock that the Corporation shall have authority to issue is [ ], which shall be divided into two classes as follows:
[ ] shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share ( Common Stock ); and
[ ] shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share ( Preferred Stock ).
I. Capital Stock .
A. The Board of Directors is hereby expressly authorized, by resolution or resolutions, to provide, out of the unissued shares of Preferred Stock, for one or more series of Preferred Stock and, with respect to each such series, to fix, without further stockholder approval, the designation of such series, the powers (including voting powers), preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, of such series of Preferred Stock and the number of shares of such series. The powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special rights of, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, of each series of Preferred Stock, if any, may differ from those of any and all other series at any time outstanding.
B. Each holder of record of Common Stock, as such, shall have one vote for each share of Common Stock which is outstanding in his, her or its name on the books of the Corporation on all matters on which stockholders are entitled to vote generally. Except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock) or pursuant to the DGCL.
C. Except as otherwise required by law, holders of any series of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to only such voting rights, if any, as shall expressly be granted thereto by this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation relating to such series of Preferred Stock).
D. Subject to applicable law and the rights, if any, of the holders of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock or any class or series of stock having a preference over or the right to participate with the Common Stock with respect to the payment of dividends, dividends may be declared and paid ratably on the Common Stock out of the assets of the Corporation which are legally available for this purpose at such times and in such amounts as the Board of Directors in its discretion shall determine.
E. Upon the dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Corporation, after payment or provision for payment of the debts and other liabilities of the Corporation and subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock or any class or series of
2
stock having a preference over or the right to participate with the Common Stock with respect to the distribution of assets of the Corporation upon such dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Corporation, the holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders ratably in proportion to the number of shares held by them.
F. The number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock or Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL (or any successor provision thereto), and no vote of the holders of any of the Common Stock or the Preferred Stock voting separately as a class shall be required therefor, unless a vote of any such holder is required pursuant to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock).
ARTICLE V
AMENDMENT OF THE CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION AND BYLAWS
A. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to the contrary, at any time when Blackstone (as defined below) beneficially owns, in the aggregate, less than 30% in voting power of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, in addition to any vote required by applicable law, the following provisions in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation may be amended, altered, repealed or rescinded, in whole or in part, or any provision inconsistent therewith or herewith may be adopted, only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% in voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class: this Article V, Article VI, Article VII, Article VIII, Article IX and Article X. For the purposes of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, beneficial ownership of shares shall be determined in accordance with Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act ).
B. The Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make, repeal, alter, amend and rescind, in whole or in part, the bylaws of the Corporation (as in effect from time to time, the Bylaws) without the assent or vote of the stockholders in any manner not inconsistent with the laws of the State of Delaware or this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or any provision of law which might otherwise permit a lesser vote of the stockholders, at any time when Blackstone (as defined below) beneficially owns, in the aggregate, less than 30% in voting power of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation required herein (including any certificate of designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock), the Bylaws or applicable law, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% in voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class, shall be required in order for the stockholders of the Corporation to alter, amend, repeal or rescind, in whole or in part, any provision of the Bylaws or to adopt any provision inconsistent therewith.
3
ARTICLE VI
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
A. Except as otherwise provided in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the DGCL, the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors. Except as otherwise provided for or fixed pursuant to the provisions of Article IV (including any certificate of designation with respect to any series of Preferred Stock) and this Article VI relating to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors, the total number of directors shall be determined from time to time exclusively by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors. The directors (other than those directors elected by the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, voting separately as a series or together with one or more other such series, as the case may be) shall be divided into three classes designated Class I, Class II and Class III. Each class shall consist, as nearly as possible, of one-third of the total number of such directors. Class I directors shall initially serve for a term expiring at the first annual meeting of stockholders following the date the Common Stock is first publicly traded (the IPO Date ), Class II directors shall initially serve for a term expiring at the second annual meeting of stockholders following the IPO Date and Class III directors shall initially serve for a term expiring at the third annual meeting of stockholders following the IPO Date. Commencing with the first annual meeting of stockholders following the IPO Date, the directors of the class to be elected at each annual meeting shall be elected for a three-year term. If the number of such directors is changed, any increase or decrease shall be apportioned among the classes so as to maintain the number of directors in each class as nearly equal as possible, and any such additional director of any class elected to fill a newly created directorship resulting from an increase in such class shall hold office for a term that shall coincide with the remaining term of that class, but in no case shall a decrease in the number of directors remove or shorten the term of any incumbent director. Any such director shall hold office until the annual meeting at which his or her term expires and until his or her successor shall be elected and qualified, or his or her death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal from office. The Board of Directors is authorized to assign members of the Board of Directors already in office to their respective class.
B. Subject to the rights granted to the holders of any one or more series of Preferred Stock then outstanding and the rights granted pursuant to the Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement, expected to be dated as of [ ], 2014, by and among (x) the Corporation, (y) certain Affiliates (as defined below) of The Blackstone Group L.P. (together with its Affiliates, including, without limitation, any Blackstone Entity as defined in the Stockholders Agreement, and its and their successors and assigns (other than the Corporation and its subsidiaries), collectively, Blackstone ) and (z) certain Affiliates of Wellspring Capital Management LLC (together with its Affiliates, including, without limitation, any Wellspring Entity as defined in the Stockholders Agreement, and its and their successors and assigns (other than the Corporation and its subsidiaries), collectively, Wellspring ) (as the same may be further amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the Stockholders Agreement ), any newly-created directorship on the Board of Directors that results from an increase in the number of directors and any vacancy occurring in the Board of Directors (whether by death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal or other cause) shall be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, by a sole remaining director or by the stockholders; provided , however , that, subject to the rights granted
4
pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement, at any time when Blackstone beneficially owns, in the aggregate, less than 30% in voting power of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, any newly-created directorship on the Board of Directors that results from an increase in the number of directors and any vacancy occurring in the Board of Directors shall be filled only by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director (and not by stockholders). Any director elected to fill a vacancy or newly created directorship shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen and until his or her successor shall be elected and qualified, or until his or her earlier death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal.
C. Any or all of the directors (other than the directors elected by the holders of any series of Preferred Stock of the Corporation, voting separately as a series or together with one or more other such series, as the case may be) may be removed at any time either with or without cause by the affirmative vote of a majority in voting power of all outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, voting as a single class; provided , however , that at any time when Blackstone beneficially owns, in the aggregate, less than 30% in voting power of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, any such director or all such directors may be removed only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% in voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class.
D. Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws shall so provide.
E. During any period when the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, voting separately as a series or together with one or more series, have the right to elect additional directors, then upon commencement and for the duration of the period during which such right continues: (i) the then otherwise total authorized number of directors of the Corporation shall automatically be increased by such specified number of directors, and the holders of such Preferred Stock shall be entitled to elect the additional directors so provided for or fixed pursuant to said provisions, and (ii) each such additional director shall serve until such directors successor shall have been duly elected and qualified, or until such directors right to hold such office terminates pursuant to said provisions, whichever occurs earlier, subject to his or her earlier death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal. Except as otherwise provided by the Board of Directors in the resolution or resolutions establishing such series, whenever the holders of any series of Preferred Stock having such right to elect additional directors are divested of such right pursuant to the provisions of such stock, the terms of office of all such additional directors elected by the holders of such stock, or elected to fill any vacancies resulting from the death, resignation, disqualification or removal of such additional directors, shall forthwith terminate and the total authorized number of directors of the Corporation shall be reduced accordingly.
F. For purposes of this Article VI, Affiliate means a Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, another Person. Person shall mean any individual, corporation, general or limited partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, association or any other entity.
5
ARTICLE VII
LIMITATION OF DIRECTOR LIABILITY
A. To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL as it now exists or may hereafter be amended, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty owed to the Corporation or its stockholders.
B. Neither the amendment nor repeal of this Article VII, nor the adoption of any provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, nor, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, any modification of law shall eliminate, reduce or otherwise adversely affect any right or protection of a current or former director of the Corporation existing at the time of such amendment, repeal, adoption or modification.
ARTICLE VIII
CONSENT OF STOCKHOLDERS IN LIEU OF MEETING, ANNUAL AND SPECIAL
MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS
A. At any time when Blackstone beneficially owns, in the aggregate, at least 30% in voting power of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the books in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the Corporations registered office shall be made by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. At any time when Blackstone beneficially owns, in the aggregate, less than 30% in voting power of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of such holders and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such holders; provided , however , that any action required or permitted to be taken by the holders of Preferred Stock, voting separately as a series or separately as a class with one or more other such series, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, to the extent expressly so provided by the applicable certificate of designation relating to such series of Preferred Stock.
B. Except as otherwise required by law and subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time only by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board of Directors; provided, however, that at any time when Blackstone beneficially owns, in the aggregate, at least 30% in voting power of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation for any purpose or purposes shall also be called by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board of Directors at the request of Blackstone.
6
C. An annual meeting of stockholders for the election of directors to succeed those whose terms expire and for the transaction of such other business as may properly come before the meeting, shall be held at such place, if any, on such date, and at such time as shall be fixed exclusively by resolution of the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee thereof.
ARTICLE IX
COMPETITION AND CORPORATE OPPORTUNITIES
A. In recognition and anticipation that (i) certain directors, principals, officers, employees and/or other representatives of The Blackstone Group L.P. and Wellspring Capital Management LLC (the Original Stockholders ) and their Affiliates (as defined below) may serve as directors, officers or agents of the Corporation, (ii) the Original Stockholders and their Affiliates may now engage and may continue to engage in the same or similar activities or related lines of business as those in which the Corporation, directly or indirectly, may engage and/or other business activities that overlap with or compete with those in which the Corporation, directly or indirectly, may engage, and (iii) members of the Board of Directors who are not employees of the Corporation ( Non-Employee Directors ) and their respective Affiliates may now engage and may continue to engage in the same or similar activities or related lines of business as those in which the Corporation, directly or indirectly, may engage and/or other business activities that overlap with or compete with those in which the Corporation, directly or indirectly, may engage, the provisions of this Article IX are set forth to regulate and define the conduct of certain affairs of the Corporation with respect to certain classes or categories of business opportunities as they may involve any of the Original Stockholders, the Non-Employee Directors or their respective Affiliates and the powers, rights, duties and liabilities of the Corporation and its directors, officers and stockholders in connection therewith.
B. None of (i) the Original Stockholders or any of their Affiliates or (ii) any Non-Employee Director (including any Non-Employee Director who serves as an officer of the Corporation in both his or her director and officer capacities) or his or her Affiliates (the Persons (as defined below) identified in (i) and (ii) above being referred to, collectively, as Identified Persons and, individually, as an Identified Person ) shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, have any duty to refrain from directly or indirectly (1) engaging in the same or similar business activities or lines of business in which the Corporation or any of its Affiliates now engages or proposes to engage or (2) otherwise competing with the Corporation or any of its Affiliates, and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, no Identified Person shall be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders or to any Affiliate of the Corporation for breach of any fiduciary duty solely by reason of the fact that such Identified Person engages in any such activities. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Corporation hereby renounces any interest or expectancy in, or right to be offered an opportunity to participate in, any business opportunity which may be a corporate opportunity for an Identified Person and the Corporation or any of its Affiliates, except as provided in Section (C) of this Article IX. Subject to said Section (C) of this Article IX, in the event that any Identified Person acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or other business opportunity which may be a corporate opportunity for itself, herself or himself and the Corporation or any of its Affiliates, such Identified Person shall, to the fullest extent permitted
7
by law, have no duty to communicate or offer such transaction or other business opportunity to the Corporation or any of its Affiliates and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall not be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders or to any Affiliate of the Corporation for breach of any fiduciary duty as a stockholder, director or officer of the Corporation solely by reason of the fact that such Identified Person pursues or acquires such corporate opportunity for itself, herself or himself, or offers or directs such corporate opportunity to another Person.
C. The Corporation does not renounce its interest in any corporate opportunity offered to any Non-Employee Director (including any Non-Employee Director who serves as an officer of this Corporation) if such opportunity is expressly offered to such person solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of the Corporation, and the provisions of Section (B) of this Article IX shall not apply to any such corporate opportunity.
D. In addition to and notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article IX, a corporate opportunity shall not be deemed to be a potential corporate opportunity for the Corporation if it is a business opportunity that (i) the Corporation is neither financially or legally able, nor contractually permitted to undertake, (ii) from its nature, is not in the line of the Corporations business or is of no practical advantage to the Corporation or (iii) is one in which the Corporation has no interest or reasonable expectancy.
E. For purposes of this Article IX, (i) Affiliate shall mean (a) in respect of the Original Stockholders, any Person that, directly or indirectly, is controlled by an Original Stockholder, controls an Original Stockholder or is under common control with an Original Stockholder and shall include any principal, member, director, partner, stockholder, officer, employee or other representative of any of the foregoing (other than the Corporation and any entity that is controlled by the Corporation), (b) in respect of a Non-Employee Director, any Person that, directly or indirectly, is controlled by such Non-Employee Director (other than the Corporation and any entity that is controlled by the Corporation) and (c) in respect of the Corporation, any Person that, directly or indirectly, is controlled by the Corporation; and (ii) Person shall mean any individual, corporation, general or limited partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, association or any other entity.
F. To the fullest extent permitted by law, any Person purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in any shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions of this Article IX.
ARTICLE X
DGCL SECTION 203 AND BUSINESS COMBINATIONS
A. The Corporation hereby expressly elects not to be governed by Section 203 of the DGCL.
B. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation shall not engage in any business combination (as defined below), at any point in time at which the Corporations Common Stock is registered under Section 12(b) or 12(g) of the Exchange Act, with any interested stockholder (as defined below) for a period of three (3) years following the time that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless:
8
1. | prior to such time, the Board of Directors approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, or |
2. | upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock (as defined below) of the Corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding (but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder) those shares owned (i) by persons who are directors and also officers and (ii) employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer, or |
3. | at or subsequent to such time, the business combination is approved by the Board of Directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding voting stock of the Corporation which is not owned by the interested stockholder. |
C. For purposes of this Article X, references to:
1. | Affiliate means a person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, another person. |
2. | associate , when used to indicate a relationship with any person, means: (i) any corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity of which such person is a director, officer or partner or is, directly or indirectly, the owner of 20% or more of any class of voting stock; (ii) any trust or other estate in which such person has at least a 20% beneficial interest or as to which such person serves as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity; and (iii) any relative or spouse of such person, or any relative of such spouse, who has the same residence as such person. |
3. | Blackstone Direct Transferee means any person that acquires (other than in a registered public offering) directly from Blackstone or any of its successors or any group, or any member of any such group, of which such persons are a party under Rule 13d-5 of the Exchange Act beneficial ownership of 15% or more of the then outstanding voting stock of the Corporation. |
4. | Blackstone Indirect Transferee means any person that acquires (other than in a registered public offering) directly from any Blackstone Direct Transferee or any other Blackstone Indirect Transferee beneficial ownership of 15% or more of the then outstanding voting stock of the Corporation. |
9
5. | business combination , when used in reference to the Corporation and any interested stockholder of the Corporation, means: |
(i) | any merger or consolidation of the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation (a) with the interested stockholder, or (b) with any other corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity if the merger or consolidation is caused by the interested stockholder and as a result of such merger or consolidation Section (B) of this Article X is not applicable to the surviving entity; |
(ii) | any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of transactions), except proportionately as a stockholder of the Corporation, to or with the interested stockholder, whether as part of a dissolution or otherwise, of assets of the Corporation or of any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation which assets have an aggregate market value equal to 10% or more of either the aggregate market value of all the assets of the Corporation determined on a consolidated basis or the aggregate market value of all the outstanding stock of the Corporation; |
(iii) | any transaction which results in the issuance or transfer by the Corporation or by any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation of any stock of the Corporation or of such subsidiary to the interested stockholder, except: (a) pursuant to the exercise, exchange or conversion of securities exercisable for, exchangeable for or convertible into stock of the Corporation or any such subsidiary which securities were outstanding prior to the time that the interested stockholder became such; (b) pursuant to a merger under Section 251(g) of the DGCL; (c) pursuant to a dividend or distribution paid or made, or the exercise, exchange or conversion of securities exercisable for, exchangeable for or convertible into stock of the Corporation or any such subsidiary which security is distributed, pro rata to all holders of a class or series of stock of the Corporation subsequent to the time the interested stockholder became such; (d) pursuant to an exchange offer by the Corporation to purchase stock made on the same terms to all holders of said stock; or (e) any issuance or transfer of stock by the Corporation; provided , however , that in no case under items (c)-(e) of this subsection (iii) shall there be an increase in the interested stockholders proportionate share of the stock of any class or series of the Corporation or of the voting stock of the Corporation (except as a result of immaterial changes due to fractional share adjustments); |
(iv) |
any transaction involving the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation which has the effect, directly or indirectly, of increasing the proportionate share of the stock of any class or series, or securities convertible into the stock |
10
of any class or series, of the Corporation or of any such subsidiary which is owned by the interested stockholder, except as a result of immaterial changes due to fractional share adjustments or as a result of any purchase or redemption of any shares of stock not caused, directly or indirectly, by the interested stockholder; or |
(v) | any receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit, directly or indirectly (except proportionately as a stockholder of the Corporation), of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges, or other financial benefits (other than those expressly permitted in subsections (i)-(iv) above) provided by or through the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary. |
6. | control , including the terms controlling , controlled by and under common control with , means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a person, whether through the ownership of voting stock, by contract, or otherwise. A person who is the owner of 20% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the Corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity shall be presumed to have control of such entity, in the absence of proof by a preponderance of the evidence to the contrary. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a presumption of control shall not apply where such person holds voting stock, in good faith and not for the purpose of circumventing this Section, as an agent, bank, broker, nominee, custodian or trustee for one or more owners who do not individually or as a group have control of such entity. |
7. |
interested stockholder means any person (other than the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation) that (i) is the owner of 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the Corporation, or (ii) is an Affiliate or associate of the Corporation and was the owner of 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the Corporation at any time within the three (3) year period immediately prior to the date on which it is sought to be determined whether such person is an interested stockholder; and the Affiliates and associates of such person; but interested stockholder shall not include (a) Blackstone, any Blackstone Direct Transferee, any Blackstone Indirect Transferee, Wellspring, any Wellspring Direct Transferee, and Wellspring Indirect Transferee, or any of their respective Affiliates or successors or any group, or any member of any such group, to which such persons are a party under Rule 13d-5 of the Exchange Act, or (b) any person whose ownership of shares in excess of the 15% limitation set forth herein is the result of any action taken solely by the Corporation, provided that such person shall be an interested stockholder if thereafter such person acquires additional shares of voting stock of the Corporation, except as a result of further corporate action not caused, directly or indirectly, by such person. For the purpose of determining whether a person is an interested stockholder, the voting stock of the Corporation deemed to be outstanding shall include stock deemed to be owned by the person through application |
11
of the definition of owner below but shall not include any other unissued stock of the Corporation which may be issuable pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise. |
8. | owner , including the terms own and owned , when used with respect to any stock, means a person that individually or with or through any of its Affiliates or associates: |
(i) | beneficially owns such stock, directly or indirectly; or |
(ii) | has (a) the right to acquire such stock (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time) pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants or options, or otherwise; provided , however , that a person shall not be deemed the owner of stock tendered pursuant to a tender or exchange offer made by such person or any of such persons Affiliates or associates until such tendered stock is accepted for purchase or exchange; or (b) the right to vote such stock pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding; provided , however , that a person shall not be deemed the owner of any stock because of such persons right to vote such stock if the agreement, arrangement or understanding to vote such stock arises solely from a revocable proxy or consent given in response to a proxy or consent solicitation made to ten (10) or more persons; or |
(iii) | has any agreement, arrangement or understanding for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting (except voting pursuant to a revocable proxy or consent as described in item (b) of subsection (ii) above), or disposing of such stock with any other person that beneficially owns, or whose Affiliates or associates beneficially own, directly or indirectly, such stock. |
9. | person means any individual, corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity. |
10. | stock means, with respect to any corporation, capital stock and, with respect to any other entity, any equity interest. |
11. | voting stock means stock of any class or series entitled to vote generally in the election of directors. |
12. | Wellspring Direct Transferee means any person that acquires (other than in a registered public offering) directly from Wellspring or any of its successors or any group, or any member of any such group, of which such persons are a party under Rule 13d-5 of the Exchange Act beneficial ownership of 15% or more of the then outstanding voting stock of the Corporation. |
12
13. | Wellspring Indirect Transferee means any person that acquires (other than in a registered public offering) directly from any Wellspring Direct Transferee or any other Wellspring Indirect Transferee beneficial ownership of 15% or more of the then outstanding voting stock of the Corporation. |
ARTICLE XI
MISCELLANEOUS
A. If any provision or provisions of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable as applied to any circumstance for any reason whatsoever: (i) the validity, legality and enforceability of such provisions in any other circumstance and of the remaining provisions of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including, without limitation, each portion of any paragraph of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and (ii) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including, without limitation, each such portion of any paragraph of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to permit the Corporation to protect its directors, officers, employees and agents from personal liability in respect of their good faith service or for the benefit of the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by law.
B. Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or stockholder of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporations stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation or any director, officer or stockholder of the Corporation arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws (as either may be amended and/or restated from time to time), or (iv) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation or any director, officer or stockholder of the Corporation governed by the internal affairs doctrine. To the fullest extent permitted by law, any person purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consents to the provisions of this Article XI(B).
[ Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank ]
13
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Performance Food Group Company has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be executed by its duly authorized officer on this [ ]th day of [ ], 2015.
PERFORMANCE FOOD GROUP COMPANY | ||
By: |
/s/ |
|
Name: | ||
Title: |
14
Exhibit 3.2
AMENDED AND RESTATED
BYLAWS
OF
PERFORMANCE FOOD GROUP COMPANY
ARTICLE I
Offices
SECTION 1.01 Registered Office . The registered office and registered agent of Performance Food Group Company (the Corporation ) in the State of Delaware shall be as set forth in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (as defined below). The Corporation may also have offices in such other places in the United States or elsewhere (and may change the Corporations registered agent) as the Board of Directors may, from time to time, determine or as the business of the Corporation may require as determined by any officer of the Corporation.
ARTICLE II
Meetings of Stockholders
SECTION 2.01 Annual Meetings . Annual meetings of stockholders may be held at such place, if any, either within or without the State of Delaware, and at such time and date as the Board of Directors shall determine and state in the notice of meeting. The Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that meetings of the stockholders shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as described in Section 2.11 of these Bylaws in accordance with Section 211(a)(2) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the DGCL ). The Board of Directors may postpone, reschedule or cancel any annual meeting of stockholders previously scheduled by the Board of Directors.
SECTION 2.02 Special Meetings . Special meetings of the stockholders may only be called in the manner provided in the Corporations certificate of incorporation as then in effect (as the same may be amended and/or restated from time to time, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation ) and may be held at such place, if any, either within or without the State of Delaware, and at such time and date as the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall determine and state in the notice of such meeting. The Board of Directors may postpone, reschedule or cancel any special meeting of stockholders previously scheduled by the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board of Directors; provided, however, that with respect to any special meeting of stockholders previously scheduled by the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board of Directors at the request of Blackstone (as defined in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation), the Board of Directors shall not postpone, reschedule or cancel such special meeting without the prior written consent of Blackstone.
SECTION 2.03 Notice of Stockholder Business and Nominations .
(A) Annual Meetings of Stockholders .
(1) Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors and the proposal of other business to be considered by the stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders only (a) as provided in the Stockholders Agreement (as defined in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation) (with respect to nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors only), (b) pursuant to the Corporations notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) delivered pursuant to Section 2.04 of Article II of these Bylaws, (c) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or any authorized committee thereof or (d) by any stockholder of the Corporation who is entitled to vote at the meeting, who, subject to paragraph (C)(4) of this Section 2.03, complied with the notice procedures set forth in paragraphs (A)(2) and (A)(3) of this Section 2.03 and who was a stockholder of record at the time such notice is delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation.
(2) For nominations or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (d) of paragraph (A)(1) of this Section 2.03, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation, and, in the case of business other than nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors, such other business must constitute a proper matter for stockholder action. To be timely, a stockholders notice shall be delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than ninety (90) days nor more than one hundred and twenty (120) days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding years annual meeting (which date shall, for purposes of the Corporations first annual meeting of stockholders after its shares of Common Stock are first publicly traded, be deemed to have occurred on [ ]); provided, however , that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is advanced by more than thirty (30) days, or delayed by more than seventy (70) days, from the anniversary date of the previous years meeting, or if no annual meeting was held in the preceding year, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered not earlier than one hundred and twenty (120) days prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such annual meeting or the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. Public announcement of an adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting shall not commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholders notice. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 2.03(A)(2) to the contrary, if the number of directors to be elected to the Board of Directors at an annual meeting is increased and there is no public announcement by the Corporation naming all of the nominees for director or specifying the size of the increased Board of Directors at least one hundred (100) calendar days prior to the first anniversary of the prior years annual meeting of stockholders, then a stockholders notice required by this Section shall be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it is received by the Secretary of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) calendar day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Corporation.
2
(3) Such stockholders notice shall set forth (a) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or re-election as a director, all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors in an election contest, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Section 14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act ), and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, including such persons written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected; (b) as to any other business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the text of the proposal or business (including the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration and, in the event that such business includes a proposal to amend these Bylaws, the language of the proposed amendment), the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of such stockholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; (c) as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made (i) the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the Corporations books and records, and of such beneficial owner, (ii) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned, directly or indirectly, beneficially and of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner, (iii) a representation that the stockholder is a holder of record of the stock of the Corporation at the time of the giving of the notice, will be entitled to vote at such meeting and will appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to propose such business or nomination, (iv) a representation whether the stockholder or the beneficial owner, if any, will be or is part of a group which will (x) deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the voting power of the Corporations outstanding capital stock required to approve or adopt the proposal or elect the nominee and/or (y) otherwise to solicit proxies or votes from stockholders in support of such proposal or nomination, (v) a certification regarding whether such stockholder and beneficial owner, if any, have complied with all applicable federal, state and other legal requirements in connection with the stockholders and/or beneficial owners acquisition of shares of capital stock or other securities of the Corporation and/or the stockholders and/or beneficial owners acts or omissions as a stockholder of the Corporation and (vi) any other information relating to such stockholder and beneficial owner, if any, required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for, as applicable, the proposal and/or for the election of directors in an election contest pursuant to and in accordance with Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder; (d) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding with respect to the nomination or proposal and/or the voting of shares of any class or series of stock of the Corporation between or among the stockholder giving the notice, the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made, any of their respective affiliates or associates and/or any others acting in concert with any of the foregoing (collectively, proponent persons ); and (e) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding (including without limitation any contract to purchase or sell, acquisition or grant of any option, right or warrant to purchase or sell, swap or other instrument) to which any proponent person is a party, the intent or effect of which may be (i) to transfer to or from any proponent person, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any security of the Corporation, (ii) to increase or decrease the voting power of any proponent person with respect to shares of any class or series
3
of stock of the Corporation and/or (iii) to provide any proponent person, directly or indirectly, with the opportunity to profit or share in any profit derived from, or to otherwise benefit economically from, any increase or decrease in the value of any security of the Corporation. A stockholder providing notice of a proposed nomination for election to the Board of Directors or other business proposed to be brought before a meeting (whether given pursuant to this paragraph (A)(3) or paragraph (B) of this Section 2.03 of these Bylaws) shall update and supplement such notice from time to time to the extent necessary so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice shall be true and correct (x) as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting and (y) as of the date that is fifteen (15) days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof, provided that if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting is less than fifteen (15) days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof, the information shall be supplemented and updated as of such later date. Any such update and supplement shall be delivered in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than five (5) days after the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting (in the case of any update and supplement required to be made as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting), not later than ten (10) days prior to the date for the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof (in the case of any update or supplement required to be made as of fifteen (15) days prior to the meeting or adjournment or postponement thereof) and not later than five (5) days after the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, but no later than the date prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof (in the case of any update and supplement required to be made as of a date less than fifteen (15) days prior the date of the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof). The Corporation may require any proposed nominee to furnish such other information as it may reasonably require to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as a director of the Corporation and to determine the independence of such director under the Exchange Act and rules and regulations thereunder and applicable stock exchange rules.
(B) Special Meetings of Stockholders . Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Corporations notice of meeting. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected pursuant to the Corporations notice of meeting (1) as provided in the Stockholders Agreement, (2) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof or (3) provided that the Board of Directors (or Blackstone pursuant to Section B of Article VIII of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation) has determined that directors shall be elected at such meeting, by any stockholder of the Corporation who is entitled to vote at the meeting, who (subject to paragraph (C)(4) of this Section 2.03) complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.03 and who is a stockholder of record at the time such notice is delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation. In the event the Corporation calls a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of electing one or more directors to the Board of Directors, any such stockholder entitled to vote in such election of directors may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be) for election to such position(s) as specified in the Corporations notice of meeting if the stockholders notice as required by paragraph (A)(2) of this Section 2.03 shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not earlier than the close of
4
business on the 120th day prior to such special meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the 90th day prior to such special meeting or the 10th day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected at such meeting. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment or postponement of a special meeting commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholders notice as described above.
(C) General . (1) Except as provided in paragraph (C)(4) of this Section 2.03, only such persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.03 or the Stockholders Agreement shall be eligible to serve as directors and only such business shall be conducted at an annual or special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section. Except as otherwise provided by law, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the chairman of the meeting shall, in addition to making any other determination that may be appropriate for the conduct of the meeting, have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with the procedures set forth in these Bylaws and, if any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance with these Bylaws, to declare that such defective proposal or nomination shall be disregarded. The date and time of the opening and the closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at a meeting shall be announced at the meeting by the chairman of the meeting. The Board of Directors may adopt by resolution such rules and regulations for the conduct of the meeting of stockholders as it shall deem appropriate. Except to the extent inconsistent with such rules and regulations as adopted by the Board of Directors, the chairman of the meeting shall have the right and authority to convene and (for any or no reason) to recess and/or adjourn the meeting, to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairman, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting. Such rules, regulations or procedures, whether adopted by the Board of Directors or prescribed by the chairman of the meeting, may include, without limitation, the following: (i) the establishment of an agenda or order of business for the meeting, (ii) rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present; (iii) limitations on attendance at or participation in the meeting to stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, their duly authorized and constituted proxies or such other persons as the chairman of the meeting shall determine; (iv) restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof; and (v) limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants and on shareholder approvals. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.03, unless otherwise required by law, if the stockholder (or a qualified representative of the stockholder) does not appear at the annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation to present a nomination or business, such nomination shall be disregarded and such proposed business shall not be transacted, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the Corporation. For purposes of this Section 2.03, to be considered a qualified representative of the stockholder, a person must be a duly authorized officer, manager or partner of such stockholder or must be authorized by a writing executed by such stockholder or an electronic transmission delivered by such stockholder to act for such stockholder as proxy at the meeting of stockholders and such person must produce such writing or electronic transmission, or a reliable reproduction of the writing or electronic transmission, at the meeting of stockholders. Unless and to the extent determined by the Board of Directors or the chairman of the meeting, the meeting of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with the rules of parliamentary procedure.
5
(2) Whenever used in these Bylaws, public announcement shall mean disclosure (a) in a press release released by the Corporation, provided such press release is released by the Corporation following its customary procedures, is reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service, or is generally available on internet news sites, or (b) in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
(3) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.03, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 2.03; provided, however , that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any references in these Bylaws to the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder are not intended to and shall not limit any requirements applicable to nominations or proposals as to any other business to be considered pursuant to these Bylaws (including paragraphs (A)(1)(d) and (B) hereof), and compliance with paragraphs (A)(1)(d) and (B) of this Section 2.03 of these Bylaws shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to make nominations or submit other business. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to affect any rights of the holders of any class or series of stock having a preference over the Common Stock as to dividends or upon liquidation to elect directors under specified circumstances.
(4) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 2.03, for as long as the Stockholders Agreement remains in effect with respect to Blackstone, Blackstone (to the extent then subject to the Stockholders Agreement) shall not be subject to the notice procedures set forth in paragraphs (A)(2), (A)(3) or (B) of this Section 2.03 with respect to any annual or special meeting of stockholders.
SECTION 2.04 Notice of Meetings . Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a timely notice in writing or by electronic transmission, in the manner provided in Section 232 of the DGCL, of the meeting, which shall state the place, if any, date and time of the meeting, the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, if such date is different from the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be mailed to or transmitted electronically by the Secretary of the Corporation to each stockholder of record entitled to vote thereat as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting. Unless otherwise provided by law, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the notice of any meeting shall be given not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting.
6
SECTION 2.05 Quorum . Unless otherwise required by law, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the rules of any stock exchange upon which the Corporations securities are listed, the holders of record of a majority of the voting power of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at all meetings of stockholders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required, a majority in voting power of the outstanding shares of such class or series or classes or series, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to the vote on that matter. Once a quorum is present to organize a meeting, it shall not be broken by the subsequent withdrawal of any stockholders.
SECTION 2.06 Voting . Except as otherwise provided by or pursuant to the provisions of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, each stockholder entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be entitled to one vote for each share of stock held by such stockholder which has voting power upon the matter in question. Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy in any manner provided by applicable law, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. A proxy shall be irrevocable if it states that it is irrevocable and if, and only as long as, it is coupled with an interest sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power. A stockholder may revoke any proxy which is not irrevocable by attending the meeting and voting in person or by delivering to the Secretary of the Corporation a revocation of the proxy or a new proxy bearing a later date. Unless required by the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or applicable law, or determined by the chairman of the meeting to be advisable, the vote on any question need not be by ballot. On a vote by ballot, each ballot shall be signed by the stockholder voting, or by such stockholders proxy, if there be such proxy. When a quorum is present or represented at any meeting, the vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the shares of stock present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which, by express provision of applicable law, of the rules or regulations of any stock exchange applicable to the Corporation, of any regulation applicable to the Corporation or its securities, of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or of these Bylaws, a different vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence and subject to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, all elections of directors shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast in respect of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors.
SECTION 2.07 Chairman of Meetings . The Chairman of the Board of Directors, if one is elected, or, in his or her absence or disability, the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation, or in the absence of the Chairman of the Board of Directors and the Chief Executive Officer, a person designated by the Board of Directors shall be the chairman of the meeting and, as such, preside at all meetings of the stockholders.
7
SECTION 2.08 Secretary of Meetings . The Secretary of the Corporation shall act as Secretary at all meetings of the stockholders. In the absence or disability of the Secretary, the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer shall appoint a person to act as Secretary at such meetings.
SECTION 2.09 Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting . Any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote only to the extent permitted by and in the manner provided in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and in accordance with applicable law.
SECTION 2.10 Adjournment . At any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, if less than a quorum be present, the chairman of the meeting or stockholders holding a majority in voting power of the shares of stock of the Corporation, present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote thereat, shall have the power to adjourn the meeting from time to time without notice other than announcement at the meeting until a quorum shall be present. Any business may be transacted at the adjourned meeting that might have been transacted at the meeting originally noticed. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. If after the adjournment a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote is fixed for the adjourned meeting, the Board of Directors shall fix as the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such adjourned meeting as of the record date so fixed for notice of such adjourned meeting.
SECTION 2.11 Remote Communication . If authorized by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion, and subject to such guidelines and procedures as the Board of Directors may adopt, stockholders and proxy holders not physically present at a meeting of stockholders may, by means of remote communication:
(a) participate in a meeting of stockholders; and
(b) be deemed present in person and vote at a meeting of stockholders whether such meeting is to be held at a designated place or solely by means of remote communication,
provided , that
(i) the Corporation shall implement reasonable measures to verify that each person deemed present and permitted to vote at the meeting by means of remote communication is a stockholder or proxyholder;
(ii) the Corporation shall implement reasonable measures to provide such stockholders and proxyholders a reasonable opportunity to participate in the meeting and to vote on matters submitted to the stockholders, including an opportunity to read or hear the proceedings of the meeting substantially concurrently with such proceedings; and
8
(iii) if any stockholder or proxyholder votes or takes other action at the meeting by means of remote communication, a record of such vote or other action shall be maintained by the Corporation.
SECTION 2.12 Inspectors of Election . The Corporation may, and shall if required by law, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more inspectors of election, who may be employees of the Corporation, to act at the meeting or any adjournment thereof and to make a written report thereof. The Corporation may designate one or more persons as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. In the event that no inspector so appointed or designated is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the chairman of the meeting shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his or her duties, shall take and sign an oath to execute faithfully the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his or her ability. The inspector or inspectors so appointed or designated shall (i) ascertain the number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation outstanding and the voting power of each such share, (ii) determine the shares of capital stock of the corporation represented at the meeting and the validity of proxies and ballots, (iii) count all votes and ballots, (iv) determine and retain for a reasonable period a record of the disposition of any challenges made to any determination by the inspectors, and (v) certify their determination of the number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation represented at the meeting and such inspectors count of all votes and ballots. Such certification and report shall specify such other information as may be required by law. In determining the validity and counting of proxies and ballots cast at any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, the inspectors may consider such information as is permitted by applicable law. No person who is a candidate for an office at an election may serve as an inspector at such election.
ARTICLE III
Board of Directors
SECTION 3.01 Powers . Except as otherwise provided by the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the DGCL, the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of its Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may exercise all such authority and powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by the DGCL or the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.
SECTION 3.02 Number and Term; Chairman . Subject to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the number of directors shall be fixed exclusively by resolution of the Board of Directors. Directors shall be elected by the stockholders at their annual meeting, and the term of each director so elected shall be as set forth in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. Directors need not be stockholders. The Board of Directors shall elect a Chairman of the Board, who shall have the powers and perform such duties as provided in these Bylaws and as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe. The Chairman of the Board shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors at which he or she is present. If the Chairman of the Board is not present at a meeting of the Board
9
of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer (if the Chief Executive Officer is a director and is not also the Chairman of the Board) shall preside at such meeting, and, if the Chief Executive Officer is not present at such meeting or is not a director, a majority of the directors present at such meeting shall elect one (1) of their members to preside.
SECTION 3.03 Resignations . Any director may resign at any time upon notice given in writing or by electronic transmission to the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the Secretary of the Corporation. The resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein, and if no time is specified, at the time of its receipt. The acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective unless otherwise expressly provided in the resignation.
SECTION 3.04 Removal . Directors of the Corporation may be removed in the manner provided in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law.
SECTION 3.05 Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships . Except as otherwise provided by law and subject to the Stockholders Agreement, vacancies occurring in any directorship (whether by death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal or other cause) and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors shall be filled in accordance with the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. Any director elected to fill a vacancy or newly created directorship shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen and until his or her successor shall be elected and qualified, or until his or her earlier death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal.
SECTION 3.06 Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at such places and times as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation or the Chairman of the Board of Directors, and shall be called by the Chief Executive Officer or the Secretary of the Corporation if directed by the Board of Directors and shall be at such places and times as they or he or she shall fix. Notice need not be given of regular meetings of the Board of Directors. At least twenty four (24) hours before each special meeting of the Board of Directors, either written notice, notice by electronic transmission or oral notice (either in person or by telephone) notice of the time, date and place of the meeting shall be given to each director. Unless otherwise indicated in the notice thereof, any and all business may be transacted at a special meeting.
SECTION 3.07 Quorum, Voting and Adjournment . A majority of the total number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. Except as otherwise provided by law, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the act of a majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors. In the absence of a quorum, a majority of the directors present thereat may adjourn such meeting to another time and place. Notice of such adjourned meeting need not be given if the time and place of such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting so adjourned.
10
SECTION 3.08 Committees; Committee Rules . The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, including but not limited to an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee and a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, each such committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee to replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors establishing such committee, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to the following matters: (a) approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter (other than the election or removal of directors) expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval or (b) adopting, amending or repealing any Bylaw of the Corporation. All committees of the Board of Directors shall keep minutes of their meetings and shall report their proceedings to the Board of Directors when requested or required by the Board of Directors. Each committee of the Board of Directors may fix its own rules of procedure and shall hold its meetings as provided by such rules, except as may otherwise be provided by a resolution of the Board of Directors designating such committee. Unless otherwise provided in such a resolution, the presence of at least a majority of the members of the committee shall be necessary to constitute a quorum unless the committee shall consist of one or two members, in which event one member shall constitute a quorum; and all matters shall be determined by a majority vote of the members present at a meeting of the committee at which a quorum is present. Unless otherwise provided in such a resolution, in the event that a member and that members alternate, if alternates are designated by the Board of Directors, of such committee is or are absent or disqualified, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in place of any such absent or disqualified member.
SECTION 3.09 Action Without a Meeting . Unless otherwise restricted by the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed in the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form or shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.
SECTION 3.10 Remote Meeting . Unless otherwise restricted by the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, members of the Board of Directors, or any committee designated by the Board of Directors, may participate in a meeting by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment in which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other. Participation in a meeting by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.
11
SECTION 3.11 Compensation . The Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation, including fees and reimbursement of expenses, of directors for services to the Corporation in any capacity.
SECTION 3.12 Reliance on Books and Records . A member of the Board of Directors, or a member of any committee designated by the Board of Directors shall, in the performance of such persons duties, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon records of the Corporation and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Corporation by any of the Corporations officers or employees, or committees of the Board of Directors, or by any other person as to matters the member reasonably believes are within such other persons professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Corporation.
ARTICLE IV
Officers
SECTION 4.01 Number . The officers of the Corporation shall include a Chief Executive Officer, a President and a Secretary, each of whom shall be elected by the Board of Directors and who shall hold office for such terms as shall be determined by the Board of Directors and until their successors are elected and qualify or until their earlier resignation or removal. In addition, the Board of Directors may elect one or more Vice Presidents, including one or more Executive Vice Presidents, Senior Vice Presidents, a Treasurer and one or more Assistant Treasurers and one or more Assistant Secretaries, who shall hold their office for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.
SECTION 4.02 Other Officers and Agents . The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers and agents as it deems advisable, who shall hold their office for such terms and shall exercise and perform such powers and duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may appoint one or more officers called a Vice Chairman, each of whom does not need to be a member of the Board of Directors.
SECTION 4.03 Chief Executive Officer/President . The Chief Executive Officer, who shall also be the President, subject to the determination of the Board of Directors, shall have general executive charge, management, and control of the properties and operations of the Corporation in the ordinary course of its business, with all such powers with respect to such properties and operations as may be reasonably incident to such responsibilities. If the Board of Directors has not elected a Chairman of the Board or in the absence or inability to act as the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer shall exercise all of the powers and discharge all of the duties of the Chairman of the Board, but only if the Chief Executive Officer is a director of the Corporation.
12
SECTION 4.04 Vice Presidents . Each Vice President, if any are elected, of whom one or more may be designated an Executive Vice President or Senior Vice President, shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as shall be assigned to him or her by the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors.
SECTION 4.05 Treasurer . The Treasurer shall have custody of the corporate funds, securities, evidences of indebtedness and other valuables of the Corporation and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation. The Treasurer shall deposit all moneys and other valuables in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors or its designees selected for such purposes. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation, taking proper vouchers therefor. The Treasurer shall render to the Chief Executive Officer and the Board of Directors, upon their request, a report of the financial condition of the Corporation. If required by the Board of Directors, the Treasurer shall give the Corporation a bond for the faithful discharge of his or her duties in such amount and with such surety as the Board of Directors shall prescribe.
In addition, the Treasurer shall have such further powers and perform such other duties incident to the office of Treasurer as from time to time are assigned to him or her by the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors.
SECTION 4.06 Secretary . The Secretary shall: (a) cause minutes of all meetings of the stockholders and directors to be recorded and kept properly; (b) cause all notices required by these Bylaws or otherwise to be given properly; (c) see that the minute books, stock books, and other nonfinancial books, records and papers of the Corporation are kept properly; and (d) cause all reports, statements, returns, certificates and other documents to be prepared and filed when and as required. The Secretary shall have such further powers and perform such other duties as prescribed from time to time by the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors.
SECTION 4.07 Assistant Treasurers and Assistant Secretaries . Each Assistant Treasurer and each Assistant Secretary, if any are elected, shall be vested with all the powers and shall perform all the duties of the Treasurer and Secretary, respectively, in the absence or disability of such officer, unless or until the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors shall otherwise determine. In addition, Assistant Treasurers and Assistant Secretaries shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as shall be assigned to them by the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors.
SECTION 4.08 Corporate Funds and Checks . The funds of the Corporation shall be kept in such depositories as shall from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors or its designees selected for such purposes. All checks or other orders for the payment of money shall be signed by the Chief Executive Officer, a Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary or such other person or agent as may from time to time be authorized and with such countersignature, if any, as may be required by the Board of Directors.
SECTION 4.09 Contracts and Other Documents . The Chief Executive Officer and the Secretary, or such other officer or officers as may from time to time be authorized by the Board of Directors or any other committee given specific authority in the premises by the Board of Directors during the intervals between the meetings of the Board of Directors, shall have power to sign and execute on behalf of the Corporation deeds, conveyances and contracts, and any and all other documents requiring execution by the Corporation.
13
SECTION 4.10 Ownership of Stock of Another Corporation . Unless otherwise directed by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, a Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary, or such other officer or agent as shall be authorized by the Board of Directors, shall have the power and authority, on behalf of the Corporation, to attend and to vote at any meeting of securityholders of any entity in which the Corporation holds securities or equity interests and may exercise, on behalf of the Corporation, any and all of the rights and powers incident to the ownership of such securities or equity interests at any such meeting, including the authority to execute and deliver proxies and consents on behalf of the Corporation.
SECTION 4.11 Delegation of Duties . In the absence, disability or refusal of any officer to exercise and perform his or her duties, the Board of Directors may delegate to another officer such powers or duties.
SECTION 4.12 Resignation and Removal . Any officer of the Corporation may be removed from office for or without cause at any time by the Board of Directors. Any officer may resign at any time in the same manner prescribed under Section 3.03 of these Bylaws.
SECTION 4.13 Vacancies . The Board of Directors shall have the power to fill vacancies occurring in any office.
ARTICLE V
Stock
SECTION 5.01 Shares With Certificates . The shares of stock of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board of Directors may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of the Corporations stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the Corporation. Every holder of stock in the Corporation represented by certificates shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by, the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors, or the President or a Vice President, and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation, certifying the number and class of shares of stock of the Corporation owned by such holder. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. The Board of Directors shall have the power to appoint one or more transfer agents and/or registrars for the transfer or registration of certificates of stock of any class, and may require stock certificates to be countersigned or registered by one or more of such transfer agents and/or registrars.
SECTION 5.02 Shares Without Certificates . If the Board of Directors chooses to issue shares of stock without certificates, the Corporation, if required by the DGCL, shall, within a reasonable time after the issue or transfer of shares without certificates, send the stockholder a written statement of the information required by the DGCL. The Corporation may adopt a system of issuance, recordation and transfer of its shares of stock by electronic or other means not involving the issuance of certificates, provided the use of such system by the Corporation is permitted in accordance with applicable law.
14
SECTION 5.03 Transfer of Shares . Shares of stock of the Corporation shall be transferable upon its books by the holders thereof, in person or by their duly authorized attorneys or legal representatives, upon surrender to the Corporation by delivery thereof (to the extent evidenced by a physical stock certificate) to the person in charge of the stock and transfer books and ledgers. Certificates representing such shares, if any, shall be cancelled and new certificates, if the shares are to be certificated, shall thereupon be issued. Shares of capital stock of the Corporation that are not represented by a certificate shall be transferred in accordance with applicable law. A record shall be made of each transfer. Whenever any transfer of shares shall be made for collateral security, and not absolutely, it shall be so expressed in the entry of the transfer if, when the certificates are presented, both the transferor and transferee request the Corporation to do so. The Board of Directors shall have power and authority to make such rules and regulations as it may deem necessary or proper concerning the issue, transfer and registration of certificates for shares of stock of the Corporation.
SECTION 5.04 Lost, Stolen, Destroyed or Mutilated Certificates . A new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares may be issued in the place of any certificate previously issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Corporation may, in its discretion, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or his or her legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond, in such sum as the Corporation may direct, in order to indemnify the Corporation against any claims that may be made against it in connection therewith. A new certificate or uncertificated shares of stock may be issued in the place of any certificate previously issued by the Corporation that has become mutilated upon the surrender by such owner of such mutilated certificate and, if required by the Corporation, the posting of a bond by such owner in an amount sufficient to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against it in connection therewith.
SECTION 5.05 List of Stockholders Entitled To Vote . The officer who has charge of the stock ledger shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting ( provided, however , if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is less than ten (10) days before the date of the meeting, the list shall reflect the stockholders entitled to vote as of the tenth day before the meeting date), arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting (a) on a reasonably accessible electronic network; provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of meeting or (b) during ordinary business hours at the principal place of business of the Corporation. In the event that the Corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the Corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the Corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then a list of stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof and may be examined by any stockholder
15
who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting. Except as otherwise provided by law, the stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the list of stockholders required by this Section 5.05 or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.
SECTION 5.06 Fixing Date for Determination of Stockholders of Record .
(A) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall, unless otherwise required by law, not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting. If the Board of Directors so fixes a date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting unless the Board of Directors determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for making such determination. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however , that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and in such case shall also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote in accordance herewith at the adjourned meeting.
(B) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall not be more than sixty (60) days prior to such action. If no such record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.
(C) Unless otherwise restricted by the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, in order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than ten (10) days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors. If no record date for determining stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate
16
action in writing without a meeting is fixed by the Board of Directors, (i) when no prior action of the Board of Directors is required by law, the record date for such purpose shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation in accordance with applicable law, and (ii) if prior action by the Board of Directors is required by law, the record date for such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.
SECTION 5.07 Registered Stockholders . Prior to the surrender to the Corporation of the certificate or certificates for a share or shares of stock or notification to the Corporation of the transfer of uncertificated shares with a request to record the transfer of such share or shares, the Corporation may treat the registered owner of such share or shares as the person entitled to receive dividends, to vote, to receive notifications and otherwise to exercise all the rights and powers of an owner of such share or shares. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Corporation shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof.
ARTICLE VI
Notice and Waiver of Notice
SECTION 6.01 Notice . If mailed, notice to stockholders shall be deemed given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholders address as it appears on the records of the Corporation. Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders may be given by electronic transmission in the manner provided in Section 232 of the DGCL.
SECTION 6.02 Waiver of Notice . A written waiver of any notice, signed by a stockholder or director, or waiver by electronic transmission by such person, whether given before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to the notice required to be given to such person. Neither the business nor the purpose of any meeting need be specified in such a waiver. Attendance at any meeting (in person or by remote communication) shall constitute waiver of notice except attendance for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.
ARTICLE VII
Indemnification
SECTION 7.01 Right to Indemnification . Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (hereinafter a proceeding ), by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or an officer of the Corporation or, while a director or officer of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a
17
director, officer, employee, agent or trustee of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan (hereinafter an indemnitee ), whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, officer, employee, agent or trustee or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer, employee, agent or trustee, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than such law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment), against all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such indemnitee in connection therewith; provided, however, that, except as provided in Section 7.03 with respect to proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification or advancement of expenses or with respect to any compulsory counterclaim brought by such indemnitee, the Corporation shall indemnify any such indemnitee in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such indemnitee only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors.
SECTION 7.02 Right to Advancement of Expenses . In addition to the right to indemnification conferred in Section 7.01, an indemnitee shall also have the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses (including attorneys fees) incurred in appearing at, participating in or defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition or in connection with a proceeding brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification or advancement of expenses under this Article VII (which shall be governed by Section 7.03 (hereinafter an advancement of expenses ); provided, however, that, if the DGCL requires or in the case of an advance made in a proceeding brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification or advancement, an advancement of expenses incurred by an indemnitee in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such indemnitee, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) shall be made solely upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking (hereinafter an undertaking ), by or on behalf of such indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal (hereinafter a final adjudication ) that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified or entitled to advancement of expenses under Sections 7.01 and 7.02 or otherwise.
SECTION 7.03 Right of Indemnitee to Bring Suit . If a claim under Section 7.01 or 7.02 is not paid in full by the Corporation within (i) 60 days after a written claim for indemnification has been received by the Corporation or (ii) 20 days after a claim for an advancement of expenses has been received by the Corporation, the indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim or to obtain advancement of expenses, as applicable. To the fullest extent permitted by law, if successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the indemnitee shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit. In (i) any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to an advancement of expenses) it shall be a defense that, and (ii) any suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the
18
terms of an undertaking, the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that, the indemnitee has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the DGCL. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its directors who are not parties to such action, a committee of such directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its directors who are not parties to such action, a committee of such directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the indemnitee, be a defense to such suit. In any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Article VII or otherwise shall be on the Corporation.
SECTION 7.04 Indemnification Not Exclusive .
(A) The provision of indemnification to or the advancement of expenses and costs to any indemnitee under this Article VII, or the entitlement of any indemnitee to indemnification or advancement of expenses and costs under this Article VII, shall not limit or restrict in any way the power of the Corporation to indemnify or advance expenses and costs to such indemnitee in any other way permitted by law or be deemed exclusive of, or invalidate, any right to which any indemnitee seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses and costs may be entitled under any law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such indemnitees capacity as an officer, director, employee or agent of the Corporation and as to action in any other capacity.
(B) Given that certain jointly indemnifiable claims (as defined below) may arise due to the service of the indemnitee as a director and/or officer of the Corporation at the request of the indemnitee-related entities (as defined below), the Corporation shall be fully and primarily responsible for the payment to the indemnitee in respect of indemnification or advancement of expenses in connection with any such jointly indemnifiable claims, pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of this Article VII, irrespective of any right of recovery the indemnitee may have from the indemnitee-related entities. Under no circumstance shall the Corporation be entitled to any right of subrogation or contribution by the indemnitee-related entities and no right of advancement or recovery the indemnitee may have from the indemnitee-related entities shall reduce or otherwise alter the rights of the indemnitee or the obligations of the Corporation hereunder. In the event that any of the indemnitee-related entities shall make any payment to the indemnitee in respect of indemnification or advancement of expenses with respect to any jointly indemnifiable claim, the indemnitee-related entity making such payment shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of the indemnitee against the Corporation, and the indemnitee shall execute all papers reasonably required and shall do all things that may be reasonably necessary to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents as may be necessary to enable the indemnitee-related entities effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights. Each of the indemnitee-related entities shall be third-party beneficiaries with respect to this Section 7.04(B) of Article VII, entitled to enforce this Section 7.04(B) of Article VII.
19
For purposes of this Section 7.04(B) of Article VII, the following terms shall have the following meanings:
(1) The term indemnitee-related entities means any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise (other than the Corporation or any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise for which the indemnitee has agreed, on behalf of the Corporation or at the Corporations request, to serve as a director, officer, employee or agent and which service is covered by the indemnity described herein) from whom an indemnitee may be entitled to indemnification or advancement of expenses with respect to which, in whole or in part, the Corporation may also have an indemnification or advancement obligation (other than as a result of obligations under an insurance policy).
(2) The term jointly indemnifiable claims shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, any action, suit or proceeding for which the indemnitee shall be entitled to indemnification or advancement of expenses from both the indemnitee-related entities and the Corporation pursuant to Delaware law, any agreement or certificate of incorporation, bylaws, partnership agreement, operating agreement, certificate of formation, certificate of limited partnership or comparable organizational documents of the Corporation or the indemnitee-related entities, as applicable.
SECTION 7.05 Nature of Rights . The rights conferred upon indemnitees in this Article VII shall be contract rights and such rights shall continue as to an indemnitee who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the indemnitees heirs, executors and administrators. Any amendment, alteration or repeal of this Article VII that adversely affects any right of an indemnitee or its successors shall be prospective only and shall not limit, eliminate, or impair any such right with respect to any proceeding involving any occurrence or alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act that took place prior to such amendment or repeal.
SECTION 7.06 Insurance . The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the DGCL.
SECTION 7.07 Indemnification of Employees and Agents of the Corporation . The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, grant rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to any employee or agent of the Corporation to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Article VII with respect to the indemnification and advancement of expenses of directors and officers of the Corporation.
20
ARTICLE VIII
Miscellaneous
SECTION 8.01 Electronic Transmission . For purposes of these Bylaws, electronic transmission means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved, and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.
SECTION 8.02 Corporate Seal . The Board of Directors may provide a suitable seal, containing the name of the Corporation, which seal shall be in the charge of the Secretary. If and when so directed by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof, duplicates of the seal may be kept and used by the Treasurer or by an Assistant Secretary or Assistant Treasurer.
SECTION 8.03 Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Corporation shall end on the Saturday closest to June 30, or such other day as the Board of Directors may designate.
SECTION 8.04 Section Headings . Section headings in these Bylaws are for convenience of reference only and shall not be given any substantive effect in limiting or otherwise construing any provision herein.
SECTION 8.05 Inconsistent Provisions . In the event that any provision of these Bylaws is or becomes inconsistent with any provision of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the DGCL or any other applicable law, such provision of these Bylaws shall not be given any effect to the extent of such inconsistency but shall otherwise be given full force and effect.
ARTICLE IX
Amendments
SECTION 9.01 Amendments . The Board of Directors is authorized to make, repeal, alter, amend and rescind, in whole or in part, these Bylaws without the assent or vote of the stockholders in any manner not inconsistent with the laws of the State of Delaware or the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. Notwithstanding any other provisions of these Bylaws or any provision of law which might otherwise permit a lesser vote of the stockholders, at any time when Blackstone beneficially owns, in the aggregate, less than 30% in voting power of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation required by the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock (as defined in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation), these Bylaws or applicable law, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% in voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class, shall be required in order for the stockholders of the Corporation to alter, amend, repeal or rescind, in whole or in part, any provision of these Bylaws (including, without limitation, this Section 9.01) or to adopt any provision inconsistent herewith.
[ Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank ]
21
Exhibit 5.1
FORM OF OPINION OF SIMPSON THACHER & BARTLETT LLP
S IMPSON T HACHER & B ARTLETT LLP
425 L EXINGTON A VENUE
N EW Y ORK , N.Y. 10017-3954
(212) 455-2000
F ACSIMILE (212) 455-2502
[ filing date ], 2015
Performance Food Group Company
12500 West Creek Parkway
Richmond, Virginia 23238
Ladies and Gentlemen:
We have acted as counsel to Performance Food Group Company, a Delaware corporation (the Company), in connection with the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-198654) (as amended, the Registration Statement) filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the Commission) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Act), relating to the sale by the Company and the selling stockholders identified in the Registration Statement (the Selling Stockholders) of an aggregate of [ ● ] shares of Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (together with any additional shares of such stock that may be sold by the Company and/or the Selling Stockholders pursuant to Rule 462(b) (as prescribed by the Commission pursuant to the Act) in connection with the offering described in the Registration Statement, the Shares).
We have examined the Registration Statement and a form of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (the Amended Certificate), which has been filed with the Commission as an exhibit to the Registration Statement. We also have examined the
Performance Food Group Company | -2- | [ filing date ], 2015 |
originals, or duplicates or certified or conformed copies, of such records, agreements, documents and other instruments and have made such other investigations as we have deemed relevant and necessary in connection with the opinions hereinafter set forth. As to questions of fact material to this opinion, we have relied upon certificates or comparable documents of public officials and of officers and representatives of the Company.
In rendering the opinion set forth below, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the legal capacity of natural persons, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to original documents of all documents submitted to us as duplicates or certified or conformed copies and the authenticity of the originals of such latter documents.
Based upon the foregoing, and subject to the qualifications, assumptions and limitations stated herein, we are of the opinion that (1) (A) when the Board of Directors of the Company (the Board) has taken all necessary corporate action to authorize and approve the issuance of the Shares, (B) the Amended Certificate has been duly filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and (C) upon payment and delivery in accordance with the applicable definitive underwriting agreement approved by the Board, the Shares to be sold by the Company will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and (2) the Shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholders are validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.
We do not express any opinion herein concerning any law other than the Delaware General Corporation Law.
Performance Food Group Company | -3- | [ filing date ], 2015 |
We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion letter as Exhibit 5.1 to the Registration Statement and to the use of our name under the caption Legal Matters in the Prospectus included in the Registration Statement.
Very truly yours, |
SIMPSON THACHER & BARTLETT LLP |
Exhibit 10.7
PERFORMANCE FOOD GROUP COMPANY
(f/k/a WELLSPRING DISTRIBUTION CORP.)
AMENDED AND RESTATED 2007 MANAGEMENT OPTION PLAN
ARTICLE I
ESTABLISHMENT AND PURPOSE; ADMINISTRATION
1.1 Establishment . The 2007 Management Option Plan of Performance Food Group Company (f/k/a Wellspring Distribution Corp.), a Delaware corporation (the Company ), which was originally adopted by the Companys board of directors (the Board ) effective as of August 24, 2007 (the Original Effective Date ) and amended and restated in its entirety as of May 23, 2008, is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as of July 30, 2015 (the Effective Date ). Such plan, as amended and restated herein, is referred to as the Performance Food Group Company Amended and Restated 2007 Management Option Plan (the Plan ).
1.2 Purpose . The Plan is intended to promote the long-term growth and profitability of the Company and its Subsidiaries by providing those persons who are or will be involved in the Companys and its Subsidiaries growth with an opportunity to acquire an ownership interest in the Company, thereby encouraging such persons to contribute to and participate in the success of the Company and its Subsidiaries. Under the Plan, the Company may make Awards (as defined in Section 3.1 below) to such present and future officers, directors, employees, consultants, and advisors of the Company or its Subsidiaries as may be selected in the sole discretion of the Board (collectively, Participants ).
1.3 Administration . The Board shall have the power and authority to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and procedures governing the administration of this Plan, including, but not limited to the full power and authority (a) to interpret the terms of this Plan, the terms of any Awards made under this Plan, and the rules and procedures established by the Board governing any such Awards, (b) to determine the rights of any person under this Plan, or the meaning of requirements imposed by the terms of this Plan or any rule or procedure established by the Board, (c) to select Participants for Awards under the Plan, (d) to set the exercise price of any Options, (e) to establish or amend performance and vesting standards, (f) to impose such limitations, restrictions and conditions upon such Awards as it shall deem appropriate, (g) to adopt, amend, and rescind administrative guidelines and other rules and regulations relating to the Plan, (h) to correct any defect or omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan, and (i) to make all other determinations and take all other actions necessary or advisable for the implementation and administration of the Plan, subject to such limitations as may be imposed by the Code or other applicable law. Each action of the Board shall be binding on all persons. The Board may, to the extent permissible by law, delegate any of its authority hereunder to any duly authorized committee of the Board or any other persons as it deems appropriate.
ARTICLE II
DEFINITIONS
As used in this Plan, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:
Acceleration Date means the later of (x) March 12, 2019 and (y) the fourth anniversary of the recipients date of grant.
Affiliate of a Person means any other person, entity, or investment fund controlling, controlled by, or under common control with such Person and, in the case of a Person which is a partnership, any partner of such Person.
Award Agreement means a written agreement between the Company and a Participant setting forth the terms, conditions, and limitations applicable to an Award. All Award Agreements shall be deemed to include all of the terms and conditions of the Plan, except to the extent otherwise set forth in an Award Agreement and approved by the Board.
Award Stock with respect to a Participant, means any Class B Common Stock issued to such Participant upon exercise of any Options granted hereunder. For all purposes of this Plan, Award Stock will continue to be Award Stock in the hands of any holder (including any Permitted Transferee) other than a Participant (except for the Company and purchasers pursuant to a Repurchase Notice or a Public Sale), and each such other holder of Award Stock will succeed to all rights and obligations attributable to such Participant as a holder of Award Stock hereunder. Award Stock will also include shares of the Companys capital stock issued with respect to shares of Award Stock by way of a stock split, stock dividend or other recapitalization.
Cause means, for any Participant, the meaning given to such term in an employment or other similar agreement entered into on or after the Original Effective Date and approved by the Board, or in the absence of such an agreement it shall mean (i) the commission of a felony or a crime involving moral turpitude or the commission of any other act or omission involving dishonesty, disloyalty or fraud, (ii) conduct that brings or is reasonably likely to bring the Company or its Subsidiaries into public disgrace or disrepute, (iii) repeated failure to perform duties as reasonably directed by the Board or such Participants supervisor(s), (iv) gross negligence or willful misconduct with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or (v) any breach of the terms of this Plan, an Award Agreement, or a material provision of any other agreement with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to which such Participant is a party.
Change in Control means (i) prior to an Initial Public Offering, any transaction or series of related transactions which result in the Sponsors ceasing collectively to own shares of Common Stock which represent at least 50% of the total voting power or economic interest in the Company, (ii) at any time, any transaction or series of related transactions which result in an Independent Third Party acquiring shares of Common Stock which represent more than 50% of the total voting power or economic interest in the Company, and (iii) at any time, a sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis; provided that, in the case of clauses (i) and (ii) above, such transactions shall only constitute a Change in Control if they result in the Sponsors ceasing to have the power (whether by ownership of voting securities, contractual right, or otherwise) collectively to elect a majority of the Board.
2
Class A Common Stock means the Companys Class A Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, or, in the event that the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock are hereafter recapitalized, converted into or exchanged for different stock or securities of the Company, such other stock or securities.
Class B Common Stock means the Companys nonvoting Class B Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, or, in the event that the outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock are hereafter recapitalized, converted into or exchanged for different stock or securities of the Company, such other stock or securities.
Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as it may be amended from time to time.
Common Stock means, collectively, the Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock, or, in the event that the outstanding shares of Common Stock are hereafter recapitalized, converted into or exchanged for different stock or securities of the Company, such other stock or securities.
Competing Business means, with respect to any Participant at any time, any Person that is engaged in, or has plans to engage in, at any time during the Non-Competition Period, any activity that competes with one or more of the businesses (a) conducted by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries during Participants employment with (or provision of services to) to the Company or (b) then proposed to be conducted by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries as of the Participants Termination Date.
Disability means, for any Participant, the meaning given to such term in an employment or other similar agreement entered into on or after the Original Effective Date and approved by the Board, or in the absence of such an agreement it shall mean Participants inability, due to illness, accident, injury, physical or mental incapacity or other disability, to carry out effectively Participants duties and obligations to the Company and its Subsidiaries or to participate effectively and actively in the management of the Company and its Subsidiaries for a period of at least 90 consecutive days or for shorter periods aggregating at least 120 days (whether or not consecutive) during any twelve-month period, as determined in the reasonable judgment of the Board.
Fair Market Value of a share of Award Stock (or any other security) means the fair market value of a share of Award Stock (or such other security, as applicable) as determined in good faith by the Board, and such determination shall be binding and conclusive on the Company, the Participants, and all other Persons interested in this Plan.
Independent Third Party means any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) who, immediately prior to the contemplated transaction or series of related transactions, does not own in excess of 5% of the Companys Common Stock on a fully-diluted basis, who is not an Affiliate of any such 5% owner of the Companys Common Stock and who is not the spouse or descendent (by birth or adoption) of any such 5% owner of the Companys Common Stock.
3
Initial Public Offering means an initial public offering, after the Original Effective Date, of the Companys Common Stock pursuant to an offering registered under the Securities Act, other than any such offerings which are registered on Forms S-4 or S-8 under the Securities Act.
IPO Measurement Date means the last day of the 90 consecutive trading days following an Initial Public Offering.
Non-Competition Period for a Participant means the period of such Participants employment plus one (1) year after such Participants Termination Date. In no event shall any amount received by a Participant pursuant to Article IX of the Plan constitute severance or other similar payments for purposes of this definition.
Original Value for each share of Award Stock which is originally issued upon exercise of any Options will be equal to the exercise price paid by the Participant for such share of Award Stock, as proportionally adjusted for all stock splits, stock dividends, and other recapitalizations affecting the Award Stock subsequent to the Original Effective Date.
Permitted Transferee with respect to any Participant means such Participants spouse and descendants (whether natural or adopted) and any trust created solely for the benefit of one or more of the aforementioned Persons and their spouses and each custodian or guardian of any property of one or more of the aforementioned Persons in his or her capacity as such custodian or guardian, in each case which transferee has executed and delivered to the Company the documents required under Section 5.5(b) .
Person means an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization and a government or any branch, department, agency, political subdivision or official thereof.
Public Sale means any sale pursuant to a registered public offering under the Securities Act or any sale to the public through a broker, dealer or market maker pursuant to Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.
Registration Rights Agreement means the Registration Rights Agreement which is attached hereto as Exhibit A .
Retirement means, for any Participant, the meaning given to such term in an employment or other similar agreement entered into by such Participant on or after the Original Effective Date and approved by the Board, or in the absence of such an agreement it shall mean voluntary resignation by such Participant at or after the age of sixty-two (62) following continuous employment by the Company and its Subsidiaries for a period of at least ten (10) years.
Securities Act means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time.
Sponsor Inflows means, without duplication, as of the applicable measurement date, all cash payments (excluding management and transaction fees and expense reimbursements) received by the Sponsors with respect to or in exchange for equity securities (including securities which are convertible into equity securities) of the Company (whether such payments are received from the Company or any third party) from the Original Effective Date through such measurement
4
date. If the measurement date is the date of consummation of a Change in Control, any equity securities (including securities which are convertible into equity securities) held by the Sponsors and not transferred in such Change in Control will be deemed to have been sold on such measurement date for the price per share for such equity securities implied by the Change in Control. With respect to the IPO Measurement Date in Sections 4.2(b)(ii) and 4.2(c)(ii) only, any equity securities (including securities which are convertible into equity securities) held by the Sponsors will be deemed to have been sold as of the IPO Measurement Date at a price per share equal to the weighted average (by dollar volume) of the closing trading price for each of the ninety (90) consecutive trading days ending on the IPO Measurement Date.
Sponsor IRR as of any measurement date, means the annual interest rate (compounded annually) which, when used to calculate the net present value of all Sponsor Inflows and all Sponsor Outflows, causes such net present value amount to equal zero. The Sponsor IRR shall be determined in good faith by the Board.
Sponsor Outflows means, without duplication, as of the applicable measurement date, all cash payments made by the Sponsors (on a cumulative basis) with respect to or in exchange for equity securities (including securities which are convertible into equity securities) of the Company (whether such payments are made to the Company or any third party) from the Original Effective Date until such measurement date.
Sponsors means, collectively, Blackstone Capital Partners V L.P. and Wellspring Capital Partners IV, L.P., in each case together with their respective Affiliates.
Stockholders Agreement means the Stockholders Agreement, which is attached hereto as Exhibit B .
Subsidiary means any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, or other entity in which the Company owns, directly or indirectly, stock or other equity securities or interests possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of such entity.
Termination Date means the earliest date on which a Participant is no longer employed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for any reason. For the avoidance of doubt, a Participants Termination Date shall be considered to be the last date of such Participants actual employment with the Company or one of its Subsidiaries, whether such day is selected by agreement with the Participant or unilaterally by the Company or such Subsidiary and whether advance notice is or is not given to the Participant; no period of notice that is or ought to have been given under applicable law in respect of the termination of employment will be taken into account in determining entitlement under the Plan. Furthermore, a Participant who goes on a leave of absence approved by the Company or one of its Subsidiaries shall not be deemed to have ceased their employment with the Company or its Subsidiaries during the period of such approved leave; provided that, the time vesting of such Participants Options under Section 4.2 and the accrual of the Time-Vested Percentage shall be suspended during the period of such leave, except to the extent required by applicable law.
5
Transfer means any direct or indirect sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance or other disposition (whether with or without consideration and whether voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law, including to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) of any interest.
ARTICLE III
AWARDS AND ELIGIBILITY
3.1 Awards . Awards under the Plan shall be granted in the form of non-qualified stock options ( Options or Awards ), as described in Article IV of the Plan. For the avoidance of doubt, no Option shall be an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422(a) of the Code or any successor provision. Each grant of Options shall be evidenced by a written Award Agreement containing such restrictions, terms, and conditions, if any, as the Board may require; provided that, except as otherwise expressly provided in an Award Agreement, if there is any conflict between any provision of the Plan and an Award Agreement, the provisions of the Plan shall govern.
3.2 Maximum Shares Available . An aggregate of no more than 13,290,684 shares of Class B Common Stock shall be reserved for issuance with respect to Options. All Awards shall be subject to adjustment by the Board as follows. In the event of any reorganization, recapitalization, stock split, stock dividend, combination of shares, merger, consolidation or other change in the Class B Common Stock, the Board shall make such changes in the number and type of shares of Class B Common Stock covered by outstanding Awards and the terms thereof as the Board determines in its sole discretion are necessary to prevent dilution or enlargement of rights of Participants under the Plan. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in the event of any such transaction, the Board shall have the power to make such changes as it deems appropriate in the number and type of shares covered by outstanding Awards or available to be granted under this Plan, the prices specified therein, and the securities or other property to be received upon exercise (which may include providing for cash payment in exchange for cancellation of outstanding Options (or no consideration in the case of unvested Options)). If any Options expire unexercised or unpaid or are canceled, terminated or forfeited in any manner without the issuance of Class B Common Stock or payment thereunder, the shares with respect to which such Options were granted shall again be available under this Plan, subject to the foregoing maximum amounts. Similarly, if any shares of Class B Common Stock issued hereunder, upon exercise of Options, are repurchased hereunder, such shares shall again be available under this Plan for reissuance, subject to the foregoing maximum amounts. Shares of Class B Common Stock to be issued upon exercise of Options hereunder may be either authorized and unissued shares, treasury shares, or a combination thereof, as the Board shall determine.
3.3 Eligibility . The Board may, from time to time, select the Participants who shall be eligible to participate in the Plan and the Awards to be made to each such Participant. The Board may consider any factors it deems relevant in selecting Participants and in making Awards to such Participants. The Boards determinations under the Plan (including without limitation determinations of which persons are to receive Awards and in what amount) need not be uniform and may be made by it selectively among persons who are eligible to receive Awards under the Plan.
6
3.4 No Right to Continued Employment . Nothing in this Plan or in any Award Agreement, as applicable, shall confer on any Participant any right to continue in the employment of the Company or its Subsidiaries or interfere in any way with the right of the Company or its Subsidiaries to terminate such Participants employment at any time for any reason or to continue such Participants present (or any other) rate of compensation.
3.5 Return of Prior Awards . The Board shall have the right, at its discretion, to require Participants to return to the Company Awards previously granted to them under the Plan in exchange for new Awards; provided that, no Participant shall be required, without such Participants prior written consent, to return any Award if the new Award is to be made on terms less favorable to such Participant than the Award to be returned. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, such new Awards shall be upon such terms and conditions as are specified by the Board at the time the new Awards are made.
3.6 Securities Laws . The Plan has been instituted by the Company to provide certain compensatory incentives to Participants and is intended to qualify for an exemption from the registration requirements (a) under the Securities Act, as amended, pursuant to Rule 701 of the Securities Act, and (b) under applicable state securities laws.
ARTICLE IV
OPTIONS
4.1 Options . The Board shall have the right and power to grant to any Participant, at any time prior to the termination of this Plan, Options in such quantity, at such price, on such terms and subject to such conditions that are consistent with this Plan and established by the Board. Options granted under this Plan shall be in the form described in this Article IV , or in such other form or forms as the Board may determine, and shall be subject to such additional terms and conditions and evidenced by Award Agreements, as shall be determined from time to time by the Board. Except as otherwise set forth in an Award Agreement, Options shall be subject to all of the terms and conditions contained in this Plan.
4.2 Vesting of Options . Unless otherwise set forth in an Award Agreement, all Options shall be subject to vesting in accordance the provisions of this Section 4.2 . In addition to the other requirements set forth in this Section 4.2 , Options shall vest only so long as a Participant remains employed by the Company or one of its Subsidiaries. Unless otherwise set forth in an Award Agreement, all Awards of Options shall be divided into three equal portions, with each such portion exercisable for one-third of the number of shares of Class B Common Stock for which such Options are exercisable, and such portions shall be referred to hereunder as Tranche I Options, Tranche II Options, and Tranche III Options.
(a) Tranche I Vesting . Unless otherwise set forth in an Award Agreement, the Tranche I Options will be subject to time vesting and will time vest on each date set forth below with respect to the cumulative percentage of shares of Class B Common Stock issuable upon exercise of each of the Tranche I Options set forth opposite such date if the respective Participant is, and has been, continuously employed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries from the date of award through such date:
7
Date |
Cumulative
Percentage of Shares Vested |
|
1 st anniversary of date of grant |
20% | |
2 nd anniversary of date of grant |
40% | |
3 rd anniversary of date of grant |
60% | |
4 th anniversary of date of grant |
80% | |
5 th anniversary of date of grant |
100% |
Notwithstanding the foregoing, all Tranche I Options shall be considered 100% vested upon consummation of a Change in Control.
(b) Tranche II Vesting . Unless otherwise set forth in an Award Agreement, the Tranche II Options shall become vested if both the time-vesting condition and the performance-vesting condition set forth in this Section 4.2(b) are satisfied, and will only be deemed vested pursuant to this Section 4.2(b) when they have both time vested and performance vested in accordance with the terms hereof.
(i) The Tranche II Options will time vest in the same manner as the Tranche I Options (any portion that is so time-vested from time to time shall be called, the Time-Vested Percentage ).
(ii) The Tranche II Options will performance vest upon the earlier to occur of (so long as such holder of Tranche II Options is employed by the Company on the date of the following relevant event): (A) a Change in Control or (B) the IPO Measurement Date following an Initial Public Offering, in which both (x) the Sponsor IRR on the date of the consummation of such Change in Control or the IPO Measurement Date, as applicable, is equal to or greater than 17.5%, and (y) the Sponsor Inflows prior to and in connection with such Change in Control or Initial Public Offering (as of the IPO Measurement Date), as applicable, are at least 2.0 times the Sponsor Outflows prior to the date of the consummation of such Change in Control or Initial Public Offering (as of the IPO Measurement Date), as applicable.
(iii) The Tranche II Options also will performance vest if any of the following occurs:
(A) both of the following conditions are satisfied prior to the holders Termination Date:
(x) the Sponsor IRR (measured on a cash basis) at any time is equal to or greater than 12% (the 12% IRR Condition ) and
(y) the Sponsor Inflows at any time are equal to or greater than 2.0 times the Sponsor Outflows (collectively, (x) and (y), the Tranche II Vesting Condition ); or
8
(B) the holder of such Tranche II Options is employed by the Company on the Acceleration Date; provided that this clause (B) shall not apply if the Sponsors have disposed of all of their equity securities of the Company (including securities which are convertible into equity securities of the Company) prior to the Acceleration Date and the Tranche II Vesting Condition (as defined above) was not satisfied.
(c) Tranche III Vesting . Unless otherwise set forth in an Award Agreement, the Tranche III Options shall become vested if both the time-vesting condition and the performance-vesting condition set forth in this Section 4.2(c) are satisfied, and will only be deemed fully vested pursuant to this Section 4.2(c) when they have both time vested and performance vested in accordance with the terms hereof.
(i) The Tranche III Options will time vest in the same manner as the Tranche I Options (any portion that is so time-vested from time to time shall be called, the Time-Vested Percentage ).
(ii) The Tranche III Options will performance vest upon the earlier to occur of (so long as such holder of Tranche III Options is employed by the Company on the date of the following relevant event): (A) a Change in Control or (B) the IPO Measurement Date following an Initial Public Offering, in which both (x) the Sponsor IRR on the date of the consummation of such Change in Control or the IPO Measurement Date, as applicable, is equal to or greater than 22.5%, and (y) the Sponsor Inflows prior to and in connection with such Change in Control or Initial Public Offering (as of the IPO Measurement Date), as applicable, are at least 2.5 times the Sponsor Outflows prior to the date of the consummation of such Change in Control or Initial Public Offering (as of the IPO Measurement Date), as applicable.
(iii) The Tranche III Options also will performance vest if any of the following occurs:
(A) both of the following conditions are satisfied prior to the holders Termination Date:
(x) the 12% IRR Condition and
(y) the Sponsor Inflows at any time are equal to or greater than 2.5 times the Sponsor Outflows (collectively, (x) and (y), the Tranche III Vesting Condition ); or
(B) the holder of such Tranche III Options is employed by the Company on the Acceleration Date; provided that this clause (B) shall not apply if the Sponsors have disposed of all of their equity securities of the Company (including securities which are convertible into equity securities of the Company) prior to the Acceleration Date and the Tranche III Vesting Condition (as defined above) was not satisfied.
9
For the avoidance of doubt, to the extent that the Sponsors dispose of all of their equity securities of the Company (including securities which are convertible into equity securities of the Company) prior to the applicable Acceleration Date and the applicable performance metrics set forth in this Section 4.2 with respect to any Tranche II Option or Tranche III Option (or any shares of restricted Award Stock issued thereunder) are not satisfied, then such unvested Tranche II Options or unvested Tranche III Options (or any unvested shares of restricted Award Stock issued thereunder) shall be forfeited without consideration therefor and the Participant shall have no further rights with respect thereto.
ARTICLE V
GENERAL OPTION PROVISIONS
5.1 Normal Expiration . All Options granted under this Plan shall expire at the close of business on the tenth anniversary of the date of grant to the Participant holding such Options (the Normal Expiration Date ), subject to earlier expiration as provided in this Article V .
5.2 Expiration of Options; Exercise on Termination .
(a) If a Participant ceases to be employed by the Company and its Subsidiaries for any reason, then the portion of such Participants Options that have not fully vested as of the Termination Date shall expire at such time.
(b) In addition, upon (i) the consummation of a Change in Control or (ii) the close of business on the date that the Sponsors cease to own any equity securities (including securities which are convertible into equity securities), all unvested Tranche II Options and Tranche III Options shall expire, unless such Option becomes vested in connection with such event.
(c) Unless otherwise set forth in an Award Agreement, the portion of a Participants Options that have fully vested as of such Participants Termination Date shall expire (i) thirty (30) days after the Termination Date if a Participant is terminated without Cause or if a Participant resigns for any reason (including Retirement), (ii) ninety (90) days after the Termination Date if a Participant is terminated by the Company following such Participants Disability, (iii) 180 days after the Termination Date if a Participant is terminated due to death, and (iv) immediately upon termination if a Participant is terminated with Cause.
5.3 Exercise of Options .
(a) Date Exercisable . The Options may be exercised as follows: (i) with respect to vested Options, at any time after all or any portion of a Participants Options have become vested and prior to their expiration and (ii) with respect to unvested Tranche II Options and Tranche III Options, as of August 31, 2015 (the Exercise Period ). In connection with the exercise of any unvested Tranche II Options and Tranche III Options pursuant to the preceding sentence, the Award Stock that is issued to the Participant in respect of such unvested Options shall be restricted Award Stock that is subject to the same vesting and transfer restrictions to which such Option was subject immediately prior to such exercise.
10
(b) Procedure for Exercise . At any time during the Exercise Period, a Participant may exercise all or any specified portion of such Options by delivering written notice of exercise specifically identifying the particular Options (including whether Options are Tranche I, II, or III Options) to the Company (an Exercise Notice ), together with a written acknowledgment that such Participant has read and has been afforded an opportunity to ask questions of management of the Company regarding all financial and other information provided to such Participant regarding the Company. Payment by Participants in connection with any exercise (a) shall be made by delivery of a cashiers, certified check or wire transfer in the amount equal to the product of the exercise price multiplied by the number of Award Stock to be acquired, plus the amount of any additional federal and state income taxes or any income taxes or employees social security contributions arising in any jurisdiction outside the United States required to be withheld (or accounted for to appropriate revenue authorities by the Participants employer) by reason of the exercise of the Options (which such amount shall be calculated by the Company and provided to Participants promptly following delivery of an Exercise Notice, and which shall be subject to later adjustment by the Company (with a corresponding payment by or refund to Participant) in the event that any such adjustment is required), and (b) shall be due in full from the Participant either (i) at the same time as delivery of the Exercise Notice (with the portion representing taxes or contributions due within two (2) days of the date on which the Company informs the Participant of the amount of such items pursuant to the provisions of this section) or (ii) in the event the Participant is at the time of exercise not employed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, then upon the first to occur of (A) the date of closing of any repurchase of Award Stock issuable in connection with such exercise in accordance with the provisions of Section 7.3 , (B) the Companys delivery of notice that neither it nor the Sponsors will exercise their Repurchase Option with respect to the Award Stock issuable in connection with such exercise, and (C) the expiration of the Repurchase Option (in accordance with the provisions of Section 7.5 ) applicable to the Award Stock issuable in connection with such exercise. For United States federal income tax purposes, the Company intends to treat Options as exercised at the time the Company issues the applicable Award Stock to the Participant. At the discretion of the Board, which discretion shall be exercised (among other considerations) in a manner intended (as determined in good faith by the Board) to cause a Participants options not to be treated as deferred compensation within the meaning of Code Section 409A, a Participant may be permitted to acquire Award Stock upon the exercise of Options without payment in cash therefor pursuant to a cashless exercise of such Options. Such cashless exercise shall be effectuated by the Company delivering shares of Class B Common Stock to the Participant with a Fair Market Value equal to (a) the Fair Market Value of all shares issuable upon exercise of such Options, minus (b) the aggregate exercise price of all shares issuable upon exercise of such Options (together with the amount of any income taxes or employees social security contributions arising in respect of such cashless exercise).
5.4 Representations on Exercise . In connection with any exercise of Options and the issuance of Award Stock thereunder (other than pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act), Participant shall by the act of delivering the Exercise Notice (and without any further action on the part of the Participant) represent and warrant to the Company that as of the time of such exercise:
(a) The Award Stock to be acquired by Participant upon exercise shall be acquired for Participants own account and not with a view to, or intention of, distribution thereof in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable state securities laws, and the Award Stock shall not be disposed of in contravention of the Securities Act or any applicable state securities laws.
11
(b) Participant is or was an employee of the Company or one of its Subsidiaries, is sophisticated in financial matters, and is able to evaluate the risks and benefits of the investment in the Award Stock.
(c) Participant is able to bear the economic risks of an investment in the Award Stock for an indefinite period of time and is aware that transfer of the Award Stock may not be possible because (i) such transfer is subject to contractual restrictions on transfer set forth herein, in the Stockholders Agreement and in the Registration Rights Agreement and (ii) the Award Stock has not been registered under the Securities Act or any applicable state securities laws and, therefore, cannot be sold unless subsequently registered under the Securities Act and such applicable state securities laws or an exemption from such registration is available.
(d) Participant has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers concerning the terms and conditions of the offering of the Award Stock issued upon exercise and has had full access to such other information concerning the Company as Participant has requested.
In connection with any exercise of Options, Participant shall make such additional customary investment representations as the Company may require and Participant shall execute such documents necessary for the Company to perfect exemptions from registration under federal and state securities laws as the Company may reasonably request. In addition, in connection with any exercise of Options, Participant shall make an election under Section 83(b) of the Code, in the form prescribed by the Board.
5.5 Non-Transferability .
(a) All Options are personal to a Participant and are not Transferable by such Participant, other than by will or pursuant to applicable laws of descent and distribution. Only a Participant, the Participants estate or personal representatives or heirs, or any Permitted Transferee are entitled to exercise Options. All Award Stock issued pursuant to the exercise of any Option shall not be Transferable (other than pursuant to Article VII or VIII below, or as otherwise permitted pursuant to the terms of the Stockholders Agreement) by the Participant or Permitted Transferee who exercised such option and purchased such Award Stock (or any subsequent transferee) until the occurrence of a Change in Control. Any attempted Transfer of Options or Award Stock issued upon exercise thereof which is not specifically permitted under the Plan shall be null and void.
(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 5.5(a) above, Options and Award Stock issued pursuant to the exercise of any Option shall be Transferable by a Participant to any of such Participants Permitted Transferees; provided that, in no event shall any Participant be allowed, without the prior consent of the Board, to Transfer Options pursuant to this Section 5.5(b) more than once, nor to more than one (1) of such Participants Permitted Transferees, and in such case such Permitted Transferee shall thereafter not be allowed, without the prior consent of the Board, to Transfer any of the Options Transferred to such Permitted Transferee pursuant to this Section 5.5(b) . As part of any such Transfer, the
12
Permitted Transferee shall execute such documents as the Company may reasonably require, which documents shall provide that the Permitted Transferee (i) remains bound by the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement in the same manner as the Participant, and (ii) is bound by all of the terms and conditions of the Stockholders Agreement.
(c) No Participant shall make any Transfer prohibited by this Section 5.5 either directly or indirectly. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no Participant shall make one or more transfers to one or more Permitted Transferees and then dispose of all or any portion of such Participants interest in any such Permitted Transferee. Any Transfer or attempted Transfer in violation of this clause (c) shall be null and void.
(i) Upon the exercise of an Option, the Company shall issue, in the name of each Participant to whom Options have been granted, stock certificates representing the total number of shares of Award Stock issued in respect of such Option, as soon as reasonably practicable after such exercise. The Company shall hold such certificates for the Participants benefit until such Award Stock becomes freely Transferable, at which time the Company shall deliver such certificates (free of all such Transfer restrictions) to the Participant.
(ii) Unless the Board determines otherwise, any Participant who holds Award Stock shall have the right to receive dividends and distributions, if any are declared, with respect to such Award Stock; provided that, any dividends payable on shares of restricted Award Stock shall be held by the Company and delivered (without interest) to the Participant within fifteen (15) days following the date on which the restrictions on such Award Stock lapse (and the right to any such accumulated dividends shall be forfeited upon the forfeiture of the restricted Award Stock to which such dividends relate).
5.6 Rights as a Stockholder . A Participant holding Options shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares of Award Stock issuable upon exercise thereof until the date on which a stock certificate is issued to such Participant representing such Award Stock. The Company shall issue Award Stock to Participants no later than twenty (20) days following receipt by the Company of all exercise payments required to be made by a Participant in connection therewith; provided that, such time period shall be reduced to two (2) days during the thirty (30) days following any notice given by the Company pursuant to Section 5.7 of the Plan. Except as otherwise expressly provided in the Plan or in any Award Agreement, no adjustment shall be made for cash dividends or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such stock certificate is issued.
5.7 Notice of Dividends . The Board shall provide notice to all Participants who hold vested Options in the event that it intends to declare any dividend or distribution in respect of shares of Class B Common Stock. Such notice shall be provided not less than ten (10) days prior to the record date of such dividend or distribution, and shall describe in reasonable detail the approximate amounts anticipated to be distributed in respect of the Class B Common Stock.
13
ARTICLE VI
JOINDERS
6.1 Stockholders Agreement and Registration Rights Agreement . Exercise of any Options shall constitute agreement by the Participant making such exercise, to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of the Stockholders Agreement and Registration Rights Agreement with respect to the Award Stock, or any other Company capital stock, issuable to or held by such Participant. All of the terms of the Stockholders Agreement and Registration Rights Agreement are incorporated herein by reference.
ARTICLE VII
REPURCHASE OF SHARES
7.1 Repurchase Option . In the event that a Participant is no longer employed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for any reason, all Award Stock issued or issuable to such Participant, whether held by such Participant or one or more transferees of such Participant, will be subject to repurchase by the Company and the Sponsors (solely at their option), by delivery of one or more Repurchase Notices (as defined below) within the time periods set forth below, pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in this Article VII (the Repurchase Option ). The Repurchase Option shall terminate on the first to occur of a Change in Control or an Initial Public Offering.
(a) Termination Other than for Cause or Resignation . If a Participant is no longer employed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries as a result of any reason other than such Participants (i) termination for Cause or (ii) resignation (for any reason other than a Retirement, which shall be covered by Section 7.1(b) ), then on or after the Termination Date the Company may elect to purchase all or any portion of the Award Stock issued or issuable to such Participant at a price per share equal to the Fair Market Value thereof, in each case as determined as of a date determined by the Board that is the anticipated date of the Repurchase Closing (as defined in Section 7.3 below). Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event a Participant resigns due to a Retirement and subsequently takes any action described in the first sentence of Section 9.3 at any time within one (1) year after such Participants Termination Date, then the purchase price per share shall be the lower of Fair Market Value and Original Value.
(b) Termination for Cause or Resignation (other than for Retirement) . If a Participant is no longer employed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries as a result of such Participants (i) termination by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for Cause or (ii) resignation for any reason other than a Retirement, then on or after the Termination Date, the Company may elect to purchase all or any portion of the Award Stock issued or issuable to such Participant at a price per share equal to the lower of the Fair Market Value and Original Value thereof, in each case as determined as of a date determined by the Board that is the anticipated date of the Repurchase Closing (as defined in Section 7.3 below).
7.2 Option Repurchases . In the event the Company and/or the Sponsors, as applicable, exercise the Repurchase Option with respect to any shares of Award Stock issuable upon exercise of any Options held by a Participant, then such Participant shall be required,
14
promptly following receipt of a Repurchase Notice (as defined in Section 7.3 below), to exercise such Options and purchase from the Company (in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.3 ) all shares of Award Stock for which the Company and/or the Sponsors, as applicable, shall have delivered a Repurchase Notice.
7.3 Repurchase Procedures . Pursuant to the Repurchase Option, the Company may elect to exercise the right to purchase all or any portion of the shares of Award Stock issued to a Participant by delivering written notice or notices (each, a Repurchase Notice ) to the holder or holders of the such Award Stock at any time and from time to time no later than 120 days after the Termination Date (or 180 days, in the case of the Participants Disability, or 270 days, in the case of the Participants death, or one year and 10 days, in the case of the Participants resignation); provided that (x) such periods may be tolled in accordance with Section 7.6 below and (y) such time period for delivering a Repurchase Notice shall automatically be extended until the 185 th day following the issuance of Award Stock under an Option notwithstanding any other provision herein. Each Repurchase Notice will specifically identify the shares of Award Stock to be acquired from such holder(s) (including whether such shares are issuable upon exercise of Tranche I, II, or III Options), the repurchase price of such shares, the aggregate consideration to be paid for such shares and the time and place for the closing of the transaction (each, a Repurchase Closing ). In the event that the Company elects to purchase a portion of such Award Stock pursuant to the terms of this Section 7.3 , if any shares of such Award Stock are held by transferees of such Participant, the Company shall purchase the shares elected to be purchased first from such Participant to the extent of the shares of such Award Stock then held by such Participant and second purchase any remaining shares elected to be purchased from such other holder(s) of Award Stock pro rata according to the number of shares of Award Stock held by such other holder(s) at the time of delivery of such Repurchase Notice (determined as nearly as practicable to the nearest share). More than one Repurchase Notice may be delivered during the applicable periods for delivering a Repurchase Notice.
7.4 Sponsor Rights .
(a) If for any reason the Company does not elect to purchase all of the Award Stock (issued or issuable to a particular Participant) pursuant to the Repurchase Option pursuant to one or more Repurchase Notices, the Sponsors will be entitled to exercise the Repurchase Option, in the manner set forth in this Section 7.4 , for the Award Stock the Company has not elected to purchase (the Available Shares ). As soon as practicable after the Company has determined that there will be Available Shares, but in any event within ninety (90) days after the Termination Date (or 150 days, in the case of the Participants Disability, or 240 days, in the case of the Participants death), the Company shall give written notice (each, an Option Notice ) to the Sponsors setting forth the number of Available Shares and the price for each Available Share as determined pursuant to the provisions of this Article VII ; provided that such time period for delivering an Option Notice shall automatically be extended until the 210 th day following the issuance of Award Stock under an Option notwithstanding any other provision herein.
(b) The Sponsors may elect to purchase any number of Available Shares by delivering written notice (an Election Notice ) to the Company within twenty (20) days after receipt of the Option Notice from the Company. If the Sponsors elect to purchase an aggregate number of shares greater than the number of Available Shares, each class of Available Shares shall be allocated among the Sponsors based upon the number of shares of Common Stock owned by each Sponsor on a fully-diluted basis.
15
(c) As soon as practicable, and in any event within ten (10) days after the expiration of the 20-day period set forth above, the Company shall notify the holder(s) of Award Stock as to the number of shares being purchased from such holder(s) by the Sponsors (each, a Supplemental Repurchase Notice ). At the time the Company delivers a Supplemental Repurchase Notice to the holder(s) of Award Stock, the Company shall also deliver written notice to each electing Sponsor setting forth the number of shares that the Company and each Sponsor will acquire, the aggregate purchase price and the time and place of the closing of the transaction.
7.5 Closing of Repurchase . The closing of the transactions contemplated by this Article VII will take place on the date designated by the Company in the applicable Repurchase Notice or Supplemental Repurchase Notice, as the case may be, which date will be the later of (i) 181 days after the date that the Award Stock to be repurchased pursuant to such Repurchase Option is first issued and (ii) sixty (60) days after delivery of such notice. The Company and/or the Sponsors, as the case may be, will pay for the Award Stock to be purchased pursuant to the Repurchase Option by delivery of a check payable to the holder(s) of Award Stock or a wire transfer of immediately available funds. In addition, the Company may pay the repurchase price for such Award Stock by offsetting such amounts against any bona fide debts owed by Participant to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries. The Company and/or the Sponsors as the case may be, will receive customary representations and warranties from each seller regarding the sale of Award Stock including, but not limited to, the representation that such seller has good and marketable title to the Award Stock to be Transferred free and clear of all liens, claims and other encumbrances, and will be entitled to require all sellers signatures be guaranteed by a national bank or reputable securities broker. In the event that a repurchase is to take place at a price equal to Fair Market Value, and the Fair Market Value of the Award Stock has increased or decreased from the date on which it is determined to the date of closing pursuant to this Section 7.5 , then the repurchase shall be consummated at such higher or lower price.
7.6 Restrictions on Repurchase . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, all repurchases of Award Stock by the Company shall be subject to applicable restrictions contained in the Delaware General Corporation Law and in the Companys and its Subsidiaries debt and equity financing agreements. If any such restrictions prohibit the repurchase of Award Stock for cash and the Sponsors have not elected to acquire all Award Stock which the Company and the Sponsors have a right to repurchase pursuant to this Article VII , the Company shall have the right to deliver, as payment of the repurchase price, a subordinated note or notes payable in up to three equal annual installments beginning on the first anniversary of the closing of such repurchase and bearing interest (accruing quarterly) at a rate per annum equal to 7%. Any such notes issued by the Company shall be subject to any restrictive covenants which the Company is subject to at the time of repurchase. If any such restrictions prohibit the repurchase of Award Stock for such subordinated notes and the Sponsors have not elected to acquire all Award Stock which the Company and the Sponsors have a right to repurchase pursuant to this Article VII , the time periods provided in this Article VII shall be suspended for a period of up to twelve months, and the Company may make such repurchases as soon as it is permitted to do so under such restrictions but in no event later than twelve months after the initial time periods hereunder.
16
7.7 Forfeitures of Unvested Award Stock . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, on the date that any unvested Award Stock ceases to be eligible to vest pursuant to this Agreement or any Award Agreement, the Participant shall automatically (a) forfeit and have no further rights with respect to such unvested Award Stock and (b) be entitled to a payment by the Company and the Sponsors with respect to each share of unvested Award Stock in an amount equal to the lesser of (i) the Fair Market Value thereof and (ii) the cash purchase price per share paid by the Participant with respect to such unvested Award Stock.
ARTICLE VIII
PUBLIC OFFERINGS
8.1 Cooperation in an IPO . In the event that the Company approves an Initial Public Offering, the holders of Options or Award Stock will take all necessary or desirable actions in connection with the consummation of such offering. In the event that such Initial Public Offering is an underwritten offering and the managing underwriters advise the Company in writing that in their opinion the Common Stock structure will adversely affect the marketability of the offering, each holder of Options or Award Stock will consent to and vote for a recapitalization, reorganization and/or exchange of the Common Stock into securities that the managing underwriters and the Board find acceptable and will take all necessary or desirable actions in connection with the consummation of the recapitalization, reorganization and/or exchange.
8.2 Compliance with Laws . Each Option shall be subject to the requirement that if at any time the Board shall determine, in its discretion, that the listing, registration or qualification of the shares subject to such Option upon any securities exchange or under any state or federal securities or other law or regulation or the consent or approval of any governmental regulatory body, is necessary or desirable as a condition to or in connection with the granting of such Option or the issue or purchase of shares thereunder, no such Option may be exercised or paid in Class B Common Stock in whole or in part unless such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval (a Required Listing ) shall have been effected or obtained and the holder of the Option will supply the Company with such certificates, representations and information as the Company shall request which are reasonably necessary or desirable in order for the Company to obtain such Required Listing, and shall otherwise cooperate with the Company in obtaining such Required Listing. In the case of officers and other persons subject to Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Board may at any time impose any limitations upon the exercise of an Option which, in the Boards discretion, are necessary or desirable in order to comply with Section 16(b) and the rules and regulations thereunder. If the Company, as part of an offering of securities or otherwise, finds it desirable because of federal or state regulatory requirements to reduce the period during which any Options may be exercised, the Board may, in its discretion and without the consent of the holders of any such Options, so reduce such period on not less than 15 days written notice to the holders thereof.
17
8.3 Purchaser Representative . If the Company or the holders of the Companys securities enter into any negotiation or transaction for which Rule 506 (or any similar rule then in effect) promulgated by the Securities Exchange Commission may be available with respect to such negotiation or transaction (including a merger, consolidation or other reorganization), as a condition to participation in such sale (whether or not obligated to so participate pursuant to the provisions of the Stockholders Agreement or otherwise), the holders of Award Stock will, at the request of the Company, appoint a purchaser representative (as such term is defined in Rule 501) reasonably acceptable to the Company. If any holder of Award Stock appoints a purchaser representative designated by the Company, the Company will pay the fees of such purchaser representative; but if any holder of Award Stock declines to appoint the purchaser representative designated by the Company, such holder will appoint another purchaser representative and such holder will be responsible for the fees of the purchaser representative so appointed.
ARTICLE IX
RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS
The Company and its Subsidiaries operate in a highly sensitive and competitive commercial environment. As part of their employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries, Participants will be exposed to highly confidential and sensitive information regarding the Companys and its Subsidiaries business operations, including corporate strategy, pricing and other market information, know-how, trade secrets, and valuable customer, supplier, and employee relationships. It is critical that the Company take all necessary steps to safeguard its legitimate protectable interests in such information and to prevent any of its competitors or any other persons from obtaining any such information. Therefore, as consideration for the Companys agreement to grant Options to a Participant, each Participant shall agree to be bound by the following restrictive covenants:
9.1 Confidentiality . Each Participant acknowledges that the information, observations and data obtained by him or her while employed by the Company and its Subsidiaries concerning the business or affairs of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries ( Confidential Information ) are the property of the Company or such Subsidiary. Therefore, each Participant agrees that he or she shall not disclose to any unauthorized Person or use for his or her own purposes any Confidential Information without the prior written consent of the Board, unless and to the extent that the aforementioned matters become generally known to and available for use by the public other than as a result of such Participants acts or omissions. Each Participant shall deliver to the Company or one of its Subsidiaries, at the termination of such Participants employment, or at any other time the Company may request, all memoranda, notes, plans, records, reports, computer tapes, printouts and software and other documents and data (and copies thereof) relating to the Confidential Information, Work Product (as defined below) or the business of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries which he or she may then possess or have under his or her control.
9.2 Assignment of Inventions . Each Participant acknowledges that all inventions, innovations, improvements, developments, methods, designs, analyses, drawings, reports, formulas, recipes, customer lists, and all similar or related information (whether or not patentable) which relate to the Companys or any of its Subsidiaries actual or anticipated business, research and development or existing or future products or services and which are conceived, developed or made by such Participant while employed by the Company and its Subsidiaries ( Work Product ) belong to the Company or such Subsidiary. Each Participant shall promptly disclose such Work Product to the Board and perform all actions reasonably requested by the Board (whether during or after the period of Participants employment) to establish and confirm such ownership (including, without limitation, assignments, consents, powers of attorney and other instruments).
18
9.3 Non-Competition; Non-Solicitation . At any time during a Participants Non-Competition Period, such Participant shall not, for himself or herself or on behalf of any other Person, participate in, directly or indirectly, any Competing Business in the United States; provided that, nothing in this sentence shall restrict a Participant from passive ownership of three (3) percent or less of the publicly traded securities of any Person. During a Participants Non-Competition Period, a Participant shall not (i) induce or attempt to induce any employee of the Company or its Subsidiaries to leave the employ of the Company or its Subsidiaries, or in any way interfere with the relationship between the Company or its Subsidiaries and any employee thereof, (ii) hire directly or through another entity any person who was an employee (other than clerical or administrative support personnel) of the Company or its Subsidiaries at any time during the Non-Competition Period or (iii) induce or attempt to induce any customer, supplier, licensee or other business relation of the Company or its Subsidiaries to cease doing business with the Company or its Subsidiaries, or in any way interfere with the relationship between any such customer, supplier, licensee or business relation and the Company or its Subsidiaries (including, without limitation, making any negative statements or communications concerning the Company or its Subsidiaries).
9.4 No Restriction on Earning a Living . By his or her acceptance and/or acquisition of an Award, each Participant thereby acknowledges that the provisions of this Article IX do not preclude such Participant from earning a livelihood, nor do they unreasonably impose limitations on Participants ability to earn a living. In addition, each Participant thereby acknowledges that the potential harm to the Company and/or its Subsidiaries of non-enforcement of this Article IX outweighs any harm to Participant of enforcement (by injunction or otherwise) of this Article IX against him. If any portion of the provisions of this Article IX is found to be invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction because its duration, territory, definition of activities covered, or definition of information covered is considered to be unreasonable in scope, the invalid or unenforceable term shall be redefined, or a new enforceable term provided, such that the intent of the Company and Participant in agreeing to the provisions of this Article IX will not be impaired and the provision in question shall be enforceable to the fullest extent of applicable law.
ARTICLE X
OTHER PROVISIONS
10.1 Indemnification . No member of the Board, nor any person to whom ministerial duties have been delegated, shall be personally liable for any action, interpretation or determination made with respect to the Plan or Awards made thereunder, and each member of the Board shall be fully indemnified and protected by the Company with respect to any liability he or she may incur with respect to any such action, interpretation or determination, to the extent permitted by applicable law and to the extent provided in the Companys Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws, as amended from time to time, or under any agreement between any such member and the Company.
19
10.2 Termination and Amendment . The Board at any time may suspend or terminate this Plan and make such additions or amendments as it deems advisable under this Plan; provided that, the Board may not change any of the terms of an Award Agreement in a manner adverse to a Participant without the prior written approval of such Participant.
10.3 Taxes .
(a) The Company shall have the right to require Participants or their beneficiaries or legal representatives to remit to the Company an amount sufficient to satisfy his or her minimum Federal, state, local, and foreign withholding tax requirements, or to deduct from all payments under the Plan amounts sufficient to satisfy such minimum withholding tax requirements. Whenever payments under the Plan are to be made to a Participant in cash, such payments shall be net of any amounts sufficient to satisfy all Federal, state, local, and foreign withholding tax requirements.
(b) Except as otherwise expressly provided in an Award Agreement, the Board may, in its discretion permit a Participant to satisfy his or her tax withholding obligation either by (i) surrendering Award Stock owned by the Participant or (ii) having the Company withhold from Award Stock otherwise deliverable to such Participant. Award Stock surrendered or withheld shall be valued at Fair Market Value as of the date on which income is required to be recognized for income tax purposes.
10.4 Withholding . In a situation where, if a Participant were to receive Award Stock, the Company or any of its Affiliates (or a former Affiliate) would be obliged to (or would suffer a disadvantage if it were not to) account for any tax or social security contributions in any jurisdiction for which that person would be liable by virtue of the receipt of Award Stock or which would be recoverable from that person (together, the Tax Liability ), the Options may not be exercised unless that person has either (i) made a payment to the Company or any of its Affiliates (or a former Affiliate) of an amount at least equal to the Companys estimate of the Tax Liability, or (ii) entered into arrangements acceptable to the Company or any of its Affiliates (or a former Affiliate) to secure that such a payment is made (whether by authorizing the sale of some or all of the Award Stock on the Participants behalf and the payment to the Company or any of its Affiliates (or a former Affiliate) of the relevant amount out of the proceeds of sale or otherwise).
10.5 Data Protection . By participating in the Plan or accepting any rights granted under it, each Participant consents to the collection and processing of personal data relating to the Participant so that the Company and its Affiliates can fulfill their obligations and exercise their rights under the Plan and generally administer and manage the Plan. This data will include, but may not be limited to, data about participation in the Plan and shares offered or received, purchased or sold under the Plan from time to time and other appropriate financial and other data (such as the date on which the Options were granted) about the Participant and the Participants participation in the Plan.
10.6 Notices . Notices required or permitted to be made under the Plan shall be in writing and shall be deemed given, delivered and effective on the earliest of (a) the date of transmission, if such notice or communication is delivered via facsimile prior to 5:00 p.m. (New York time) on a business day, (b) the business day after the date of transmission, if such notice or
20
communication is delivered via facsimile later than 5:00 p.m. (New York time) on any business day and earlier than 11:59 p.m. (New York time) on the day preceding the next business day, (c) one (1) business day after when sent, if sent by nationally recognized overnight courier service (charges prepaid), or (d) upon actual receipt by the person to whom such notice is required to be given. All notices shall be addressed (i) to a Participant at such Participants address as set forth in the books and records of the Company and its Subsidiaries, or (ii) to the Company or the Board at the principal office of the Company clearly marked Attention: Board of Directors.
10.7 Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Plan shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Plan is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision or any other jurisdiction, but this Plan shall be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.
10.8 Prior Agreements . No provision of any employment, severance, incentive award, change in control or other similar agreement entered into by a Participant, on the one hand, and any Subsidiary of the Company, on the other hand, prior to May 23, 2008 shall modify or have any effect in any manner on any provision of this Plan or any term or condition of any Award Agreement to which such Participant is a party, and, subject to the foregoing and except as otherwise expressly agreed between the Company and a Participant, nor shall any provision of this Plan modify or have any effect in any manner on any provision of any employment, severance, incentive award, change in control, or similar agreement entered into by a Participant and any Subsidiary of the Company . Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any provision in any such agreement that purports to apply in any manner to options, stock, equity-based awards, or the like shall not apply to or have any effect on any Awards under the Plan.
10.9 Governing Law and Forum; Waiver of Jury Trial . The Plan shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware. Each Participant who accepts an Award thereby agrees that any suit, action or proceeding brought by or against such Participant in connection with this Plan shall be brought solely in the courts of the State of Delaware or the United States District Court for the District of Delaware, each Participant consents to the jurisdiction and venue of each such court, and each Participant agrees to accept service of process by the Company or any of its agents in connection with any such proceeding. EACH PARTICIPANT WHO ACCEPTS AN AWARD IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY SUIT, ACTION OR OTHER PROCEEDING INSTITUTED BY OR AGAINST SUCH PARTICIPANT IN RESPECT OF HIS OR HER RIGHTS OR OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER.
10.10 Section 409A Compliance .
(a) It is the intention of the Company and the Board that the Plan not be subject to the provisions of Section 409A of the Code, as in effect as of May 23, 2008 or subsequently modified thereafter, and all provisions of this Plan shall be construed and interpreted in a manner consistent with the requirements for avoiding taxes or penalties under Section 409A of the Code. In the event that Section 409A would impose a detriment on the Participants, taken as a whole, with respect to Awards under the Plan, then the Board shall consider in good
21
faith modifications or amendments to the Plan intended to eliminate or ameliorate such detriment. In no event shall the Company, the Board, or any of their respective Affiliates be liable to any Participant or any other Person for any such detriment, or any other cost, expense, tax, or liability imposed on a Participant or any other Person as a result of such Participants acceptance of any Award or participation in the transactions contemplated by the Plan, and each Participant is solely responsible and liable for the satisfaction of all taxes and penalties that may be imposed on or in respect of such Participant in connection with this Plan (including any taxes and penalties under Section 409A of the Code).
(b) With respect to any Award that is considered deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code, references in the Plan to termination of employment (and substantially similar phrases) shall mean separation from service within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code. For purposes of Section 409A of the Code, each of the payments that may be made in respect of any Award granted under the Plan is designated as separate payments.
(c) Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, if a Participant is a specified employee within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, no payments in respect of any Awards that are deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code and which would otherwise be payable upon the Participants separation from service (as defined in Section 409A of the Code) shall be made to such Participant prior to the date that is six months after the date of such Participants separation from service or, if earlier, the Participants date of death. Following any applicable six month delay, all such delayed payments will be paid in a single lump sum on the earliest date permitted under Section 409A of the Code that is also a business day.
(d) Unless otherwise provided by the Committee in an Award Agreement or otherwise, in the event that the timing of payments in respect of any Award (that would otherwise be considered deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code) would be accelerated upon the occurrence of (i) a Change in Control, no such acceleration shall be permitted unless the event giving rise to the Change in Control satisfies the definition of a change in the ownership or effective control of a corporation, or a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of a corporation pursuant to Section 409A of the Code and any Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder or (ii) a Disability, no such acceleration shall be permitted unless the Disability also satisfies the definition of Disability pursuant to Section 409A of the Code and any Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.
* * * *
22
Exhibit 10.8
PERFORMANCE FOOD GROUP COMPANY
2015 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN
1. Purpose . The purpose of the Performance Food Group Company 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan is to provide a means through which the Company and other members of the Company Group may attract and retain key personnel and to provide a means whereby directors, officers, employees, consultants, and advisors of the Company and other members of the Company Group can acquire and maintain an equity interest in the Company, or be paid incentive compensation, including incentive compensation measured by reference to the value of Common Stock, thereby strengthening their commitment to the welfare of the Company Group and aligning their interests with those of the Companys stockholders.
2. Definitions . The following definitions shall be applicable throughout the Plan.
(a) Absolute Share Limit has the meaning given such term in Section 5(b) of the Plan.
(b) Adjustment Event has the meaning given such term in Section 12(a) of the Plan.
(c) Affiliate means any Person that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with the Company. The term control (including, with correlative meaning, the terms controlled by and under common control with), as applied to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting or other securities, by contract, or otherwise.
(d) Award means, individually or collectively, any Incentive Stock Option, Nonqualified Stock Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Unit, Other Equity-Based Award, Other Cash-Based Award, and Performance Compensation Award granted under the Plan.
(e) Award Agreement means the document or documents by which each Award (other than an Other Cash-Based Award) is evidenced, which may be in written or electronic form.
(f) Board means the Board of Directors of the Company.
(g) Cause means, as to any Participant, unless the applicable Award Agreement states otherwise, (i) Cause, as defined in any employment or consulting agreement between the Participant and the Service Recipient in effect at the time of such Termination, or (ii) in the absence of any such employment or consulting agreement (or the absence of any definition of Cause contained therein), the Participants (A) willful neglect in the performance of the Participants duties for the Service Recipient or willful or repeated failure or refusal to perform such duties; (B) engagement in conduct in connection with the Participants employment or service with the Service Recipient, which results, or could reasonably be expected to result in, material harm to the business or reputation of the Company or any other member of the Company Group; (C) conviction of, or plea of guilty or no contest to, (I) any felony; or (II) any
other crime that results, or could reasonably be expected to result in, material harm to the business or reputation of the Company or any other member of the Company Group; (D) material violation of the written policies of the Service Recipient, including but not limited to those relating to sexual harassment or the disclosure or misuse of confidential information, or those set forth in the manuals or statements of policy of the Service Recipient; (E) fraud or misappropriation, embezzlement or misuse of funds or property belonging to the Company or any other member of the Company Group; or (F) act of personal dishonesty that involves personal profit in connection with the Participants employment or service to the Service Recipient.
(h) Change in Control means:
(i) the acquisition (whether by purchase, merger, consolidation, combination, or other similar transaction) by any Person of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of more than 50% (on a fully diluted basis) of either (A) the then outstanding shares of Common Stock, taking into account as outstanding for this purpose such Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of options or warrants, the conversion of convertible stock or debt, and the exercise of any similar right to acquire such Common Stock or (B) the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors; provided, however, that for purposes of this Plan, the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change in Control: (I) any acquisition by the Company or any Affiliate; (II) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan sponsored or maintained by the Company or any Affiliate; or (III) in respect of an Award held by a particular Participant, any acquisition by the Participant or any group of Persons including the Participant (or any entity controlled by the Participant or any group of Persons including the Participant);
(ii) during any period of twelve (12) months, individuals who, at the beginning of such period, constitute the Board (the Incumbent Directors ) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof, whose election or nomination for election was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the Incumbent Directors then on the Board (either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of the Company in which such person is named as a nominee for director, without written objection to such nomination) shall be an Incumbent Director; provided, however , that no individual initially elected or nominated as a director of the Company as a result of an actual or threatened election contest, as such terms are used in Rule 14a-12 of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act, with respect to directors or as a result of any other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of any person other than the Board shall be deemed to be an Incumbent Director; or
(iii) the sale, transfer, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to any Person that is not an Affiliate of the Company.
(i) Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any successor thereto. Reference in the Plan to any section of the Code shall be deemed to include any regulations or other interpretative guidance under such section, and any amendments or successor provisions to such section, regulations, or guidance.
2
(j) Committee means the Compensation Committee of the Board or any properly delegated subcommittee thereof or, if no such Compensation Committee or subcommittee thereof exists, the Board.
(k) Common Stock means the common stock of the Company, par value $0.01 per share (and any stock or other securities into which such Common Stock may be converted or into which it may be exchanged).
(l) Company means Performance Food Group Company, a Delaware corporation, and any successor thereto.
(m) Company Group means, collectively, the Company and any of its Subsidiaries.
(n) Date of Grant means the date on which the granting of an Award is authorized, or such other date as may be specified in such authorization.
(o) Designated Foreign Subsidiaries means all members of the Company Group that are organized under the laws of any jurisdiction or country other than the United States of America that may be designated by the Board or the Committee from time to time.
(p) Detrimental Activity means any of the following: (i) unauthorized disclosure of any confidential or proprietary information of any member of the Company Group; (ii) any activity that would be grounds to terminate the Participants employment or service with the Service Recipient for Cause; (iii) the breach of any noncompetition, nonsolicitation or other agreement containing restrictive covenants, with any member of the Company Group; or (iv) fraud or conduct contributing to any financial restatements or irregularities, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.
(q) Disability means, as to any Participant, unless the applicable Award Agreement states otherwise, (i) Disability, as defined in any employment or consulting agreement between the Participant and the Service Recipient in effect at the time of such Termination; or (ii) in the absence of any such employment or consulting agreement (or the absence of any definition of Disability contained therein), a condition entitling the Participant to receive benefits under a long-term disability plan of the Company Group in which such Participant is eligible to participate, or, in the absence of such a plan, the complete and permanent inability by reason of illness or accident to perform the duties of the occupation at which a Participant was employed or served when such disability commenced. Any determination of whether Disability exists shall be made by the Company (or designee) in its sole and absolute discretion.
(r) Effective Date means July 30, 2015.
3
(s) Eligible Person means any (i) individual employed by any member of the Company Group; provided, however , that no such employee covered by a collective bargaining agreement shall be an Eligible Person unless and to the extent that such eligibility is set forth in such collective bargaining agreement or in an agreement or instrument relating thereto; (ii) director or officer of any member of the Company Group; or (iii) consultant or advisor to any member of the Company Group who may be offered securities registrable pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act, who, in the case of each of clauses (i) through (iii) above, has entered into an Award Agreement or who has received written notification from the Committee or its designee that they have been selected to participate in the Plan.
(t) Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any successor thereto. Reference in the Plan to any section of (or rule promulgated under) the Exchange Act shall be deemed to include any rules, regulations, or other interpretative guidance under such section or rule, and any amendments or successor provisions to such section, rules, regulations, or guidance.
(u) Exercise Price has the meaning given such term in Section 7(b) of the Plan.
(v) Fair Market Value means, on a given date, if (i) the Common Stock is listed on a national securities exchange, the closing sales price of the Common Stock reported on the primary exchange on which the Common Stock is listed and traded on such date, or, if there are no such sales on that date, then on the last preceding date on which such sales were reported; (ii) the Common Stock is not listed on any national securities exchange but is quoted in an inter-dealer quotation system on a last sale basis, the average between the closing bid price and ask price reported on such date, or, if there is no such sale on that date, then on the last preceding date on which a sale was reported; or (iii) the Common Stock is not listed on a national securities exchange or quoted in an inter-dealer quotation system on a last sale basis, the amount determined by the Committee in good faith to be the fair market value of the Common Stock; provided , however , as to any Awards granted on or with a Date of Grant of the date of the pricing of the Companys initial public offering, Fair Market Value shall be equal to the per share price at which the Common Stock is offered to the public in connection with such initial public offering.
(w) GAAP has the meaning given such term in Section 7(d) of the Plan.
(x) Immediate Family Members has the meaning given such term in Section 14(b) of the Plan.
(y) Incentive Stock Option means an Option which is designated by the Committee as an incentive stock option as described in Section 422 of the Code and otherwise meets the requirements set forth in the Plan.
(z) Indemnifiable Person has the meaning given such term in Section 4(e) of the Plan.
(aa) Negative Discretion means the discretion authorized by the Plan to be applied by the Committee to eliminate or reduce the size of a Performance Compensation Award consistent with Section 162(m) of the Code.
4
(bb) Nonqualified Stock Option means an Option which is not designated by the Committee as an Incentive Stock Option.
(cc) Non-Employee Director means a member of the Board who is not an employee of any member of the Company Group.
(dd) Option means an Award granted under Section 7 of the Plan.
(ee) Option Period has the meaning given such term in Section 7(c) of the Plan.
(ff) Other Cash-Based Award means an Award granted under Section 10 of the Plan that is payable without reference to the value of Common Stock.
(gg) Other Equity-Based Award means an Award that is not an Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Unit, or Performance Compensation Award that is granted under Section 10 of the Plan and is (i) payable by delivery of Common Stock and/or (ii) measured by reference to the value of Common Stock.
(hh) Participant means an Eligible Person who has been selected by the Committee to participate in the Plan and to receive an Award pursuant to the Plan.
(ii) Performance Compensation Award means any Award designated by the Committee as a Performance Compensation Award pursuant to Section 11 of the Plan.
(jj) Performance Criteria means the criterion or criteria that the Committee shall select for purposes of establishing the Performance Goals for a Performance Period with respect to any Performance Compensation Award under the Plan.
(kk) Performance Formula means, for a Performance Period, the one or more objective formulae applied against the relevant Performance Goal to determine, with regard to the Performance Compensation Award of a particular Participant, whether all, some portion but less than all, or none of the Performance Compensation Award has been earned for the Performance Period.
(ll) Performance Goals means, for a Performance Period, the one or more goals established by the Committee for the Performance Period based upon the Performance Criteria.
(mm) Performance Period means the one or more periods of time of not less than 12 months, as the Committee may select, over which the attainment of one or more Performance Goals will be measured for the purpose of determining a Participants right to, and the payment of, a Performance Compensation Award.
(nn) Permitted Transferee has the meaning given such term in Section 14(b) of the Plan.
(oo) Person means any individual, entity, or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act).
5
(pp) Plan means this Performance Food Group Company 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan, as it may be amended and restated from time to time.
(qq) Qualifying Director means a person who is (i) with respect to actions intended to obtain an exemption from Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act pursuant to Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act, a non-employee director within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act, and (ii) with respect to actions intended to obtain the exception for performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code, an outside director within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code.
(rr) Restricted Period means the period of time determined by the Committee during which an Award is subject to restrictions or, as applicable, the period of time within which performance is measured for purposes of determining whether an Award has been earned.
(ss) Restricted Stock means Common Stock, subject to certain specified restrictions (which may include, without limitation, a requirement that the Participant remain continuously employed or provide continuous services for a specified period of time), granted under Section 9 of the Plan.
(tt) Restricted Stock Unit means an unfunded and unsecured promise to deliver shares of Common Stock, cash, other securities, or other property, subject to certain restrictions (which may include, without limitation, a requirement that the Participant remain continuously employed or provide continuous services for a specified period of time), granted under Section 9 of the Plan.
(uu) SAR Period has the meaning given such term in Section 8(c) of the Plan.
(vv) Securities Act means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any successor thereto. Reference in the Plan to any section of (or rule promulgated under) the Securities Act shall be deemed to include any rules, regulations, or other interpretative guidance under such section or rule, and any amendments or successor provisions to such section, rules, regulations, or guidance.
(ww) Service Recipient means, with respect to a Participant holding a given Award, the member of the Company Group by which the original recipient of such Award is, or following a Termination was most recently, principally employed or to which such original recipient provides, or following a Termination was most recently providing, services, as applicable.
(xx) Stock Appreciation Right or SAR means an Award granted under Section 8 of the Plan.
(yy) Strike Price has the meaning given such term in Section 8(b) of the Plan.
(zz) Subsidiary means, with respect to any specified Person:
6
(i) any corporation, association, or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of such entitys voting securities (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency and after giving effect to any voting agreement or stockholders agreement that effectively transfers voting power) is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and
(ii) any partnership (or any comparable foreign entity) (A) the sole general partner (or functional equivalent thereof) or the managing general partner of which is such Person or Subsidiary of such Person or (B) the only general partners (or functional equivalents thereof) of which are that Person or one or more Subsidiaries of that Person (or any combination thereof).
(aaa) Substitute Award has the meaning given such term in Section 5(e) of the Plan.
(bbb) Sub-Plans means any sub-plan to this Plan that has been adopted by the Board or the Committee for the purpose of permitting the offering of Awards to employees of certain Designated Foreign Subsidiaries or otherwise outside the United States of America, with each such sub-plan designed to comply with local laws applicable to offerings in such foreign jurisdictions. Although any Sub-Plan may be designated a separate and independent plan from the Plan in order to comply with applicable local laws, the Absolute Share Limit and the other limits specified in Section 5(b) shall apply in the aggregate to the Plan and any Sub-Plan adopted hereunder.
(ccc) Termination means the termination of a Participants employment or service, as applicable, with the Service Recipient.
3. Effective Date; Duration . The Plan shall be effective as of the Effective Date. The expiration date of the Plan, on and after which date no Awards may be granted hereunder, shall be the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date; provided, however , that such expiration shall not affect Awards then outstanding, and the terms and conditions of the Plan shall continue to apply to such Awards.
4. Administration.
(a) The Committee shall administer the Plan. To the extent required to comply with the provisions of Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act (if the Board is not acting as the Committee under the Plan) or necessary to obtain the exception for performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code, as applicable, it is intended that each member of the Committee shall, at the time such member takes any action with respect to an Award under the Plan that is intended to qualify for the exemptions provided by Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act or to qualify as performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code, as applicable, be a Qualifying Director. However, the fact that a Committee member shall fail to qualify as a Qualifying Director shall not invalidate any Award granted by the Committee that is otherwise validly granted under the Plan.
7
(b) Subject to the provisions of the Plan and applicable law, the Committee shall have the sole and plenary authority, in addition to other express powers and authorizations conferred on the Committee by the Plan, to: (i) designate Participants; (ii) determine the type or types of Awards to be granted to a Participant; (iii) determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be covered by, or with respect to which payments, rights, or other matters are to be calculated in connection with, Awards; (iv) determine the terms and conditions of any Award; (v) determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances Awards may be settled in, or exercised for, cash, shares of Common Stock, other securities, other Awards, or other property, or canceled, forfeited, or suspended and the method or methods by which Awards may be settled, exercised, canceled, forfeited, or suspended; (vi) determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances the delivery of cash, shares of Common Stock, other securities, other Awards, or other property and other amounts payable with respect to an Award shall be deferred either automatically or at the election of the Participant or of the Committee; (vii) interpret, administer, reconcile any inconsistency in, correct any defect in, and/or supply any omission in the Plan and any instrument or agreement relating to, or Award granted under, the Plan; (viii) establish, amend, suspend, or waive any rules and regulations and appoint such agents as the Committee shall deem appropriate for the proper administration of the Plan; (ix) adopt Sub-Plans; and (x) make any other determination and take any other action that the Committee deems necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan.
(c) Except to the extent prohibited by applicable law or the applicable rules and regulations of any securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which the securities of the Company are listed or traded, the Committee may allocate all or any portion of its responsibilities and powers to any one or more of its members and may delegate all or any part of its responsibilities and powers to any person or persons selected by it. Any such allocation or delegation may be revoked by the Committee at any time. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Committee may delegate to one or more officers of the Company or any Subsidiary, the authority to act on behalf of the Committee with respect to any matter, right, obligation, or election which is the responsibility of, or which is allocated to, the Committee herein, and which may be so delegated as a matter of law, except for grants of Awards to Non-Employee Directors. Notwithstanding the foregoing in this Section 4(c), it is intended that any action under the Plan intended to qualify for an exemption provided by Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act, and/or the exception under Section 162(m) of the Code related to persons who are subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act and/or who are, or who are reasonably expected to be, covered employees for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code, will be taken only by the Board or by a committee or subcommittee of two or more Qualifying Directors. However, the fact that any member of such committee or subcommittee shall fail to qualify as a Qualifying Director shall not invalidate any action that is otherwise valid under the Plan.
(d) Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, all designations, determinations, interpretations, and other decisions under or with respect to the Plan, any Award or any Award Agreement shall be within the sole discretion of the Committee, may be made at any time, and shall be final, conclusive, and binding upon all Persons, including, without limitation, the Company, any other member of the Company Group, any Participant, any holder or beneficiary of any Award, and any stockholder of the Company.
8
(e) No member of the Board or the Committee or any employee or agent of the Company or any Subsidiary (each such person, an Indemnifiable Person ) shall be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken or any determination made with respect to the Plan or any Award hereunder (unless constituting fraud or a willful criminal act or omission). Each Indemnifiable Person shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company against and from any loss, cost, liability, or expense (including attorneys fees) that may be imposed upon or incurred by such Indemnifiable Person in connection with or resulting from any action, suit, or proceeding to which such Indemnifiable Person may be a party or in which such Indemnifiable Person may be involved by reason of any action taken or omitted to be taken or determination made with respect to the Plan or any Award hereunder and against and from any and all amounts paid by such Indemnifiable Person with the Companys approval, in settlement thereof, or paid by such Indemnifiable Person in satisfaction of any judgment in any such action, suit, or proceeding against such Indemnifiable Person, and the Company shall advance to such Indemnifiable Person any such expenses promptly upon written request (which request shall include an undertaking by the Indemnifiable Person to repay the amount of such advance if it shall ultimately be determined, as provided below, that the Indemnifiable Person is not entitled to be indemnified); provided , that the Company shall have the right, at its own expense, to assume and defend any such action, suit, or proceeding and once the Company gives notice of its intent to assume the defense, the Company shall have sole control over such defense with counsel of the Companys choice. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be available to an Indemnifiable Person to the extent that a final judgment or other final adjudication (in either case not subject to further appeal) binding upon such Indemnifiable Person determines that the acts, omissions, or determinations of such Indemnifiable Person giving rise to the indemnification claim resulted from such Indemnifiable Persons fraud or willful criminal act or omission or that such right of indemnification is otherwise prohibited by law or by the Companys or any Subsidiarys organizational documents. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of or otherwise supersede any other rights of indemnification to which such Indemnifiable Persons may be entitled under the Companys or any Subsidiarys organizational documents, as a matter of law, under an individual indemnification agreement or contract, or otherwise, or any other power that the Company may have to indemnify such Indemnifiable Persons or hold such Indemnifiable Persons harmless.
(f) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Plan, the Board may, in its sole discretion, at any time and from time to time, grant Awards and administer the Plan with respect to such Awards. Any such actions by the Board shall be subject to the applicable rules of the securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted. In any such case, the Board shall have all the authority granted to the Committee under the Plan.
5. Grant of Awards; Shares Subject to the Plan; Limitations.
(a) The Committee may, from time to time, grant Awards to one or more Eligible Persons.
(b) Awards granted under the Plan shall be subject to the following limitations: (i) subject to Section 12 of the Plan, no more than 10,000,000 shares of Common Stock (the Absolute Share Limit ) shall be available for Awards under the Plan; (ii) subject to Section
9
12 of the Plan, grants of Options or SARs under the Plan in respect of no more than 5,000,000 shares of Common Stock may be made to any individual Participant during any single fiscal year of the Company (for this purpose, if a SAR is granted in tandem with an Option (such that the SAR expires with respect to the number of shares of Common Stock for which the Option is exercised), only the shares underlying the Option shall count against this limitation); (iii) subject to Section 12 of the Plan, no more than the number of shares of Common Stock equal to the Absolute Share Limit may be issued in the aggregate pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options granted under the Plan; (iv) subject to Section 12 of the Plan, no more than 5,000,000 shares of Common Stock may be issued in respect of Performance Compensation Awards denominated in shares of Common Stock granted pursuant to Section 11 of the Plan to any individual Participant for a single fiscal year during a Performance Period (or with respect to each single fiscal year in the event a Performance Period extends beyond a single fiscal year), or in the event such share-denominated Performance Compensation Award is paid in cash, other securities, other Awards, or other property, no more than the Fair Market Value of such shares of Common Stock on the last day of the Performance Period to which such Award relates; (v) the maximum number of shares of Common Stock subject to Awards granted during a single fiscal year to any Non-Employee Director, taken together with any cash fees paid to such Non-Employee Director during the fiscal year, shall not exceed $5,000,000 in total value (calculating the value of any such Awards based on the grant date fair value of such Awards for financial reporting purposes); and (vi) the maximum amount that can be paid to any individual Participant for a single fiscal year during a Performance Period (or with respect to each single fiscal year in the event a Performance Period extends beyond a single fiscal year) pursuant to a Performance Compensation Award denominated in cash (described in Section 11(a) of the Plan) shall be $10,000,000.
(c) Other than with respect to Substitute Awards, to the extent that an Award expires or is canceled, forfeited, terminated, settled in cash, or otherwise is settled without delivery to the Participant of the full number of shares of Common Stock to which the Award related, the undelivered shares will again be available for grant. Shares of Common Stock withheld in payment of the Exercise Price, or taxes relating to an Award, and shares equal to the number of shares surrendered in payment of any Exercise Price, or taxes relating to an Award, shall be deemed to constitute shares not issued to the Participant and shall be deemed to again be available for Awards under the Plan; provided, however , that such shares shall not become available for issuance hereunder if either: (i) the applicable shares are withheld or surrendered following the termination of the Plan; or (ii) at the time the applicable shares are withheld or surrendered, it would constitute a material revision of the Plan subject to stockholder approval under any then-applicable rules of the national securities exchange on which the Common Stock is listed.
(d) Shares of Common Stock issued by the Company in settlement of Awards may be authorized and unissued shares, shares held in the treasury of the Company, shares purchased on the open market or by private purchase, or a combination of the foregoing.
(e) Awards may, in the sole discretion of the Committee, be granted under the Plan in assumption of, or in substitution for, outstanding awards previously granted by an entity directly or indirectly acquired by the Company or with which the Company combines ( Substitute Awards ). Substitute Awards shall not be counted against the Absolute Share
10
Limit; provided , that Substitute Awards issued in connection with the assumption of, or in substitution for, outstanding options intended to qualify as incentive stock options within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code shall be counted against the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock available for Awards of Incentive Stock Options under the Plan. Subject to applicable stock exchange requirements, available shares under a stockholder-approved plan of an entity directly or indirectly acquired by the Company or with which the Company combines (as appropriately adjusted to reflect the acquisition or combination transaction) may be used for Awards under the Plan and shall not reduce the number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan.
6. Eligibility. Participation in the Plan shall be limited to Eligible Persons.
7. Options.
(a) General . Each Option granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement, which agreement need not be the same for each Participant. Each Option so granted shall be subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 7, and to such other conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be reflected in the applicable Award Agreement. All Options granted under the Plan shall be Nonqualified Stock Options unless the applicable Award Agreement expressly states that the Option is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option. Incentive Stock Options shall be granted only to Eligible Persons who are employees of a member of the Company Group, and no Incentive Stock Option shall be granted to any Eligible Person who is ineligible to receive an Incentive Stock Option under the Code. No Option shall be treated as an Incentive Stock Option unless the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company in a manner intended to comply with the stockholder approval requirements of Section 422(b)(1) of the Code, provided that any Option intended to be an Incentive Stock Option shall not fail to be effective solely on account of a failure to obtain such approval, but rather such Option shall be treated as a Nonqualified Stock Option unless and until such approval is obtained. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the terms and conditions of such grant shall be subject to, and comply with, such rules as may be prescribed by Section 422 of the Code. If for any reason an Option intended to be an Incentive Stock Option (or any portion thereof) shall not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, then, to the extent of such nonqualification, such Option or portion thereof shall be regarded as a Nonqualified Stock Option appropriately granted under the Plan.
(b) Exercise Price . Except as otherwise provided by the Committee in the case of Substitute Awards, the exercise price ( Exercise Price ) per share of Common Stock for each Option shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of such share (determined as of the Date of Grant); provided, however , that in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to an employee who, at the time of the grant of such Option, owns stock representing more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of stock of any member of the Company Group, the Exercise Price per share shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Market Value per share on the Date of Grant.
11
(c) Vesting and Expiration; Termination .
(i) Options shall vest and become exercisable in such manner and on such date or dates or upon such event or events as determined by the Committee; provided , however , that notwithstanding any such vesting dates or events, the Committee may in its sole discretion accelerate the vesting of any Options at any time and for any reason. Options shall expire upon a date determined by the Committee, not to exceed ten (10) years from the Date of Grant (the Option Period ); provided , that if the Option Period (other than in the case of an Incentive Stock Option) would expire at a time when trading in the shares of Common Stock is prohibited by the Companys insider trading policy (or Company-imposed blackout period), then the Option Period shall be automatically extended until the 30 th day following the expiration of such prohibition. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the Option Period exceed five (5) years from the Date of Grant in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Participant who on the Date of Grant owns stock representing more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of stock of any member of the Company Group.
(ii) Unless otherwise provided by the Committee, whether in an Award Agreement or otherwise, in the event of: (A) a Participants Termination by the Service Recipient for Cause, all outstanding Options granted to such Participant shall immediately terminate and expire; (B) a Participants Termination due to death or Disability, each outstanding unvested Option granted to such Participant shall immediately terminate and expire, and each outstanding vested Option shall remain exercisable for one year thereafter (but in no event beyond the expiration of the Option Period); and (C) a Participants Termination for any other reason, each outstanding unvested Option granted to such Participant shall immediately terminate and expire, and each outstanding vested Option shall remain exercisable for ninety (90) days thereafter (but in no event beyond the expiration of the Option Period).
(d) Method of Exercise and Form of Payment . No shares of Common Stock shall be issued pursuant to any exercise of an Option until payment in full of the Exercise Price therefor is received by the Company and the Participant has paid to the Company an amount equal to any Federal, state, local, and non-U.S. income, employment, and any other applicable taxes required to be withheld. Options which have become exercisable may be exercised by delivery of written or electronic notice of exercise to the Company (or telephonic instructions to the extent provided by the Committee) in accordance with the terms of the Option accompanied by payment of the Exercise Price. The Exercise Price shall be payable: (i) in cash, check, cash equivalent, and/or shares of Common Stock valued at the Fair Market Value at the time the Option is exercised (including, pursuant to procedures approved by the Committee, by means of attestation of ownership of a sufficient number of shares of Common Stock in lieu of actual issuance of such shares to the Company); provided , that such shares of Common Stock are not subject to any pledge or other security interest and have been held by the Participant for at least six months (or such other period as established from time to time by the Committee in order to avoid adverse accounting treatment applying generally accepted accounting principles ( GAAP )); or (ii) by such other method as the Committee may permit in its sole discretion, including, without limitation: (A) in other property having a fair market value on the date of exercise equal to the Exercise Price; (B) if there is a public market for the shares of Common
12
Stock at such time, by means of a broker-assisted cashless exercise pursuant to which the Company is delivered (including telephonically to the extent permitted by the Committee) a copy of irrevocable instructions to a stockbroker to sell the shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable upon the exercise of the Option and to deliver promptly to the Company an amount equal to the Exercise Price; or (C) a net exercise procedure effected by withholding the minimum number of shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable in respect of an Option that is needed to pay the Exercise Price and any Federal, state, local, and non-U.S. income, employment, and any other applicable taxes required to be withheld. Any fractional shares of Common Stock shall be settled in cash. Any fractional shares of Common Stock shall be settled in cash.
(e) Notification upon Disqualifying Disposition of an Incentive Stock Option . Each Participant awarded an Incentive Stock Option under the Plan shall notify the Company in writing immediately after the date the Participant makes a disqualifying disposition of any Common Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of such Incentive Stock Option. A disqualifying disposition is any disposition (including, without limitation, any sale) of such Common Stock before the later of (i) the date that is two years after the Date of Grant of the Incentive Stock Option or (ii) the date that is one year after the date of exercise of the Incentive Stock Option. The Company may, if determined by the Committee and in accordance with procedures established by the Committee, retain possession, as agent for the applicable Participant, of any Common Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Incentive Stock Option until the end of the period described in the preceding sentence, subject to complying with any instructions from such Participant as to the sale of such Common Stock.
(f) Compliance With Laws, etc . Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall a Participant be permitted to exercise an Option in a manner which the Committee determines would violate the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as it may be amended from time to time, or any other applicable law or the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission or the applicable rules and regulations of any securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which the securities of the Company are listed or traded.
8. Stock Appreciation Rights.
(a) General . Each SAR granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement. Each SAR so granted shall be subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 8, and to such other conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be reflected in the applicable Award Agreement. Any Option granted under the Plan may include tandem SARs. The Committee also may award SARs to Eligible Persons independent of any Option.
(b) Strike Price . Except as otherwise provided by the Committee in the case of Substitute Awards, the strike price ( Strike Price ) per share of Common Stock for each SAR shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of such share (determined as of the Date of Grant). Notwithstanding the foregoing, a SAR granted in tandem with (or in substitution for) an Option previously granted shall have a Strike Price equal to the Exercise Price of the corresponding Option.
13
(c) Vesting and Expiration; Termination .
(i) A SAR granted in connection with an Option shall become exercisable and shall expire according to the same vesting schedule and expiration provisions as the corresponding Option. A SAR granted independent of an Option shall vest and become exercisable in such manner and on such date or dates or upon such event or events as determined by the Committee; provided , however , that notwithstanding any such vesting dates or events, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, accelerate the vesting of any SAR at any time and for any reason. SARs shall expire upon a date determined by the Committee, not to exceed ten (10) years from the Date of Grant (the SAR Period ); provided , that if the SAR Period would expire at a time when trading in the shares of Common Stock is prohibited by the Companys insider trading policy (or Company-imposed blackout period), then the SAR Period shall be automatically extended until the 30 th day following the expiration of such prohibition.
(ii) Unless otherwise provided by the Committee, whether in an Award Agreement or otherwise, in the event of: (A) a Participants Termination by the Service Recipient for Cause, all outstanding SARs granted to such Participant shall immediately terminate and expire; (B) a Participants Termination due to death or Disability, each outstanding unvested SAR granted to such Participant shall immediately terminate and expire, and each outstanding vested SAR shall remain exercisable for one (1) year thereafter (but in no event beyond the expiration of the SAR Period); and (C) a Participants Termination for any other reason, each outstanding unvested SAR granted to such Participant shall immediately terminate and expire, and each outstanding vested SAR shall remain exercisable for ninety (90) days thereafter (but in no event beyond the expiration of the SAR Period).
(d) Method of Exercise . SARs which have become exercisable may be exercised by delivery of written or electronic notice of exercise to the Company in accordance with the terms of the Award, specifying the number of SARs to be exercised and the date on which such SARs were awarded.
(e) Payment . Upon the exercise of a SAR, the Company shall pay to the Participant an amount equal to the number of shares subject to the SAR that is being exercised multiplied by the excess of the Fair Market Value of one (1) share of Common Stock on the exercise date over the Strike Price, less an amount equal to any Federal, state, local, and non-U.S. income, employment, and any other applicable taxes required to be withheld. The Company shall pay such amount in cash, in shares of Common Stock valued at Fair Market Value, or any combination thereof, as determined by the Committee. Any fractional shares of Common Stock shall be settled in cash.
9. Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units.
(a) General . Each grant of Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement. Each Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Unit so granted shall be subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 9, and to such other conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be reflected in the applicable Award Agreement.
14
(b) Stock Certificates and Book-Entry; Escrow or Similar Arrangement . Upon the grant of Restricted Stock, the Committee shall cause a stock certificate registered in the name of the Participant to be issued or shall cause share(s) of Common Stock to be registered in the name of the Participant and held in book-entry form subject to the Companys directions and, if the Committee determines that the Restricted Stock shall be held by the Company or in escrow rather than issued to the Participant pending the release of the applicable restrictions, the Committee may require the Participant to additionally execute and deliver to the Company (i) an escrow agreement satisfactory to the Committee, if applicable, and (ii) the appropriate stock power (endorsed in blank) with respect to the Restricted Stock covered by such agreement. If a Participant shall fail to execute and deliver (in a manner permitted under Section 14(a) of the Plan or as otherwise determined by the Committee) an agreement evidencing an Award of Restricted Stock and, if applicable, an escrow agreement and blank stock power within the amount of time specified by the Committee, the Award shall be null and void. Subject to the restrictions set forth in this Section 9 and the applicable Award Agreement, a Participant generally shall have the rights and privileges of a stockholder as to shares of Restricted Stock, including, without limitation, the right to vote such Restricted Stock; provided , that if the lapsing of restrictions with respect to any grant of Restricted Stock is contingent on satisfaction of performance conditions (other than, or in addition to, the passage of time), any dividends payable on such shares of Restricted Stock shall be held by the Company and delivered (without interest) to the Participant within fifteen (15) days following the date on which the restrictions on such Restricted Stock lapse (and the right to any such accumulated dividends shall be forfeited upon the forfeiture of the Restricted Stock to which such dividends relate). To the extent shares of Restricted Stock are forfeited, any stock certificates issued to the Participant evidencing such shares shall be returned to the Company, and all rights of the Participant to such shares and as a stockholder with respect thereto shall terminate without further obligation on the part of the Company. A Participant shall have no rights or privileges as a stockholder as to Restricted Stock Units.
(c) Vesting; Termination .
(i) Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units shall vest, and any applicable Restricted Period shall lapse, in such manner and on such date or dates or upon such event or events as determined by the Committee; provided , however , that, notwithstanding any such dates or events, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, accelerate the vesting of any Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Unit or the lapsing of any applicable Restricted Period at any time and for any reason.
(ii) Unless otherwise provided by the Committee, whether in an Award Agreement or otherwise, in the event of a Participants Termination for any reason prior to the time that such Participants Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units, as applicable, have vested, (A) all vesting with respect to such Participants Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units, as applicable, shall cease and (B) unvested shares of Restricted Stock and unvested Restricted Stock Units, as applicable, shall be forfeited to the Company by the Participant for no consideration as of the date of such Termination.
15
(d) Issuance of Restricted Stock and Settlement of Restricted Stock Units .
(i) Upon the expiration of the Restricted Period with respect to any shares of Restricted Stock, the restrictions set forth in the applicable Award Agreement shall be of no further force or effect with respect to such shares, except as set forth in the applicable Award Agreement. If an escrow arrangement is used, upon such expiration, the Company shall issue to the Participant, or the Participants beneficiary, without charge, the stock certificate (or, if applicable, a notice evidencing a book-entry notation) evidencing the shares of Restricted Stock which have not then been forfeited and with respect to which the Restricted Period has expired (rounded down to the nearest full share). Dividends, if any, that may have been withheld by the Committee and attributable to any particular share of Restricted Stock shall be distributed to the Participant in cash or, in the sole discretion of the Committee, in shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value (on the date of distribution) equal to the amount of such dividends, upon the release of restrictions on such share and, if such share is forfeited, the Participant shall have no right to such dividends.
(ii) Unless otherwise provided by the Committee in an Award Agreement or otherwise, upon the expiration of the Restricted Period with respect to any outstanding Restricted Stock Units, the Company shall issue to the Participant or the Participants beneficiary, without charge, one (1) share of Common Stock (or other securities or other property, as applicable) for each such outstanding Restricted Stock Unit; provided, however , that the Committee may, in its sole discretion, elect to (A) pay cash or part cash and part shares of Common Stock in lieu of issuing only shares of Common Stock in respect of such Restricted Stock Units; or (B) defer the issuance of shares of Common Stock (or cash or part cash and part shares of Common Stock, as the case may be) beyond the expiration of the Restricted Period if such extension would not cause adverse tax consequences under Section 409A of the Code. If a cash payment is made in lieu of issuing shares of Common Stock in respect of such Restricted Stock Units, the amount of such payment shall be equal to the Fair Market Value per share of the Common Stock as of the date on which the Restricted Period lapsed with respect to such Restricted Stock Units. To the extent provided in an Award Agreement, the holder of outstanding Restricted Stock Units shall be entitled to be credited with dividend equivalent payments (upon the payment by the Company of dividends on shares of Common Stock) either in cash or, in the sole discretion of the Committee, in shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount of such dividends (and interest may, in the sole discretion of the Committee, be credited on the amount of cash dividend equivalents at a rate and subject to such terms as determined by the Committee), which accumulated dividend equivalents (and interest thereon, if applicable) shall be payable at the same time as the underlying Restricted Stock Units are settled following the date on which the Restricted Period lapses with respect to such Restricted Stock Units, and, if such Restricted Stock Units are forfeited, the Participant shall have no right to such dividend equivalent payments (or interest thereon, if applicable).
(e) Legends on Restricted Stock . Each certificate, if any, or book entry representing Restricted Stock awarded under the Plan, if any, shall bear a legend or book entry notation substantially in the form of the following, in addition to any other information the Company deems appropriate, until the lapse of all restrictions with respect to such shares of Common Stock:
16
TRANSFER OF THIS CERTIFICATE AND THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY IS RESTRICTED PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF THE PERFORMANCE FOOD GROUP COMPANY 2015 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN AND A RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT BETWEEN PERFORMANCE FOOD GROUP COMPANY AND PARTICIPANT. A COPY OF SUCH PLAN AND AWARD AGREEMENT IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES OF PERFORMANCE FOOD GROUP COMPANY.
10. Other Equity-Based Awards and Other Cash-Based Awards . The Committee may grant Other Equity-Based Awards and Other Cash-Based Awards under the Plan to Eligible Persons, alone or in tandem with other Awards, in such amounts and dependent on such conditions as the Committee shall from time to time in its sole discretion determine. Each Other Equity-Based Award granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement and each Other Cash-Based Award granted under the Plan shall be evidenced in such form as the Committee may determine from time to time. Each Other Equity-Based Award or Other Cash-Based Award, as applicable, so granted shall be subject to such conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be reflected in the applicable Award Agreement or other form evidencing such Award, including, without limitation, those set forth in Section 14(c) of the Plan.
11. Performance Compensation Awards.
(a) General . The Committee shall have the authority, at or before the time of grant of any Award, to designate such Award as a Performance Compensation Award intended to qualify as performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, if the Company determines that a Participant who has been granted an Award designated as a Performance Compensation Award is not (or is no longer) a covered employee (within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code), the terms and conditions of such Award may be modified without regard to any restrictions or limitations set forth in this Section 11 (but subject otherwise to the provisions of Section 13 of the Plan).
(b) Discretion of Committee with Respect to Performance Compensation Awards . With regard to a particular Performance Period, the Committee shall have sole discretion to select the length of such Performance Period, the type(s) of Performance Compensation Awards to be issued, the Performance Criteria that will be used to establish the Performance Goal(s), the kind(s) and/or level(s) of the Performance Goal(s) that is (are) to apply and the Performance Formula(e). Within the first ninety (90) days of a Performance Period (or, within any other maximum period allowed under Section 162(m) of the Code), the Committee shall, with regard to the Performance Compensation Awards to be issued for such Performance Period, exercise its discretion with respect to each of the matters enumerated in the immediately preceding sentence and record the same in writing.
17
(c) Performance Criteria . The Performance Criteria that will be used to establish the Performance Goal(s) may be based on the attainment of specific levels of performance of the Company (and/or one or more members of the Company Group, divisions or operational and/or business units, product lines, brands, business segments, administrative departments, or any combination of the foregoing) and shall be limited to the following, which may be determined in accordance with GAAP or on a non-GAAP basis: (i) net earnings, net income (before or after taxes), or consolidated net income; (ii) basic or diluted earnings per share (before or after taxes); (iii) net revenue or net revenue growth; (iv) gross revenue or gross revenue growth, gross profit or gross profit growth; (v) net operating profit (before or after taxes); (vi) return measures (including, but not limited to, return on investment, assets, capital, employed capital, invested capital, equity, or sales); (vii) cash flow measures (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow, free cash flow, or cash flow return on capital), which may but are not required to be measured on a per share basis; (viii) actual or adjusted earnings before or after interest, taxes, depreciation, and/or amortization (including EBIT and EBITDA); (ix) gross or net operating margins; (x) productivity ratios; (xi) share price (including, but not limited to, growth measures and total stockholder return); (xii) expense targets or cost reduction goals, general and administrative expense savings; (xiii) operating efficiency; (xiv) objective measures of customer/client satisfaction; (xv) working capital targets; (xvi) measures of economic value added or other value creation metrics; (xvii) enterprise value; (xviii) sales; (xix) stockholder return; (xx) customer/client retention; (xxi) competitive market metrics; (xxii) employee retention; (xxiii) objective measures of personal targets, goals, or completion of projects (including, but not limited to, succession and hiring projects, completion of specific acquisitions, dispositions, reorganizations, or other corporate transactions or capital-raising transactions, expansions of specific business operations, and meeting divisional or project budgets); (xxiv) comparisons of continuing operations to other operations; (xxv) market share; (xxvi) cost of capital, debt leverage year-end cash position or book value; (xxvii) strategic objectives; or (xxviii) any combination of the foregoing. Any one or more of the Performance Criteria may be stated as a percentage of another Performance Criteria, or used on an absolute or relative basis to measure the performance of the Company and/or one or more members of the Company Group as a whole or any divisions or operational and/or business units, product lines, brands, business segments, or administrative departments of the Company and/or one or more members of the Company Group or any combination thereof, as the Committee may deem appropriate, or any of the above Performance Criteria may be compared to the performance of a selected group of comparison companies, or a published or special index that the Committee, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate, or as compared to various stock market indices. The Committee also has the authority to provide for accelerated vesting of any Award based on the achievement of Performance Goals pursuant to the Performance Criteria specified in this paragraph. To the extent required under Section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee shall, within the first ninety (90) days of a Performance Period (or, within any other maximum period allowed under Section 162(m) of the Code), define in an objective fashion the manner of calculating the Performance Criteria it selects to use for such Performance Period.
(d) Modification of Performance Goal(s) . In the event that applicable tax and/or securities laws change to permit Committee discretion to alter the governing Performance Criteria without obtaining stockholder approval of such alterations, the Committee shall have sole discretion to make such alterations without obtaining stockholder approval. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee at the time a Performance Compensation Award is
18
granted, the Committee shall, during the first ninety (90) days of a Performance Period (or, within any other maximum period allowed under Section 162(m) of the Code), or at any time thereafter to the extent the exercise of such authority at such time would not cause the Performance Compensation Awards granted to any Participant for such Performance Period to fail to qualify as performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code, specify adjustments or modifications to be made to the calculation of a Performance Goal for such Performance Period, based on and in order to appropriately reflect the following events: (i) asset write-downs; (ii) litigation or claim judgments or settlements; (iii) the effect of changes in tax laws, accounting principles, or other laws or regulatory rules affecting reported results; (iv) any reorganization and restructuring programs; (v) acquisitions or divestitures; (vi) any other specific, unusual, or nonrecurring events, or objectively determinable category thereof; (vii) foreign exchange gains and losses; (viii) discontinued operations and nonrecurring charges; and (ix) a change in the Companys fiscal year.
(e) Payment of Performance Compensation Awards .
(i) Condition to Receipt of Payment . Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement, a Participant must be employed by the Company on the last day of a Performance Period to be eligible for payment in respect of a Performance Compensation Award for such Performance Period.
(ii) Limitation . Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement, a Participant shall be eligible to receive payment in respect of a Performance Compensation Award only to the extent that: (A) the Performance Goals for such period are achieved; and (B) all or some portion of such Participants Performance Compensation Award has been earned for the Performance Period based on the application of the Performance Formula to such achieved Performance Goals.
(iii) Certification . Following the completion of a Performance Period, the Committee shall review and certify in writing whether, and to what extent, the Performance Goals for the Performance Period have been achieved and, if so, calculate and certify in writing that amount of the Performance Compensation Awards earned for the period based upon the Performance Formula. The Committee shall then determine the amount of each Participants Performance Compensation Award actually payable for the Performance Period and, in so doing, may apply Negative Discretion.
(iv) Use of Negative Discretion . In determining the actual amount of an individual Participants Performance Compensation Award for a Performance Period, the Committee may reduce or eliminate the amount of the Performance Compensation Award earned under the Performance Formula in the Performance Period through the use of Negative Discretion. Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement, the Committee shall not have the discretion to: (A) grant or provide payment in respect of Performance Compensation Awards for a Performance Period if the Performance Goals for such Performance Period have not been attained; or (B) increase a Performance Compensation Award above the applicable limitations set forth in Section 5 of the Plan.
19
(f) Timing of Award Payments . Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement, Performance Compensation Awards granted for a Performance Period shall be paid to Participants as soon as administratively practicable following completion of the certifications required by this Section 11. Any Performance Compensation Award that has been deferred shall not (between the date as of which the Award is deferred and the payment date) increase (i) with respect to a Performance Compensation Award that is payable in cash, by a measuring factor for each fiscal year greater than a reasonable rate of interest set by the Committee or (ii) with respect to a Performance Compensation Award that is payable in shares of Common Stock, by an amount greater than the appreciation of a share of Common Stock from the date such Award is deferred to the payment date. Any Performance Compensation Award that is deferred and is otherwise payable in shares of Common Stock shall be credited (during the period between the date as of which the Award is deferred and the payment date) with dividend equivalents (in a manner consistent with the methodology set forth in the last sentence of Section 9(d)(ii) of the Plan).
12. Changes in Capital Structure and Similar Events. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Plan to the contrary, the following provisions shall apply to all Awards granted hereunder (other than Other Cash-Based Awards):
(a) General . In the event of (i) any dividend (other than regular cash dividends) or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, shares of Common Stock, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, split-off, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company, issuance of warrants or other rights to acquire shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company, or other similar corporate transaction or event that affects the shares of Common Stock (including a Change in Control), or (ii) unusual or nonrecurring events affecting the Company, including changes in applicable rules, rulings, regulations, or other requirements, that the Committee determines, in its sole discretion, could result in substantial dilution or enlargement of the rights intended to be granted to, or available for, Participants (any event in (i) or (ii), an Adjustment Event ), the Committee shall, in respect of any such Adjustment Event, make such proportionate substitution or adjustment, if any, as it deems equitable, to any or all of (A) the Absolute Share Limit, or any other limit applicable under the Plan with respect to the number of Awards which may be granted hereunder, (B) the number of shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company (or number and kind of other securities or other property) which may be issued in respect of Awards or with respect to which Awards may be granted under the Plan or any Sub-Plan, and (C) the terms of any outstanding Award, including, without limitation, (I) the number of shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company (or number and kind of other securities or other property) subject to outstanding Awards or to which outstanding Awards relate, (II) the Exercise Price or Strike Price with respect to any Award, or (III) any applicable performance measures (including, without limitation, Performance Criteria and Performance Goals); provided , that in the case of any equity restructuring (within the meaning of the Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (or any successor pronouncement thereto)), the Committee shall make an equitable or proportionate adjustment to outstanding Awards to reflect such equity restructuring. Any adjustment under this Section 12 shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes.
20
(b) Adjustment Events . Without limiting the foregoing, except as may otherwise be provided in an Award Agreement, in connection with any Adjustment Event, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, provide for any one or more of the following:
(i) substitution or assumption of Awards (or awards of an acquiring company), acceleration of the exercisability of, lapse of restrictions on, or termination of, Awards, or a period of time (which shall not be required to be more than ten (10) days) for Participants to exercise outstanding Awards prior to the occurrence of such event (and any such Award not so exercised shall terminate upon the occurrence of such event); and
(ii) subject to any limitations or reductions as may be necessary to comply with Section 409A of the Code, cancellation of any one or more outstanding Awards and payment to the holders of such Awards that are vested as of such cancellation (including, without limitation, any Awards that would vest as a result of the occurrence of such event but for such cancellation or for which vesting is accelerated by the Committee in connection with such event), the value of such Awards, if any, as determined by the Committee (which value, if applicable, may be based upon the price per share of Common Stock received or to be received by other stockholders of the Company in such event), including, without limitation, in the case of an outstanding Option or SAR, a cash payment in an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value (as of a date specified by the Committee) of the shares of Common Stock subject to such Option or SAR over the aggregate Exercise Price or Strike Price of such Option or SAR (it being understood that, in such event, any Option or SAR having a per share Exercise Price or Strike Price equal to, or in excess of, the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock subject thereto may be canceled and terminated without any payment or consideration therefor), or, in the case of Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, or Other Equity-Based Awards that are not vested as of such cancellation, a cash payment or equity subject to deferred vesting and delivery consistent with the vesting restrictions applicable to such Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, or Other Equity-Based Awards prior to cancellation, or the underlying shares in respect thereof.
Payments to holders pursuant to clause (ii) above shall be made in cash or, in the sole discretion of the Committee, in the form of such other consideration necessary for a Participant to receive property, cash, or securities (or combination thereof) as such Participant would have been entitled to receive upon the occurrence of the transaction if the Participant had been, immediately prior to such transaction, the holder of the number of shares of Common Stock covered by the Award at such time (less any applicable Exercise Price or Strike Price).
(c) Other Requirements . Prior to any payment or adjustment contemplated under this Section 12, the Committee may require a Participant to (i) represent and warrant as to the unencumbered title to the Participants Awards, (ii) bear such Participants pro rata share of any post-closing indemnity obligations, and be subject to the same post-closing purchase price adjustments, escrow terms, offset rights, holdback terms, and similar conditions as the other holders of Common Stock, subject to any limitations or reductions as may be necessary to comply with Section 409A of the Code, and (iii) deliver customary transfer documentation as reasonably determined by the Committee.
21
13. Amendments and Termination.
(a) Amendment and Termination of the Plan . The Board may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue, or terminate the Plan or any portion thereof at any time; provided , that no such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance, or termination shall be made without stockholder approval if: (i) such approval is necessary to comply with any regulatory requirement applicable to the Plan (including, without limitation, as necessary to comply with any rules or regulations of any securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which the securities of the Company may be listed or quoted) or for changes in GAAP to new accounting standards; (ii) it would materially increase the number of securities which may be issued under the Plan (except for increases pursuant to Section 5 or 12 of the Plan) or (iii) it would materially modify the requirements for participation in the Plan; provided, further , that any such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance, or termination that would materially and adversely affect the rights of any Participant or any holder or beneficiary of any Award theretofore granted shall not to that extent be effective without the consent of the affected Participant, holder, or beneficiary. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amendment shall be made to the last proviso of Section 13(b) of the Plan without stockholder approval.
(b) Amendment of Award Agreements . The Committee may, to the extent consistent with the terms of any applicable Award Agreement, waive any conditions or rights under, amend any terms of, or alter, suspend, discontinue, cancel, or terminate, any Award theretofore granted or the associated Award Agreement, prospectively or retroactively (including after a Participants Termination); provided , that, other than pursuant to Section 12, any such waiver, amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance, cancellation, or termination that would materially and adversely affect the rights of any Participant with respect to any Award theretofore granted shall not to that extent be effective without the consent of the affected Participant; provided, further , that without stockholder approval, except as otherwise permitted under Section 12 of the Plan, (i) no amendment or modification may reduce the Exercise Price of any Option or the Strike Price of any SAR; (ii) the Committee may not cancel any outstanding Option or SAR and replace it with a new Option or SAR (with a lower Exercise Price or Strike Price, as the case may be) or other Award or cash payment that is greater than the intrinsic value (if any) of the cancelled Option or SAR; and (iii) the Committee may not take any other action which is considered a repricing for purposes of the stockholder approval rules of any securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which the securities of the Company are listed or quoted.
14. General.
(a) Award Agreements . Each Award (other than an Other Cash-Based Award) under the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement, which shall be delivered to the Participant to whom such Award was granted and shall specify the terms and conditions of the Award and any rules applicable thereto, including, without limitation, the effect on such Award of the death, Disability, or Termination of a Participant, or of such other events as may be determined by the Committee. For purposes of the Plan, an Award Agreement may be in any such form (written or electronic) as determined by the Committee (including, without limitation, a Board or Committee resolution, an employment agreement, a notice, a certificate, or a letter) evidencing the Award. The Committee need not require an Award Agreement to be signed by the Participant or a duly authorized representative of the Company.
22
(b) Nontransferability .
(i) Each Award shall be exercisable only by such Participant to whom such Award was granted during the Participants lifetime, or, if permissible under applicable law, by the Participants legal guardian or representative. No Award may be assigned, alienated, pledged, attached, sold, or otherwise transferred or encumbered by a Participant (unless such transfer is specifically required pursuant to a domestic relations order or by applicable law) other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and any such purported assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer, or encumbrance shall be void and unenforceable against the Company or any other member of the Company Group; provided , that the designation of a beneficiary shall not constitute an assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer, or encumbrance.
(ii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, permit Awards (other than Incentive Stock Options) to be transferred by a Participant, without consideration, subject to such rules as the Committee may adopt consistent with any applicable Award Agreement to preserve the purposes of the Plan, to: (A) any person who is a family member of the Participant, as such term is used in the instructions to Form S-8 under the Securities Act or any successor form of registration statement promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission (collectively, the Immediate Family Members ); (B) a trust solely for the benefit of the Participant and the Participants Immediate Family Members; (C) a partnership or limited liability company whose only partners or stockholders are the Participant and the Participants Immediate Family Members; or (D) a beneficiary to whom donations are eligible to be treated as charitable contributions for federal income tax purposes (each transferee described in clauses (A), (B), (C), and (D) above is hereinafter referred to as a Permitted Transferee ); provided , that the Participant gives the Committee advance written notice describing the terms and conditions of the proposed transfer and the Committee notifies the Participant in writing that such a transfer would comply with the requirements of the Plan.
(iii) The terms of any Award transferred in accordance with clause (ii) above shall apply to the Permitted Transferee and any reference in the Plan, or in any applicable Award Agreement, to a Participant shall be deemed to refer to the Permitted Transferee, except that: (A) Permitted Transferees shall not be entitled to transfer any Award, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution; (B) Permitted Transferees shall not be entitled to exercise any transferred Option unless there shall be in effect a registration statement on an appropriate form covering the shares of Common Stock to be acquired pursuant to the exercise of such Option if the Committee determines, consistent with any applicable Award Agreement, that such a registration statement is necessary or appropriate; (C) neither the Committee nor the Company shall be required to provide any notice to a Permitted Transferee, whether or not such notice is or would otherwise have been required to be given to the Participant under the Plan or otherwise; and (D) the consequences of a Participants Termination under the terms of the Plan and the
23
applicable Award Agreement shall continue to be applied with respect to the Participant, including, without limitation, that an Option shall be exercisable by the Permitted Transferee only to the extent, and for the periods, specified in the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement.
(c) Dividends and Dividend Equivalents . The Committee may, in its sole discretion, provide a Participant as part of an Award with dividends, dividend equivalents, or similar payments in respect of Awards, payable in cash, shares of Common Stock, other securities, other Awards, or other property, on a current or deferred basis, on such terms and conditions as may be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, including, without limitation, payment directly to the Participant, withholding of such amounts by the Company subject to vesting of the Award, or reinvestment in additional shares of Common Stock, Restricted Stock, or other Awards; provided , that no dividends, dividend equivalents, or other similar payments shall be payable in respect of outstanding (i) Options or SARs or (ii) unearned Performance Compensation Awards or other unearned Awards subject to performance conditions (other than, or in addition to, the passage of time) (although dividends, dividend equivalents, or other similar payments may be accumulated in respect of unearned Awards and paid within fifteen (15) days after such Awards are earned and become payable or distributable).
(d) Tax Withholding .
(i) A Participant shall be required to pay to the Service Recipient or any other member of the Company Group, and the Service Recipient or any other member of the Company Group shall have the right and is hereby authorized to withhold, from any cash, shares of Common Stock, other securities, or other property issuable or deliverable under any Award or from any compensation or other amounts owing to a Participant, the amount (in cash, shares of Common Stock, other securities, or other property) of any required withholding or any other applicable taxes in respect of an Award, its exercise, or any payment or transfer under an Award or under the Plan and to take such other action as may be necessary in the opinion of the Committee or the Company to satisfy all obligations for the payment of such withholding or any other applicable taxes.
(ii) Without limiting the generality of clause (i) above, the Committee may (but is not obligated to), in its sole discretion, permit a Participant to satisfy, in whole or in part, the foregoing withholding liability by (A) the delivery of shares of Common Stock (which are not subject to any pledge or other security interest) that have been held by the Participant for at least six months (or such other period as established from time to time by the Committee in order to avoid adverse accounting treatment applying GAAP) having a Fair Market Value equal to such withholding liability or (B) having the Company withhold from the number of shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable or deliverable pursuant to the exercise or settlement of the Award a number of shares with a Fair Market Value equal to such withholding liability, provided that with respect to shares withheld pursuant to clause (B), the number of such shares may not have a Fair Market Value greater than the minimum required statutory withholding liability unless determined by the Committee not to result in adverse accounting consequences.
24
(e) Data Protection . By participating in the Plan or accepting any rights granted under it, each Participant consents to the collection and processing of personal data relating to the Participant so that the Company and its Affiliates can fulfill their obligations and exercise their rights under the Plan and generally administer and manage the Plan. This data will include, but may not be limited to, data about participation in the Plan and shares offered or received, purchased, or sold under the Plan from time to time and other appropriate financial and other data (such as the date on which the Awards were granted) about the Participant and the Participants participation in the Plan.
(f) No Claim to Awards; No Rights to Continued Employment; Waiver . No employee of the Company or any other member of the Company Group, or other Person, shall have any claim or right to be granted an Award under the Plan or, having been selected for the grant of an Award, to be selected for a grant of any other Award. There is no obligation for uniformity of treatment of Participants or holders or beneficiaries of Awards. The terms and conditions of Awards and the Committees determinations and interpretations with respect thereto need not be the same with respect to each Participant and may be made selectively among Participants, whether or not such Participants are similarly situated. Neither the Plan nor any action taken hereunder shall be construed as giving any Participant any right to be retained in the employ or service of the Company or any other member of the Company Group, nor shall it be construed as giving any Participant any rights to continued service on the Board. The Company or any other member of the Company Group may at any time dismiss a Participant from employment or discontinue any consulting relationship, free from any liability or any claim under the Plan, unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan or any Award Agreement. By accepting an Award under the Plan, a Participant shall thereby be deemed to have waived any claim to continued exercise or vesting of an Award or to damages or severance entitlement related to non-continuation of the Award beyond the period provided under the Plan or any Award Agreement, except to the extent of any provision to the contrary in any written employment contract or other agreement between the Company and/or any member of the Company Group and the Participant, whether any such agreement is executed before, on, or after the Date of Grant.
(g) International Participants . With respect to Participants who reside or work outside of the United States of America and who are not (and who are not expected to be) covered employees within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, amend the terms of the Plan and create or amend Sub-Plans or amend outstanding Awards with respect to such Participants in order to conform such terms with the requirements of local law or to obtain more favorable tax or other treatment for a Participant or any member of the Company Group.
(h) Designation and Change of Beneficiary . Each Participant may file with the Committee a written designation of one or more Persons as the beneficiary(ies) who shall be entitled to receive the amounts payable with respect to an Award, if any, due under the Plan upon the Participants death. A Participant may, from time to time, revoke or change the Participants beneficiary designation without the consent of any prior beneficiary by filing a new designation with the Committee. The last such designation received by the Committee shall be controlling; provided, however , that no designation, or change or revocation thereof, shall be effective unless received by the Committee prior to the Participants death, and in no event shall it be effective as of a date prior to such receipt. If no beneficiary designation is filed by a Participant, the beneficiary shall be deemed to be the Participants spouse or, if the Participant is unmarried at the time of death, the Participants estate.
25
(i) Termination . Except as otherwise provided in an Award Agreement, unless determined otherwise by the Committee at any point following such event: (i) neither a temporary absence from employment or service due to illness, vacation, or leave of absence (including, without limitation, a call to active duty for military service through a Reserve or National Guard unit) nor a transfer from employment or service with one Service Recipient to employment or service with another Service Recipient (or vice-versa) shall be considered a Termination; and (ii) if a Participant undergoes a Termination, but such Participant continues to provide services to the Company Group in a non-employee capacity, such change in status shall not be considered a Termination for purposes of the Plan. Further, unless otherwise determined by the Committee, in the event that any Service Recipient ceases to be a member of the Company Group (by reason of sale, divestiture, spin-off, or other similar transaction), unless a Participants employment or service is transferred to another entity that would constitute a Service Recipient immediately following such transaction, such Participant shall be deemed to have suffered a Termination hereunder as of the date of the consummation of such transaction.
(j) No Rights as a Stockholder . Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan or any Award Agreement, no Person shall be entitled to the privileges of ownership in respect of shares of Common Stock which are subject to Awards hereunder until such shares have been issued or delivered to such Person.
(k) Government and Other Regulations .
(i) The obligation of the Company to settle Awards in shares of Common Stock or other consideration shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations, and to such approvals by governmental agencies as may be required. Notwithstanding any terms or conditions of any Award to the contrary, the Company shall be under no obligation to offer to sell or to sell, and shall be prohibited from offering to sell or selling, any shares of Common Stock pursuant to an Award unless such shares have been properly registered for sale pursuant to the Securities Act with the Securities and Exchange Commission or unless the Company has received an opinion of counsel (if the Company has requested such an opinion), satisfactory to the Company, that such shares may be offered or sold without such registration pursuant to an available exemption therefrom and the terms and conditions of such exemption have been fully complied with. The Company shall be under no obligation to register for sale under the Securities Act any of the shares of Common Stock to be offered or sold under the Plan. The Committee shall have the authority to provide that all shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company or any other member of the Company Group issued under the Plan shall be subject to such stop transfer orders and other restrictions as the Committee may deem advisable under the Plan, the applicable Award Agreement, the Federal securities laws, the rules, regulations, and other requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission and any securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which the securities of the Company are listed or quoted, and any other applicable Federal, state, local, or non-U.S. laws, rules, regulations, and other requirements, and, without limiting
26
the generality of Section 9 of the Plan, the Committee may cause a legend or legends to be put on certificates representing shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company or any other member of the Company Group issued under the Plan to make appropriate reference to such restrictions or may cause such Common Stock or other securities of the Company or any other member of the Company Group issued under the Plan in book-entry form to be held subject to the Companys instructions or subject to appropriate stop-transfer orders. Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, the Committee reserves the right to add any additional terms or provisions to any Award granted under the Plan that the Committee, in its sole discretion, deems necessary or advisable in order that such Award complies with the legal requirements of any governmental entity to whose jurisdiction the Award is subject.
(ii) The Committee may cancel an Award or any portion thereof if it determines, in its sole discretion, that legal or contractual restrictions and/or blockage and/or other market considerations would make the Companys acquisition of shares of Common Stock from the public markets, the Companys issuance of Common Stock to the Participant, the Participants acquisition of Common Stock from the Company, and/or the Participants sale of Common Stock to the public markets, illegal, impracticable, or inadvisable. If the Committee determines to cancel all or any portion of an Award in accordance with the foregoing, the Company shall, subject to any limitations or reductions as may be necessary to comply with Section 409A of the Code, (A) pay to the Participant an amount equal to the excess of (I) the aggregate Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock subject to such Award or portion thereof canceled (determined as of the applicable exercise date, or the date that the shares would have been vested or issued, as applicable), over (II) the aggregate Exercise Price or Strike Price (in the case of an Option or SAR, respectively) or any amount payable as a condition of issuance of shares of Common Stock (in the case of any other Award). Such amount shall be delivered to the Participant as soon as practicable following the cancellation of such Award or portion thereof, or (B) in the case of Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, or Other Equity-Based Awards, provide the Participant with a cash payment or equity subject to deferred vesting and delivery consistent with the vesting restrictions applicable to such Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, or Other Equity-Based Awards, or the underlying shares in respect thereof.
(l) No Section 83(b) Elections Without Consent of Company . No election under Section 83(b) of the Code or under a similar provision of law may be made unless expressly permitted by the terms of the applicable Award Agreement or by action of the Committee in writing prior to the making of such election. If a Participant, in connection with the acquisition of shares of Common Stock under the Plan or otherwise, is expressly permitted to make such election and the Participant makes the election, the Participant shall notify the Company of such election within ten (10) days of filing notice of the election with the Internal Revenue Service or other governmental authority, in addition to any filing and notification required pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code or other applicable provision.
(m) Payments to Persons Other Than Participants . If the Committee shall find that any Person to whom any amount is payable under the Plan is unable to care for the Participants affairs because of illness or accident, or is a minor, or has died, then any payment due to such
27
Person or the Participants estate (unless a prior claim therefor has been made by a duly appointed legal representative) may, if the Committee so directs the Company, be paid to the Participants spouse, child, relative, an institution maintaining or having custody of such Person, or any other Person deemed by the Committee to be a proper recipient on behalf of such Person otherwise entitled to payment. Any such payment shall be a complete discharge of the liability of the Committee and the Company therefor.
(n) Nonexclusivity of the Plan . Neither the adoption of the Plan by the Board nor the submission of the Plan to the stockholders of the Company for approval shall be construed as creating any limitations on the power of the Board to adopt such other incentive arrangements as it may deem desirable, including, without limitation, the granting of equity-based awards otherwise than under the Plan, and such arrangements may be either applicable generally or only in specific cases.
(o) No Trust or Fund Created . Neither the Plan nor any Award shall create or be construed to create a trust or separate fund of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between the Company or any other member of the Company Group, on the one hand, and a Participant or other Person, on the other hand. No provision of the Plan or any Award shall require the Company, for the purpose of satisfying any obligations under the Plan, to purchase assets or place any assets in a trust or other entity to which contributions are made or otherwise to segregate any assets, nor shall the Company be obligated to maintain separate bank accounts, books, records, or other evidence of the existence of a segregated or separately maintained or administered fund for such purposes. Participants shall have no rights under the Plan other than as unsecured general creditors of the Company, except that insofar as they may have become entitled to payment of additional compensation by performance of services, they shall have the same rights as other service providers under general law.
(p) Reliance on Reports . Each member of the Committee and each member of the Board shall be fully justified in acting or failing to act, as the case may be, and shall not be liable for having so acted or failed to act in good faith, in reliance upon any report made by the independent public accountant of the Company or any other member of the Company Group and/or any other information furnished in connection with the Plan by any agent of the Company or the Committee or the Board, other than himself or herself.
(q) Relationship to Other Benefits . No payment under the Plan shall be taken into account in determining any benefits under any pension, retirement, profit sharing, group insurance, or other benefit plan of the Company except as otherwise specifically provided in such other plan or as required by applicable law.
(r) Governing Law . The Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Delaware applicable to contracts made and performed wholly within the State of Delaware, without giving effect to the conflict of laws provisions thereof. EACH PARTICIPANT WHO ACCEPTS AN AWARD IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY SUIT, ACTION, OR OTHER PROCEEDING INSTITUTED BY OR AGAINST SUCH PARTICIPANT IN RESPECT OF THE PARTICIPANTS RIGHTS OR OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER
28
(s) Severability . If any provision of the Plan or any Award or Award Agreement is or becomes or is deemed to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any jurisdiction or as to any Person or Award, or would disqualify the Plan or any Award under any law deemed applicable by the Committee, such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to conform to the applicable laws, or if it cannot be construed or deemed amended without, in the determination of the Committee, materially altering the intent of the Plan or the Award, such provision shall be construed or deemed stricken as to such jurisdiction, Person, or Award and the remainder of the Plan and any such Award shall remain in full force and effect.
(t) Obligations Binding on Successors . The obligations of the Company under the Plan shall be binding upon any successor corporation or organization resulting from the merger, consolidation, or other reorganization of the Company, or upon any successor corporation or organization succeeding to substantially all of the assets and business of the Company.
(u) Section 409A of the Code .
(i) Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, it is intended that the provisions of the Plan comply with Section 409A of the Code, and all provisions of the Plan shall be construed and interpreted in a manner consistent with the requirements for avoiding taxes or penalties under Section 409A of the Code. Each Participant is solely responsible and liable for the satisfaction of all taxes and penalties that may be imposed on or in respect of such Participant in connection with the Plan (including any taxes and penalties under Section 409A of the Code), and neither the Service Recipient nor any other member of the Company Group shall have any obligation to indemnify or otherwise hold such Participant (or any beneficiary) harmless from any or all of such taxes or penalties. With respect to any Award that is considered deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code, references in the Plan to termination of employment (and substantially similar phrases) shall mean separation from service within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code. For purposes of Section 409A of the Code, each of the payments that may be made in respect of any Award granted under the Plan is designated as a separate payment.
(ii) Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, if a Participant is a specified employee within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, no payments in respect of any Awards that are deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code and which would otherwise be payable upon the Participants separation from service (as defined in Section 409A of the Code) shall be made to such Participant prior to the date that is six months after the date of such Participants separation from service or, if earlier, the date of the Participants death. Following any applicable six month delay, all such delayed payments will be paid in a single lump sum on the earliest date permitted under Section 409A of the Code that is also a business day.
(iii) Unless otherwise provided by the Committee in an Award Agreement or otherwise, in the event that the timing of payments in respect of any Award (that would otherwise be considered deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code) would be accelerated upon the occurrence of (A) a Change in Control, no such acceleration shall be permitted unless the event giving rise to the Change in Control
29
satisfies the definition of a change in the ownership or effective control of a corporation, or a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of a corporation pursuant to Section 409A of the Code or (B) a Disability, no such acceleration shall be permitted unless the Disability also satisfies the definition of Disability pursuant to Section 409A of the Code.
(v) Clawback/Repayment . All Awards shall be subject to reduction, cancellation, forfeiture, or recoupment to the extent necessary to comply with (A) any clawback, forfeiture, or other similar policy adopted by the Board or Committee and as in effect from time to time, and (B) applicable law. Further, to the extent that the Participant receives any amount in excess of the amount that the Participant should otherwise have received under the terms of the Award for any reason (including, without limitation, by reason of a financial restatement, mistake in calculations, or other administrative error), the Participant shall be required to repay any such excess amount to the Company.
(w) Detrimental Activity . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if a Participant has engaged in any Detrimental Activity, as determined by the Committee, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, provide for one or more of the following:
(i) cancellation of any or all of such Participants outstanding Awards; or
(ii) forfeiture by the Participant of any gain realized on the vesting or exercise of Awards, and repayment of any such gain promptly to the Company.
(x) Right of Offset . The Company will have the right to offset against its obligation to deliver shares of Common Stock (or other property or cash) under the Plan or any Award Agreement any outstanding amounts (including, without limitation, travel and entertainment or advance account balances, loans, repayment obligations under any Awards, or amounts repayable to the Company pursuant to tax equalization, housing, automobile, or other employee programs) that the Participant then owes to any member of the Company Group and any amounts the Committee otherwise deems appropriate pursuant to any tax equalization policy or agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Award is deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code, the Committee will have no right to offset against its obligation to deliver shares of Common Stock (or other property or cash) under the Plan or any Award Agreement if such offset could subject the Participant to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A of the Code in respect of an outstanding Award.
(y) Expenses; Titles and Headings . The expenses of administering the Plan shall be borne by the Company Group. The titles and headings of the sections in the Plan are for convenience of reference only, and in the event of any conflict, the text of the Plan, rather than such titles or headings, shall control.
30
Exhibit 10.10
FORM OF AMENDED AND RESTATED ADVISORY FEE AGREEMENT
This AMENDED AND RESTATED ADVISORY FEE AGREEMENT (this Agreement ) is dated as of [ ], 2015 and is between Performance Food Group Company (formerly known as Wellspring Distribution Corp.), a Delaware corporation (together with its successors, the Company ), on the one hand, and each of Blackstone Management Partners V L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company ( BMP ) affiliated with The Blackstone Group L.P. ( Blackstone ), and Wellspring Capital Management, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company ( WCM , and together with BMP, the Advisors ), on the other hand. This Agreement amends and restates in its entirety the Transaction and Advisory Fee Agreement, dated as of July 20, 2007 (as amended and restated prior to the date hereof) between the parties hereto.
BACKGROUND
1. On July 20, 2007, the Company consummated a recapitalization transaction (the Recapitalization ) on the terms and subject to the conditions of an Amended and Restated Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of July 11, 2007, among the Company, Wellspring Capital Partners III, L.P., WDC Merger Corp., WDC Acquisition Corp. and the other parties thereto (as amended from time to time, the Purchase Agreement ).
2. Each Advisor has expertise in financial and business analysis, capitalization strategy, and various other areas relevant to the Company, as well as expertise in monitoring and providing advice with respect to the business of companies such as the Company and the industry in which it operates, so as to help the Company maximize its value.
3. In consideration of the Advisors providing the benefits of such expertise to the Company, the Company is willing to pay to the Advisors the fees described in this Agreement, and each of the Advisors has provided and will continue to provide such services on the basis of its receipt of such payments.
In consideration of the premises and agreements contained herein and of other good and valuable consideration, the sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:
AGREEMENT
SECTION 1. Appointment . The Company hereby engages the Advisors to render the Services (as defined in Section 2(a), below) on the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement.
SECTION 2. Services .
(a) Each of the Advisors agrees that until the Termination Date (as defined below) it will render to the Company, by and through itself and its affiliates and such of their respective officers, employees, representatives, agents and third parties as such Advisor in its sole discretion may designate from time to time ( Affiliates ), monitoring, advisory and
consulting services in relation to the affairs of the Company and its subsidiaries, including, without limitation, (i) advice regarding the structure, distribution and timing of private or public debt or equity offerings and advice regarding relationships with the Companys and its subsidiaries lenders and bankers, including in relation to the selection, retention and supervision of independent auditors, outside legal counsel, investment bankers or other financial advisors or consultants, (ii) advice regarding the strategy of the Company and its subsidiaries, (iii) advice regarding the structuring and implementation of equity participation plans, employee benefit plans and other incentive arrangements for certain key executives of the Company, (iv) general advice regarding dispositions and/or acquisitions, (v) advice regarding the business of the Company and its subsidiaries, and (vi) such other advice directly related or ancillary to the above financial advisory services as may be reasonably requested by the Company (collectively, the Services ) For purpose of this Agreement, the term Pro Rata Share shall mean a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock of the Company held on the date of such determination by affiliates of an Advisor (each an Affiliated Investor ) and the denominator of which is the total number of shares of Common Stock held on the date of such determination by Affiliated Investors of all of the Advisors in the aggregate. However, an Advisor will have no obligation to provide any other services to the Company absent an agreement between such Advisors and the Company over the scope of such other services and the payment therefor.
(b) It is expressly agreed that the Services to be rendered hereunder will not include investment banking or other financial advisory services which may be provided by BMP or any of its Affiliates to the Company, or any of its affiliates, in connection with any specific acquisition, divestiture, disposition, merger, consolidation, restructuring, refinancing, recapitalization, issuance of private or public debt or equity securities (including, without limitation, an initial public offering of equity securities), financing or similar transaction by the Company or any of its subsidiaries. BMP may be entitled to receive additional compensation for providing services of the type specified in the preceding sentence by mutual agreement of the Company or such subsidiary, on the one hand, and BMP or its relevant Affiliates, on the other hand.
(c) Without affecting the rights of the BMP under Section 2(b) hereof, if the Company or any of its subsidiaries determines that it is advisable for the Company or such subsidiary to hire a financial advisor, consultant, investment banker or any similar advisor in connection with any acquisition, divestiture, disposition, merger, consolidation, restructuring, refinancing, recapitalization, issuance of private or public debt or equity securities (including, without limitation, an initial public offering of equity securities), financing or similar transaction, it will notify the Advisors of such determination in writing. Promptly thereafter, upon the request of BMP, the parties will negotiate in good faith to agree upon appropriate services, compensation and indemnification for the Company or such subsidiary to hire BMP or one of its Affiliates for such services. The Company and its subsidiaries may not hire any person, other than BMP or one of its Affiliates, to perform any such services unless all of the following conditions have been satisfied: (i) the parties are unable to agree upon the terms of the engagement of BMP or its Affiliate to render such services after 30 days following receipt by BMP of such written notice; (ii) such other person has a reputation that is at least equal to the reputation of BMP or its Affiliate in respect of such services; (iii) ten business days have elapsed after the Company or such subsidiary provides a written notice to BMP of its intention to hire
such other person, which notice shall identify such other person and shall describe in reasonable detail the nature of the services to be provided, the compensation to be paid and the indemnification to be provided; (iv) the compensation to be paid is not more than BMP or its Affiliate was willing to accept in the negotiations described above; and (v) the indemnification to be provided is not more favorable to the Company or the applicable subsidiary than the indemnification that BMP or its affiliate was willing to accept in the negotiations described above.
SECTION 3. Advisory Fee .
(a) In consideration of the Services being rendered by the Advisors, the Company will pay, or will cause to be paid, to the Advisors an annual non-refundable and irrevocable advisory fee (the Advisory Fee ; the term Advisory Fee as used in this Agreement with respect to any annual period means all amounts payable with respect to such annual period pursuant to Section 3(b) hereof).
(b) On the first business day of each fiscal year the Company shall pay to the Advisors an aggregate amount equal to the Advisory Fee in respect of such fiscal year.
(c) The Advisory Fee for each fiscal year shall be equal to the greater of (x) $2,500,000 or (y) the 1.5% of Consolidated EBITDA (as defined in that certain Credit Agreement, dated May 14, 2013, among Performance Food Group Inc., PFGC, Inc., and the other parties thereto) for the immediately preceding fiscal year (the EBITDA Amount ), based on managements most recent estimates. Following the preparation of the Companys audited financial statements for each fiscal year, the Company shall recalculate the EBITDA Amount and the Advisory Fee and based on such recalculation, (A) if the applicable recalculated Advisory Fee is more than the Advisory Fee previously paid by the Company to the Advisors in respect of the then-current fiscal year, the Company shall pay to the Advisors the difference between such amounts and (B) if the applicable recalculated Advisory Fee is less than the Advisory Fee previously paid by the Company to the Advisors in respect of the then-current fiscal year, then Advisors shall pay to the Company the difference between such recalculated Advisory Fee and the Advisory Fee received from the Company in respect to the then-current fiscal year. Any payment required by the preceding sentence shall be paid by the Company or the Advisors, as applicable, on August 15 of each applicable year.
(d) In the event the Company or any of its subsidiaries enters into a business combination transaction with another entity that is large enough to constitute a significant subsidiary of the Company under any of the relevant tests contained in Regulation S-X as promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Company and BMP will mutually agree, following good faith negotiations, on an appropriate increase in the minimum annual Advisory Fee as warranted by the increase in the Companys size. Such increase will be based on the percentage increase in the Companys EBITDA determined on a pro forma basis giving effect to such business combination transaction.
(e) To the extent the Company cannot pay, or cause to be paid, the Advisory Fee for any reason, including by reason of any prohibition on such payment pursuant to any applicable law or the terms of any debt financing of the Company or its subsidiaries, the payment
by the Company or any of its subsidiaries to the Advisors of the accrued and payable Advisory Fee will be payable immediately on the earlier of (i) the first date on which the payment of such deferred Advisory Fee is no longer prohibited under any contract applicable to the Company and the Company or its subsidiaries, as applicable, is otherwise able to make such payment, or cause such payment to be made, and (ii) total or partial liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, under any applicable law or under any contract applicable to the Company or its subsidiaries, any forbearance of collection of the Advisory Fee by the Advisors shall not be deemed to be a subordination of such payments to any other person, entity or creditor of the Company or its subsidiaries. Any such forbearance shall be at BMPs sole option and discretion and shall in no way impair any Advisors right to collect such payments. Any installment of the Advisory Fee not paid on the scheduled due date will bear interest, payable in cash on each scheduled due date, at an annual rate of 10%, compounded quarterly, from the date due until paid.
(f) Each of the Advisors shall receive its Pro Rata Share of the Advisory Fee and be responsible for its Pro Rata Share of any amounts payable by the Advisors pursuant to Section 3(c) above.
SECTION 4. Reimbursements . In addition to the fees payable pursuant to this Agreement, the Company will pay, or cause to be paid, directly, or reimburse the Advisors and each of their Affiliates for, their respective Out-of-Pocket Expenses (as defined below). For the purposes of this Agreement, the term Out-of-Pocket Expenses means the out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by the Advisors and their Affiliates in connection with the Services or other services provided by them under this Agreement, or in order to make Securities and Exchange Commission and other legally required filings relating to the ownership of equity securities of the Company or its successor by the Advisors or their Affiliates, or otherwise incurred by the Advisors or their Affiliates from time to time in the future in connection with the ownership or subsequent sale or transfer by the Advisors or their Affiliates of capital stock of the Company or its successor, including, without limitation, (a) fees and disbursements of any independent professionals and organizations, including independent accountants, outside legal counsel or consultants, retained by an Advisor or any of its Affiliates, (b) costs of any outside services or independent contractors such as financial printers, couriers, business publications, on-line financial services or similar services, retained or used by an Advisor or any of its Affiliates, and (c) transportation, per diem costs, word processing expenses or any similar expense not associated with the Advisors or their Affiliates ordinary operations. All payments or reimbursements for Out-of-Pocket Expenses will be made by wire transfer in same-day funds promptly upon or as soon as practicable following request for payment or reimbursement in accordance with this Agreement, to the bank account indicated to the Company by the relevant payee.
SECTION 5. Indemnification .
The Company will indemnify and hold harmless the Advisors, their Affiliates and their respective partners (both general and limited), members (both managing and otherwise), officers, directors, employees, agents and representatives (each such person being an Indemnified Party ) from and against any and all actions, suits, investigations, losses, claims, damages and liabilities, including in connection with seeking indemnification, whether joint or
several (the Liabilities ), related to, arising out of or in connection with the Services or other services contemplated by this Agreement or the engagement of the Advisors pursuant to, and the performance by the Advisors of the Services or other services contemplated by, this Agreement, whether or not pending or threatened, whether or not an Indemnified Party is a party, whether or not resulting in any liability and whether or not such action, claim, suit, investigation or proceeding is initiated or brought by the Company. The Company will reimburse any Indemnified Party for all reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys fees and expenses and any other litigation-related expenses) as they are incurred in connection with investigating, preparing, pursuing, defending or assisting in the defense of any action, claim, suit, investigation or proceeding for which the Indemnified Party would be entitled to indemnification under the terms of the previous sentence, or any action or proceeding arising therefrom, whether or not such Indemnified Party is a party thereto. The Company agrees that it will not, without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party, settle, compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment in any pending or threatened claim, action or proceeding relating to the matters contemplated hereby (if any Indemnified Party is a party thereto or has been threatened to be made a party thereto) unless such settlement, compromise or consent includes an unconditional release of the Indemnified Party from all liability, without future obligation or prohibition on the part of the Indemnified Party, arising or that may arise out of such claim, action or proceeding, and does not contain an admission of guilt or liability on the part of the Indemnified Party. The Company will not be liable under the foregoing indemnification provision with respect to any particular loss, claim, damage, liability, cost or expense of an Indemnified Party that is determined by a court, in a final judgment from which no further appeal may be taken, to have resulted solely from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnified Party. The attorneys fees and other expenses of an Indemnified Party shall be paid by the Company as they are incurred upon receipt, in each case, of an undertaking by or on behalf of the Indemnified Party to repay such amounts if it is finally judicially determined that the Liabilities in question resulted solely from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnified Party.
The rights of an Indemnified Party to indemnification hereunder will be in addition to any other rights and remedies any such person may have under any other agreement or instrument to which each Indemnified Party is or becomes a party or is or otherwise becomes a beneficiary or under any law or regulation.
The Company acknowledges and agrees that the Company shall be fully and primarily responsible for the payment to an Indemnified Party in respect of indemnification or advancement of expenses in connection with any jointly indemnifiable claim (as defined below), pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, irrespective of any right of recovery the Indemnified Party may have from the Indemnitee-related entities. Under no circumstance shall the Company be entitled to any right of subrogation or contribution by the Indemnitee-related entities and no right of advancement or recovery the Indemnified Party may have from the Indemnitee-related entities shall reduce or otherwise alter the rights of the Indemnified Party or the obligations of the Company hereunder. In the event that any of the Indemnitee-related entities shall make any payment to the Indemnified Party in respect of indemnification or advancement of expenses with respect to any jointly indemnifiable claim, the Indemnitee-related entity making such payment shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of the Indemnified Party against the Company, and Indemnified Party shall execute all papers reasonably required and shall do all things that may be
reasonably necessary to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents as may be necessary to enable the Indemnitee-related entities effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights. The Company and each Indemnified Party agree that each of the Indemnitee-related entities shall be third-party beneficiaries with respect to this Section 5, entitled to enforce this Section 5 as though each such Indemnitee-related entity were a party to this Agreement. For purposes of this Section 5, the following terms shall have the following meanings:
(i) The term Indemnitee-related entities means any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise (other than the Company or any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise an Indemnified Party has agreed, on behalf of the Company or at the Companys request, to serve as a director, officer, employee or agent and which service is covered by the indemnity described in this Agreement) from whom an Indemnified Party may be entitled to indemnification or advancement of expenses with respect to which, in whole or in part, the Company may also have an indemnification or advancement obligation (other than as a result of obligations under an insurance policy).
(ii) The term jointly indemnifiable claims shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, any action, suit or proceeding for which an Indemnified Party shall be entitled to indemnification or advancement of expenses from both the Indemnitee-related entities and the Company pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law, any agreement or the certificate of incorporation, bylaws, partnership agreement, operating agreement, certificate of formation, certificate of limited partnership or comparable organizational documents of the Company or the Indemnitee-related entities, as applicable.
SECTION 6. Accuracy of Information . The Company shall furnish or cause to be furnished to the Advisors such information as an Advisor believes reasonably appropriate to rendering the Services and other services contemplated by this Agreement and to comply with the Securities and Exchange Commission or other legal requirements relating to the beneficial ownership by the Advisors or their Affiliates of equity securities of the Company (all such information so furnished, the Information ). The Company recognizes and confirms that the Advisors (a) will use and rely primarily on the Information and on information available from generally recognized public sources in performing the Services and other services contemplated by this Agreement without having independently verified the same, (b) do not assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness of the Information and such other information and (c) are entitled to rely upon the Information without independent verification.
SECTION 7. Term . This Agreement will become effective on the date of the initial closing of the firm commitment underwritten public offering of shares of common stock of the Company or its controlling holding company, as applicable, in connection with which the relevant issuers common stock first becomes listed on a national securities exchange (the IPO ) and will continue for a term of two years from the initial closing date of the IPO; provided , however , that this Agreement shall terminate upon the occurrence of any of the following events (i) the Advisors and their respective affiliates beneficially own less than 5% of the total outstanding common equity of the Company in the aggregate, (ii) with respect to any Advisor, such Advisor and its affiliates no longer hold at least 25% of the shares of Common Stock acquired by such entities in connection with the Recapitalization (adjusted accordingly for
any stock split or combination of shares, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization) or (iii) the Company and the Advisors mutually agree in writing (in each case, the date of termination hereunder shall be referred to as the Termination Date ); provided , that (x) the occurrence of the Termination Date will not affect the obligations of the Company to pay, or cause to be paid, any amounts accrued but not yet paid as of such date, (y) Section 4 hereof will remain in effect after the Termination Date with respect to Out-of-Pocket Expenses that were incurred prior to or within a reasonable period of time after the Termination Date, but which have not been paid to the Advisors in accordance with Section 4 hereof, and (z) the provisions of Sections 3(e), 3(f), 5, 6, 7, 8, and 9 hereof will survive after the Termination Date. The Advisory Fee will accrue and be payable with respect to the entire fiscal year of the Company in which the Termination Date occurs.
SECTION 8. Disclaimer, Opportunities, Release and Limitation of Liability .
(a) Disclaimer; Standard of Care . The Advisors make no representations or warranties, express or implied, in respect of the Services to be provided by them hereunder. In no event shall the Advisors be liable to the Company or any of its Affiliates for any act, alleged act, omission or alleged omission that does not constitute gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Advisors as determined by a final, non-appealable determination of a court of competent jurisdiction.
(b) Freedom to Pursue Opportunities . In recognition that the Advisors and their Affiliates currently have, and will in the future have or will consider acquiring, investments in numerous companies with respect to which the Advisors or their Affiliates may serve as an advisor, a director or in some other capacity, in recognition that the Advisors and their Affiliates have myriad duties to various investors and partners, in anticipation that the Company, on the one hand, and the Advisors (or one or more Affiliates, associated investment funds or portfolio companies), on the other hand, may engage in the same or similar activities or lines of business and have an interest in the same areas of corporate opportunities, in recognition of the benefits to be derived by the Company hereunder, and in recognition of the difficulties which may confront any advisor who desires and endeavors fully to satisfy such advisors duties in determining the full scope of such duties in any particular situation, the provisions of this Section 8(b) are set forth to regulate, define and guide the conduct of certain affairs of the Company as they may involve the Advisors. Except as the Advisors may otherwise agree in writing after the date hereof:
(i) The Advisors and their Affiliates shall have the right: (A) to directly or indirectly engage in any business (including, without limitation, any business activities or lines of business that are the same as or similar to those pursued by, or competitive with, the Company and its subsidiaries); (B) to directly or indirectly do business with any client or customer of the Company and its subsidiaries; (C) to take any other action that the Advisor believes in good faith is necessary to or appropriate to fulfill its obligations as described in the first sentence of this Section 8(b); and (D) not to present potential transactions, matters or business opportunities to the Company or any of its subsidiaries, and to pursue, directly or indirectly, any such opportunity for themselves, and to direct any such opportunity to another person.
(ii) The Advisors and their Affiliates shall have no duty (contractual or otherwise) to communicate or present any corporate opportunities to the Company or any of its affiliates or to refrain from any actions specified in Section 8(b)(i) hereof, and the Company, on its own behalf and on behalf of its affiliates, hereby irrevocably waives any right to require the Advisors or any of its Affiliates to act in a manner inconsistent with the provisions of this Section 8(b).
(iii) Neither the Advisors nor any of their Affiliates shall be liable to the Company or any of its affiliates for breach of any duty (contractual or otherwise) by reason of any activities or omissions of the types referred to in this Section 8(b) or of any such persons participation therein.
(c) Release . The Company hereby irrevocably and unconditionally releases and forever discharges the Advisors and their Affiliates and their respective partners (both general and limited), members (both managing and otherwise), officers, directors, employees, agents and representatives from any and all liabilities, claims and causes of action in connection with the Services or other services contemplated by this Agreement or the engagement of the Advisors pursuant to, and the performance by the Advisors of the Services or other services contemplated by, this Agreement that the Company may have, or may claim to have, on or after the date hereof, except with respect to any act or omission that constitutes gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a final, non-appealable determination of a court of competent jurisdiction.
(d) Limitation of Liability . In no event will the Advisors or any of their Affiliates be liable to the Company or any of its affiliates for any indirect, special, incidental or consequential damages, including, without limitation, lost profits or savings, whether or not such damages are foreseeable, or for any third-party claims (whether based in contract, tort or otherwise), relating to, in connection with or arising out of this Agreement, including, without limitation, the services to be provided by the Advisors or any of their Affiliates hereunder, or for any act or omission that does not constitute gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a final, non-appealable determination of a court of competent jurisdiction or in excess of the fees actually received by the Advisors hereunder.
SECTION 9. Miscellaneous .
(a) No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement, or consent to any departure by any party hereto from any such provision, will be effective unless it is in writing and signed by each of the parties hereto. Any amendment, waiver or consent will be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given. The waiver by any party of any breach of this Agreement will not operate as or be construed to be a waiver by such party of any subsequent breach.
(b) Any notices or other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing and will be sufficiently given if delivered personally or sent by facsimile with confirmed receipt, or by overnight courier, addressed as follows or to such other address of which the parties may have given written notice:
if to BMP or the Advisors collectively:
c/o The Blackstone Group
345 Park Avenue
New York, New York 10154-0037
Attention: Prakash A. Melwani
Fax: (212) 583-5596
with a copy (which copy shall not constitute notice) to:
Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP
425 Lexington Avenue
New York, New York 10017
Attention: Wilson Neely and Igor Fert
Fax: (212) 455-2502
if to WCM, to:
Wellspring Capital Management, LLC
Lever House
390 Park Avenue
New York, New York 10022-4608
Attention: William F. Dawson
Fax: (212) 318-9810
with a copy (which copy shall not constitute notice) to:
Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP
1285 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York 10019-6064
Attention: James H. Schwab, Esq.
Fax: (212) 757-3900
if to the Company:
Performance Food Group Company
12500 West Creek Parkway
Richmond, Virginia 23238
Attention: General Counsel
Fax: [ ]
with a copy (which copy shall not constitute notice) to:
Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP
425 Lexington Avenue
New York, New York 10017
Attention: Wilson Neely and Igor Fert
Fax: (212) 455-2502
Unless otherwise specified herein, such notices or other communications will be deemed received (i) on the date delivered, if delivered personally or sent by facsimile with confirmed receipt, and (ii) one business day after being sent by overnight courier.
(c) This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all previous oral and written (and all contemporaneous oral) negotiations, commitments, agreements and understandings relating hereto.
(d) This Agreement will be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, regardless of the laws that might otherwise govern under applicable principles of conflicts of laws thereof.
(e) Each party hereto hereby (i) agrees than any action, directly or indirectly, arising out of, under or relating to this Agreement shall exclusively be brought in the Delaware Court of Chancery sitting in Wilmington, Delaware (the Court of Chancery) and shall exclusively be heard and determined by the Court of Chancery, unless the Court of Chancery determines that it does not then have subject matter jurisdiction over such action, in which case any such action shall then exclusively be brought in and shall exclusively be heard and determined by either the Supreme Court of the State of New York sitting in Manhattan or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, and (ii) solely in connection with the action(s) contemplated by subsection (i) hereof, (A) irrevocably and unconditionally consents and submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts identified in subsection (i) hereof, (B) irrevocably and unconditionally waives any objection to the laying of venue in any of the courts identified in clause (i) of this paragraph (e), (C) irrevocably and unconditionally waives and agrees not to plead or claim that any of the courts identified in such clause (i) is an inconvenient forum or does not have personal jurisdiction over any party hereto, and (D) agrees that mailing of process or other papers in connection with any such action in the manner provided herein or in such other manner as may be permitted by applicable law shall be valid and sufficient service thereof. Each party hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any right it may have to a trial by jury in respect of any claim or action directly or indirectly arising out of, under or in connection with this Agreement or the services contemplated hereby.
(f) Except as otherwise contemplated by Section 2(a) hereof, neither this Agreement nor any of the rights or obligations hereunder may be assigned by the Company without the prior written consent of the Advisors; provided, however, that an Advisor may assign or transfer its duties or interests hereunder to any Affiliate at the sole discretion of such Advisor. Subject to the foregoing, the provisions of this Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. Subject to the next sentence, no person or party other than the parties hereto and their respective successors or permitted assigns is intended to be a beneficiary of this Agreement. The parties acknowledge and agree that the Advisors and their Affiliates and their respective partners (both general and limited), members (both managing and otherwise), officers, directors, employees, agents and representatives are intended to be third-party beneficiaries under Section 5 hereof.
(g) This Agreement may be executed by one or more parties to this Agreement on any number of separate counterparts (including by facsimile), and all of said counterparts taken together will be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.
(h) Any provision of this Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction will, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction will not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.
(i) Each payment made by the Company pursuant to this Agreement shall be paid by wire transfer of immediately available federal funds to such account or accounts as specified by the Advisors to the Company prior to such payment.
(j) The captions in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be considered a part of or affect the construction or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement.
[signature page follows]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed, or have caused to be executed, this Amended and Restated Advisory Fee Agreement as of the date first written above.
BLACKSTONE MANAGEMENT PARTNERS V L.L.C. | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: | ||
WELLSPRING CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, LLC | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: | ||
PERFORMANCE FOOD GROUP COMPANY | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: |
[Signature Page to Advisory Fee Agreement]
Exhibit 10.13
WELLSPRING DISTRIBUTION CORP.
NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION
Date: April 12, 2010
Grant to: Douglas M. Steenland (the Participant)
the right to purchase from Wellspring Distribution Corp. (the Company):
215,000 shares of its Non-Voting Class B Common Stock, par value $0.01 per
share, at a price of $5.49 per share.
The foregoing options are Options as such term is defined in the Companys Amended and Restated 2007 Management Option Plan (the Plan), and are subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Plan in effect from time to time. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meanings as in the Plan.
1. Vesting . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, the Options shall be exercisable only to the extent that they are vested pursuant to the terms of this Award Agreement. Options shall vest only so long as a Participant has been continuously providing services to the Company or one of its Subsidiaries. The Options shall be divided into two equal portions, with each such portion exercisable for one-half of the number of shares of Class B Common Stock for which such Options are exercisable, and such portions shall be referred to hereunder as Tranche A Options and Tranche B Options.
(a) Tranche A Vesting . The Tranche A Options will be subject to time vesting and will time vest on each date set forth below with respect to the cumulative percentage of shares of Class B Common Stock issuable upon exercise of each of the Tranche A Options set forth opposite such date if the Participant is, and has been, continuously providing services to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries from the date of grant through such date:
Date |
Cumulative Percentage of Shares Vested | |||
1 st anniversary of date of grant |
33 1/3 | % | ||
2 nd anniversary of date of grant |
66 2/3 | % | ||
3 rd anniversary of date of grant |
100 | % |
Notwithstanding the foregoing, all Tranche A Options shall be considered 100% vested upon consummation of a Change of Control.
(b) Tranche B Vesting . The Tranche B Options shall be subject to time and performance vesting, and will only be deemed vested when they have both time vested and performance vested in accordance with the terms hereof.
(A) The Tranche B Options will time vest (i) with respect to 33 1/3% of the number of shares of Class B Common Stock for which such Tranche B Options are exercisable on the last day of the Companys 2011 fiscal year if the Participant is, and has been, continuously providing services to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries from the date of grant through such date, (ii) with respect to 33 1/3% of the number of shares of Class B Common Stock for which such Tranche B Options are exercisable on the last day of the Companys 2012 fiscal year if the Participant is, and has been, continuously providing services to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries from the date of grant through such date and (iii) with respect to 33 1/3% of the number of shares of Class B Common Stock for which such Tranche B Options are exercisable on the last day of the Companys 2013 fiscal year if the Participant is, and has been, continuously providing services to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries from the date of grant through such date.
(B) The Tranche B Options will performance vest (i) with respect to 33 1/3% of the number of shares of Class B Common Stock for which such Tranche B Options are exercisable on the date that the audited financial statement for the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries in respect of the Companys 2011 fiscal year is approved by the Boards audit committee if the predetermined EBITDA budget target established by the Board in respect of such fiscal year is satisfied, (ii) with respect to 33 1/3% of the number of shares of Class B Common Stock for which such Tranche B Options are exercisable on the date that the audited financial statement for the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries in respect of the Companys 2012 fiscal year is approved by the Boards audit committee if EBITDA (as calculated by the Board in good faith) is at least $240,000,00 and (iii) with respect to 33 1/3% of the number of shares of Class B Common Stock for which such Tranche B Options are exercisable on the date that the audited financial statement for the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries in respect of the Companys 2013 fiscal year is approved by the Boards audit committee if EBITDA (as calculated by the Board in good faith) is at least $270,000,00.
2. Forfeiture; Exercise . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, if the Participant ceases to provide services to the Company and its Subsidiaries at any time and for any reason, then the portion of the Participants Options that have not fully vested as of the date such services terminate (the Termination Date) shall expire at such time. The portion of the Participants Options that have fully vested as of the Participants Termination Date shall expire (i) 30 days after the Termination Date if a Participant is terminated without Cause or if the Participant resigns for any reason (including Retirement) (or one year if the Participant continuously provides services to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries from the date of grant through the third anniversary thereof), (ii) 90 days after the Termination Date if a Participant is terminated due to Disability (or two years if the Participant continuously provides services to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries from the date of grant through the third anniversary thereof), (iii) 180 days after the Termination Date if a Participant is terminated due to death (or three years if the Participant continuously provides services to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries from the date of grant through the third anniversary thereof), and (iv) immediately upon termination if a Participant is terminated with Cause.
The Participant expressly acknowledges and agrees to be bound by and subject to the restrictive covenants in Article IX of the Plan (excluding Section 9.3 thereof)
This agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts (including by means of telecopied signature pages), all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company, acting by and through its duly authorized officers, has caused this agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.
WELLSPRING DISTRIBUTION CORP. | ||
By: |
/s/ George Holm |
|
Name: George Holm | ||
Its: Chief Executive Officer |
Accepted and Agreed: |
/s/ Douglas M. Steenland |
Name: Douglas M. Steenland |
Exhibit 10.14
WELLSPRING DISTRIBUTION CORP.
NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION
Date: December 11, 2008
Grant to: George Holm (the Participant)
the right to purchase from Wellspring Distribution Corp. (the Company):
1,389,909.40 shares of its Non-Voting Class B Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, at a price of $5.49 per share.
The foregoing options are Options as such term is defined in the Companys Amended and Restated 2007 Management Option Plan (the Plan), and are subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Plan in effect from time to time. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meanings as in the Plan.
In consideration for the grant of Options under this agreement, Participant hereby agrees that:
(1) The Options shall not be entitled to any protections or benefits under any change in control protection agreement between Participant and PFG (or its affiliates) entered into prior to the Amendment Effective Date (including each agreement for Key Executives of PFG) (in each case as modified, amended or supplemented from time to time, a CIC Agreement)). The terms of the Options are governed solely by the Plan and this agreement.
(2) The Participant shall not to be entitled to any benefits or protections under any CIC Agreement arising out of any corporate change in control transactions occurring after the date of this agreement and, in furtherance of the foregoing, all CIC Agreements shall expire and cease to be of further force and effect on May 24, 2010.
To the extent Participant currently enjoys certain benefits or protections pursuant to any such CIC Agreement, this agreement does not change, reduce, or alter any such benefits or protections to which Participant is entitled in respect of the change in control transaction that occurred on May 24, 2008 (except as otherwise expressly provided in clause (1) above with respect to Options granted under this agreement).
The Participant expressly acknowledges and agrees to be bound by and subject to the restrictive covenants in Article IX of the Plan.
This agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts (including by means of telecopied signature pages), all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company, acting by and through its duly authorized officers, has caused this agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.
WELLSPRING DISTRIBUTION CORP. | ||
By: |
/s/ Jane Manion |
|
Name: | Jane Manion | |
Its: | Chief Human Resource Officer |
Accepted and Agreed: |
/s/ George Holm |
Name: George Holm |
Exhibit 10.15
, 201
Dear ,
As you know, as an employee of (the Company) you are entitled to participate in the Senior Management Severance Pay Plan under the PFGC, Inc. (formerly Vistar Management, Inc.) Employee Benefits Plan (the Severance Plan). Under the Severance Plan, you are eligible to receive certain severance benefits in the event you incur a qualifying termination of employment (as defined in the Severance Plan). The terms and conditions of the Severance Plan applicable to you will be modified as follows:
| The severance pay for which you are eligible will be (i) a benefit of 52 weeks base pay (as defined in the Severance Plan) and (ii) a pro-rata portion of the annual bonus, if any, that you would have been entitled to receive, if such qualifying termination of employment had not occurred, based on the Companys achievement of the applicable performance targets, in respect of the year of such termination, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days you were employed by the Company during the fiscal year of such termination, and the denominator of which is 365, payable at such time as annual bonuses are paid to other executives of the Company, but no later than two and one-half (2-1/2) months after the last day of the performance year to which such bonus relates. |
| A resignation by you for Good Reason shall constitute a qualifying termination of employment under the Severance Plan and may entitle you to severance pay benefits. Good Reason means (a) a diminution in your base salary or annual bonus opportunity; (b) any material diminution in your authority, duties or responsibilities; (c) failure of the Company or its subsidiaries to pay or cause to be paid your base salary or annual bonus, when due; or (d) relocation of your principal place of employment more than 50 miles from the Richmond, Virginia metropolitan area; provided that none of these events shall constitute Good Reason unless the Company fails to cure such event within 30 days after receipt from you of written notice of the event which constitutes Good Reason; provided, further, that Good Reason will cease to exist for an event on the 90 th day following its occurrence. |
Your agreement to the terms of this letter supersedes any other oral or written agreement or understanding you have with the Company (including any predecessor entity) regarding your eligibility for severance payments and benefits. Except as modified by this letter agreement, the terms of the Severance Plan will remain in effect and apply to you. If you agree with the severance arrangements in this letter, please sign the letter below and return it to Carol Price, Senior Vice President, Chief Human Resources Officer at Performance Food Group, Inc.
If you have any questions regarding these severance payments and benefits you should contact Carol Price at 804-484-3577.
Sincerely, |
|
Carol Price |
Senior Vice President, Chief Human Resources Officer |
Agreed and acknowledged as of this day of , 201 . |
|
Exhibit 23.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We consent to the use in this Amendment No. 4 to Registration Statement No. 333-198654 of our report dated September 9, 2014, relating to the financial statements and financial statement schedule of Performance Food Group Company, appearing in the Prospectus, which is a part of such Registration Statement, and to the reference to us under the heading Experts in such Prospectus.
/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
August 4, 2015